in^^ 


*« 


Reference  Guides 

That  Should  be  Known  and 
How  to  Use  Them 


By 
Florence  M,  Hopkins 

,    Librarian 

Central    High   School   and   Junior   College 

Detroit,  Michigan 


This  Pamphlet  Pertains  to 
Webster's  New  International  Dictionary 


TIME  REQUIRED 

Four  class    periods    and 
Preparation  of  tliree  lessons 


THE    WILLARD     COMPANY 

479  SIXTH  STREET 

DETROIT  ^  MICHIGAN 


Copyright 

by 

FLORENCE  M.  HOPKINS 

1919 


Foreword  1^19 


LIBRARY 
SCHOOL 

This  pamphlet  is  one  of  a  series  on  the  use  of  reference  books.  The  complete 
series  constitutes  a  second  edition  of  "Reference  guides  that  should  be  known  and 
how  to  use  them,"  which  first  appeared  in  1916  as  a  text  book  for  high  and  normal 
schools. 

The  revision  treats  important  phases  of  reference  work  in  separate  pamphlets, 
thus  making  it  possible  to  grade  the  work,  or  to  select  the  pamphlets  best  fitted  to 
meet  individual  needs.  Generally  speaking,  any  one  of  the  pamphlets  can  be 
completed  in  two  class  periods  plus  time  for  the  preparation  of  one  lesson  be- 
tween recitations. 

The  entire  course  could  be  completed  by  advanced  students  in  five  or  six 
weeks  of  one  class  and  study  period  per  day.  The  work  can  also  be  scattered 
in  different  years.  If  one  subject  per  term  were  given  in  consecutive  order  to 
English  classes,  in  high  schools,  beginning  with  the  B8  of  junior  high  and  ex- 
tending through  the  A12  of  senior  high,  the  work  could  be  covered  in  two  or 
three  class  and  study  periods  per  term;  or,  if  familiarity  with  reference  books  is 
desired  early  in  the  school  course,  the  most  important  subjects  could  be  crowded 
into  the  early  high  school  grades.  The  order  in  which  the  subjects  of  the  pamph- 
lets are  listed  below  suggests  a  logical  sequence,  whether  the  work  is  given 
slowly  or  rapidly  or  to  lower  or  to  upper  grade  students. 

1 — Webster's  New  International  Dictionary 

2 — New  Standard  Dictionary 

3 — Encyclopaedias 

4 — Parts  of  a  book 

5 — Atlases;  city  directories;  gazetteers 

6 — Concordances 

7 — Library  classification  and  card  catalogue 

8 — Indexes  to  periodical  literature;  debates 

9 — Year-books 
10 — Commercial  indexes 
11 — Important  publications  of  city,  state  and  federal  governments 

The  inclusion  of  specimen  pages  from  the  reference  books  studied  makes 
it  possible  for  each  student  to  follow  all  illustrative  examples  without  making  a 
trip  to  a  library  and  waiting  to  have  access  to  the  complete  reference  work. 
No  library  will  furnish  a  sufficient  number  of  copies  of  expensive  reference 
books  to  supply  large  classes  adequately  for  detailed  study;  neither  could  a 
library  afford  to  have  pages  in  expensive  reference  books  as  badly  worn  and 
marked  as  they  would  become  if  many  students  were  required  to  consult  them  for 
prepared  lessons. 

1 

415803 


Exporieficc  Jias.pi:oYed.tbat*the  best  results  can  be  obtained  if  the  work  is 
begun  in'-Sd^'lkrLiaes'i'fecita'ti'oB^'by  a  librarian  or  a  teacher  reading  the  text 
with  the  class.  If  conducted  in  this  way,  no  previous  preparation  will  be  neces- 
sary, either  by  the  class  or  by  the  one  who  conducts  it.  As  the  reading  of  the 
text  proceeds,  it  will  be  seen  that  important  features  of  the  reference  books  studied 
are  emphasized  by  referring  to  the  sample  pages  embodied  in  the  text.  With  a 
little  class  direction  of  this  kind  the  students  can  readily  see  the  plan  of  the  text, 
and  can  finish  any  unread  pages  independently  as  an  assigned  lesson  for  the  next 
recitation.  In  classes  composed  of  advanced  students,  or  in  cases  of  absence, 
the  entire  work  could  be  done  independently. 

The  questions  on  the  colored  page  fastened  on  the  inside  of  the  last  cover 
are  designed  to  emphasize  important  points  and  to  systematize  the  work  for 
class  records.  Blank  spaces  are  left  under  the  questions  for  the  answers. 
When  the  questions  are  assigned  as  a  lesson  to  be  prepared  out  of  class,  and 
the  answers  are  written  from  memory  in  the  blank  spaces  during  the  class 
recitation  following,  the  points  are  more  thoroughly  impressed  than  they  are 
when  the  answers  are  written  before  coming  to  class,  while  having  direct  access 
to  the  text. 

A  key,  giving  the  answer  to  each  question,  together  with  its  value  on  the 
scale  of  100,  will  be  found  underneath  the  question  sheet  when  it  is  removed. 
By  means  of  this  key,  students  can  correct  their  own  or  another's  work  in 
a  few  minutes  of  class  time,  in  case  the  librarian  or  teacher  cannot  give 
extra  time  to  do  so. 

Schools  which  ask  a  leading  reference  question  in  final  examinations  find 
that  students  give  more  attention  to  the  work  and  therefore  learn  to  value  its 
importance. 

The  follozving  paragraphs  are  taken  from  the 
Foreword  of  the  First  Edition 

Possibly  the  best  way  of  presenting  the  points  which  it  is  hoped  this  series  of 
lessons  may  emphasize  is  to  quote  directly  from  the  preface  of  a  Bulletin  on 
"Library  instruction  in  universities,  colleges  and  normal  schools,"  from  the 
United  States  Bureau  of  Education,  1914 — No.  34. 

Many  educators  of  note,  as  well  as  college  and  university  librarians, 
have  emphasized  the  urgent  necessity  of  instruction  and  training  in 
"book-using  skill." 

The  place  of  the  library  in  the  work  of  all  departments  is  one  of 

increasing  importance.     The  library  is  a  resource  or  reservoir  from  which 

the  student  should  draw  constantly  for  information  and  inspiration. 

Every  month  of  delay  in  instructing  him  in  the  meaning 

and  use  of  the  library  lessens  the  eflSciency  of  his  course. 

Every  new  student  should  be  required  to  take 
some  course  in  which  is  given  definite  practical  instruction  in  the 
handling  of  library  tools.  ....  Such  a  course,  more- 
over, should  not  only  be  required,  but  it  should  constitute  a  definite  part 
of  the  work  required  for  a  degree. 


Webster's  Dictionaries 

No  branch  of  reference  work  is  so  important  as  is  a  thorough  understanding 
of  what  can  be  found  in  recent  dictionaries.  They  constitute  in  pith  and  essence 
veritable  encyclopaedias,  and  give  in  addition  much  information  not  found  in  en- 
cyclopaedias proper.  We  have  become  so  accustomed  to  the  word  "dictionary" 
that  we  have  lost  a  realization  of  its  paramount  place  among  reference  books. 
When  the  characteristic  way  of  entering  information  is  once  thoroughly  under- 
stood, the  use  of  a  dictionary  becomes  a  revelation  and  a  delight. 

"Webster's  Dictionary"  is  a  title  which  is  probably  better  known  in  the  coun- 
try than  is  that  of  any  other  one  purely  reference  book.  We  have  been  using 
different  editions  of  this  dictionary  for  about  one  hundred  years.  The  first 
Webster  dictionary  of  any  importance  was  published  in  1828.  In  1840  the  first 
edition  of  the  famous  "Unabridged"  appeared.  In  1890  the  "Unabridged"  was 
thoroughly  revised  under  the  title  of  "International."  In  1909  the  "Interna- 
tional" was  thoroughly  revised  under  the  present  title  of  the  "New  Interna- 
tional," v/hich  has  passed  through  several  editions. 

It  is  as  important  to  have  the  last  edition  of  a  dictionary  as  it  is  to  have  the 
last  edition  of  a  telephone  directory,  or  a  city  directory.  The  word  "Webster" 
is  not  sufficient,  the  exact  title  must  also  be  considered.  A  careful  study  of  the 
New  International  edition  of  Webster's  dictionary  is  given  on  the  following  pages. 

Language  Changes 

Language  grows  and  decays  just  as  does  everything  else  connected  with  life. 
New  v;ords  are  constantly  being  born  because  of  new  conditions,  and  old  words 
have  pressed  out  of  use,  that  is  have  become  obsolete.  Such  words  as  camouflage 
and  sabotage,  for  example,  are  quite  recent.  We  owe  a  deep  debt  of  gratitude 
to  the  scholars  who  have  devoted  themselves  to  the  study  of  how  the  different 
languages  came  into  being,  and  why  some  have  died  and  why  some  have  so  changed 
that  their  early  forms  are  no  longer  used,  and  how  words  pass  from  one  language 
into  another,  and  how  different  meanings  arise  for  the  same  word.  When  we  stop 
to  think  that  the  history  of  each  word  in  the  English  language  is  given  in  our 
great  modern  dictionaries,  we  marvel  that  we  do  not  so  treasure  a  dictionary 
that  we  consider  it  imperative  to  understand  it  clearly,  to  use  it  adequately, 
and  to  own  it. 

A  very  scholarly  history  of  the  English  language  is  given  in  the  front  of  Web- 
ster's New  international  dictionary.  Simply  to  read  over  the  headings  of  the 
paragraphs  and  sections  of  this  history  gives  one  an  enlarged  grasp  of  the  stages 
of  growth  through  which  the  English  language  has  passed.  The  paragraph 
below,  which  is  selected  from  this  history,  is  taken  from  an  Enghsh  work  which 


was  written  about  the  year  1300.  The  English  of  that  time  was  so  different  from 
the  present  English  that  we  can  scarcely  read  it  without  a  translation.  Try  to 
make  out  what  the  first  line  of  the  old  English  means  before  reading  the  transla- 
tion given  in  the  paragraph  below  it,  and  then  compare  the  other  lines  of  the  old 
Enghsh  with  the  translation.  Not  only  does  a  complete  English  dictionary 
record  all  words  in  current  use,  but  it  also  includes  in  alphabetical  order  even 
such  obsolete  words  as  are  found  in  this  selection. 

HISTORY   OF   THE    ENGLISH   LANGUAGE. 

From  Page  ixxv. 
§  194.  From  the  Chronicle  knoxun  as  Robert  of  Gloucester's  (11.  7,537-7,647).     [South- 
em  Dialect,  about  1300.] 

Thus  com  lo  !  Engelond  into  Normandies  bond, 

and  the  Normans  ne  couthe  speke  tho  bote  hor  owe  specbe, 

and  speke  French  as  hii  dude  atom,  and  bor  children  dude  also  tecbe ; 

so  that  heiemen  of  this  lond,  that  of  bor  blod  come, 

holdetb  alle  thulke  speche  that  hii  of  bom  nome; 

vor  bote  a  man  coune  Frenss,  me  teltb  of  biiu  lute  ; 

ac  lows  men  holdetb  to  Engliss  and  to  bor  owe  speche  jute. 

Translation.  —  Thus  came,  lo !  England  into  Normandy's  hand,  and  the  Normans  knew 
not  fiow  to  speak  then  but  their  own  speech,  and  spoke  French  as  they  did  at-bome,  and 
their  children  did  so  teach,  so  that  the  bigh-meu  of  this  laud,  that  of  their  blood  came, 
bold  all  the-sarae  [tbe-ilk]  speecli  that  they  of  them  took ;  for  unless  [but]  a  man  knows 
French,  men  reckon  [tell]  of  him  little  ;  but  the  low  men  bold  to  Euglisb,  and  lo  their 
own  speech  yet. 

Important  Abbreviations  to  be  Noted  in  Connection  with  Definitions 

If  any  definition  is  not  in  good  current  use,  an  abbreviation  follows  it,  indi- 
cating why.  Such  abbreviations  as  the  following  should  be  readily  recognized : 
i?.,  rare;  055.,  obsolete;  colloq.,  colloquial,  that  is,  common  rather  than  refined 
'English;  dial.,  dialect,  that  is,  a  corrupt  form  of  a  word  differing  from  the  standard 
or  literary  form.  If  a  word  is  used  in  a  technical  sense,  an  abbreviation  appears 
to  indicate  in  what  special  field  the  word  is  so  used,  as:  Med.  (medical);  Myth. 
(mythology);  Econ.  (economic);  Her.  (heraldry). 

A  list  of  all  abbreviations  used  in  defining  words,  is  given  at  the  front  of  the 
dictionary,  immediately  preceding  the  first  word  of  the  vocabulary.  Abbrevia- 
tions in  ordinary  use  are  not  there,  but  are  entered  in  the  dictionary  in  the  alpha- 
betical order  of  the  abbreviation,  as  a  word  is  entered.  Consult  the  specimen 
entry  on  the  next  page  and  tell  what  the  following  mean: 

a.  abbr.  adv.  aq.  Anat.  cap(s).       cf. 

dial.  exc.  ff.  fig.  fl.  fr.  1.  c. 

Lit.  (beginning  with  a  capital)     lit.  (beginning  with  a  small  letter). 

The  Divided  Page 

Page  152  from  Webster's  New  international  dictionary,  which  is  reproduced 
on  following  pages,  is  used  as  a  basis  for  illustrating  the  characteristic  way  of 
entering  information.  Consult  the  page  and  notice  that  below  a  horizontal  line 
near  the  bottom  there  are  six  columns,  and  that  above  it  there  are  three  columns. 
This  divided  page  gains  space,  and,  by  placing  words  of  minor  importance  below 
the  line,  saves  the  necessity  of  running  the  eye  over  every  detailed  entry  when  an 
important  word  is  desired.  When  looking  for  a  word,  try  the  upper  section  first; 
if  it  is  not  there,  try  the  lower  section;  always  on  the  same  page. 

4 


(-H     ?    *. 


H  gy 


•||      III      I  I 

11 .11  ^  1  £  .3 .2 .5  -"§     a  a  a  §  ;,§  S  £  t:  «  5  2 


cii^>>^     gat!" 


§i2' 


3  2°  DtS^     -25 


I  §"§0      fe¥-5-3.S  §  »i-355  S  i:iS  g-32  i||t3-S  &  S-fe 


?c!5<iai.S^~^^«3  .^«i§'§'- 
^k^K^k^K^:::l^«l^HHl>^|^5s.2- 


M  H  H 


Jl 


^fe£«'~£S«SSe5ii5^££*£.25 


3 

a    «^ 


i|l|liHll!!illll5|  fiTilllilJilllli  idllll  li  Hil 


00000000    0000  tfiO    00 


1      • 


i^?-  -i^c, 


a^ 


I. 

.53 


I  i 


So  g  I 


S**  •  ^ 


1^ 


.0   o 


li?: 


boC^S'Slo    C5^       c;i§^(;^    qci-S    •«C)C)C|^^:S(5^    "5    Ci^^S^    •§    ■§•§(=) 


(.  D  H  «  5  0)  j-'^jj  g- :e  5*  ^.r  C  «  3  fj -<  b~  "  "  "=  rv<  5-2  a  c  a  c  °  a  =■  o  "i-o^V.  T*  ^*^  "  C      M-;  =s>>>  r 


Illili,!  i  ffi^tlll  ?|||  ill  iplllil 


p  So  s  g  Jf 
Jo-^^lls  2  s  g 


II.'- oil  t:  I  s||,^|^g§||l  + 


^     S 


,-s  °  a 


s'"  So  a  o-!«S' 


a  S-U 


-imSaiS  §i^  c  s  c  it's 


=  5     5     ISO     '-g'SSigg-gpSKjS^^     go 


l^ll|  i|l 


si* 


ti&'S 


•S  ■= ,;  ^  ^f^fc  S     i     a 


age"-' 


s>sS  cs  OS  5  £12S-E  OS'S  §2 


CO 


'^■^ 


I'i^^  %dh  It-i-^  I  g  lis  ll  Ilill5 


B|  ?: 


g'  -a^ 


Sl4 


53  8-§.. 


3  S| 
2  ^  ^ 
S  «S 


111 
ill 


Details  Illustrated  by  Words  Selected  from  the  Sample  Page 
Above  the  Dividing  Line 

Parts  of  speech:  Consult  the  word  "augur,"  which  comes  a  little  below  the 
middle  of  the  second  column  of  the  specimen  page,  and  notice  that  it  is  entered 
three  times  in  black  faced  type.  Each  entry  begins  with  a  small  letter,  indicat- 
ing that  augur  should  not  be  written  with  a  capital  letter  in  a  sentence.  What 
letter  signifies  that  the  first  "augur"  is  a  noun?  What  letters,  that  the  second 
is  a  transitive  verb?     What  letters,  that  the  third  is  an  intransitive  verb? 

Pronunciation:  Under  "augur,  n."  the  pronunciation  is  given  by  respelling 
the  word  in  parentheses.  Notice  that  the  sound  for  the  first  syllable  is  indicated 
by  placing  a  circumflex  over  an  "o."  Glance  down  to  the  bottom  of  the  page 
and  find  a  word  containing  an  "o"  with  the  same  mark  above  it.  The  first 
syllable  in  augur  is  therefore  pronounced  like  "o"  in  what  word?  Notice  that 
the  "u"  in  the  second  syllable  has  a  curve  over  it,  that  is,  it  is  short,  but  instead 
of  being  a  "u"  of  ordinary  type  it  is  italicized.  What  word  at  the  bottom  of  the 
page  gives  the  sound  for  a  short  italicized  "w"? 

Derivation:  Other  items:  In  brackets,  directly  following  the  pronunciation, 
the  derivation  (etymology),  or  language  from  which  augur  is  derived  is  given. 
Names  of  languages  are  abbreviated.  "L"  of  course  means  Latin.  The  first 
definition,  numbered  "1,"  is  followed  by  "Rom.  Relig.,"  meaning  that  the  def- 
inition pertains  to  Roman  Religion.  When  the  meanings  of  such  abbreviations 
are  not  easily  implied,  where,  in  the  complete  dictionary  itself,  can  they  be  found? 
What  prominent  author  has  used  definition  number  2?  Is  the  work  in  which  he 
used  it  given?  The  derivation  (etymology)  of  "augur,  v.  t."  is  given  because  it 
differs  from  that  of  "augur,  n."  Are  the  principal  parts  of  the  verb  given? 
What  authors  have  used  "augur,  v.  t."?  The  derivation  of  "augur,  v.  i."  is  not 
given  because  it  is  the  same  as  the  augur  just  preceding  it.  What  abbreviation 
is  used  for  Shakespeare,  as  quoted  after  definition  number  1,  under  "augur,  v.  i."7 
The  second  meaning  of  "augur,  v.  i"  should  be  followed  by  what  prepositions? 
Notes  form  a  very  valuable  feature  of  the  dictionary. 

Synonyms:  The  abbreviation  "Syn."  after  number  2  of  "augur,  v.  t." 
calls  attention  to  other  words  similar  in  meaning.  Give  the  first  synonym 
suggested  for  "augur,  v.  t."  At  the  end  of  the  list  of  synonyms,  what  word  is 
referred  to  for  other  synonyms?  Notice  that  synonyms  are  given  after  the  last 
numbered  definition.  Give  the  first  synonym  mentioned  for  "augmentation." 
At  the  end  of  the  note  under  synonyms  for  "august,  a.,"  what  word  is  referred  to 
for  other  synonyms?  The  fact  that  a  synonym  can  be  found  in  the  dictionary 
for  every  important  word  in  the  language  having  a  synonym,  should  be  kept  in 
mind  by  those  who  wish  to  cultivate  a  choice  use  of  words. 

Irregular  plurals:  Any  plural  which  is  not  formed  by  adding  "s"  to  the 
singular  is  given  after  the  singular  of  the  word.  The  pronunciation  of  a  plural 
which  cannot  be  ascertained  from  the  singular  is  also  given.  Consult  the  word 
"augury"  and  give  the  spelling  and  pronunciation  of  its  plural. 

Emphasis:  After  which  syllable  of  the  adjective  "august"  does  a  heavy 
accent  (')  appear,  to  indicate  where  the  stress  of  the  voice  should  be  placed 
in  the  pronunciation  of  the  word?  On  which  syllable  should  the  stress  be 
placed  for  "August,  n."t     On  which  syllable  should  the  stress  be  placed  for 


''augment,  n.";  for  "augment,  v.  t."?     On  which  syllable  in  "augmentation'^  is 
the  heavy  emphasis  placed?     On  which  is  a  slight  emphasis  placed? 

Subdivisions  of  definitions:  Definition  number  2,  under  augmentation,  has 
several  subdivisions  which  are  lettered.  What  abbreviation,  within  brackets 
after  subdivision  "f,"  indicates  that  when  augmentation  follows  "the,"  referring  to 
a  court,  it  should  begin  with  a  capital  letter?  Try  to  give  the  meaning  of  the 
abbreviations  following  the  letters  from  "a"  to  "e."  If  they  cannot  be  recog- 
nized, where  can  they  be  found? 

Fictitious  characters:  Names  of  important  fictitious  characters,  that  is 
characters  which  are  not  real  persons,  are  entered  in  the  vocabulary;  above  the 
line  if  important;  below,  if  unimportant.  In  which  one  of  Shakespeare's  plays 
does  the  fictitious  character  of  Audrey  appear?  Look  under  "Augean"  for  a 
reference  in  Greek  mythology. 

Entries  Below  the  Horizontal  Line 

Obsolete  spelling:  Below  the  line,  in  alphabetical  order,  the  word  "aufull"  is 
given,  followed  by  what  character  or  symbol?  Tell  what  this  character  signifies 
by  consulting  the  bottom  of  the  page.  A  different,  but  obsolete,  spelling  for 
"awful"  was,  therefore,  what?  Consult  "auen"  below  the  line  and  tell  what 
word  was  once  so  spelled. 

Rare  meanings:     Read  the  rare  meaning  given  for  "august"  below  the  line. 

Reformed  spelling:  Find  "augmentativ"  below  the  line  and  give  the  abbrevia- 
tion which  is  placed  after  it,  but  on  the  line  above,  because  there  is  not  room  on 
the  same  line.  The  abbreviation  Ref.  Sp.  indicates  that  the  reformed  spelling 
of  augmentative  drops  the  final   e. 

Foreign  phrases:  Phrases  in  foreign  languages  which  are  frequently  quoted 
are  given  in  the  dictionary.  Those  which  are  most  familiar  appear  above  the 
line;  the  others  below  the  line.  Find  "aufond"  below  the  line  and  name  the  lan- 
guage from  which  it  is  taken.  Find  what  the  two  vertical  lines  in  front  of  it  mean 
by  consulting  the  bottom  of  the  page.  Give  the  meaning  for  the  following, 
below  the  line: 

Au  grand  serieux      Aufer  te  malum  ex  vobis      Audit  que  vocatus  Apollo 

From  what  author  and  from  which  of  his  works  does. the  last  phrase  come? 

Christian  names;  plurals;  miscellaneous:  The  meanings  of  Christian  names 
are  frequently  given  below  the  line.  What  does  the  name  "Augusta"  mean, 
literally?  Names  of  minor  importance  in  Scripture,  literature  or  mythology 
are  entered  below  the  line;  so  also  are  unimportant  abbreviations,  many  ob- 
solete words,  plurals  which  are  very  irregular,  as  teeth  or  feet. 

Order  in  Which  Different  Meanings  of  a  Word  are  Entered 

Many  words  in  the  English  language  have  several  distinctly  different  mean- 
ings, and  are  capable  of  being  used  as  different  parts  of  speech.  It  is  im- 
portant to  realize  that  the  order  in  which  the  meanings  are  entered  in  Webster's 
dictionary  is  historical;  that  is,  the  part  of  speech  which  was  used  first  is  en- 
tered first,  and  the  several  definitions  under  it  are  in  the  order  in  which  the 
meanings  came  into  use. 


Selected  entries  of  v/ords  from  "naiighf  to  ''nothing"  are  given  to  illustrate 
the  many  changes  of  meaning  through  which  a  word  may  pass,  and  the  order  in 
which  these  meanings  are  arranged.  Does  the  word  "naught"  as  an  adjective  or 
as  a  noun  come  first  in  the  dictionary?  Therefore,  since  words  are  entered  in 
historical  order,  which  part  of  speech  for  "naught"  came  into  the  language  first? 
Is  the  pronunciation  of  "naught"  given  under  both  the  noun  and  the  adjective? 
Is  the  derivation  given  under  each  entry?  The  derivation  of  a  word  is  not  re- 
peated every  time  the  word  is  entered,  unless  the  difference  in  meaning  can  be 
traced  to  different  languages:  neither  is  the  pronunciation  repeated,  unless  the 
words  as  different  parts  of  speech  are  differently  pronounced.  It  is  necessary 
sometimes  to  look  back  to  the  first  entry  of  a  word,  if  the  derivation  or  the 
pronunciation  is  desired. 


Specimen  Entries  from  Webster's  New  International  Dictionary. 


naught  (n8t),  n.  [ME.  naught,  nought,  naht,  nawiht,  AS. 
ndwihi,  nauhi,  na/U,  nowihl,  nold  ;  ne  not  +  a  ever  + 
wiht  tliiug,  whit ;  hence,  not  ev«r  :i  whit.  See  no,  adv., 
whit;  cf.  aught,  not.]     1.  Nothing;  nought. 

Doth  Job  fear  God  for  „uu.,jht  r  Job  i. !). 

2.  V/ickeduas3  ;  wrong;  evil ;  hence,  that  which  is  wrong, 
wicked,  or  faulty.     OOs.  Shak. 

3.  ThearithmeticalcharacterO;aciplier.  SeecrPHEE,  n.,  1. 

4.  A  wicked  or  bad  person.     Obs.  or  li. 

to  be  naught,  to  go  away  or  be  still ;  to  subside  ;  —  usually 

in  mild  imprecations  equiv.  to  "  be  hanged  to  you."     Ob.i. 

"Alarry,  sir,  be  better  employed  and  be  naught  awhile." 

.Shak.  —  to  call,  or  speak,  all  to  n.,  to  al)use  vigorously.     Obs. 
Bacght,  a.     1.  Of  no  account ;  worthless  ;  bad  ;  useless. 
It  is  naught,  it  is  naught,  saitli  the  bujer.    Prov.  xi.  14. 

2.    In   Obs.  senses :    a   Hence,  vile ;    base ;    naughty,     b 

Hurtful;  bad;  unfit,     c  Ruined  ;  wrecked;  lost. 
Go,  get  yon  to  your  house  ;  begone,  away  I 
All  will  be  nawsA<  else.  Shak. 

nangh'tl-ly  (n8'ti-lt),  adv.    In  a  naughty  manner  ;  specif.  : 

a  Wickedly  ;  perversely.     Obs.     Shak.     b  Poorly  ;  badly. 

Obs.    0  Misbehavingly  ;  as,  a  child  behaves  naughtily. 
naugh'ti-aess,   n.     Quality  or  state  of  being  naughty ; 

specif. :     a  Wickedness  ;  depravity  ;   perverseness.     Obs. 

b   Badness ;   faultiness.      Obs.    c   Misbehavior ;   as,  the 

naughtiness  of  a  child. 
naugh'ty  (no'tl),  a. ;  nauoh'ti-er  T-tY-er) ;  natjgh'ti-bst. 

1.  Having  nothing  ;  destitute.     Obs. 

[Men]  that  needy  be  and  naujA*!/.    Piers  Ploumat:, 

2.  Worthless  ;   bad  ;  disagreeable  ;  unhealthy.     Obs. 

The  other  basket  had  very  naughty  figs.    Jei .  xxiv.  2. 

3.  Wicked  ;  morally  bad  ;  wrong.  Archaic  or  Euphemiitic. 

So  shines  a  good  deed  in  a  naughty  world.  Ultuk. 

4.  Mischievous  ;  wayward  ;  guUty  of  disobedience  or  mis- 
behavior ;  as,  a  nauyhiy  child.  Rare,  exc.  as  applied  to 
children,  or  in  sportive  censure. 

5.  Insignilicant.  Obs.  or  R.  OxJ.  E.  D. 
Syn.— SeeBAD. 


;  nong!lt(n8t),n.  \_A'&.nomht,-^&T.otn&wiht.  SeeNAUQHT.^ 

,     1.  Nothing;  naught.     Archaic. 

\     2.  Nonexistence  ;  nonentity  ;  nothing.    Archaic. 

3.  Arilh.  Nothing ;  zero  ;  also,  a  cipher  or  zero  ;  a  naught. 

4.  A  worthless  or  valueless  thing  or  person ;  a  nothiiig. 

5.  Worthless  or  evil  behavior  or  character.     Obs. 

for  noaght.  =  fob  nothing  b,  C,  &  3.  Obs.  or  R.—  to  be  n. 
=  i<j  be  naught,  under  naught,  n.  Obs.  <t-  R. 
notll'lng  (nuth'Tng),  n.  [From  no,  a.  +  thing."]  1.  Not 
any  thing  ;  no  thing  (in  the  widest  sense  of  the  word  thing) ; 
nought  ;  partitively  (now  rare  with  an  adjective),  no  share, 
element,  part ;  —  opposed  to  anything  and  something. 

Nothing  will  come  of  nothing.  ftiak. 

Yet  had  his  aspect  nothing  of  severe.  Dr'jden. 

2.  That  which  is  or  may  be  taken  or  considered  a£  nonex- 
istent ;  what  is  of  no  signiflcance  ;  as,  it  is  nothing  to  me. 

Is  this  nothing  t 
Why,  then  the  world  and  all  that 's  in  't  is  nothing.     Shak. 

3.  Arith.  Absence  of  all  magnitude  or  quantity,  however 
small ;  also,  a  cipher ;  a  zero. 

4.  That  which  does  not  exist ;  a  nonentity. 

Quite  consume  us,  and  reduce 
To  nothing  this  essential.  Milton, 

6.  A  thing  that  may  be  taken  as  nonexistent ;  a  thing  of  no 
account,  value,  note,  or  the  like ;  specif.,  a  person  of  no  im- 
portance ;  a  nobody. 

One  that  lies  three  thirds  and  uses  a  known  truth  to  pass  a 

thousand  nothings  with.  Sliak. 

Wretched  nothings,  think  ye  not  to  flee.  ShMty. 

6.  Nothingness ;  utter  insignificance.     Obs.  Shak, 

7.  Hegelianism.  That  which  is  characterized  by  utter  ab- 
sence of  determination  ;  perfect  iudistinguishableiiesa. 

all  to  nothing,  by  all  odds ;  to  the  fullest  extent.  Rare.  — 
foin.  a  By  no  means;  in  no  wise.  Obs.  b  To  no  purpose; 
in  vain,  c  Forno  reason  :  grouudlessly.  d  Without  cost ; 
free.  —  n.  mnch,  not  a  great  deal ;  very  little.  —  n.  off,  Naut., 
an  order  to  the  steersman  to  keep  the  vessel  close  to  the 
wind. 


Is  the  comparison  of  the  adjective  "naughty"  given?  Read  the  first  defini- 
tion under  "naughty."  This  meaning,  which  is  so  completely  out  of  use  now,  is 
given  first  because  it  is  the  first  meaning  the  word  had.  What  abbreviation 
follows  definition  number  1,  indicating  that  the  word  is  no  longer  used  in  this 
sense?  Is  definition  number  2  in  common  use?  Notice  the  two  words  which 
follow  definition  number  3:  "Archaic"  and  "Euphemistic."  These  words  in- 
dicate that  naughty  is  an  old  or  a  mild  expression  for  wicked.  Definition 
number  4  is  the  only  meaning  of  "naughty"  which  has  survived,  and  even  it  is 
rarely  used  except  as  applied  in  what  connection?  What  letter,  after  definition 
number  5,  indicates  that  the  meaning  is  rare,  if  not  wholly  obsolete? 


How  many  numbered  definitions  are  given  under  the  word  "nothing"?  Find, 
three  lines  below  the  last  number,  the  phrase,  "all  to  nothing,"  and  give  its 
meaning.  In  the  second  phrase,  which  is  not  written  out  in  full,  what  word  is 
understood  by  "n,"  after  "for"?  How  many  subdivisions  are  given  under  this 
phrase?     After  the  fifth  definition  of  "nought"  find  the  cross  reference  for  the 

10 


equivalent  of  the  phrase  "/or  nought,"  and  give  the  meaning  for  subdivision  "b," 
under  ^'for  nothing."  Give  the  meaning  of  the  phrase,  "to  be  nought."  Give 
the  obsolete  meaning  of  the  phrase  "to  call  (or  speak)  all  to  naught." 

Miscellaneous  Items 

The  "I/I6"  at  the  lower  right  hand  of  the  illustration  of  "Great  Auk"  which 
follows,  indicates  that  the  picture  is  one-sixteenth  the  size  of  the  real  object.  If 
an  illustration  is  larger  than  the  object,  the  ratio  is  expressed  by  multiplying,  thus: 
x2  means  that  the  picture  is  twice  as  large  as  the  real  object. 

Selected  Specimen  Entries 

Clll'na  (chi'nd),  n.     1.  [cap.]  A  country  in  Eastern  Asia. 

2.  {pron.  chi'nd  ;  formerly,  and  still  dial.  ohTn'I,  che'nl, 
and  cha'nl,  the  last  preferred  by  Walker  c.  1800).  Porce- 
lain ware,  or  porcelain  ;  —  so  called  (orig.  chinaware)  in 
the  17th  century,  because  brought  from  the  far  East,  and 
differing  from  the  pottery  made  in  Evurope  at  that  time. 
Loosely,  crockery  in  general. 

3.  a  =  cHiNAROOT.    b  The  sweet  orange.    Porto  Rico. 

4.  Com.  Short  for  China  silk. 

china  ale,  ale  flavored  with  chinaroot.  —  C.  aater,  a  well- 
known  garden  plant  of  the  genus  Callist-'phun.  See  aster. 
Callistephus.  —  C.  bean,  the  cowpea.  —  C.  bine.  Dyeina.  a 
Soluble  blue,  b  A  blue  produced  by  printing  on  cloth 
with  indigo,  reducing,  and  reoxidizing,  thus  fixing  the  in- 
digo in  the  fiber.  This  process  has  been  used  iu  the  Orient 
for  centuries. —  C.  brier,  the  bull  brier.  — c.  brotb,  broth 
made  with  chinaroot.  —  c.  clay,  kaolin.  —  C.  crape,  crSpe  de 
Chine.  —  C.  fish,  any  fish  of  the  family  Ophicephalidae  (see 
SNAKE-HEAD  MULLET).  —  c.  grass,  ramie.  —  C.  ink,  India  ink. 

—  C.  lake,  safranine.  —  C.  mark,  any  of  various  moths  of  the 
genus  Hydrocampa  and  allied  genera,  whose  larvae  are 
aquatic,  feeding  on  water  plants.  —  C.  matting,  a  kind  of 
floor  matting  made  in  China,  India,  etc.,  from  grass  and 
reeds  ;  — called  also  Jndia,  or  Cavtoii,  malting.  — c.  metal, 
porcelain  or  majolica.  Ohs.  —  chi'ca-met'alled  (-mSt'Sld),  r/. 
O65.  —  C.  orange.  =  china,  3  b.  —  C.  pea,  an  Asiatic  faba- 
ceous  shrub  (Caragana  cham/ayu),  the  seeds  of  which  are 
food  for  poultry.  —  C.  pink,  an  annual  or  biennial  pink  (J>i- 
anthits  chinensis)  having  variously  colored  single  or  double 
flowers ;  —  called  also  Indian  pink.  —  c.  ribbon,  a  very  nar- 
row ribbon,  one  eighth  of  an  inch  wide,  used  in  a  kind  of 
embroidery  [china-ribbon  embroidery),  for  bookmarks,  etc. 

—  C.  rose,  a  Any  of  numerous  garden  varieties  of  rose  de- 
rived from  Rosa  chinensis  ;  —  called  also  Bengal  rose,  b 
An  Asiatic  malvaceous  shruh  (Hibiscus  rosa-siiiensis)  com- 
monly cultivated  in  Oriental  gardens  for  the  large  white 
or  pink  flowers,  which  contain  an  astringent  juice  used  as 
a  hair  dye,  and  in  Java  for  blacking  shoes,  whence  it  is 
sometimes  called  shoeblack  plant.  — c.  shell.  =  egg  shell, 
mollusk.  — 0.  shot,  Indian  shot.  —  C.  silk,  pongee  or,  by  ex- 


Great  Auk  (Jj). 


ehlm-pan'zee  (chlm-pSn'ze  ;  chlm'pan-ze';  277),  n.  [From 
the  native  name  :  ef .  F.  ckimpaiixe,  chimpanse,  chimpan- 
zee.']   An  anthropoid  ape  (Siviia  satyrus,  eyn.  Anthropo- 

fln'ger  (ftij'ger),  n.  [AS,,  finger;  akin  to  D.  ringer,  OS.  & 
OB.0r.fing<tr,  G.  finger,  Icel.fingr,  Sw.  &  D^n.  finger,  Goth. 
figgrs  ;  origin  unknown.]  1.  One  of  the  five  terminating 
members  of  the  hand  ;  a  digit  of  the  fore  limb ;  specif. ,  one 
of  the  four  extremities  of  the  hand  other  than  the  thumb. 

2.  Anything  that  resembles  or  does  the  work  of  a  finger, 
as  the  pointer  of  a  clock,  watch,  or  other  registering  ma- 
chine; esp.,  Mack. ,3,  small  projecting  rod,  wire,  or  piece, 
which  is  brought  into  contact  with  an  object  to  effect,  di- 
rect, or  restrain  a  motion,  as  a  pawl  for  a  ratchet  or  any 
of  the  grippers  that  hold  the  paper  in  a  printing  press. 

3.  The  breadth  of  a  finger,  or  the  fourth  part  of  the  hand ; 
a  measure  of  nearly  an  inch  ;  a  portion  of  liquor  filling  a 
glass  to  such  a  measure  of  depth  ;  alf  o,  the  length  of  a  fin- 
ger, a  measure  in  domestic  use  in  the  United  States,  of 
about  four  and  a  half  inclies,  or  one  eighth  of  a  yard. 

4.  Skill  in  the  use  of  the  fingers,  as  in  playing  a  musical 
instrument.     Rare.     "  She  has  a  good7?n£fe7-."         Bushu. 

5.  A  part  of  a  glove  into  which  a  finger  is  inserted, 
finger  and  toe.  Bo/.  =  clubkoot.  —  flngers-and-tbnmbs.  or 
flngers-and-toes,  bird's-foot  trefoil.  Dial.  Eng.  —  to  have  a 
finger  in,  to  be  concerned  in ;  to  meddle  with  ;  hence,  to 
have  a  f.  in  the  pie,  to  be  a  participant  in  the  mischief,  a 
sliaier  in  spoils^  etc.  —  to  have  at  one's  fingers'  ends,  to  be 
thoroughly  familiar  with.     Colloq. 


tension,  a  thin  siik  resembling  pongee  in  texture,  often 
colored  and  figured ;  also,  a  fabric  with  a  silk  warp  and  a 
cotton  filling.  —  C.  silver,  a  kind  of  plated  nickel  alloy  re- 
sembling alfenide.  —  C.  squash,  the  cushaw.  —  c.  stone,  a  = 
kaolin,  b  =  PETUNTSE.  —  C.  straw,  ramie.  —  C.  tree,  a  hand- 
some Asiatic  raeliaceous  tree  (Mclia  arerf«rar/()  planted  as 
a  shade  tree  throughout  the  southern  United  States  and 
iu  tropical  countries.  It  has  dense  pinnately  compound 
leaves  and  large  panicles  of  pink  flowers  succeeded  by 
yellow  drupes.  The  tree  is  known  by  many  names,  as 
chinaberry,  pride  of  India,  pride  of  China,  bead  tree,  Iv- 
dian  or  Persian  lilac,  azedarach,  holy  tree,  etc. —  C.  wax. 
=  Chinese  wax.  —  c.  wedding.  See  wedding,  Note.  —  C. 
withe,  a  West  Indian  species  of  Smilax  (S.  celastroides). 


What  number  follows  the  last  pronunciation  of  chimpanzee  just  below 
"Great  Auk"?  This  number  always  appears  when  the  pronunciation  of  a  word 
varies.  It  refers  to  section  277,  which  is  at  the  end  of  the  "Guide  to  Pronuncia- 
tion," in  the  front  of  the  dictionary.  This  section  contains  an  alphabetical  list 
of  words  differently  pronounced,  and  gives  the  authority  for  each  pronunciation. 
Whenever  this  number,  or  any  other  number  appears  in  connection  with  the  pro- 
nunciation of  a  word,  attention  is  called  to  the  section  so  numbered  in  the  Guide, 
where  details  regarding  some  sound  in  the  word  will  be  found. 

How  many  languages  are  mentioned  in  the  derivation  of  "finger"?  Where 
can  the  meanings  of  the  abbreviations  of  these  languages  be  found?  How  many 
definitions  are  given  under  jSnger?  After  the  last  definition,  give  the  meaning  of 
the  common  expression,  'Ho  have  a  finger  in  the  pie." 

Notice  that  the  word  ''china"  begins  with  a  small  letter.  What  abbrevia- 
tion under  definition  number   1   indicates  that  when  the  word  refers  to  the 


11 


country,  it  should  begin  with  a  capital  letter?     Definition  number  4,  relating 
to  commerce,   is  short  for  what? 

Encyclopaedic  Information 

A  vast  amount  of  information,  aside  from  the  meaning  and  derivation  of 
words,  is  given  in  modern  dictionaries.  Such  information,  called  ''encyclo- 
paedic" because  it  resembles  that  found  in  encyclopaedias,  is  condensed  after 
the  last  numbered  definition  of  the  word  most  closely  connected  with  the 
subject,  unless  it  is  important  enough  to  have  an  entry  of  its  own.  Below  def- 
inition number  4,  under  "china,"  notice  that  the  first  entry,  in  very  fine  bold- 
faced type,  is  "china  ale/^  and  that  it  is  followed  by  a  very  brief  definition. 
The  second  bold-faced  type  entry  reads  "C.  aster";  the  third,  "C.  bean";  the 
fourth  "C.  blue."  Glance  over  the  bold-face  type  entries,  and  notice  that  the 
words  following  "C."  (china)  are  in  sub-alphabetical  order.  Give  the  reference 
which  follows  the  sign  =  after  "China  orange."  When  a  reference  is  in  capital 
letters,  the  form  referred  to  is  preferable.  Find  this  reference  under  subdi- 
vision "b"  of  definition  number  3,  and  give  the  preferred  name  for  China 
orange.  What  is  the  preferred  name  for  China  wax?  China  wedding  is  explained 
in  a  note  under  what  word?  Should  it  begin  with  a  small  or  with  a  capital 
letter? 

The  Appendix  to  Webster's  New  International  Dictionary 

Geographical  and  Biographical  Entries 

Two  important  features  of  this  dictionary,  pertaining  to  places  and  to  people, 
appear  in  the  appendix  in  separate  vocabularies.  Important  places  in  the  world 
of  over  1000  inhabitants  are  entered  under  the  heading,  "Pronouncing  Gazetteer 

Specimen  Entry  from  Pronouncing  Gazetteer 

ZdnCOln  (llij'kttn)  CO.  SE  Ark.  571  D  pop.  15,  X  X  Star  City  &  Varner.— co.  E  Col.  2,570  D 
pop.  6,  X  Hugo.  —  c  ).  N  E  Ga.  291  D  pop.  9,  X  Lincolnton.  —  co.  S  Ida.  3,283  D  pop.  13, 
X  Shoshone.  —  co.  N  cen.  Kan.  721  D  pop.  10,  X  Lincoln.  —  co.  E  cen.  Ky.  338  □  pop. 
18,  X  Stanford.  —  par.  N  La.  472  D  pop.  18,  X  Ruston.  —  co.  S  Me.  457  D  pop.  18,  X  Wi9- 
casset.  —  CO.  SW  Minn.  535  D  pop.  10,  X  Lake  Benton.  —  co.  S  WMiss.  578  D  pop.  29, 
X  Brookhaven.  —  co.  E  Mo.  607  □  pop.  17,  X  Trov.  —  co.  N  W  Mont.  3,530  D  pop.  4,  X 
Libby.  —  co.  S  W  ceu.  Nebr.  2,536  a  pop.  16,  X  North  Platte.  —  co.  S  E  Nev.  10,511  O 
pop.  3,  XPioche.  — CO.  SN.  Mex.  4,779  D  pop.  8.  —  its  X.— co.W  N.  0.  299  D  pop.  17, 
X  Lincolnton.  —  CO.  cen.  Okla.959n  pop.  35,  X  Chandler.  — co.  W  Ore.  1,008  D  pop.  G, 
X  Toledo.  —  CO.  E  S.  Dak.  574  D  pop.  13,  X  Canton.  —  co.  S  Tenn.  587  D  pop.  26,  X 
Fayetteville.  —  co.  E  Wash.  2,302  D  pop.  18,  X  Davenport.  —  co.  S  W  W.  Va.  418  Q 
pop.  20,  X  Hamlin.  —  co.  N  Wis.  902  D  pop.  10,  X  Merrill.  —  city.  Placer  co.  Cal.  pop. 
1.  —  city,  X  of  Logan  co.  111.  pop.  11.  —  city,  X  of  Lincoln  co.  Kan.  pop.  2.  —  vil.  Pe- 
nobscot CO.  Me.  pop.  2.  ^  town,  Middlesex  co.  Mass.  pop.  1.  —  city,  *  of  Nebr.  and  X 
of  Lancaster  co.  pop.  44;  seat  of  Univ.  of  Nebraska.  ^  to-rni,  Grafton  co.  N.  H.  pop.  1. 
—  town.  Providence  co.  R.  I.  pop.  10. —town,  Addison  co.  Vt.  pop.  l.^See  Lincoln- 
smsE  {Gaz.)..—  anc.  Lin'dum,  mfg.  city  &  county  bor.  X  of  Lincolnshire,  Eng.  pop.  57  ; 
fine  cathedral.  See  Lincoln  green.  —  co.  Ontario  prov.  Canada,  *  St.  Catharines.  —  co. 
New  South  Wales,  Australia,  pop.  10. 

Specimen  Entry  from  Biographical  Dictionary 

Lombardl  (ISm-bar'de),  Alfonso.     True  name  Citadella.     Italian  sculptor. .  .1487 — 1537. 

IiOmbroso  (lom-bro'zo),  Ceaare.     Italian  physician  and  criminologist 183C     . 

Lam^Uie,  fle  (de  lo'ma'ue'),  Louis  Leonard.     French  author 1815  —1878. 

Lamcnosov  (la'mi-uS'sof),  Mikhail  Vasilevich.     Russian  poet  and  gram 1711 — 1765. 

London  (liin'dun).  Jack.     American  story-writer 1876    . 

Londonderry  (lun'dun-dgr'I),  Cliarles  William   Stewart,  later  Vane,  third 

Marquis  of.     British  general 1778 — 1854. 

Long  (15ug  ;  205),  Edwin  Longsdeu.     English  painter 18-29— 1891 ! 

Lons,  George.     English  classical  scholar 1800 — 1879 

Long,  John  Davis.     Gov.  of  Mass.  (1880-1882).     Sec.  of  navy  (1897-1902)  ....  1838     . 

Lons,  Roger.     English  divine  and  astronomer.     lUraninm.'] • 1680 — 1770. 

Long,  Stephen  Harriman.     American  engineer  and  explorer 1784 — 1864. 

Longohainp(lSng'sh5mp;  -shSm),  William  of.     Eng.  prelate  and  statesman .    1   —1197. 

Longet  (18N'zh6'),  Francois  Achille.     French  physician 1811—1871. 

Longfellow  (iSug'fSl'o  ;  205),  Henry  Wadsworth.     American  poet 1807—1882. 

Longhl  (16i/ge),  Giuseppe.     Italian  engraver 1766—1831. 

LonglmanOB  (ISn'jI-ma'nws).     See  Artaxerxes  I. 

Longlnus  (ISn-ji'niis),  Dionysius  Cassius.     Greek  philosopher  and  critic 213?-  273. 

Longnon  (li'nySN'),  Auguste  HonortS.     French  historical  geographer 1844    . 

12 


of  the  World'':  this  vocabulary  is  followed  by  one  giving  important  persons  in  the 
world's  work,  under  the  heading,  '^Pronouncing  Biographical  Dictionary.'"  For 
illustrative  purposes,  a  specimen  entry  from  each  is  inserted. 

Under  the  first  entry  of  Lincoln  in  specimen  from  the  Gazetteer,  find  the  sec- 
tion of  Arkansas  in  which  Lincoln  County  in  that  state  is  located.  The  number 
of  square  miles  this  county  contains  is  indicated  by  what  number  preceding  a 
square?  About  how  many  thousand  people  live  in  this  county?  What  are  the 
names  of  the  two  county  seats?  The  dash  after  Varner  refers  to  another 
county  by  the  name  of  Lincoln.  Notice  that  the  word  Lincoln  is  entered 
but  once  in  heavy  type,  and  that  a  dash  is  used  each  time  another  place 
by  that  name  is  listed.  The  largest  political  divisions  in  the  United  States 
are  entered  first,  then  the  smaller  ones,  and  then  foreign  places.  In  this  case, 
the  largest  divisions  are  counties,  which  require  nearly  two-thirds  of  the  space. 
It  would  be  very  confusing  to  glance  through  this  fine  print  to  find  some  par- 
ticular county  in  a  state,  unless  some  system  of  sub-arrangement  could  be  dis- 
covered. The  first  county  mentioned  is  in  what  state?  The  last  county  men- 
tioned, eight  lines  from  the  end,  is  in  what  state?  The  states  are  evidently  sub- 
arranged  alphabetically.  Give  the  number  of  square  miles  in  Lincoln  county  in 
the  following  states:  Tennessee;  Maine;  Oklahoma.  After  the  counties  are  ail 
listed,  the  cities  and  towns  are  given,  also  sub-arranged  under  states.  What 
county  in  Massachusetts  has  a  town  of  Lincoln?  What  is  the  population  of 
Lincoln,  New  Hampshire?  What  is  the  population  of  Lincoln,  England?  What 
prominent  building  is  located  there?  Reference  is  made  to  what  word  in 
the  general  vocabulary  of  the  dictionary  for  added  information? 

Under  the  Biographical  entries,  find  Edwin  Long,  and  tell  why  he  was  promi- 
nent. Give  the  dates  of  his  life.  What  section  in  the  Guide  to  pronunciation  at 
the  front  of  the  dictionary  is  referred  to  for  particulars  regarding  the  sound  of  the 
letter  "o"  in  his  name?  Give  the  dates  of  the  life  of  Henry  Wadsworth  Long- 
fellow. When  was  John  Davis  Long  governor  of  Massachusetts?  Was 
he  living  when  this  edition  of  the  dictionary  was  issued?  Should  the  "t"  in 
the  name  "Longef  be  sounded?  What  letter  is  given  to  indicate  the  sound 
of  the  "g"  in  this  name? 

Other  Entries  in  the  Appendix 

Signs;  Symbols;  Illustrations:  The  appendix  gives  many  signs  and  symbols, 
such  as:  Astronomical,  Chemical,  Botanical,  Mathematical,  Medical,  Commer- 
cial, Musical,  Proof-reading.  At  the  end  of  the  appendix,  illustrations  used 
throughout  the  vocabulary  are  collected  and  classified. 

Reference  History  Edition:     Explained  on  pages  14  and  15. 

Plates  at  the  Front 

At  the  Front:  Many  valuable  plates  are  given  at  the  front  of  this  dictionary, 
such  as:  Flags;  national,  official,  yacht  club:  State  seals:  Arms  of  the  various 
nations. 


13 


Reference  History  Edition  of 
Webster's  New  International  Dictionary 

A  special  edition  of  this  dictionary  gives,  in  the  appehdix,  a  valuable  history 
of  the  world  so  condensed  that  it  amounts  to  practically  a  dictionary  of  dates. 
The  material  is  so  excellently  indexed  that  any  important  fact  in  the  world's 
history  can  be  readily  found.     This  edition  is  usually  sold  by  subscription  only. 

To  become  acquainted  with  the  range  of  information  condensed  in  the 
reference  history  section  of  this  edition,  look  under  the  word  Immigration,  on  the 
following  specimen  page,  and  tell  what  the  first  year  is  for  which  statistics  are 
given.  After  1820  statistics  are  given  for  each  five  year  period,  as  indicated  by 
'25,  '30,  etc.  After  the  year  '60  the  page  on  which  appear  the  statistics  for  the 
preceding  years  is  given  as  what?  (The  2  following  this  page  means  the  2nd 
column.)  What  year  had  the  largest  number  of  immigrants  before  1873?  After 
1870,  are  statistics  given  more  frequently  than  in  five  year  periods?  After  1888 
how  frequently  are  they  given?  Give  the  page  and  column  for  finding  statistics 
for  each  of  the  following  years:  1840;  1882;  1895;  1900.  What  is  the  last  year 
given? 

Give  the  page  and  column  where  extremely  compact  information  could  be 
found  on  each  of  the  points  given  below: 

a.  When  Idaho  was  admitted  as  a  state. 

b.  When  Herod  the  Great  took  Jerusalem. 

c.  State  that  is  called  Hawkeye. 

d.  Crusaders  at  Iconium. 

e.  Discovery  of  the  circulation  of  the  blood  by  Harvey. 

f.  Inauguration  of  William  Harrison  as  president. 

g.  Death  of  Henry  VI,  King  of  England. 
h.  Education  in  Italy. 

i.      Industry  and  labor  in  India. 

Look  up  the  word  "Imports"  and  tell  how  the  information  is  entered. 

What  date,  in  heavy  type,  separates  the  history  of  Italy  into  two  divisions? 
Is  India  so  divided?  This  date  of  the  treaty  of  Westphalia  divides  the  history 
of  many  modern  countries. 


14 


A  Specimen  Entry  From  Index  in 
Reference  History  Edition  of  Webster's  New  International  Dictionary 


|5i5I|5mm|  M         "mMM    I         MM  MM  M  MMM  |     ImmMMm'm 


15 


C3 

a 
.2 

s 

c 

I— I 
Z 

CO 

Is 

GO 


'T3 

bC  _!3 
c3   ^ 


bJO 


bt)  $ 


^Th      f-^ 


o 


Ui         (HO) 

u       ^^    > 


^1 


^         ^4-1 


r     o 


10  8 


c 

B    O 


o  .-g 

-,  Si 

::  > 

CD  O 

O  c3 


s 

"O 

fl 

^ 

d 

i 

3 

<V 

fl 

^ 

33 

-4-3 

d 

CD 

£ 

;; 

a 

Q 

!>> 

^ 

■+^ 

-n 

o 

q; 

^ 

SI 

•r! 

s;   03 

<D      03 


O     CO 


-^  's 

K!  O 

a;  ^j 

^  03 

a  ^ 


Jh  O 

o3  ^ 

fl  03 

O  > 


c3 


'72    in 


OI  "oj 


<H  'H  ^ 
i3   ^   c 


CO      <p 

3  > 


-i^    H     0^' 


^    bC 


'T3 
O 

:g^  o 
I-? 

.^"*     1^ 

-^  %.   -^ 

Sh       03     H^ 

.a  'o  ^ 
-."  ^ 
's3    d  ^ 


o3     o 


^S's^ 


16 


CI     03 
O   A 

2  ^ 


TJ  - 
d     S 


'i    o 


-d    dl 


of 


'^  o 

_Q  ID 

I  ^ 

n  cfi 

ID  C 

+^  o 


(D 

bC 
o3 
P. 

-^ 
O 


S  fcp 


1=1       Oh 

03     t>> 

CO        t>5 

o3 


o3 


03   -d 


bCr^ 

^  03 

O  :; 

; — I  -t^ 

O  - 

^.     ^ 

-Li         M 

CO 
>^     E 

o3    — ' 
o    ^^ 

-::    c3 

d    id 
.^    o 

d    o 
d  -d 


tH       o 

a:: 


>  d 

o  o 

X  — 

03  - 


-^^     O 

°  a 

d    CO 

2-5 


rH    d 

2  a 

o3    ^ 


o3   '•^ 
43   T3 


43  d 

-^^  d 

a  -^ 

(D  bC 

>  d 

>.  '^ 

42  CO 


O   tM 


■73    ->^ 
S     bC 


M      O  — i  o 

0  O  43  3 

1  42  -^  -5 

CD  5r,  !=! 

1^  -d  .S  13 

^  ^  S  P 


.4.      <D 

d 


!S^O 


Questions  for 
The  Last  Edition  of  Webster's  Dictionary 

Student's  name Per  cent 

Teacher's  name Hour  reciting Date 

Have  you  read  the  directions  on  the  back  of  this  cover?     Answer  yes  or  no. 

1 — What  is  the  exact  title  of  the  last  edition  of  Webster's  dictionary?  ^ 

I 

2 — How  are  the  more  important  entries  separated  from  the  less  important  ones?  g 

3 — a:    Are  common  abbreviations,  characters  in  literature,  in  mythology,  or  in  Scripture,  in  the  e 

general  vocabulary  or  at  the  back? 

b :    Are  such  references  found  always  above,  or  always  below,  or  sometimes  above  and  some-  ^ 

times  below  the  horizontal  line,  according  to  importance?  ^ 

4 — a:    When  a  word  has  several  meanings,  is  the  earliest  or  the  latest  meaning  entered  first?  m 

bO 
b :    Is  the  pronunciation  or  derivation  repeated  unless  it  differs?  "O 

5 — Tell  how  the  following  are  abbreviated  when  used  in  connection  with  the  definition  of  words:         'j; 
Obsolete;  dialectic;  colloquial;  compare;  from;  capital;  lower  case  letter  (not  a  capital)         .g 

c 

es 

6 — a :    Where  is  a  complete  hst  of  abbreviations  used  in  defining  words  given?  Ji 

o 

b:    Are  abbreviations  in  general  use  found  in  this  list,  or  in  the  vocabulary? 
7 — a:     Is  reformed  spelling  above  or  below  the  line?        b:    How  is  it  marked? 
8 — a :    Where  is  the  complete  key  for  diacritical  marks  given?  b :  Where  is  a  condensed  key  given? 
9 — a:    Are  plurals  given  and  pronounced  if  regular?        b:     If  irregular?  *- 

10 — Tell  whether  to  turn  to  the  front,   or  to  the  back,  or  to    the  general  vocabulary  for         'S 


information  such  as  the  following: 


K 


a:    State  seals.        b:    Square  miles  in  any  country.        c:    Date  of  life  of  Milton.  ti 

d:    Abbreviation  used  in  business,  f.  o.  b.     e:  Character  in  Greek  mythology,  Hercules.         .S 

a» 

f:     History  of  the  English  language,     g:    Flags  of  nations,    h:    Roman  numerals.  ^ 

o. 

i:     Foreign  phrases,   j:  Signs  used  in  music,  k:  Phrases  in  common  use.  1:  Coats  of  arms.  « 

11 — Which  edition  of  this  dictionary  gives  a  condensed  and  well  indexed  history  of  the  world?  « 

o 

12 — a:    When  the  "Gazetteer"  lists  several  cities  of  the  same  name,  in  different  states,  how  are  S 

the  states  sub-arranged?  fc- 

© 
b :    If  there  are  foreign  places,  counties,  and  cities  by  the  same  name,  which  are  entered  first, 

and  which  last?  oj 

c:    Is  population  given  in  nearest  hundreds  or  thousands?  £ 

13 — a :    What  does  the  number  277  after  a  word  signify?    b :  Where  can  paragraph  277  be  found?  e 

.13 
14 — a:    What  do  two  vertical  lines  before  a  word  mean?    b:  A  heavy  dagger  after  a  word?  ^ 

15 — Are  synonyms  given  before  or  after  all  definitions  of  the  word? 

16 — If  several  items  of  encyclopaedic  information  are  given  under  a  leading  word,  how  are  the 
words  of  secondary  importance  sub-arranged? 

17 — The  meaning  of  a  common  phrase  is  given  at  the  end  of  all  definitions  of  some  leading  word 
in  the  phrase.  (It  maj'  be  necessary  to  try  several  words.)  What  words  in  the  follow- 
ing should  be  consulted? 

With  a  grain  of  salt;        Irons  in  the  fire;        Cat  may  look  at  a  king. 


Directions  for  Using 
Perforated  Page  of  Questions  and  Key 

Which  appear  on  the  reverse  side  of  this  cover 

The  questions  which  appear  on  the  reverse  side  of  this  cover,  on  a  perforated 
colored  sheet,  are  not  difficult,  detailed  or  "catchy."  They  are  intended  to 
emphasize  important  points  and  to  systematize  the  work  for  class  records.  The 
answers,  which  can  easily  be  given  after  the  text  has  been  carefully  read,  should 
be  written,  from  memory,  in  the  blank  spaces  under  the  questions,  preferably  in 
class  time  unless  directed  to  do  otherwise  by  the  one  in  charge  of  the  work. 

The  perforated  sheet  should  be  torn  out  in  the  presence  of  the  one  conduct- 
ing the  class  and  only  after  it  has  been  filled  in.  When  directed  to  remove  the 
questions,  insert  pencil  in  the  hole  and  rip  around  the  perforated  edges. 

A  key,  by  means  of  which  the  work  can  be  checked,  is  printed  on  the  cover 
under  the  question  page,  but  is  not  revealed  until  after  the  question  page  is 
removed.  This  key  consists  of  the  same  questions,  with  the  correct  answer 
to  each  printed  below  it. 

The  value  of  each  question,  on  the  scale  of  100,  is  indicated  after  the  answer 
in  the  key.  By  means  of  this  key,  students  could  correct  their  own  or  each 
other's  work  in  a  few  moments,  in  case  the  librarian  or  teacher  could  not  take 
the  extra  time  to  do  so. 

If  the  one  who  corrects  the  paper  finds  an  incorrect  answer,  the  amount  to  be 
deducted  should  be  placed  on  the  outer  right-hand  margin,  near  the  mistake. 
These  amounts  should  be  added,  the  sum  subtracted  from  100,  and  the  result 
placed  after  the  word  "Per  cent."  at  the  top  of  the  sheet. 

The  questions  are  asked  in  such  a  way  as  to  admit  of  very  little  variety  in  the 
wording  of  the  answers.  However,  if  the  wording  of  a  written  answer  is  mani- 
festly correct,  and  perfectly  clear,  but  not  exactly  like  the  printed  answer,  of 
course  no  deduction  should  be  made.  Do  not  deduct  for  spelling,  nor  for 
abbreviated  statements  if  they  are  perfectly  clear. 

If  the  one  who  corrects  a  paper  marks  a  question  wrong  which  the  writer 
considers  correct,  the  two  should  examine  the  key  together,  or  ask  advice  from 
the  one  in  charge  of  the  class. 


Refere        Guiue^ 

That  Shoul-.  Known  ai; 

How  to  IJse  Them 


•t^ientrai    tiigri   ;5cnool   ana    Joruor   C 

Def-oii,  Michigan 


01 

Hits  Pampnict  rer tains  to 
New  Standard  Dictionary 


TIME  REQUIRED 

Two    cft-efl    TicrinrU-.    ^, 


'mA^^M^'^:^'^:. 


Copyright 

by 
FLORENCE  M.  HOPKINS 

19  19 


Foreword 


This  pamphlet  is  one  of  a  series  on  the  use  of  reference  books.  The  complete 
Beries  constitutes  a  second  edition  of  "Reference  guides  that  should  be  known  and 
how  to  use  them,"  which  first  appeared  in  1916  as  a  text  book  for  high  and  normal 
schools. 

The  revision  treats  important  phases  of  reference  work  in  separate  pamphlets, 
thus  making  it  possible  to  grade  the  work,  or  to  select  the  pamphlets  best  fitted  to 
meet  individual  needs.  Generally  speaking,  any  one  of  the  pamphlets  can  be 
completed  in  two  class  periods  plus  time  for  the  preparation  of  one  lesson  be- 
tween recitations. 

The  entire  course  could  be  completed  by  advanced  students  in  five  or  six 
weeks  of  one  class  and  study  period  per  day.  The  work  can  also  be  scattered 
in  different  years.  If  one  subject  per  term  were  given  in  consecutive  order  to 
English  classes,  in  high  schools,  beginning  with  the  B8  of  junior  high  and  ex- 
tending through  the  A12  of  senior  high,  the  work  could  be  covered  in  two  or 
three  class  and  study  periods  per  term;  or,  if  familiarity  with  reference  books  is 
desired  early  in  the  school  course,  the  most  important  subjects  could  be  crowded 
into  the  early  high  school  grades.  The  order  in  which  the  subjects  of  the  pamph- 
lets are  listed  below  suggests  a  logical  sequence,  whether  the  work  is  given 
slowly  or  rapidly  or  to  lower  or  to  upper  grade  students. 

1 — Webster's  New  International  Dictionary 

2 — New  Standard  Dictionary 

3 — Encyclopaedias 

4 — Parts  of  a  book 

5 — Atlases;  city  directories;  gazetteers 

6 — Concordances 

7 — Library  classification  and  card  catalogue 

8 — Indexes  to  periodical  literature;  debates 

9 — Year-books 
10 — Commercial  indexes 
11 — Important  publications  of  city,  state  and  federal  governments 

The  inclusion  of  specimen  pages  from  the  reference  books  studied  makes 
it  possible  for  each  student  to  follow  all  illustrative  examples  without  making  a 
trip  to  a  library  and  waiting  to  have  access  to  the  complete  reference  work. 
No  library  will  furnish  a  suflficient  number  of  copies  of  expensive  reference 
books  to  supply  large  classes  adequately  for  detailed  study;  neither  could  a 
library  afford  to  have  pages  in  expensive  reference  books  as  badly  worn  and 
marked  as  they  would  become  if  many  students  were  required  to  consult  them  for 
prepared  lessons. 

1 


Exp^nence'bfts-.Tsroveti  Jthat*;the  best  results  can  be  obtained  if  the  work  ia 
begun  in  -regular  51asff  recita'tidtfs  by  a  librarian  or  a  teacher  reading  the  text 
with  the  class.  If  conducted  in  this  way,  no  previous  preparation  will  be  neces- 
sary, either  by  the  class  or  by  the  one  who  conducts  it.  As  the  reading  of  the 
text  proceeds,  it  will  be  seen  that  important  features  of  the  reference  books  studied 
are  emphasized  by  referring  to  the  sample  pages  embodied  in  the  text.  With  a 
little  class  direction  of  this  kind  the  students  can  readily  see  the  plan  of  the  text, 
and  can  finish  any  unread  pages  independently  as  an  assigned  lesson  for  the  next 
recitation.  In  classes  composed  of  advanced  students,  or  in  cases  of  absence, 
the  entire  work  could  be  done  independently. 

The  questions  on  the  colored  page  fastened  on  the  inside  of  the  last  cover 
are  designed  to  emphasize  important  points  and  to  systematize  the  work  for 
class  records.  Blank  spaces  are  left  under  the  questions  for  the  answers. 
When  the  questions  are  assigned  as  a  lesson  to  be  prepared  out  of  class,  and 
the  answers  are  written  from  memory  in  the  blank  spaces  during  the  class 
recitation  following,  the  points  are  more  thoroughly  impressed  than  they  are 
when  the  answers  are  written  before  coming  to  class,  while  having  direct  access 
to  the  text. 

A  key,  giving  the  answer  to  each  question,  together  with  its  value  on  the 
scale  of  100,  will  be  found  underneath  the  question  sheet  when  it  is  removed. 
By  means  of  this  key,  students  can  correct  their  own  or  another's  work  in 
a  few  minutes  of  class  time,  in  case  the  librarian  or  teacher  cannot  give 
extra  time  to  do  so. 

Schools  which  ask  a  leading  reference  question  in  final  examinations  find 
that  students  give  more  attention  to  the  work  and  therefore  learn  to  value  its 
importance. 

The  follotving  paragraphs  are  taken  from  the 
Foreword  of  the  First  Edition 

Possibly  the  best  way  of  presenting  the  points  which  it  is  hoped  this  series  of 
lessons  may  emphasize  is  to  quote  directly  from  the  preface  of  a  Bulletin  on 
"Library  instruction  in  universities,  colleges  and  normal  schools,"  from  the 
United  States  Bureau  of  Education,  1914 — No.  34. 

Many  educators  of  note,  as  well  as  college  and  university  librarians, 
have  emphasized  the  urgent  necessity  of  instruction  and  training  in 
"book-using  skill." 

The  place  of  the  library  in  the  work  of  all  departments  is  one  of 

increasing  importance.     The  library  is  a  resource  or  reservoir  from  which 

the  student  should  draw  constantly  for  information  and  inspiration. 

Every  month  of  delay  in  instructing  him  in  the  meaning 

and  use  of  the  library  lessens  the  efficiency  of  his  course. 

Every  new  student  should  be  required  to  take 
some  course  in  which  is  given  definite  practical  instruction  in  the 
handling  of  library  tools Such  a  course,  more- 
over, should  not  only  be  required,  but  it  should  constitute  a  definite  part 
of  the  work  required  for  a  degree. 

2 


New  Standard  Dictionary 

The  Standard  Dictionary  is  the  youngest  of  the  great  dictionaries  of  the 
English  language;  it  was  first  published  in  1894;  in  1913  it  was  enlarged  and  issued 
under  the  title,  The  New  Standard  Dictionary  of  the  English  Language. 

From  the  beginning  of  the  making  of  English  dictionaries  to  the  present 
time,  each  important  new  dictionary  has  included  some  feature  not  entered 
in  previous  ones.  How  quaint  and  amusing  seems  the  following,  taken  from  the 
Cawdrey  dictionary  of  1604,  with  its  old  English  spelling: 

A  Table  Alphabeticall,  conteyning  and  teaching  the  true  writing,  and 
understanding  of  hard  usuall  English  wordes,  borrowed  from  the  Hebrew, 
Greeke,  Latine,  or  French,  &c.,  with  the  interpretation  thereof  by  plaine 
English  wordes,  gathered  for  the  benefit  &  helpe  of  ladies,  gentlewomen, 
or  any  other  unskilfull  persons,  whereby  they  may  the  more  easilie  and 
better  understand  many  hard  English  wordes,  which  they  shall  heare  or 
read  in  scriptures,  sermons,  or  elsewhere,  and  also  be  able  to  use  the  same 
aptly  themselves.  *  *  *  jf  ^]^q^  j^g  desirous  (gentle  reader)  rightly 
and  readily  to  understand,  and  profit  by  this  table,  and  such  like,  then 
thou  must  learn  the  alphabet,  to  wit,  the  order  of  the  letters  as  they  stand, 
perfectly  without  book,  and  where  every  letter  standeth:  as  (b)  neere  the 
beginning,  (n)  about  the  middest,  and  (t)  toward  the  end. 

The  Blount  dictionary  of  1656  announces  that  it  was  prepared  for: 

The  more-knowing  Women,  and  the  less-knowing  Men;  or  indeed  for 
all  such  of  the  unlearned,  who  can  but  finde  in  an  Alphabet  the  word  they 
understand  not. 

The  Cockeram  dictionary  in  1623  was  the  first  to  introduce  anything  like 
allusions.  Part  three  is  announced  as  treating  of  "Gods  and  Goddesses,  Men  and 
Women,  Boyes  and  Maids,'  Giants  and  Diuels,  Birds  and  Beasts,  Monsters  and 
Serpents,  Wells  and  Riuers,  Hearbes,  Stones,  Trees,  Dogges,  Fishes,  and  the  like." 

The  Bailey  dictionary  in  1721  was  the  first  dictionary  to  include  easy  words 
of  common  speech;  this  dictionary  was  also  the  first  to  give  the  derivation  of 
words.  Dr.  Samuel  Johnson  introduced  quotations  to  illustrate  how  standard 
authors  used  certain  words.  His  dictionary,  which  was  published  in  two  volumes 
in  1755,  holds  a  very  important  place  in  the  history  of  the  dictionaries  of  the 
English  language.  Buchanan,  in  1757,  marked  letters  to  indicate  how  words 
should  be  pronounced.  Recent  dictionaries  have  added  many  other  features. 
The  general  and  special  contributions  which  the  New  Standard  Dictionary  has 
made  will  be  studied  by  means  of  a  specimen  page,  which  immediately  follows; 
the  explanations  directly  follow  the  specimen  page. 


A  specimen  page  from  Fonk  and  Wagnalls  New  Standard  Dictionary. 


II 


1^ 


15 

■I 

to  ** 

H 
!!• 


I 


P 
Si- 

I! 
II 


Copyrigfated  by  Fnnk  and  Wagnalls  Company,  1913. 


A  specimtn  page  from  Funk  and  Wagnalls  New  Stendard  Dictionary. 


Copyrighted  by  Funk  and  Wagnalls  Company,  1913. 


Reformed  Spelling 

Many  changes  are  at  present  being  made  in  the  spelling  of  certain  words. 
It  may  not  be  long  before  the  spelling  of  through  will  be  so  generally  replaced 
by  its  reformed  spelling  thru  that  the  older  spelling  will  look  as  strange  as 
does  the  old  spelling  of  aufull  for  awful.  If  scholars  of  the  past  generations  had 
never  made  changes  in  their  manner  of  spelling,  we  would  still  be  using  such  forms 
as  the  following:  annd  (and) ;  affterr  (after) ;  itte  isse  (it  is) ;  rihte  (right).  Indeed 
so  many  words  have  been  changed  that  old  English  is  almost  as  difficult  to  read 
as  a  foreign  language.  Many  of  our  modern  words  also  need  to  be  reformed. 
If  go  is  good  spelHng,  why  have  we  so  long  accepted  though  instead  of  tho?  For 
years  scholars  have  been  working  upon  the  problem  of  dropping  silent  letters  and 
of  making  rules  for  other  changes.  The  recommendations  of  two  associations, 
known  as  the  American  Philological  Association  and  the  Simplified  Spelling  Board, 
are  accepted  as  authorities.  Many  pubfishing  houses  have  adopted  their  recom- 
mendations and  are  printing  books  and  periodicals  in  the  reformed  spellings. 
The  rules  of  the  Simplified  Spelling  Board  are  given  on  page  2780  of  the  New 
Standard  Dictionary.  This  is  the  only  dictionary  which  serves  as  a  guide  in  the 
matter  of  finding,  directly,  what  the  reformed  spelling  of  a  word  is,  and  of 
giving  the  authority  for  it. 

Find  the  first  entry  of  the  word  rise  on  the  specimen  page  and  tell  how  the 
word  directly  underneath  it,  connected  by  a  brace,  is  spelled.  It  is  followed  by 
what  small  capital  letter  raised  at  the  right?  The  P  stands  for  Philological  and 
means  that  the  reformed  spelling  of  rise  is  rize  according  to  the  recommendations 
of  the  American  Philological  Association.  Words  followed  by  5  are  recom- 
mendations of  the  Simplified  Spelling  Board.  Find  the  first  entry  of  the  word  rip 
on  the  page,  which  is  a  verb,  and  give  the  reformed  spelling  for  the  past  tense, 
mentioning  the  authority. 

Find  the  first  entry  of  the  word  ripple  and  give  its  reformed  spelling,  mention- 
ing the  authority. 

Respelling  Twice  for  Pronunciation 

Directly  after  the  brace  which  joins  rise  to  its  reformed  spelling,  notice 
that  a  number  1  is  followed  by  raiz  and  a  number  2,  by  ris  with  certain  marks. 
These  two  numbers  represent  two  keys;  each  one  indicates  how  the  word  is  pro- 
nounced, but  the  symbols  used  in  the  separate  keys  are  entirely  different  and  have 
no  relationship  whatsoever  to  each  other.  These  two  Keys  for  pronunciation 
are  a  unique  and  important  feature  of  this  dictionary.  As  they  require  special 
attention,  their  consideration  will  be  reserved  until  other  features  are  explained. 

Parts  of  Speech — Disputed  Pronunciation 

After  the  first  entry  of  the  word  rise  has  been  respelled  twice  for  pronuncia- 
tion, what  letter  indicates  that  the  part  of  speech  is  a  verb?  Is  reformed  spelling 
given  in  the  principal  parts?  After  a  Roman  numeral  I,  in  heavy  type,  what 
small  letter  indicates  that  the  verb  in  its  transitive  sense  is  to  be  considered  first? 
How  many  definitions  are  given  under  the  transitive  verb?  After  a  Roman 
numeral  II,  what  letter  indicates  that  the  intransitive  verb  is  to  be  considered 
second?  How  many  definitions  are  given  for  the  intransitive  verb?  About  two 
inches  below  the  last  definition  of  the  intransitive  verb,  the  word  rise  appears 

6 


again  in  heavy  type.  What  part  of  speech  is  this  second  rise?  What  exceedingly 
small  number  is  raised  at  the  right  of  the  word?  This  means  that  rise  as  a  noun 
will  be  entered  more  than  once  in  heavy  type.  Whenever  the  same  part  of  speech 
of  a  word  is  entered  more  than  once  in  heavy  type,  it  is  numbered.  How  many 
times  is  the  word  rip  as  a  verb  entered  in  heavy  type  and  numbered?  How  many 
times  is  rip  as  a  noun  so  entered?  How  many  times  is  ripple  as  a  verb  so  entered, 
and  how  many  times  as  a  noun?  Under  which  entry  of  ripple  is  the  word  re- 
spelled  twice  for  pronunciation?  Is  the  pronunciation  repeated  every  time  the 
word  is  entered?  The  word  rip  is  entered  nine  times.  How  many  times  is  the 
pronunciation  indicated? 

Notice  that  rise  noun  is  respelled  twice  for  pronunciation  after  Key  1,  and 
twice  after  Key  2.  The  fact  that  the  final  letter  may  be  pronounced  either  as  z 
or  as  5  is  indicated  in  both  keys.  After  Key  2,  what  Roman  numeral  is  given? 
This  Roman  numeral  xiii  always  appears  when  the  pronunciation  of  a  word  is 
disputed.  The  table  of  disputed  pronunciations  is  given  at  the  back  of  the 
dictionary. 

Tabulations:  Abbreviations 

A  feature  of  arrangement  which  is  used  largely  by  the  Standard  Dictionary 
is  that  of  tabulating  information.  Under  apples,  for  example,  a  table  of  the 
varieties  of  apples  is  given ;  this  plan  is  followed  for  most  of  the  fruits,  such  as 
pears,  oranges,  peaches,  and  many  others.  Under  the  word  color,  the  colors  are 
tabulated;  under  grasses,  a  list  of  grasses  is  given;  similar  tabulations  are  given 
for  such  words  as:  coins,  measures  and  weights,  flags,  flowers,  seals  oj  states,  sig- 
nals, dogs,  horses,  abbreviations,  and  many  others.  When  the  meaning  of  an  ab- 
breviation is  looked  for  in  this  dictionary,  it  is  usually  found  in  sub-alphabetical 
order  in  a  table  under  the  word  abbreviation.  Certain  abbreviations  are  also  en- 
tered in  the  vocabulary,  as  words  are  entered,  often  with  a  cross  reference  to  the 
table  under  the  word  abbreviation.  When  the  abbreviations  which  are  used  in 
connection  with  the  definitions  of  words  are  not  known,  they  should  be  looked 
up  in  the  table  of  abbreviations. 

It  is  very  important  to  know  what  is  signified  when  certain  abbreviations 
appear  in  connection  with  definitions.  When  a  word,  in  some  one  of  its  mean- 
ings, is  not  considered  as  the  best  of  English,  attention  is  called  to  the  fact  by 
preceding  the  definition  for  that  meaning  with  one  of  the  following  abbreviations: 

Colloq.  (colloquial) ;  dial,  (dialect) ;  Slang. 

Definitions  which  are  technical  in  their  meanings  are  also  preceded  by  abbre- 
viations, among  which  the  following  are  frequently  seen: 

Anat.  (anatomy,  pertaining  to  the  body);  Med.  (medical);  Mus.  (musical); 
Phon.  (phonetic,  pertaining  to  sound);  Naut.  (nautical,  pertaining  to  the  sea). 

Find  the  words  on  the  specimen  page  which  are  listed  below,  and  give  the 
meanings  of  the  abbreviations  which  precede  the  definitions. 

Rise,  verb  transitive,  definition  number  1  and  also  number  2.  Rise,  verb 
intransitive,  number  15.  Rip,  verb,  number  3,  vt  and  vi.  Ripa,  noun, 
number  1.  Riparious,  adjective.  Ripe,  adjective,  number  6  and  also 
number  8.  Ripper,  noun,  number  1,  subdivision  5  under  the  first  definition, 
also  definition  number  2.     Rise,  noun,  number  1,  definition  8. 


Common  Meaning  First:  Derivation  Last 

When  a  word  has  several  different  meanings  and  parts  of  speech,  some  plan 
for  the  order  in  which  the  meanings  are  entered  must  be  adopted.  The  usual 
order  has  been  to  give  the  language  from  which  the  word  is  derived  first,  to 
follow  this  with  the  oldest  meaning  the  word  had,  then  to  give  the  next  oldest 
meaning,  and  so  on  down  to  the  most  modern  meaning :  that  is,  all  entries  were 
made  in  historical  order.  The  Standard  Dictionary  has  reversed  this  order 
by  giving  the  common  meaning  of  the  word  first,  and  its  derivation  last. 
This  plan  is  used  because  the  editors  felt  that  a  dictionary  is  more  fre- 
quently consulted  for  the  present  meaning  of  a  word  than  it  is  for  its  derivation 
or  its  older  meanings.  Since  the  first  definition  is  apt  to  be  the  first  one  read, 
they  felt  that  it  should  be  the  one  most  likely  to  be  wanted.  Consult  the  word 
ripple  and  give  the  part  of  speech  and  the  meaning  of  the  first  entry  of  the  word. 
Notice  that  this  is  its  ordinary  meaning  as  a  verb.  Give  the  definition  of  the 
last  entry  under  ripple  verb,  and  notice  that  it  is  seldom  used  in  that  sense. 
Read  the  first  and  the  last  definitions  for  ripple,  noun,  and  notice  the  relative 
meanings.  If  the  Webster  or  the  Century  dictionary  were  consulted  under  this 
word,  the  order  in  which  the  meanings  are  entered  would  be  seen  to  differ  from 
that  used  in  the  Standard. 

As  the  Standard  Dictionary  gives  the  common  meaning  of  a  word  first, 
because  it  is  the  definition  most  likely  to  be  wanted,  it  will  naturally  give  the 
language  from  which  the  word  is  derived  last,  because  this  is  the  item  least  likely 
to  be  wanted.  After  the  last  definition  of  a  word,  a  character  appears  which 
resembles  a  v  on  its  side  with  the  opening  towards  an  abbreviation  of  the  language 
from  which  the  word  is  derived.  Find  this  character  within  brackets  at  the  end 
of  definition  number  15  of  rise,  verb  intransitive,  and  give  the  abbreviation  of  the 
language  from  which  rise  is  derived.  AS.  is  an  abbreviation  for  Anglo  Saxon. 
Find  this  same  character  after  the  last  definition  of  ripost,  noun,  and  name  the 
three  languages  through  which  ripost  has  come.  From  what  language  did 
n^-rap,  noun,  come?  Did  ripe,  verb  transitive  number  1,  come  from  the  same 
language  as  ripe,  the  adjective?  Under  ripple,  a  reference  for  its  derivation  is 
made  to  what  number  of  rip  as  a  verb?  Find  the  reference  directly  after  the  last 
definition  of  rip  number  1,  verb,  and  give  the  abbreviation  of  the  language  from 
which  both  words  come.  This  dictionary  does  not  give  the  derivation  of  words 
from  such  languages  as  the  Hebrew,  Greek,  Arabic,  etc.  in  the  alphabets  of  those 
languages,  but  transliterates  them  into  the  English  alphabet. 

Persons:  Places:  Other  Proper  Names 

Persons,  places,  and  important  proper  names  of  any  kind  are  entered  in  the 
vocabulary  in  regular  alphabetical  order  as  any  other  word  is  entered.  Consult 
the  proper  noun  Ripley,  number  1,  and  mention  the  first  person  entered  by  that 
name.  In  what  year  was  he  born?  The  number  of  the  month  in  which  he  was 
born  is  represented  by  the  4,  and  the  day  of  the  month  by  the  15  which  directly 
precede  the  year.  Give  the  month,  day  and  year  of  his  death.  What  is  the 
given  name  of  the  second  person  entered?  What,  of  the  third?  The  fourth 
entry  is  that  of  a  county  in  the  south  eastern  part  of  what  state?  Is  the  popula- 
tion given?  In  what  country  is  the  eighth  entry  situated?  Is  the  population 
given?  Because  population  is  so  apt  to  change  from  year  to  year,  it  is  not  entered 
in  the  vocabulary  but  is  given  in  a  separate  table  at  the  back;  this  makes  it  easier 

8 


to  revise  from  census  to  census.  Where,  in  England,  is  Risca  located?  Where  in 
the  dictionary  can  its  population  be  found?  When  was  the  Earl  of  Ripon  born? 
In  which  one  of  Irving's  works  does  the  character  of  Rip  Van  Winkle  appear? 
Who  has  impersonated  the  character  in  a  play?  What  chapter  and  verse  of 
Genesis  in  the  Bible,  contains  the  proper  noun  Riphathl 

Phrases 

Common  phrases:  The  significance  of  many  common  phrases  in  ordinary 
speech  can  be  found  after  all  definitions  of  some  important  word  in  the  phrase. 
At  the  very  end  of  all  of  the  entries  under  rise,  verb  intransitive,  find  the  phrase, 
To  rise  from  the  ranks ,  and  read  its  meaning.  What  phrase  directly  follows  it,  and 
what  is  its  meaning?  Under  rip,  verb,  number  1,  find  the  phrase  to  rip  and  tear, 
and  give  its  significance.  What  abbreviation  follows  this  phrase  to  indicate  that 
it  is  not  considered  refined  English? 

Foreign  phrases:  Many  phrases  in  foreign  languages  are  entered  in  alpha- 
betical order  in  the  vocabulary  under  the  first  important  word  of  the  phrase:  a 
section  of  the  appendix  at  the  back  is  also  devoted  to  foreign  phrases. 

Synonyms  and  Antonyms 

Synonyms  are  words  which  have  similar  meanings.  After  all  of  the  defini- 
tions of  a  word  have  been  given,  if  other  words  can  be  used  to  express  practically 
the  same  meaning,  they  are  listed,  or  a  reference  is  made  to  some  similar  word 
under  which  synonyms  are  given.  An  easy  and  pleasant  way  of  enlarging  one's 
vocabulary  i,s  to  consult  the  dictionary  for  synonyms  of  words  frequently  used. 
Occasionally  a  thought  can  be  expressed  better  by  using  words  opposed  in  mean- 
ing, that  is,  antonyms.  The  Standard  Dictionary  is  the  first  dictionary  to 
indicate  antonyms;  when  antonyms  are  given  they  directly  follow  synonyms. 

Find  the  abbreviation  Syn.,  after  the  last  definition  of  ripe,  adjective,  and 
give  the  first  synonym  mentioned,  and  also  the  last.  Are  the  words  in  alpha- 
betical order?  After  the  last  synonym,  find  the  abbreviation  Ant.,  and  give  the 
first  word  mentioned  which  is  opposite  in  meaning  to  ripe.  Are  antonyms  in 
alphabetical  order?  What  word  is  referred  to  for  synonyms  of  ripen?  Under 
synonyms  for  rise,  verb,  intransitive,  notice  that  a  note  very  carefully  explains 
the  different  uses.  At  the  end  of  the  note,  a  reference  is  made  to  what  other  word 
for  more  synonyms? 

Miscellaneous  Items 

Quotations:  Emphasis:  Double  Hyphen:    Obsolete:   Variant:  Plurals: 
Illustrations:  Paging:  Guide  Words 

Quotations:  When  the  Standard  Dictionary  quotes  an  author  to  illustrate 
the  use  of  a  word,  it  uses  the  author's  spelling  and  always  tells  exactly  where  in  his 
works  the  quotation  appears,  even  giving  editions,  publishers  and  dates.  Find 
the  quotation  selected  to  illustrate  the  second  definition  of  ripen,  verb,  and  give 
the  author,  his  work,  the  page,  the  letter  used  to  abbreviate  the  publisher's  name, 
and  the  date.  Find  the  corresponding  items  under  definition  number  1  of  rise, 
verb  transitive;  and  also  for  ripple  verb,  number  1,  intransitive,  number  1. 

Double  hyphen:  A  double  hyphen  is  used  in  this  dictionary  for  all  compound 
words,  thus  clearly  indicating  when  a  word  is  compound  and  when  it  is  divided  by 


a  dash  into  syllables.  If  a  single  hyphen  were  used  for  rip-fishing,  after  the  last 
definition  of  rip,  noun,  number  2,  could  one  know  whether  this  is  a  compound 
word,  or  whether  the  division  by  syllables  happened  to  fall  at  the  end  of  the  line? 
Is  the  word  ris-herm  a  compound  word?     Is  the  word  rip-saw  compound? 

Emphasis:  A  syllable  which  is  to  receive  an  emphasis  of  first  importance  is 
followed  by  one  mark  of  accent  ( ') ;  that  which  is  to  be  given  an  emphasis  of 
secondary  importance  is  followed  by  two  marks  of  accent  (").  Which  syllable  is 
to  be  given  the  emphasis  of  first  importance  in  riprap?  Which,  of  secondary 
importance?  Name  the  syllable  which  is  to  be  given  the  emphasis  of  first 
importance  in  each  of  the  following :     rip-saw;  ripuarian. 

Obsolete:  The  Standard  Dictionary  places  a  dagger  (t)  after  a  word  when 
it  is  no  longer  used  in  the  sense  of  the  definition  which  follows  the  dagger,  that  is, 
when  the  meaning  is  obsolete.  Is  the  dagger  indicating  that  rip,  noun,  number  6, 
is  obsolete,  placed  before  or  after  the  "n",  for  noun?  Which  ripon  is  obsolete, 
noun  number  1  or  number  2? 

Variant:  A  double  dagger  (|)  indicates  that  the  word  or  expression  which 
precedes  it,  varies  from  the  word  consulted.  Consult  definition  number  4  of 
rip  noun,  and  give  a  varied  spelling  and  also  another  word  for  it.  Find  ripe, 
noun,  and  read  the  reference  for  its  first  definition.  Give  a  variant  spelling 
for  ripost,  noun;  for  rippet,  and  another  word  for  ripple,  noun,  number  2. 

Plurals:  Irregular  plurals,  teeth  or  mice,  for  example,  are  entered  after  the 
singular,  preceded  by  the  abbreviation  pi.;  and  also  in  alphabetical  order  in  the 
vocabulary,  referring  to  the  singular. 

Illustrations:     Many  valuable  plates  and  illustrations  are  given. 

Paging;  guide  words:  The  pages  are  given  at  the  top  of  the  inner  margins; 
at  the  top  of  the  outer  margins  the  first  word  defined  on  the  facing  pages  is 
indicated,  with  the  last  one  just  below  it.  These  words  serve  as  a  guide  to  in- 
dicate that  facing  pages  contain  words  which  come  in  alphabetical  order 
between  the  guide  words. 

Encyclopaedic  Information 

Recent  editions  of  modern  dictionaries  give  much  exceedingly  ofondensed 
encyclopaedic  information;  that  is,  they  give,  in  addition  to  the  meaning  and  the 
derivation  of  words,  much  condensed  information  of  the  kind  which  is  found  in 
detail  in  encyclopaedias.  Such  information  is  given  after  all  items  have  been 
entered  under  the  leading  word  of  the  subject,  unless  the  item  is  of  sufficient 
importance  to  have  a  place  of  its  own  in  the  vocabulary.  The  following  page 
contains  the  word  father,  just  as  it  is  entered  in  the  Standard  Dictionary,  and  is 
inserted  to  illustrate  how  encyclopaedic  information  is  entered  under  some  leading 
word.  What  is  the  last  number  entered  in  heavy  type  under  the  definition  of  the 
word  father?  Into  how  many  subdivisions  is  this  number  separated?  From  what 
language  does  father  come?  The  first  encyclopaedic  entry  is  adoptive  father; 
notice  that  it  begins  with  "a".  Are  there  any  heavy  type  entries  beginning  with 
b,  c,  d,  or  el  What  word  does  the  "/"  stand  for  in  the  entry  /,  confessor?  To 
make  clear  the  fact  that  the  words  following  "/"  are  in  sub-alphabetical  order  for 
some  distance  down,  run  over  them  as  follows:  Are  there  any  entries  for  "d",  "e"or 
"/"?     What  is  the  entry  under  "C"?     Are  there  any  for  "/i"?     What  are  the  two 

10 


for  "«■"?  How  many  definitions  are 
given  under  father-in-law?  Definition 
number  2  is  used  colloquially  in  what 
country?  Is  there  any  entry  for  ";"? 
for  "K"?  for  '7"?  What  is  the  first 
entry  for  "o"?  The  words  following 
"of"  are  again  in  sub-alphabetical  order: 
give  the  first  word  in  heavy  type  direct- 
ly following  "of,  and  also  the  last.  Is 
there  any  heavy  type  entry  for  "p"? 
What  is  the  entry  for  "q"?  What  sign 
indicates  that  father-queller  is  not  now  in 
current  use?  What  are  the  two  entries 
for  "r"?  What  is  the  first  entry  for  "s"? 
The  second  entry  for  "s"  is  the  plural  of 
father,  which  is  written  out.  Notice  the 
strict  alphabetical  order  of  "sis"  (sister) 
and  "s  of"  (Fathers  of).  Name  the  two 
sub-entries  in  heavy  type  under  Fathers 
of  the  Church.  After  all  of  the  subdivi- 
sions under  "f"  (for  father)  have  been 
disposed  of,  what  adjective  restores  the 
alphabetical  order  under  "G"?  Are  the 
remaining  entries  in  alphabetical  order? 

Answer  the  following  questions 
readily  by  easily  finding  the  proper 
sub-alphabetical  order:  Who  has  been 
called,  "Father  of  Epic  PoetryV  Who 
(besides  George  Washington)  "Father 
of  His  Country^  Who,  the  "Great 
White  Father?"  Who,  "Father  of  Amer- 
icaV  (A  double  dagger  follows  what 
other  title,  to  indicate  that  he  is  known 
by  either?) 


Spacimen  entry  under  father  from 
New  Standard  Dictionary 


ra'tber,n.  1.  The  male  parent  of  a  child.  2.  Any  mala 
ancestor;  more  particularly,  the  first  of  a  line;  fore* 
father;  patriarch.  3.  One  standing  toward  another  or 
others  in  a  paternal  position;  one  acting  in  the  ca- 
pacity of  a  father;  as,  the  king  is  father  to  his  people. 
4.  [F-1  The  Deity;  God;  especially,  the  first  person  in 
the  Trinity. 

Our  Father  is  the  proper  desisnation  of  God  nnder  the  new  di»> 
pensation.  J.  B.  WAhxaa  Doe.  Holti  Svirit  p.  117.  Is.  o.  o.  1874.1 
6.  A  member  of  the  ancient  Roman  senate;  as,  a  con- 
script father.    6.  One  who  or  that  which  causes  or 


originates  anything;  an  author;  founder;  as,  Homer  is 
the  father  of  epic  poetry;  the  wish  is  father  to  tho 
thought.     "The  child  is  father  of  the  Man,"  Words- 


WOBTH  My  Heart  Leaps  Up  1.  7.  7.  A  man  held  in 
reverence.  Specif.:  (1)  A  Roman  Catholic  priest  who 
Is  a  member  of  a  religious  fraternity;  In  the  United  Statea 
and  Ireland,  also,  a  secular  priest.  (2)  A  church  dignitary; 
confessor;  superior  In  a  monastery.  (3)  The  oldest  mem- 
ber of  a  class  or  body;  doyen:  as,  the  father  of  the  House. 
(4)  Any  aged  man,  particularly  a  clergyman:  chiefly  as  a 
title.  ( <  AS.  feeder.]  —  adoptive  father,  one  who  adopts 
another's  child.— f.  confesaor,  a  priest  who  confesses  a 
penitent.—  P.  General,  the  chief  of  the  Society  of  Jesus.— 
f.  In  God,  a  bishop,  as  being  divinely  appointed.—  fa'ttaer* 
in 'law",  n.  1.  The  father  of  one's  spouse:  the  correlate 
of  ton'in'law  and  of  aaughteT'iTflaw,  %.  [CoUoa.,  Gt.  Brlt.l 
A  stepfather.—  F.  Knickerbocker  rHumorous],  New  York 
city  personified.— f.tlong'Iegs,  o.  A  daddy«long«legs.— F. 
of  Algebra,  Francois  Vlete  (Vleta),  the  foremost  algebraist 
of  the  16th  century.— F.  of  America,  Samuel  Adams. 
F.  of  tbe  American  Bevolutlont.— F.  of  AngllnK. 
Izaak  Walton.—  F.  of  Comedy,  Aristophanes.—  F.  of  Ec- 
clesiastical or  Church  History,  Euseblus.—  F.  of  En- 
glish Learning,  Beda:  so  called  by  Burke.—  F.  of  English 
Poetry,  Chaucer:  so  called  by  Dryden.— P.  of  English 
Prose,  Roger  Ascham.-  F.  of  Epic  Poetry,  Homer.—  F. 
of  German  Literature,  G.  E.  Lesslng.-F.  of  Greek 
Tragedy,  iEachylus.— F.  of  his  Country.  1.  Georga 
Washington.  !8.  Marcus  TulUus  Cicero:  bestowed  upon 
him  by  the  Roman  senate  for  revealing  the  conspiracy  of 
Catiline.  The  title  was  later  given  to  some  of  the  Cseears, 
Cosmo  de  Medici,  and  certain  European  princes.  8.  An- 
Orla  Dorea  (1468-1660):  so  called  on  hla  statue  at  Genoa. 
—  F.  of  hl8  People.  1.  Any  one  of  three  kings  of  France. 
Louis  XII.,  Henry  IV.,  and  Louis  XVIII.  2.  Christian  III." 
of  Denmark.-  F.  of  History,  Herodotus.—  F.  of  Jests, 
Joseph  MUler.-  F.  of  Letters.  1.  Francis  I.  of  France. 
2.  Lorenzo  de  Medici.—  f.  of  lies.  1.  Satan.  2.  Herod- 
otus.-F.  of  Medicine.  1.  Hippocrates.  2.  Aretseoe 
of  Cappadocla  (2d  and  3a  centuries).— P.  of  Orthodoxy*: 
Athanaalus.—  f.  of  the  chapel,  the  chairman  of  a  chapel 
of  printers.-  F.  of  the  Faithful.  1.  The  sultan  of  Turkey., 
as  calif  or  head  of  the  Mohammedan  faith:  first  applied 
to  Mohammed.  2.  Abraham.-  F.  of  Waters,  the  Mlsala- 
Blppl  river.— f.Kjnellert,  ».  One  who  kills  his  father;  a 
parricide.—  f. 'right,  o.  A  system  of  clan  organization  In 
which  the  child  takes  the  clan-name  of  the  father.  Com- 
pare U0THEE»KiGHT.— f.»rnle,  o.  Sodol.  Patriarchy.— f. 
sister  (Scot.),  the  sister  of  one's  father.—  Fathers  of  tbe 
Cbnrcb,  the  early  teachers  and  defenders  of  Christianity. 
They  are  divided  Into  the  antenicene  and  the  posintcene,  aa, 
living  before  or  after  the  Council  of  Nice  (A.  D.  325) .  The 
antenicene  Include,  among  others,  the  Apostolic  Fatbns. 
contemporaries  of  the  apostles,  and  the  Apologetic  Fathers, 
who  defended  Christianity  against  attacks  of  Jews  and 
pagans.  —  Great  White  F.,  the  President  of  the  United 
States:  so  called  by  the  American  Indians.—  Holy  F.,  the 
Pope.-  Most  Keverend  F.  In  God,  an  archbishop:  a  title 
of  address.— 

Copyrighted  by  Funk  and  Wagnalls  Company,  1913. 


Because  modern  dictionaries  are  packed  with  encyclopaedic  information, 
they  might  almost  be  considered  to  be  the  best  brief  encyclopaedias  published, 
while  also  fulfilling  their  functions  as  dictionaries. 


11 


Revised  Scientific  Alphabet  for  Pronunciation 

Words  are  respelled  for  pronunciation  under  Key  1  in  accord  with  a  plan 
based  on  what  is  called  the  Revised  Scientific  Alphabet.  A  complete  explanation 
of  this  alphabet,  together  with  its  history  and  the  names  of  the  scholars  who 
have  spent  years  of  study  upon  perfecting  it,  can  be  found  on  pages  xxiii-xxviii 
of  the  preface  of  this  dictionary.  The  alphabet  is  called  scientific  because  it 
indicates  a  harmony  between  the  vowel  sounds  in  English  and  corresponding 
sounds  in  other  languages,  and  gives  only  one  symbol  for  each  sound.  As  this 
plan  gives  a  broad  relationship  of  English  to  other  languages,  it  is  of  inestimable 
value  to  foreigners,  and  to  students  of  languages  other  than  English.  The  plate 
which  is  given  herewith  condenses  the  symbols  for  both  keys.  The  keys,  as 
greatly  condensed,  also  appear  at  the  top  of  facing  pages  in  the  vocabulary. 
Consult  the  plate  for  the  following  explanations: 

In  the  second  column  of  the  plate,  second  entry  from  the  top,  find  ai  under 
Key  1,  give  the  corresponding  markings  under  Key  2,  and  read  the  illustrative 
words  which  follow.  Notice  that  each  one  has  the  vowel  sound  of  ai  as  in 
aisle.  When  this  sound  is  to  be  indicated  in  the  respelling  of  a  word  for  pronuncia- 
tion under  Key  1,  "ai"  appears;  under  Key  2,  long  i  or  long  y  appears.  There- 
fore, how  is  pine  respelled  for  pronunciation  under  Key  1?  How,  for  Key  2? 
Respell  the  illustrative  words  following  pine,  according  to  Key  1.  Turn  back 
to  the  specimen  page  from  the  dictionary,  look  under  rise  and  under  ripen,  and 
notice  how  plainly  Key  1  and  Key  2  indicate  exactly  the  same  pronunciation  in 
different  ways.  As  the  sound  of  ai,  used  for  Key  1,  is  also  the  sound  of  ai  in 
Italian,  Spanish,  Greek,  and  modified  in  other  languages,  a  certain  relationship 
for  this  sound  is  maintained  among  languages  in  the  scientific  alphabet  (Key  1). 

A  very  scholarly  study  of  the  comparative  sounds  in  different  languages  is 
given  on  pages  xxxii-xxxv  of  the  preface. 

Consult  the  first  column  of  the  plate,  under  "a",  and  notice  that  two  shapes 
are  given  for  it  under  Key  1 ;  written  and  printed.  Notice  that  the  first  written 
"a"  mentioned  under  Key  1  has  no  mark  over  it,  and  that  the  second  hsis  a  mark 
of  length,  a  macron.  Is  the  same  true  of  the  printed  "a"?  Find  "e"  and  "i" 
below  the  "a",  and  see  if  they  are  marked.  When  any  vowel  is  unmarked  in 
Key  1,  it  has  its  own  short  name  sound;  when  this  name  sound  is  lengthened  a 
mark  of  length,  a  macron,  is  placed  over  the  vowel.  The  macron  is  the  only 
mark  used  in  this  dictionary. 

As  there  are  two  shapes  for  "a",  there  are  also  two  shapes  for  "o"  and  for 
"u".  The  second  shape  of  "o"  has  a  line  through  its  body,  and  at  first  glance 
somewhat  resembles  an  "e" ;  the  second  shape  of  ''u"  is  a  capital  of  the  same  sized 
type.  Does  each  of  these  shapes  have  one  unmarked  value  and  one  with  a  ma- 
cron over  it?  Read  the  illustrative  words  for  each  of  the  four  values  for  "o" 
and  for  "u".  How  is  the  "o"  marked  in  Key  1,  when  its  sound  as  in  "or"  is  to 
be  indicated?     Give  the  shape  and  mark  for  "u"  in  burn  in  Key  1. 

By  introducing  two  shapes  for  a,  two  for  o,  and  two  for  u,  the  five  vowel 
ounds  in  the  EngHsh  language  have  been  increased  to  eight. 

Read  the  illustrative  words  for  the  sound  of  ''e",  under  Key  1,  when  it  is 
unmarked.  When  the  short  name  sound  of  "e",  as  in  get,  is  prolonged,  that  is 
really  lengthened,  it  takes  the  sound  of  "e"  in  prey,  and  the  sound  is  indicated  by 

12 


Plate  showing  Keys  for  pronunciation 


V     V 

o  «> 


B     g     S>    as    •   •S 

iM'lill 

^    g  ^  .g.  .2  6    I 
C   ^     -T    to   •*^  b    a 

s  s  s  a^  s 


>,  Is  «sf 

"H  —  >» 

a      ri      V 
W     C    vV 

T3     to     lO 


•bo     . 

•6  .^-g 


IF 

1 1 1 

em 

S  m  B  «a 

CO 

0 
O 

«r 

• 

( 

II 
O 


e  €8  5  9 


5:e 


c  g  So  •- 


I 


"   .    i  I*  I 

t  ftp! 


I -" 


^2 


to 

a 


S     ^     ? 


^     ^ 


.3  (3 


.5  >, 


3  •* 

o  * 


r^T) 


Mh  (1) 


lO    c«  )«t    O 


l«  M«     M      O     lO 


«  lo  9  lO  b 


18 


placing  a  macron  over  the  "e".  Under  Key  1,  in  the  vocabulary,  say  is  re- 
spelled  for  pronunciation,  se;  weigh,  as  we;  play,  as  pie.  Read  the  words  which 
illustrate  the  sound  indicated  by  long  "e"  under  Key  1  in  the  plate,  and  respell 
each  one  as  it  will  be  found  in  the  vocabulary  under  Key  1. 

What  is  the  first  illustrative  word  given  under  Key  1  to  indicate  the  sound 
represented  by  "i"  unmarked?  What  is  the  first  word  given  to  indicate  the 
sound  of  "i"  marked  long?  Under  Key  1,  in  the  vocabulary,  seen  is  marked  stn; 
fear,  fir;  niece,  nts.  Read  the  words  which  illustrate  the  sound  indicated  by 
long  i,  in  the  plate,  and  respell  each  one  as  it  will  be  found  under  Key  1  in  the 
vocabulary. 

Just  below  the  line  in  the  middle  of  the  last  column,  find  the  character  which 
indicates  the  sound  of  "a"  in  ask.  Directly  below  this  character,  another  charac- 
ter is  given  which  indicates  an  unstressed  sound  as  "a"  in  sofa.  This  character 
resembles  an  inverted  "e",  or  an  "a"  without  the  lower  right  hand  shank  and  is 
sometimes  called  the  shankless  a.  Notice  directly  below  it,  that  an  unstressed 
sound  as  of  "i"  in  habit  is  indicated  by  omitting  the  dot  from  the  i. 

By  studying  the  illustrative  words  for  the  diphthongs  in  the  second  column, 
tell  how  the  following  are  marked  in  the  vocabulary  under  Key  1 :  out;  feud;  oil. 

At  the  bottom  of  the  second  column,  notice  the  sound  always  represented  by 
"s".  How  is  cent  respelled  under  Key  1?  Directly  above  "s"  notice  how  "t" 
and  "h"  are  joined  to  represent  their  sounds  in  this,  and  in  the  next  line  above 
note  the  manner  of  joining  them  for  their  sounds  in  thin.  In  the  line  above  thin, 
notice  that  when  "n"  has  a  left  curve  below  the  line  that  the  sound  of  "ng"  is 
indicated.  The  sound  of  "g"  and  of  "k",  above,  are  very  simple.  At  the  top  of 
the  third  column,  notice  the  shape  of  the  z  which  represents  its  sound  in  zest; 
four  lines  below,  notice  its  shape  to  represent  its  sound  in  azure.  Between  these 
shapes  for  z,  note  how  "c"  and  "h"  are  joined  to  represent  their  sounds  in  chin; 
how  "s"  and  "h"  are  joined  for  their  sounds  in  ship;  and  that  j  represents  a  soft 
sound  as  in  jet  or  gist. 

Work  out  the  respelling  for  pronunciation  under  Key  1  of  the  word  riotry, 
as  follows :  the  sound  of  i  in  the  first  syllable  is  represented  by  what  diphthong? 
The  unstressed  sound  of  o  in  the  second  syllable  is  represented  by  an  "a",  with 
what  part  omitted?  The  unstressed  sound  of  the  y,  is  indicated  by  omitting  what 
from  the  regular  i?  Riotry  is  the  first  word  on  the  specimen  page  from  the 
dictionary;  turn  to  it,  and  test  the  markings  by  examining  the  respelling  for 
pronunciation  under  Key  1.     Note  the  delicacy  of  sound  thus  gained. 

By  consulting  the  plate,  tell  what  the  words  are  which  are  respelled  for 
pronunciation  under  Key  1  as  follows: 

kl§  pipl  pont)  £het  hit  hit  kul 
tak  fwrn  kwair  6heia  I'm  parcel  jei 
kosl  diloit  thau     kdki     blQ  eChar     arm 


u 


New  English  Dictionary 

also  called 

Murray  or  Oxford  Dictionary 

A  specimen  entry  from  Murray's  New  English  dictionary  is  given  on  the 
following  page.  This  is  the  most  exhaustive  dictionary  ever  compiled  in  any 
language.  It  does  not  contain  any  encyclopaedic  information,  biography, 
geography,  abbreviations,  phrases  or  other  items  which  can  be  found  in  the 
Standard  and  most  other  modern  dictionaries,  but  is  confined  to  the  treatment  of 
words.  The  work  was  begun  thirty-five  years  ago,  and  will  be  in  ten  or  twelve 
large  volumes  when  completed.  Every  word  which  has  ever  been  a  part  of  the 
English  language  is  entered.  A  strict  historical  order  of  the  different  meanings 
and  parts  of  speech  of  a  word  is  preserved  by  dates  showing  when  the  word  came 
into  the  language,  and,  if  it  dropped  out,  when.  Quotations  are  given  under  each 
shade  of  meaning  to  show  how  the  word  was  used  and  spelled  by  standard  authors 
at  the  various  dates.  Some  of  the  quotations  from  the  early  English  are  as 
difficult  to  read  as  though  they  were  written  in  a  foreign  language. 

The  specimen  entry  is  taken  from  the  upper  half  of  the  page  containing 
definitions  numbered  50  to  58  of  the  word  stand;  the  complete  dictionary  gives 
over  one  hundred  definitions,  and  requires  nearly  fifteen  full  pages,  thirty  times 
the  space  taken  by  the  specimen  entry. 

The  first  quotation  on  the  page,  taken  from  the  "Gest  of  Rohyn  Hode,''  illus- 
trates how  the  word  stand  was  used  and  spelled  in  the  year  1500  (or  about  that 
date,  as  indicated  by  ''a").  This  particular  definition  is  in  the  sense  of  taking 
the  place  of  some  person  or  thing,  that  is  to  stand  in  the  place  of.  Notice  how 
Jest  of  Robin  Hood  was  then  spelled.  Read  the  quotation,  and  tell  how  the 
following  words  were  spelled  at  that  time : 

yeoman;  stead;  stand;  great;  need;  have. 

Notice  that  the  word  have  is  spelled  with  a  "u"  instead  of  with  a  "v."  Read 
the  quotation  on  the  second  line  from  the  top  of  the  second  column,  under  date  of 
1625,  and  notice  that  both  the  words  have  and  lived  are  spelled  with  a  "w"  instead  of 
with  a  "v,"  and  that  the  word  undaunted  is  spelled  with  a  "v"  instead  of  with  a 
"u."  Under  definition  number  50,  date  1525,  how  is  David  spelled,  and  how, 
journey?  Under  date  1205  of  this  definition  tell  how  the  following  words  were 
then  spelled:  right;  hand;  let;  stand.  What  is  the  last  date  under  number  50? 
Number  51  is  preceded  by  a  dagger  which  indicates  that  the  definition  of  stand 
as  there  given  is  no  longer  used,  that  is  it  is  obsolete.  At  about  what  date  did  this 
meaning  of  stand  come  into  the  language?  ("c"  means  circa,  about.)  At  about 
what  date  did  it  die  out  of  the  language? 

The  first  quotation  under  number  53,  date  1606,  is  taken  from  which  act, 
scene,  and  line  of  Shakespeare's  Antony  and  Cleopatra?  Give  the  spelling  at 
that  date  for  give,  evidence,  love.  Under  1610  a  quotation  is  given  from  which  act, 
scene,  line  of  Shakespeare's  Tempest?  Under  1712  a  quotation  is  given  from 
which  number  and  which  paragraph  of  Addison's  Spectator?  Notice  how 
differently  words  were  capitalized  at  that  date. 

In  what  sense  is  stand  defined  under  number  58?  Subdivision  "a"  refers  to 
persons  and  animals;  subdivision  "b"  refers  to  what?     Which  use  is  the  earlier? 

15 


A  Specimen  Entry  from 
Murray:    New  English  Dictionary  (Oxford) 


!iSa  Ipll  w 

lillillfill } 

_..  p>*>«  to^"*  §  o  5  ca  "  S      ^. 


:3j::^'2-3^ 


,|fj^-a°2<S^ 


a; 


Spillll!?ll|s 


■".j'^'fe.g.-i^ 


Questions  for  New  Standard  Dictionary 

Student's  name Per  cent. 


Teacher's  name Hour  reciting Date 

Have  you  read  the  directions  on  the  back  of  this  cover?     Answer  yes  or  no. 

1 — Is  the  pronunciation  of  a  word  given  under  the  first  or  under  the  last  entry,  if  it  is  the  same  for  its  different  meanings 
or  parts  of  speech?  • 

2 — Where  can  one  find  what  the  reformed  spelling  of  a  word  is?  « 

I 

3 — Under  what  word  are  abbreviations  entered  in  tabular  f^rm?  9i 

C 
4 — What  does  the  character  which  indicates  derivation,  resemble?  (or  make  the  character). 

5 — Is  derivation  given  before  or  after  definitions?  aj 

6 — Is  the  oldest  or  the  common  meaning  of  a  word  entered  first? 

V 
7 — a:  What  sign  is  used  to  indicate  an  obsolete  word?     b:  What  indicates  fariaw/?  J^ 

Oi 
8 — Irregular  plurals  are  entered  after  the  singular,  and  also  where  else?  .2" 

•O 
9 — Is  a  single  or  a  double  hyphen  used  for  compound  words?  .  .      C 

10 — a:  Secondary  accent  is  indicated  by  how  many  marks?     b:  Primary,  by  how  many?  "S 


16 — Information  regarding  items  given  below  can  be  found  in  the  dictionary.     If  it  should  be  looked  for  in  the  vocabu- 
lary, place  a  capital  V  at  the  end  of  the  item;  if  in  the  appendix,  an  A. 
Places;  population:  persons;  characters  in  fiction;  a  collection  of  foreign 

phrases;  rules  for  the  simplification  of  spelling;  characters  in  mythology;  abbre- 

viations; common  phrases;  characters  in  legend;  foreign  phrases   (not  tabulated) ; 

encyclopaedic  information;  a  collection  of  words  differently  pronounced. 

17 — Are  the  two  keys  for  pronunciation  on  the  same  or  on  different  principles  of  sound? 

18 — a:  What  is  the  number  of  the  scientific  key?     b:  What,  of  the  text-book  key? 

19 — Is  the  short  sound  of  a  vowel  indicated  by  a  mark,  or  by  the  omission  of  a  mark? 

20 — What  is  the  only  diacritical  mark  used? 

21 — What  is  left  out  of  "a,"  to  indicate  an  unstressed  sound  as  in  "sofa?"     What  from  "i,"  for  sound  in  "habit?" 

22 — Indicate  the  changed  shapes  used  for  "o"  and  "u"  (or  print  the  shapes). 

23 — The  symbols  used  for  key  1,  as  they  are  condensed  at  the  top  of  facing  pages  in  the  vocabulary,  are  given  a  few 
lines  below.  Consult  them  and  tell  what  words  are  respelled  as  follows  under  key  1  in  the  vocabulary. 
(Vowels  come  first;  then  shankless  a  and  dotless  i;   then  diphthongs;  then  consonants.) 

et    win  goir)  wek  faibar  mat 

ortistic,  art;  fat,  fare;  fast;  get,  prey;  hit,  police;  obey,  go;  net,  er;  full,  rule;  but,  burn;  a=fiiial;  i=habit,  renew; 
oisle;  au=  end;  iu  =  feud;  dhin;  go;    Jet;    B=  aing;    so;  ^ip;    Chin;    this;    ajure;    F.   bon,  dUne;    h=  loch. 

24 — By  consulting  the  symbols,  respell  the  following  words  according  to  key  1. 
dear;     day;     might;     door;     fur;     let. 


11 — When  the  pronunciation  of  a  word  is  disputed,  what  Roman  numeral  calls  attention  to  the  table  of  disputed 
pronunciations  at  the  back? 

12 — a:  Are  Greek  letters  used  in  giving  derivation  of  words  from  the  Greek?     b:  Is  a  corresponding  plan  used  for  all 
foreign  alphabets? 

13 — a:  Are  synonyms  entered  before  or  after  definitions?     b:  How  is  the  word  abbreviated?  *J 

14 — a:  Are  antonyms  entered  before  or  after  synonyms?     b:  How  is  the  word  abbreviated?  ^ 


entries  under  the  word  dog,  noun?  g 


15 — Would  the  significance  of  the  common  phrase  lo  go  to  the  dogs  be  given  near  the  beginning  or  near  the  end  of  all  .»_i 

3?  t. 


Directions  for  Using 
'eriori.  eod  Page  of  Questions  and  K&y 

VVMcM  r.TpiaT  on  the  revfcrae  aide  of  tbfs  cover 

Tiiio  quc.u..  ;--.^.:    -^  il.c  ^;:v.;rj;:  Li.:;,  ^i  I:-.?  cover,  on  a  perforate 

colored  sheet,  ar  cult,  detailed  or  "catchy.".     They  are  intended  to 

empbasisse  imporr,»u.(.  yy^iul^  and  to  systematize  the  work  for  class  records.  The 
answers,  v/hich  can  easily  be  given  after  the  text  has  been  carefully  read,  should 
be  written,  from  memory,  in  the  blank  spaces  under  the  questions,  preferably  in 
ciasB  time  unless  directed  to  do  otherwise  by  the  one  in  charge  of  the  work. 

on  out  in  the  presence  of  the  one  conduct- 
ing the  ciasa  and  culy  alter  it  has  been  filled  in.  When  directed  to  remove  the 
questions,  i.r.sert  pencil  in  the  hole  and  rip  around  the  perforated  edges. 


wnde), 
reiDOv 


,      .  , .       .         ,.   i  :.n  be  checked,  is  printed  on  the  cover 

on  page,  but.  is  not  revealed  until  after  the  question  page  is 

V.Qy  consists  of  the  same  questions,  with  the  correct  answer 


\':  question,  on  the  scale  of  100,  is  indicated  after  tho  answer 

u  j;ms  of  this  kty,  students  could  correct  their  own  or  each 

%  few  morr  ^,iH^-  the  librarian  or  teacher  could  not  take 

1  t  .R'  wij'j  cu.i/.,;i:i.s  tiur  pa^^ri  fiuds  an  incorrcct  answer,  the  amount  to  be 
'  '  t '  ^  .1  ould  be  placed  on  the  outer  right-hand  margin,  near  the  mistake. 
Tho^o  <i-;jLDts  should  be  added,  the  sum  subtracted  from  100,  and  the  result 
plat  0-' :  Jter  the  word  "Per  cent."  at  the  top  of  the  sheet. 

n,sked  in  such  a  admit  of  very  little  vari&ty  in  the 

wordiag  cd  the  anK^;\erE.  However,  if  the  wording  of  a  written  answer  is  mani- 
feetly  correct,  and  perfectly  clear,  but  not  exactly  like  the  printed  answer,  of 

should  be  made.  Do  not  deduct  for  spelling,  nor  for 
r.y  if  they  are  pei-fectly  clear. 


vne  two  should  examine  the  t; 


>'-hich  the  writer 
•    advice  fro?.p 


Reference  Guides 

That  Should  be  Known  and 
How  to  Use  Them 


By 
Florence  M.  Hopkins 

Librarian 

Central    High   School   and   Junior   College 

Detroit,  Michigan 


This  Pamphlet  Pertains  to 
Encyclopaedias 


TIME  REQUIRED 

Two   class    periods    and 
Preparation   of   one  lesson 


THE    WILLARD     COMPANY 

479  SIXTH  STREET 

DETROIT  ▼  MICHIGAN 


Copyright 

by 

FLORENCE  M.  HOPKINS 

19  19 


Foreword 


This  pamphlet  is  one  of  a  series  on  the  use  of  reference  books.  The  complete 
series  constitutes  a  second  edition  of  "Reference  guides  that  should  be  known  and 
how  to  use  them,"  which  first  appeared  in  1916  as  a  text  book  for  high  and  normal 
schools. 

The  revision  treats  important  phases  of  reference  work  in  separate  pamphlets, 
thus  making  it  possible  to  grade  the  work,  or  to  select  the  pamphlets  best  fitted  to 
meet  individual  needs.  Generally  speaking,  any  one  of  the  pamphlets  can  be 
completed  in  two  class  periods  plus  time  for  the  preparation  of  one  lesson  be- 
tween recitations. 

The  entire  course  could  be  completed  by  advanced  students  in  five  or  six 
weeks  of  one  class  and  study  period  per  day.  The  work  can  also  be  scattered 
in  different  years.  If  one  subject  per  term  were  given  in  consecutive  order  to 
English  classes,  in  high  schools,  beginning  with  the  B8  of  junior  high  and  ex- 
tending through  the  A12  of  senior  high,  the  work  could  be  covered  in  two  or 
three  class  and  study  periods  per  term;  or,  if  familiarity  with  reference  books  is 
desired  early  in  the  school  course,  the  most  important  subjects  could  be  crowded 
into  the  early  high  school  grades.  The  order  in  which  the  subjects  of  the  pamph- 
lets are  listed  below  suggests  a  logical  sequence,  whether  the  work  is  given 
slowly  or  rapidly  or  to  lower  or  to  upper  grade  students. 

1 — Webster's  New  International  Dictionary 

2 — New  Standard  Dictionary 

3 — Encyclopaedias 

4 — Parts  of  a  book 

5 — ^Atlases;  city  directories;  gazetteers 

6 — Concordances 
f        7 — Library  classification  and  card  catalogue 

8 — Indexes  to  periodical  literature;  debates 

9 — Year-books 
10 — Commercial  indexes 
11 — Important  publications  of  city,  state  and  federal  governments 

The  inclusion  of  specimen  pages  from  the  reference  books  studied  makes 
it  possible  for  each  student  to  follow  all  illustrative  examples  without  making  a 
trip  to  a  Ubrary  and  waiting  to  have  access  to  the  complete  reference  work. 
No  library  will  furnish  a  sufiicient  number  of  copies  of  expensive  reference 
books  to  supply  large  classes  adequately  for  detailed  study;  neither  could  a 
library  afford  to  have  pages  in  expensive  reference  books  as  badly  worn  and 
marked  as  they  would  become  if  many  students  were  required  to  consult  them  for 
prepared  lessons. 

1 


Experience  has- proved  tkat' the  best  results  can  be  obtained  if  the  work  is 
begun  iil'*E^^'lkp'fclass'l-feei«ati6ne''by  a  librarian  or  a  teacher  reading  the  text 
with  the  class.  If  conducted  in  this  way,  no  previous  preparation  will  be  neces- 
sary, either  by  the  class  or  by  the  one  who  conducts  it.  As  the  reading  of  the 
text  proceeds,  it  will  be  seen  that  important  features  of  the  reference  books  studied 
are  emphasized  by  referring  to  the  sample  pages  embodied  in  the  text.  With  a 
little  class  direction  of  this  kind  the  students  can  readily  see  the  plan  of  the  text, 
and  can  finish  any  unread  pages  independently  as  an  assigned  lesson  for  the  next 
recitation.  In  classes  composed  of  advanced  students,  or  in  cases  of  absence, 
the  entire  work  could  be  done  independently. 

The  questions  on  the  colored  page  fastened  on  the  inside  of  the  last  cover 
are  designed  to  emphasize  important  points  and  to  systematize  the  work  for 
class  records.  Blank  spaces  are  left  under  the  questions  for  the  answers. 
When  the  questions  are  assigned  as  a  lesson  to  be  prepared  out  of  class,  and 
the  answers  are  written  from  memory  in  the  blank  spaces  during  the  class 
recitation  following,  the  points  are  more  thoroughly  impressed  than  they  are 
when  the  answers  are  written  before  coming  to  class,  while  having  direct  access 
to  the  text. 

A  key,  giving  the  answer  to  each  question,  together  with  its  value  on  the 
scale  of  100,  will  be  found  underneath  the  question  sheet  when  it  is  removed. 
By  means  of  this  key,  students  can  correct  their  own  or  another's  work  in 
a  few  minutes  of  class  time,  in  case  the  librarian  or  teacher  cannot  give 
extra  time  to  do  so. 

Schools  which  ask  a  leading  reference  question  in  final  examinations  find 
that  students  give  more  attention  to  the  work  and  therefore  learn  to  value  its 
importance. 

The  following  paragraphs  are  taken  from  the 
Foreword  of  the  First  Edition 

Possibly  the  best  way  of  presenting  the  points  which  it  is  hoped  this  series  of 
lessons  may  emphasize  is  to  quote  directly  from  the  preface  of  a  Bulletin  on 
"Library  instruction  in  universities,  colleges  and  normal  schools,"  from  the 
United  States  Bureau  of  Education,  1914 — No.  34. 

Many  educators  of  note,  as  well  as  college  and  university  librarians, 
have  emphasized  the  urgent  necessity  of  instruction  and  training  in 
"book-using  skill." 

The  place  of  the  library  in  the  work  of  all  departments  is  one  of 

increasing  importance.     The  library  is  a  resource  or  reservoir  from  which 

the  student  should  draw  constantly  for  information  and  inspiration. 

Every  month  of  delay  in  instructing  him  in  the  meaning 

and  use  of  the  library  lessens  the  efficiency  of  his  course. 

Every  new  student  should  be  required  to  take 
some  course  in  which  is  given  definite  practical  instruction  in  the 
handling  of  library  tools Such  a  course,  more- 
over, should  not  only  be  required,  but  it  should  constitute  a  definite  part 
of  the  work  required  for  a  degree. 

2 


Encyclopaedias 

The  word  encyclopaedia  comes  from  the  Greek,  and  means,  literally,  "educa- 
tion encircled."  The  English  equivalent  of  the  Greek  word  for  "education"  is 
"paideia."  By  adding  the  first  three  syllables  of  encyclopaedia,  "en"  (in)  and 
"cyclo"  (circle)  to  "paideia"  (instruction  or  education)  the  full  significance  of 
the  development  of  the  word  is  easily  seen.  The  word  "cyclopaedia,"  practically 
a  synonym  of  encyclopaedia,  is  sometimes  used  for  a  work  confined  to  topics 
relating  to  some  one  subject;  music,  for  example. 

We  are  so  accustomed  to  encyclopaedias  and  dictionaries  that  it  is  difficult  for 
us  to  reahze  that  the  great  reference  books  which  we  now  have  in  this  form  are 
the  result  of  years  of  experience.  The  last  edition  of  the  "Encyclopaedia  Britan- 
nica"  has  twenty-nine  large  volumes.  The  first  edition  of  this  work  appeared 
about  one  hundred  and  fifty  years  ago,  in  three  volumes.  The  three  volumes  of 
the  first  edition  were  then  considered  as  exhaustive  as  are  now  the  twenty-nine 
volumes  of  the  eleventh  edition. 

Alphabetical  Order  of  Articles  and  Volumes 

All  general  encyclopaedias  have  the  one  purpose  of  giving  at  least  some  infor- 
mation on  almost  every  topic.  The  main  topics  are  usually  arranged  in  alpha- 
betical order,  and  are  readily  found  by  means  of  the  letters  printed  on  the  outside 
of  the  volumes.  Consult  the  picture  of  the  "Britannica"  which  follows,  and  notice 
that  the  lower  line  of  letters  on  each  volume  is  usually  the  same  as  the  upper  fine 
on  the  volume  following  it.  This  is  not  designed,  but  it  cannot  be  avoided  if  only 
three  letters  are  used,  as  articles  are  separated  with  reference  to  making  the  vol- 
umes approximately  the  same  size,  and  not  with  reference  to  the  exact  alphabet- 
ical division  of  topics.  Can  one  tell  from  the  letters  whether  Charles  I  of  England 
comes  in  volume  5  or  in  volume  6?  Give  the  numbers  of  the  volumes  which 
contain  articles  on  the  following:  Turkey;  Rome;  Abraham  Lincoln;  Africa. 

The  New  international  encyclopaedia  uses  as  many  letters  on  the  outside  of 
the  volumes  as  are  necessary  to  indicate  just  where  in  the  alphabet  the  volume 
begins  and  ends.  Notice  in  the  line  below,  which  represents  volumes  in  the 
New  international  encyclopaedia,  that  more  than  three  letters  are  used,  and  that 
the  letters  on  the  bottom  line  of  a  volume  are  not  repeated  on  the  top  line  of  the 
volume  following  it.  Can  one  tell  immediately  in  which  volume  of  the  New 
international  an  article  on  Charles  I  of  England  comes?  If  only  three  letters, 
under  "Cha,"  were  printed  on  the  back,  could  one  tell  the  exact  volume  for 
Charles  I? 


Vol.  I 

Vol.  II 

Vol.  Ill 

Vol.  IV 

Vol.  V 

Vol.  VI 

Vol.  VII 

A 

Archai 

Beed 

Buck 

Chaucer 

Cory 

Domi 

Archae 

Beec 

Buch 

Chat 

Corv 

Dome 

Euth 

An  illustration  of  the  eleventh  edition  of   the 
Encyclopaedia  Britannica 

Notice  that  the  last  volume  is  an  index  volume. 


Signed  Articles 

No  matter  how  well  educated  a  person  may  be,  it  would  be  impossible  for  him 
to  write  all  of  the  articles  for  a  good  modern  encyclopaedia.  The  general  char- 
acter of  the  encyclopaedia  is  under  the  direction  of  editors,  but  the  important 
articles  are  written  by  special  students  of  the  different  subjects.  Some  of  the 
articles  in  the  best  encyclopaedias  are  so  extensive  and  scholarly  that  they  would 
make  good  standard  books  on  the  subjects,  if  they  were  published  in  book  form. 
As  we  are  not  apt  to  regard  the  authors  of  articles  in  an  encyclopaedia  as  seriously 
as  we  do  authors  of  books,  we  are  in  danger  of  losing  a  full  realization  of  the  fact 
that  the  value  of  encyclopaedias  as  well  as  of  books  is  determined  largely  by  their 
authors.  In  a  book,  the  author's  name  appears  on  the  title  page;  in  an  encyclo- 
paedia, the  name  is  usually  given  at  the  end  of  the  article,  or  at  the  front  of  the 
volume  in  which  his  contribution  appears.  In  the  Encyclopaedia  Britannica,  the 
author's  initials  appear  at  the  end  of  the  article;  his  full  name  at  the  front  of  the 
volume:  in  the  New  international  encyclopaedia  the  name  of  the  author  or  editor 
appears  in  the  Table  of  contents  at  the  front.  When  the  authors  of  important 
articles  in  encyclopaedias  are  given  at  the  end  of  the  articles,  the  encyclopaedia 
is  said  to  contain  "signed  articles."  Articles  of  minor  importance  are  not  usually 
written  by  specialists,  and  therefore  they  are  not  "signed."  No  encyclopaedia 
can  be  of  high  standing  which  does  not  contain  a  fair  percentage  of  articles 
which  are  either  written  or  edited  by  "signed"  authorities. 

Cross  References 

Many  times  information  on  a  certain  subject  is  scattered  under  a  number  of 
different  articles.  For  example,  the  article  under  "Drama"  would  necessarily 
make  some  mention  of  the  theater;  the  reverse  would  also  be  true.  Part  of  the 
information  would  therefore  be  in  the  volume  containing  "Drama,"  and  part  in 
the  one  containing  "Theater."  When  it  is  necessary  to  call  the  attention  of  the 
reader  to  the  fact  that  further  treatment  of  a  subject  can  be  found  by  crossing 
over  to  other  articles,  some  form  of  a  "cross-reference"  is  used.  Details  of  meth- 
ods used  will  be  illustrated  later. 

Best  Books  Listed:  Bibliography 

At  the  end  of  articles  in  the  best  encyclopaedias,  books  and  pamphlets  bearing 
on  the  subject  are  frequently  listed  in  the  last  paragraph,  which  is  then  headed 
by  one  of  the  following  words,  or  its  equivalent:  Consult;  Authorities;  References; 
See;  Literature;  Bibliography.  The  last  word,  "bibhography,"  comes  from 
the  Greek  and  means  "the  writing  of  books." 


Encyclopaedias  Have  Individual  Characteristics 

Though  all  general  encyclopedias  have  many  features  in  common,  we  need  to 
realize  that  each  one  also  has  individual  characteristics.  An  English  encyclo- 
paedia, for  example,  would  be  apt  to  give  fuller  and  better  articles  for  minor  sub- 
jects relating  to  England  than  for  those  relating  to  America. 

It  is  well  to  know  the  plan  adopted  by  different  encyclopaedias  with  regard  to 
such  general  points  as  the  following: 

Method  of  dividing  large  subjects; 

Plan  of  crossing  from  one  reference  to  another; 

Probability  of  long  or  of  concise  articles; 

Likelihood  of  a  scientific  or  of  a  popular  treatment  of  the  subject; 

Effect  of  the  date  on  the  article; 

Class  of  subjects  included  or  excluded. 

Important  Encyclopaedic  Features 
Illustrated  by  Specimen  Entries 

Three  important  modern  encyclopaedias  have  been  selected  to  illustrate  general 
and  special  encyclopaedic  features: 

Encyclopsedia  Britannica 

New  International  Encyclopedia 

Nelson  Perpetual  Loose-leaf  Encyclopedia 

Encyclopaedia  Britannica 
Index  Feature 

The  Encyclopaedia  Britannica  cannot  be  used  to  the  best  advantage  without 
thoroughly  understanding  its  very  exhaustive  index.  The  index  is  so  extensive 
that  it  requires  all  of  the  last  volume  to  contain  it.  Every  item  of  any  importance 
whatsoever  which  has  been  mentioned  anywhere  in  any  of  the  volumes  of  the  set, 
is  listed  in  this  index  in  alphabetical  order,  and  is  followed  by  the  volume  and  page 
which  gives  information  concerning  the  topic.  This  encyclopaedia  is  printed 
with  two  columns  on  a  page.  An  "a"  after  a  page  in  the  index  indicates  that  the 
information  begins  in  the  upper  half  of  the  first  column  of  that  page;  "b"  refers 
to  the  lower  half  of  the  first  column;  "c"  to  the  upper  half  of  the  second  column; 
and  "d"^to  the  lower  half  of  the  second  column. 

A  specimen  entry  from  the  index  to  the  Encyclopaedia  Britannica  is  inserted  on 
the  following  page.  Consult  it,  and  give  the  volume,  page,  column  and  part  of 
the  column  for  the  first  reference  under  "Architecture."  Give  the  same  for  the 
second  and  third  references  mentioned  under  "Architecture."  Notice  that  after 
the  volumes  containing  the  leading  articles  have  been  referred  to,  the  names  of 
the  countries  and  topics,  beginning  with  "Abyssinian,"  are  sub-arranged  in 
alphabetical  order.  Find  "Hittite"  remains,  and  give  the  volume,  page,  column 
and  part  of  column  in  which  the  reference  concerning  them  begins. 


specimen  Entry  from  the  Index  of  the 
Encyclopaedia  Britannica 


Archibald     (the    Grim) ;     «» 

Douglas,  Archibald  Dougiae, 

earl  of. 
— ,  Sir  Adams  G.  B-160c 
— .  E.    D.  :     caesium   4-944o 

kites  18-2S0a. 
Archibald.  La.  17-54  (CI). 
Arciiibuteo       lagopus :        set 

Rough-lcggcd  buzzard. 
Archicamerarius  :  «fe£rzk&m 

merer. 
Archi-cancellarius  :    see  Arch 

chancellor. 
Archicardium  16-123di 
Archicembalo     21-564a ;      6- 

469b. 
Arcliichlamydeae  :    see  Chori 

peulae. 
ArchicoeIe23-759b. 
Arcbidamian  War  21-73a. 
AHCHIDAMUS  I.  (of  Sparta) 

2-367a. 

—  II.  2-367a;  21-73b. 

—  III.2-367b:  14-b81a. 

—  IV.  2-367b  ;  25-612d. 

—  V.2-367C. 
Archide3mus8-128b. 
Archidiaconal  court  2-359C. 
Archidium4-707c. 
Archidona,    Ec.    8-911    (C2)  ; 

2O-270a. 

— .  Sp.  25-530  (C4) ;    popula- 
tion 17-460b. 

Archie,  Mo.  18-608  (B3). 

■     hieitown.Scot.24-412(E2). 


Archjgallus  (priest)  12-402b. 
■iting3  28-127a 


Archigones 


'fe-M^t 


surgical 


Archigetes  26-408a :  26-408b 

Archiguiana  28-1007c. 

ARCHIL  2-387C;  16-583d  ;  8 
744c. 

ArchUlion,  Ark.  2-552  (F2i. 

ARCHILOCHUS  2-367d,  24 
228b  ;  elegy  12-609d  ;  Qyges 
legend  12-751a ;  Homer's 
influence  13-632b  :  Horace's 
dependence  13-688c ;  metri- 
oaf  innovaUons  27-1044e, 
12-509C,  9-707d,  26-1042b. 

ARCHIMANDRITE  2-368b. 

"  J*  "Chinafede  "  (submarine)  24- 
921b. 

Archimedean  solids  22-28C. 

—  spiral  2S-692b,  6-964d. 

ARCHIMEDES  (mathema- 
tician) 2-3«8b;  conic  sec- 
tions 6-940d ;  hydro- 
mechanic8l4-115a;  language 
12-499a :  line  deaned  16- 
721a;  mechanics  24-399a  ; 
mensuration  of  cone  6-897b; 
quadrature  of  circle  6-384o 


26-647C ;     Syracuse 


Archimedes  (fossil)  5-311b. 

"  Archimedes  "  (ship)  24-869d 

Archimedes,  Principle  of  14' 
117d. 

ARCHIMEDES.  SCREW  OF  2 
369c ;  7-53a. 

Archin  (measure)  28-491». 

Archinard.  L.  24-642d. 

Archinephrosl4-255d. 

Archinne  (measure)  28-490a 
28-491a. 

Archinus  (author)  18-4Id. 

Archipalllum  4-407d. 

ARCHIPELAGO  2-3690. 

— ,  The,  Asia  M.  2-760  (C5  & 
A3-B4) :  aee  also  Aegean 
Sea. 

Archiplata  20-585C. 

Archipoita:  seeGollas.Blshop. 

Arcbipolypoda  28-1017d. 

ARCHIPPUS  (Athenian  poet) 
2-369d. 

—  (bibl.)  21-376a. 

Archipresbytdr  7-896c. 

Archiprovheta  (Grimald)  8- 
518c. 

Archipterygium  14-251d  :  14- 
2o9d. 

Archispirostreptus  18-472o. 

Arcbitarbus2-310b. 

Architects,  Koyal  Institute  of 
British  10-43d;  2S-316d. 

ArchUeclura,  De  ( Vitruvius)  28- 
I50d. 

ARCHITECTURE  2-369d :  4- 
762b  ;  10-363C  ;  Abyssinian 
12-232a:  Coptic  2-391b  ; 
Central  American  (ancient) 
S-677d;  design  8-95d  ;  de- 
velopment in  England  9- 
621b ;  doinestic  :  see  House  ; 


English  and  French  2-432a  ; 
Greek  revival  (19th  cent.) 
2-427  b  ;  Hittite  remains  13- 
537c ;  Mexican  aboriginal 
■  liMlngs   5-44lb 


26-309a  ; 
terracotta  26-657d  :  Vitru- 
vius'Influence  £8-150d.    Hee 


Architecture,  Chief  Orounies  of 

(3hute)2-418b  ;    15-115c. 
Archi  t6cture,.College  of  7- 1 69a. 
ArchiUkUmik    (Lambert)    IS- 

866c. 
Archlteuthls  7-675b ;   S-701c; 

24-561a. 
ARCHITRAVE    2-444o ;      IS- 

431b;    Doric  20-177O  ;  Ionic 

20-178C:    Koman-Dorlo  20» 

179c. 
ARCHIVE  2-444c:  13-531o. 
Arcliives  Nationales,  Paris  2- 

415b. 
Archiv  filr  pathologiiche  Ana- 
:d    Fhysiologie    28- 


110a. 


>  oloUoIopico  iialiano  2- 


ARCHIVOLT  2-444C. 

Archizoea  giga.f  26-9063. 

Arch  limb  (geol.)  10-598a. 

Archlute  17-132d  ;  2S-1039a, 

Archodus  14-267c. 

ARCHON  (ancient)  2-444c  :  2- 
841d  ;  judicial  functions 
12  •504a  (foil.),  12 -503a; 
Pericles'  measures  21-146a. 

—  (medieval  and  modern)  12- 
464a,  12-464d  ;  in  Sardinia 
24-216d. 

—  (Gnosticism)  12-1543. 
Archonides    (of    Herbita)   12. 

8290 :  25-26C. 

Archonticll2-155d:  14-865c. 

Archornithes  20-325b. 

Arohous,  canal,  Asia  M. :  se< 
Arakhat. 

ARCHPRIEST2-446ft. 

Archuleta  Co..  Colo.  6-722  (C4) 

ARCHYTAS  2-446a,  22-699a 
duplication  of  cube  7-606d 
flying  inventions  l-261d,  3. 
48c,  15-8390. 

Arci,  Henry  d'2-34a  (foil.). 

Arcia,  Braz.  20-759c. 

Arclcentrou3l4-258b. 

Arcidael6-122a;   16.120c. 

Arcifera3-523d;  3.526b  ;  dis- 
tribution 3-528C,  28-1013b 


(legate)25-1052b 
.-,„,!.  25-530  (D-' 
,  It.  26-242  (F5). 


Arciniega,  Sp.  25-530  (Dl). 


ARCIS-SUR-AUBE,Fr.2.446c; 

10-778  (03)  :     battle  (1814) 

19-232  (map). 
Arc  lamp  16-659a  ;    16-665c  ; 

enclosed  16-662C  ;    inverted 

16-6650. 
Arco.  Ida.  14-276  (04). 
— ,  Minn.  18-550  (A6). 
— .  Sp.  25-530  (B3). 

—  del  Diablo,  mt.,  N.Mex.  19- 
520  (C5). 

Areola,  Con.  24-225  (B3). 

—,  111.  14-304  (D4). 

— ,  Ind.  14-422  (G2). 

ARCOLA.  It.  2-446c;  battle 
(1796)  Il-I92d,  11-190 
(map). 

— .  La.  17-54  (b5). 

—.Miss.  18-600  (B2). 

Arcomya  16-124b. 

Arcomyidae  16-124b. 

Arcon,  Jean  Claude  d'  ll-942b. 

Arcona,  fortress,  Ger.  l-74a; 
21-903a;  23-822C. 

— ,  cape,  Ger.  11-808  (PI). 

"  Arcona  "  (cruiser)  24  gild. 

Arconaia  16-123b. 

Arconce,  riv.,  Fr.  24-199b. 

Arcos,  Alonzo  de  11-94 lb. 

— ,  Rodrigue.  Ponce  de  Lfton, 
duked'19-185a;  17-835b. 

Arcos,  pt.,  Azores  3-83  (II.). 

ARCOS  DE  LA  FRONTERA, 
Sp.  2-446d  ;  25-530  (C4). 

ARCOSOLIUM2-446d  ;S-492c. 

ARCOT,  India  2-448d;  14-382 
(H13):  Clive'3defence(1851) 
6-532(1.  14-407C,  10-724a. 

— ,  kingdom,  India  :  see  Car- 
natic. 

— ,  north,  diet.,  India  2-447a. 
14-382  (H13);    14-863d. 

— ,  south,  dist.,  India  2-447  b  ; 
14-382  (H13)  ;    14-853d. 

Arc  sight  2S-63b. 

Arctic.  R.I.  23-249  (B-C2). 

ARCTIC,  region  2-447c;  21- 
938d :  climate  21  -  955a  ; 
explorations  11-629C,  21- 
93Sd  ;  flora  and  fauna  21- 
956c,  11-649C,  l-753a;  geo- 
logy 21-954c:  hydrographic 
basin  2-735d  ;  Ordovician 
20-2360  (map)  ;  peoples  21- 
956d  ;  shore  fishes  l4-2G8d  ; 
steamer  communication  27. 
552c. 

••  Arctic  •'  (liner)  24-886a. 

Arctic  Alpine  flora  21.780a. 

—  fox  10.769d;  S-371d;  fur 
11.349d.  11.348b,  ll-356b, 
11.355d. 


Green.  12-543  (02). 

—  Ocean  21-938  (A-Bl)  ;  21- 
957b;  19-974a;  19-973c  ; 
circulation  21-958b  ;  drain- 
age basin  ll-634c  ;  flora  and 
fauna  21.960a  ;  navigation 
25-12d ;  Pleistocene  21- 
836c  ;  shore-fishos  14-268d  ; 
temperature  and  salinity  21- 
958d;  whale-fishery  28-572b. 

Arctic  oil :  »ee  Shark  liver  oil. 

—  raspberry  28-907a. 

Arctic  Red,  riv..  Can.  5-160 
(02);  17-254d. 

Arctic  right-whale :  tee  Green- 
land right-whale. 

—  sea-cow  :  see  Rhytlnai 

—  sperm  oil  20.Slb. 
— ■  tern  26-646b. 

—  willow  21-7  80b  ;  19.833b. 
Arctlctis  binturong  :  tee  Bin- 


Homer's  influeuoo  13.62rc, 

13.6320. 
ArcUum  :  see  Burdock. 
Arctocebus  calabarensis-:    «ee 

Awantibo. 
Arctocephalus  antaretioa 


-  f  orsteri :  see  Australian  sea- 
bear. 

-  gazella  :  see  Otarla  ^azella. 


Arctocyon  7.409b. 


Woodchuck 

—  bobac  ;  see  Bobac. 

—  caudata  :  s€e  Red  marmot. 

—  marmotta  :  see  Alpine  mar 


-  alp  in 

—  uva-ursi :  see  Bearberry. 
Arcto-Tertiary  flora  21-779c. 
Arctotherium      20-900a;      S 

376b. 
Arctowski  (explorer)  21.965d. 
type2S-788b. 


trum  21.717  (Plate). 

—  minor  ;  see  Bootes. 
Arcualia  14.258b  (flg.). 
Arcuated    style   27.115b;     In 

India  14.432c  ;  Roman  20. 

181b. 
Arcuate  ligaments  8.166c. 
ARCUEIL,Fr.2.447d;  10.778 

(C6). 

—  Cachan,  Fr. :  see  Arcueil. 
Arcueil,  Society  of  3.812c. 
ARCULF  2.443a;    pilgrimage 


Arena  Juliani. 
Arcum.Stellae  :  see  Sagittarius. 
Arcuothrii  23.2  I8c. 
Arcus.  Ala,  1-460  (C4). 
Arcos  Juliani,  aqueduct,  Fr. 

2..447d. 
Arcus  senilis  10.96c. 
Aro  welding  28.501c. 
Arcy,  Chevalier  d"  3.277d. 
Arcyria     19.108d ;      19.l08d 

(flg.). 
Arcyniaceae  19-1053. 
Ard,  bay.  Ire.  14.744  (B3). 
— ,  lake,  Scot.  24-418  (C2) ;  1- 

52d. 
Arda,  riv.,  Turk.  27-420  (E2) ; 

4-773  (C3)  ;  4-773d. 
—  (Hadra),     riv..     It.     15.26 

(B2). 
Ardabda,    Russ.  :     see    Theo- 

Ard  a'BhoraiD,  cape,  Scot.  24- 

412  (A2). 
Ardabil,  Pers. :  See  Ardebil. 
Ardagan,  Russ.As.  :    see  Arda- 

han. 
Ardagh,  Mal.-Gen.  Sir  John  C. 

2-3280  ;   6-158C. 
Ardagh,  Ire.  14-744  (D3) ;  14- 

774b. 
Ardagh  cup  10-344a  ;  21.796d ; 


patioa    23.931a.    17*83.    3. 
791c. 
Ardakan,  Pefa.  21.188  (B2) ; 


Ardara,  Ire.  14.744 


Aidaric  (of  Gepldae)  13.9333. 

Ardashad,  Arm. :  see  Artaiata. 

Ardashes  :    see  Artaiias. 

ARDASHIR  (ArUxerxes)  I.  2- 
448b;  2l.219b;  21.321d;  fire 
temple  10.425b ;  Hormui 
foundation  13.694a  ;  Karun 


Zend  Avesta  collected 
968d. 

—  II.   2-448d;   21.22 Id;   21- 
■222d. 

—  in.  2.449a;    21-222b. 
Ardashir-Khun,  Pers. :  see  Fir- 

uzabad. 
Ardatov,  Russ.  (Nbhniy-Nov- 
gorod)23-872(F4);  geology 


11-431 

Ardbeg,  pt..  Scot.  23.753b. 
Ardbrecknish.     Soot.     24.418 


Ardclach,  Scot.  24.412  (E2)  ; 
geology  19.1S5b;  popula- 
tion 19.155c. 

Ard-comarba  (Irish  cUurcli) : 
see  Coarb. 

Ardconnel.  Scot.  24.418  (A2). 

— ,  castle,  Scot.  24.418  (A2). 

Ardderyd.  Cumb. :  battle  of 
(573)  7.626a. 

ARDEA,  It.  2-449a  ;  1S.4  (D4); 
15.26  (B6);  ethnology  15- 
26b;  wall-paintings  23- 
48Ia. 

Ardea(zool.)13-386d;  13.388b. 

—  (agami) :  see  Heron  agaml. 

—  (alba)  :  see  Great  egret. 

—  (bubulcus) :  see  Butl-backed 
heron 

—  (can3i3i3sima) :   sec   White 

—  (cinerea) :  rre  Heron,  com 
mon. 

—  (egretta) ;  see  Egret. 

—  (garzetta)  :  see  Little  egret. 

—  (helias)  '    " 


—  (virescens) :        see      Green 
Ardeae3-977b:  3.9653;  Bra 

Ardeal,  state.  Hung. :  see  Tran 

sylvania. 
Ardeates,  people  15.26b  :  see 

also  Ardea,  It. 
Ardeatina,  fort,  It.  15.4  (E-F2). 
— ,  Via,  It.  2.449a. 
Ardeatini ;   see  Ardeates. 
Ardeatinom  foedus  (444  B.C.) 


491a 
ARDEBIL  (Ardafeil),  Pers.  2. 

449b;    21.188  (Al);    holy 

carpet  S-396  (Plate). 
— ,  dist.,  Pers.  2-449b. 
ARDfcCHE,  dept.,  Fr.  2-449c  ; 

10-778  (G5). 
— ,  riv.,  Fr.  10.778  (G5) ;   23. 

272b. 
ARDEE,  Ire.  2.450a  ;    14.744 

(E3). 
Ardeidae  :  see  Heron. 
Ardelan,    dist.,    Pers.    21-188 

/A2) ;  1S-951C. 
— ,  tribe  1S.949C. 
Ard  el  Bathaniyeh,  dist.,  Syr.  : 


Robert 
— .  William,  2nd  baron  Alvan- 

ley  :  see  Alvanley. 
Arden,  Ark.  2-552  (A4). 
—.Can.  20-114  (El). 
— ,  Colo.  6-722  (H3). 
— ,  N.O.  19-772  (B4). 
— ,  Scot.,  gcologj-  23.99a. 
— ,  Wash.  28.354  (O-Hl). 
— .  W.Va.  28-560  (D2). 


Ardencaple,  Inlet,  Oreen.  12« 
543(02). 

ARDEN,  FOREST  OF,  dist., 
Warwick  2-450b. 

ARDENNES,  dept..  Ft.  2-4503; 
10-778  (02)  )  champagne  28- 
723c;  geology  10-778b;  iiF- 
3astnal  population  10-7  83c  : 
Walloons  28-286a. 

ARDENNES,  3ist.,  Belg.  2- 
450b;  3-668  (E4-H2):  geo- 
logy 3-669b,  6-881),  20-237a, 
8-125a,  5-583  ;  Henaa3  de 
Montauban  23-96c. 

—.canal,  Fr.  10-778  (G2) ;  10- 

Ar3ennes  Abbey,  Calvados,  Fr. 

12-351b. 
Ardenno   It.  26-242  (H4). 
Ardensul.Philip  Rovenlus  van: 

Ardent,  Raoul  i-505d. 
Ardent  (in  shipbuilding)  24> 


(B2). 

Ardenza,  It.  16-377d. 
Ardeonaig,  Scot.  24-413  (CI) : 


22-731b. 
Arderne,  James  16-556b. 
— ,  Dr  John  12-724e. 
Ardes,  Fr.  10-778  (F5). 
Arde3lrCur6etioeo;reeroxehal 


Ardettus.  bill,  Gr.  2-832  (map); 

dewan,    dese; 

Hamdamao. 
— ,  pass,    Afg.    13.332a  ;     13- 

330c. 
Ardez,  Switi.  28-242  (13). 
Ardfert,  Ire.  14-744  (B4) ;  27- 

159a. 
Ardflnnan,  Ire.  14-744  (D4) ; 

castle  4-9173. 


744  (F2). 
Ar3glen.  N.S.W.  19-538  (F2). 
Ardgour,  Scot.  24-412  (C3). 
— ,  dist.,  Scot.  24-412  (C3). 
Ihi  (language) 
■4883;   13-478 
Ardha-narisa  (myth.)  13-51IC. 
Ardhe.     riv.,     Fr.Cong.  :     see 
Gribingi. 

iv.,  Sp.  25-530  (B3) ; 


24-l004a 
Ardisia  S-173C  ;  17-282o  ;  IS' 

287d. 
Ardistama  13-5353. 
Ardistan,  Pers.  21-188  (B2) ; 

population   21-194b ;     tele- 
graph 21-195d. 
— ,  dist^  Pers.  14-867d. 
ARDITI,  LUIGI2-451b. 
Ardivachar.  pt.,  Scot.  24-412 

(A2). 
Ardizio,  hill.  It.  21-2810. 
Ardlamont,  bay,  Scot.  24-418 

(A3). 
— ,  pt.,  Scot.  24-418  (A3). 
Ardle,  riv..  Scot.  24-412  (E3). 
Ardleigh,  Ess.  9.424  (IV.  D3). 
Ardler.  Scot.  24.418  (El). 
Ardlui,  Scot.  24.418  (B2) ;  geo- 
logy 8.660c. 
Ardlussa,  Scot.  24.4)2  (C3). 
Ardmeanach.  dist.,  Scot.  :   see 

Black  Isle. 
Ardmillan,  Ire.  14-744  (F2) ,  8- 

458a. 
Ardmillan  group  20-236b  ;   6* 

300b. 
Ardminish.  Scot.  24-412  (04). 
Ar3more,  Ire.  14.744(D5) ;  28- 

369c. 
— ,  Mo.  18-608  (D2). 
ARDMORE.  Okla.  2-451b  ;  20- 

58  (D3). 
— ,  S.Dak.  25-506  (B4). 
— ,  bay.  Ire.  14-744  (D5). 
—,pt..  Ire.  14-744  (F4). 
— ,nt.,    Scot.    (Islay)    24-41: 

((54). 
— ,nt.,    Scot.    (Skye)    24-412 

(B2). 
Ardmucknish,  bay,  Scot. :  see 

Nell,  lake. 
Ardnacross.  bay,  Scot.  24-412 

(C4). 
Ardnadam,       Scot.       24-413 

(A-B3). 
Ardnamurchan,  dist.,  Scot.  24- 

412    (B-C3);     19-I57b;     2- 

486b  ;  geology  2-487a. 
— ,  pt.,  Scot.  24-412  (B3)  ;    2- 

486b. 
— ,  sound,  Scot.  2S-246d. 
Ardo.  riv..  It.  3-7 10c. 
Ardobrica,  Sp,  7-208d. 
Ardoch,  N.Dak.  19-780  (GI). 
—.Scot.  4-584   (Bl);    24-418 

(U2)  ;  Agricola's  victory  (84) 


The  volume  which  follows  the  first  reference  given  under  any  subject  in  the 
index  always  refers  to  the  main  article  on  that  subject.  Main  articles  can  be 
found  more  readily  by  means  of  the  letters  on  the  backs  of  the  volumes  than  by 
means  of  the  index,  but  information  which  is  scattered  under  a  number  of  dif- 
ferent headings,  or  which  is  too  minor  to  have  a  separate  heading  of  its  own,  can 
best  be  found  through  the  index.  Turn  back  to  the  picture  of  the  complete  set 
of  the  Britannica  and,  by  means  of  the  letters  on  the  outside  of  the  volumes, 
give  the  number  of  the  volume  containing  the  main  article  on  "Archimedes." 
Turn  to  the  index,  under  "Archimedes"  in  heavy  type,  (do  not  confuse  it  with 
"Archimedes,  Screw  of")  and  notice  that  the  first  volume  mentioned  in  the 
index  is  the  same  as  the  volume  found  by  means  of  the  letters.  Under  "Archi- 
medes" in  the  index  give  the  volume,  page,  column  and  part  of  column  for  men- 
tion of  his  interest  in  "language."  Give  also  the  reference  for  his  connection  with 
the  "Siege  of  Syracuse," 

Places  on  Maps  Indexed 

Not  only  does  this  index  refer  to  all  scattered  information  on  any  topic,  but, 
in  addition,  it  indexes  all  places  on  all  maps  in  the  entire  set,  thus  constituting  an 
excellent  atlas  index  also.  Consult  the  map  of  Rhode  Island,  which  follows,  and 
try  to  realize  what  a  task  it  has  been  to  write  every  place  in  it  on  a  separate  piece 
of  paper,  preparatory  to  making  an  index.  Every  place  in  every  map  in  each  of 
the  twenty-eight  volumes  has  been  indexed  by  a  similar  method. 

Find  Waterman  on  the  map  of  Rhode  Island  by  looking  for  it  near  the  point 
where  an  imaginary  line,  drawn  from  B  at  the  top  of  the  map  to  B  at  the  bottom 
of  the  map,  would  intersect  an  imaginary  line  drawn  from  1  at  the  right-hand 
margin  to  1  at  the  left-hand  margin.  By  a  similar  method,  find:  Tiverton,  D-2; 
Rumford,  C-1 ;  School  House  Pond,  B-3.  Turn  to  the  specimen  page  of  the  index, 
find  "Arctic"  in  very  fine  type  just  below  the  words  "Arc  sight"  and  just  above 
the  word  "Arctic"  (in  heavy  type),  give  the  reference  for  finding  it  in  Rhode 
Island,  and  trace  it  on  the  map.  By  consulting  the  index,  give  the  volume,  page 
and  map  reference  for  finding  each  of  the  following:  Archie,  Mo.;  Archibald, 
La.;  Archillion,  Ark. 


specimen  Entry  of  Map  from  the 
Encyclopaedia  Britannica 


RHODE  ISLAND 

Scale,  1:640,000 

_  English  Miles    1 

4       6       8       10      12     14 


County  Seats 

"ounty  Boundaries . 
Railways...^ 


1^°4S'  g  Longitude  West  71° JO  of  Greenwich  Q 


Emcr 


New  International  Encyclopaedia 
Entries  Under  Buffalo 

Consult  the  sample  page  from  the  New  international  encyclopaedia  which 
follows,  and  notice  that  the  word  Buffalo  appears  at  the  top  of  the  first  column, 
and  Buffington  at  the  top  of  the  second.  Any  entries  which  come  alphabetically 
between  these  words  will  be  found  on  this  page.  Guide  words  in  reference 
books  save  the  necessity  of  scanning  the  whole  page.  Give  the  number  of  times 
that  the  word  "Buffalo"  and  its  combinations  appear.  Are  the  words  following 
Buffalo  in  sub-alphabetical  order?  What  "cross  reference"  is  given  under  Buffalo 
Moth?  What,  under  Buffalo  nut?  What,  at  the  end  of  the  article,  under 
Buffalo  fish?  Under  Buffalo  Bird  two  references  are  given;  after  number  1, 
(Oxpecker)  what  abbreviation  appears?  This  abbreviation  comes  from  the  Latin 
words  "quod  vide,"  meaning  literally,  "which  see;"  that  is,  under  "Oxpecker," 
more  information  will  be  found.  This  abbreviation  of  "q.  v."  is  frequently  used 
in  reference  books,  and  should  be  readily  recognized. 

The  end  of  the  article  on  Buffalo  City,  New  York,  comes  at  the  top  of  the  first 
column.  Five  hues  from  the  top  of  the  page,  just  above  the  word  "Consult,"  a 
reference  is  made  to  what  other  articles  in  the  encyclopaedia  on  Buffalo,  N.  Y.? 
The  references  following  the  word  "Consult"  refer  to  books  which  give  much 
more  complete  information  about  Buffalo,  New  York,  than  does  any  article  in 
the  encyclopaedia.  What  is  the  first  book  mentioned?  Give  the  title  and  date 
of  the  history  of  Buffalo  by  Powell.  At  the  end  of  the  article  "Buffalo  Gnat," 
under  "Consult,"  notice  that  abbreviations  are  used  for  the  first  reference. 
These  abbreviations  refer  to  a  Bulletin  in  the  Division  of  Entomology  of  the 
United  States  Department  of  Agriculture.  What  is  the  number  of  this  Bulletin? 
What  is  the  second  reference? 

The  first  entry  in  heavy  type  of  the  word  "Buffalo"  refers  to  a  small  town 
situated  in  what  western  state?  This  town  could  be  located  on  the  map  near  the 
intersections  of  imaginary  lines  from  what  letter  and  number  on  the  map  in  the 
volume  containing  what  state?     What  was  the  population  of  this  town  in  1910? 

The  full  article  on  Buffalo,  New  York,  or  on  any  other  large  city,  is  separated 
into  sub-topics,  such  as: 

Description  Government 

Institutions  History 

Commerce  and  industry  Map  of  city 

It  is  advisable  to  glance  over  the  sub-topics  of  any  long  encyclopaedia  article 
before  beginning  to  read  it,  as  one  can  thus  often  find  the  special  information 
desired  very  readily. 

Pronunciation  of  Proper  Names:    Dates 

Give  the  dates  of  the  life  of  Louis  Joseph  Buffet.  Should  the  last  letter  of 
his  name  be  pronounced? 

Where  was  Adelbert  Buffington  born?     Was  he  living  when  this  encyclopaedia 

was  published? 

10 


specimen  Entry  from  the 
New  International  Encyclopaedia 


BUFFALO  1 

51)  1SS2.  In  1901  (May  i  to  November  1)  the 
rail-American  Exposition  was  held  at  Buffalo. 
At  this  exhibition  occurred  the  assassination  of 
President  McKinley,  on  Friday,  Sept.  6,  1901, 
See  Pan-American  Exposition. 

Consult:  Smith,  History  of  the  City  of  Buf- 
falo and  Erie  County  ( Syracuse,  1884 )  ;  Ketchum, 
An  Authentic  and  Comprehensive  History  of  Buf- 
falo (Buffalo,  1864-65)  ;  Powell,  Historic  Towns 
of  the  Middle  States  (New  York,  1899)  ;  Sever- 
ance, Picture  Book  of  Earlier  Buffalo  (Buffalo, 
1913). 

BUFFALO.  A  town  and  the  county  seat  of 
Johnson  Co.,  Wyo.,  32  miles  (direct)  southeast 
of  Sheridan  (Map:  Wyoming,  El).  The  people 
are  engaged  principally  in  agriculture  and  stock 
raising.  Buffalo  is  tlie  seat  of  a  State  Soldiers' 
and  Sailors'  Home  and  has  a  Carnegie  library, 
courthouse,  and  county  high  school,  and  owns 
its  water  works  and  sewer  system.  Pop.,  1890, 
1087;     1900,  710;     1910,   1368. 

BUFFALO  BEBRY  (Shepherdia  argentea) . 
While  familiar  to  horticulturists  for  many 
years,  the  buffalo  berry  has  but  recently  taken 
rank  as  a  fruit  plant.  It  is  a  native  of  the  cold, 
dry  northwestern  part  of  North  America,  where 
it  has  acliieved  its  greatest  success  under  culti- 
vation. The  buffalo  berry  is  a  shrub  with  small 
silvery  leaves,  short  thorny  spines  or  branches, 
upon  which  the  fruits,  of  about  the  size  of  a 
common  currant,  are  borne.  The  plant  is  dioe- 
cious, consequently  both  male  and  female  forms 
must  be  planted  in  order  to  insure  fruit  produc- 
tion. The  two  forms  are  easily  recognized  by  the 
form  and  distribution  of  the  winter  buds;  the 
staminate  or  male  plant  bears  small  rounded 
buds  in  dense  clusters  scattered  all  along  the 
spurs;  the  pistillate,  or  female  plant,  bears 
fewer  and  more  elongated  buds,  usually  in  pairs 
along  the  sides  of  the  spurs.  The  fruits  are 
either  red  or  yellow,  are  used  for  jellies,  and 
often  serve  instead  of  currants  for  this  purpose. 
There  are  no  cultivated  varieties  on  the  market. 
The  plant  is  valuable  as  an  ornamental  shrub. 
See  El^agnus. 

BUFFALO  BILL.     See  Cody,  William  F. 

BUFFALO  BIRD.  A  bird  closely  associated 
with  wild  oxen  or  buffaloes,  picking  the  para- 
sites from  their  hides  to  eat,  and  warning  the 
animal  of  possible  danger  by  the  expression  of 
its  own  alarm.  1,  An  oxpecker  (q.v.).  2.  A 
tick  bird.     See  Tick. 

BUFFALO  FISH.  One  of  several  suckers 
(Catastomidae)  of  the  Mississippi  valley,  com- 
prised in  the  genus  Bubalichthys  or  Ictiobus,  and 
bo  called  because  of  the  humped  outline  of  the 
back,  the  large  head,  and  dark  colors.  The  red- 
mouthed  buffalo  fish  (Ictiobus  cyprinella)  is 
brownish  olive  and  reaches  a  length  of  nearly 
3  feet  and  a  weight  of  20  to  30  pounds.  The 
big-mouthed  one  (Ictiobus  urus)  is  also  large 
and  very  dark,  with  all  the  fins  black ;  while  the 
small-mouthed  (Ictiobus  bubalus  altus)  is  paler 
and  more  southerly  in  its  habitat.  The  flesh  is 
poor.  For  illustration  see  Plate  of  Suckers. 
See  also  Fisiieeies. 

BUFFALO  GNAT.  A  gnat  of  the  genus 
Simulium,  closely  related,  and  similar  to  the 
northern  black  fly  ( q.v. ) ,  which  swarms  in  the 
valleys  of  the  Mississippi  and  Missouri  rivers. 
"They  rival  the  mosquito  in  their  bloodthirsty 
tendencies,"  says  Howard,  "and  not  only  do  they 
attack  human  beings,  but  poultry  and  domestic 
animals  are  frequently  killed  by  them.  .  .  ."  In 
certain  seasons  they  multiply  enormously,  alight 


17  BUFFINGTON 

on  cattle  (as  formerly  they  did  on  the  bison), 
and  produce  death  through  their  poisonous  bites 
as  well  as  from  loss  of  blood.  Unlike  mosqui- 
toes, tliey  fly  and  bite  in  the  daytime  and  are 
often  seen  in  large  numbers  flying  in  bright  sun- 
shine. The  larvEB  are  aquatic,  and  unlike  mos- 
quitoes again,  the  larvae  of  which  live  in  stag- 
nant water,  Si^nuliuin  larvae  frequent  well- 
aiirated  and  frequently  swiftly  running  streams. 
Consult:  Bui.  5,  Div.  Entoni.,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agri- 
culture; Osborn,  "Insects  Affecting  Domestic 
Animals,"  Dcpt.  Agric.    (Washington,    18!)0). 

BUFFALO  GRASS,  or  BucHLOii  (Buchloe 
or  Bulhilis,  dactyloides) .  A  common  grass  of 
the  western  United  States,  ranging  from  Mani- 
toba to  Texas,  where  it  is  one  of  the  best  pas- 
ture grasses.  It  is  a  low,  spreading  grass  seldom 
more  than  6  inches  in  height.  It  spreads  rapidly 
by  runners,  soon  forming  a  dense  sod.  The  grass 
is  dioecious,  the  male  flowers  conspicuous,  while 
the  female  flowers,  which  occur  on  a  different 
plant,  are  easily  overlooked.  It  is  readily  propa- 
gated by  seed  or  sod  and  is  improved  by  cultiva- 
tion. Sod  transplanted  from  the  plains  to  Wash- 
ington, D.  C,  quickly  covered  the  ground  and  is 
perfectly  adapted  to  its  surroundings.  It  turns 
brown  after  frost,  but  during  the  summer  pre- 
sents a  dense  growth  of  fine  herbage.  It  is  ap- 
parently very  nutritious  and  is  relished  by  all 
kinds  of  stock. 

BUFFALO  MOTH.     See  Carpet  Beetle. 

BUFFALO  NUT.     See  Trapa. 

BUFFER  (OE.  buffe,  slap,  blow),  Buffing 
Apparatus.  An  arrangement  projecting  from 
the  frame  of  a  railway  car  to  prevent  injury 
from  violent  contact  or  collision,  or  to  deaden 
the  effect  of  the  concussions  caused  when  the 
velocity  of  a  part  of  the  train  is  checked  or 
when  the  engine  is  starting  the  train.  Buffers 
are  used  on  passenger  cars  in  America  and  con- 
sist of  three  parts — the  head,  the  bar,  and  the 
stem.  The  stem  passes  through  the  spring  and 
buffer-spring  beam;  the  shoulder  formed  by  the 
junction  of  the  stem  with  the  bar  bears  directly, 
or  by  means  of  a  plate,  against  the  spring,  which 
is  usually  of  the  volute  or  spiral  type.  '  This 
buffer  is  placed  at  the  centre  of  each  end  of  the 
car.  In  English  railway  practice  two  buffers  are 
used  at  each  end  of  the  car,  one  at  each  side  of  the 
centre.  The  general  construction  is  much  the  same 
as  that  described  above,  except  that  flat  springs, 
somewhat  like  a  carriage  spring,  are  employed. 

BUFFET,  bn'ik\  Louis  Joseph  (1818-98). 
A  French  politician.  He  was  born  at  Mirecourt, 
Vosges,  and  in  1848  entered  the  Chamber  of 
Deputies.  Under  the  presidency  of  Louis  Napo- 
leon he  held  the  portfolio  of  Commerce  and  Agri- 
culture. He  afterward  became  leader  of  a  "Tiers 
Parti,"  which  tried  to  reconcile  liberal  reforms 
with  loyalty  to  the  government,  and  in  January, 
1870,  joined  M.  Emile  Ollivier's  cabinet  as  Fi- 
nance Minister,  but  resigned  in  April.  He  was 
elected  to  the  National  Assembly  (1871),  of 
which  he  became  president  in  1872,  and  formed 
a  cabinet  in  1875,  taking  the  portfolio  of  the 
Interior.  In  this  latter  office,  however,  he  made 
himself  obnoxious  to  the  Republican  party,  and 
when,  in  1876,  he  failed  to  secure  a  reelection  to 
the  Assembly,  he  resigned.  During  the  same  year 
(1876)   the  Senate  elected  him  a  life  member. 

BUF'FINGTON,  Adelbert  Rinaldo    (1837- 

) .     An  American  soldier.     He  was  born  at 

Wheeling,  W.  Va.,  and  graduated  at  West  Point 

in  1861.     He  was  brevetted  major  in  1865,  and 

was  commander  successively  of  the  United  States 


New  International  Year-book 

The  New  international  encyclopaedia  publishes  a  separate  volume  for  current 
history  each  year.  The  topics  are  arranged  in  alphabetical  order,  and  constitute 
an  exceedingly  valuable  encyclopaedia  for  the  events  of  one  year  only.  The 
volumes  are  bound  to  correspond  with  the  volumes  of  the  regular  set. 

Nelson's  Perpetual  Loose-leaf  Encyclopaedia 

An  ingenious  loose-leaf  plan  for  an  encyclopaedia  has  been  devised  by  Nelson 
and  Company  of  New  York,  and  published  under  the  title:  "Nelson's  Perpetual 
Loose-leaf  encyclopaedia."  The  volumes  in  this  set  are  not  bound  in  the  usual 
way;  the  loose  leaves  are  held  in  place  by  an  adjustable  fastening  device  con- 
taining prongs  which  are  run  through  holes  punched  in  the  pages  for  the  purpose. 
The  loose-leaf  feature  makes  it  possible  to  insert  pages  giving  recent  information 
in  alphabetical  order.  New  leaves  containing  current  subjects  are  issued  every 
six  months,  thus  keeping  the  encyclopaedia  up  to  date.  This  is  the  only 
encyclopaedia  which  can  be  kept  up  to  date  without  issuing  "year-books."  Sub- 
scribers to  this  encyclopaedia  are  given  the  benefit  of  an  "Information  bureau." 
This  bureau  answers  individual  requests  for  information,  and  sends  the  answers 
in  typewritten  form  on  sheets  which  can  be  bound  in  the  regular  volumes. 


Nelson's  Perpetual  Loose-leaf 
Encyclopaedia 

The  publishers  of  Nelson's  Loose-leaf  encyclopaedia  have  kindly  prepared  the 
following  "composite"  page  showing  subdivisions  under  their  article  on  Japan. 
The  full  article  on  Japan  in  this  encyclopaedia  requires  over  twenty  pages.  Just  a 
few  Unes  under  each  sub-topic  are  given  on  this  composite  page.  Glance 
over  the  headings  of  the  topics,  in  the  order  given;  most  encyclopaedias  treat 
topics  under  countries  in  a  similar  order.  Does  the  sub-topic  which  treats  of  the 
history  of  a  country  come  near  the  beginning  or  near  the  end  of  the  article  on 
that  country?  What  sub-topic  follows  "history"  on  the  specimen  page?  Notice 
that  this  topic  gives  a  list  of  books.     Name  a  good  history  of  Japan. 

12 


specimen  Composite  Page  Entry  taken  from  Article  Japan  in 
Nelson's  Perpetual  Loose -leaf  Encyclopaedia 

Japan  Japanese  Art 


Japan,  ja-pan'  (called  by  its  in- 
habitants Nippon  or  Nihon — 
i.  e.,  'sun  origin'  or  'eastern 
land'),  an  empire  in  Asia  consist- 
ing of  a  long  chain  of  4,000  isl- 
ands which  extend  from  51°  to 
22°  N.  lat.,  and  from  119°  to  156° 
E.  long.,  with  a  total  length  of 
about  2,400  miles.  Beginning  at 
the  north,  the  empire  comprises 
the  volcanic  Kuriles,  or  Chishima 
which  approach  close  to  Kam 

Topography. — Japan  is  a  very 
mountainous  country,  the  only 
considerable  plain  being  that  of 
Tokyo.  Honshu  is  traversed 
from  end  to  end  by  many  broken 
ranges  with  numerous  branches. 
In  the  northeast  the  highest  sum- 
mits are  mostly  vol 

Climate  and  Soil. — The  north- 
ern parts  of  the  empire  are  pro- 
portionally much  colder  than 
places  in  the  same  latitude  in 
Europe  and  America.  In  Tokyo, 
the  mean  temperature  for  twenty 
years  ranged 

Flora  and  Fauna. — With  its 
wide  range  of  climate  and  its 
lofty  mountains,  Japan  has  a 
great  variety  of  vegetation.  Sav- 
atier,  in  his  Enumeratio,  names 
2.750  species.  The  shrubs  are 
mostly  evergreen,  comprising 
many  with  beautiful  flowers. 
There  are  also  numerous  ever- 
green oaks,  laurels,  and  conifers. 
On  the  higher  grounds  are  found 
more  deciduous  trees,  as  the  elm, 
beech,  walnut,  birch,  and  chest- 
nut. Bamboo  clumps,  low  palms, 
and  cycads  in  the  lower  grounds 

Forestry. — As  the  result  of  its 
unusually  humid  climate,  Japan 
possesses  a  very  large  area  of 
forest  land.  The  types  of  forest 
growth  correspond  to  those  found 
in  the  Atlantic  States,  including 
sixty  species  of  conifers  and 
pines,  and  oak,  beech,  maple, 
birch,  and  other  deciduous  trees; 
toward  the  south,  especially  in 
Formosa,  are  camphor,  bamboo, 
and  cinnamon  trees.  The  long- 
continued  use  of  wood  as  fuel  for 
the  manufacture  of  ceramics,  and 
the  wholesale  destruction  of 
wooden  houses  by  fire,  however. 

Fisheries. — The  fishing  indus- 
try stands  high  in  importance, 
based  upon  natural  advantages 
equalled  only  on  the  Atlantic  sea- 
board of  the  United  States.  The 
Japanese,  as  an  island  people, 
early  adopted  a  seafaring  life; 
and  at  least  500  years  ago  fishing 
settlements  were  made  on  the 
island  of  Yesso,  attracted  by  the 
cod,  herring,  sar 

Mining. — Japan  is  only  mod- 
erately rich  in  mineral  wealth. 
Great  progress  has  been  made 
during  the  last  thirty  years  in 
mining,  foreign  methods  and 
machinery  having  been  freely  in- 
troduced and  foreign  engineers 
employed.    The  mines. 

Agriculture. — Sixty  per  cent, 
of  the  people  are  agriculturists. 
As  shown  in  accompanying  table. 


Acreage. 

Production- 

Rice 

7,507,705 

$10,045,426 

Barley 

1,495,253 

1,958,141 

Rye 

1,700,148 

1,580,022 

Wheat 

1,240,830 

-     1.035,900 

Soybean 

1,223,390 

738,638 

Sweet  potatoes 

734.608 

•8,318,820,506 

Potatoes 

172.300 

*1,510,596,902 

Sugarcane 

53,143 

•1,895,313,903 

Tobacco  leaf  . . 

69,393 

•74,073,464 

Tea 

74,843 

•72,594,606 

Hemp 

29,213 

•21,106,347 

Leaf  indigo .  .  . 

12,655 

•20,391,025 

*  Pounds 

Manufactures  in  Japan  are 
sharply  divided  into  the  old  his- 
toric industries  and  those  intro- 
duced   since    the    revolution    of 

1868.  The  former  industries, 
originating  in  China,  were  im- 
proved by  the  Japanese  through 
long  and 

Commerce. — The  situation  of 
Japan  is  most  favorable  to  for- 
eign commerce,  its  island  char- 
acter, limited  area  of  tillable 
land,  and  proximity  to  countries 
rich  in  natural  resources  suggest- 
ing a  compcu^ison  with  Great 
Britain. 

The  growth  of  Japan's  com- 
merce, owing  to  her  pec 

Shipping. — From  the  closing 
of  the  ports  to  foreign  commerce 
in  1638  until  their  reopening  in 

1869,  Japanese  shipping  was  at 
a  low  ebb,  and  the  size  of  ves- 
sels was  limited  by  law.  As  late 
as  1892,  77  per  cent,  of  the  ships 
visiting  Japanese  ports  were  for- 
eign, but  since  that  time  shipping 
has  developed  greatly.  In  1913 
Japan  owned  2,072  registered 
steamers,  with  a  gross  tonnage  of 
1,513,941,  and  7,343  sailing  ves- 
sels, with  a  gross  tonnage  of  487,- 
347.  This  result  has  been  accom- 
plished largely  by  the  granting 
of  subsidies  to  steam 

Transportation  and  Commu- 
nication.— The  large  number  of 
ports  in  Japan,  the  rough  con- 
figuration of  the  country,  and  the 
short  distances  from  inland  to 
sea  coast  districts  have  encour- 
aged water  transportation.  Or- 
dinary roads,  though  greatly  im- 
proved, and  now  for  the  most 
part  macadamized,  stiU  leave 
much  to  be  desired. 

Railroads. — The  first  railway 
in  Japan  was  between  Tokyo  and 
Yokohama,  18  miles  in  length, 
and  was  opened  in  1872.  In  1906 
the  government  acquired  most  of 
the  railways  of  the  count 

Population. — The  first  reliable 
census  of  Japan,  taken  in  1872, 
showed  a  population  of  33,110,- 
825;  the  census  of  1898  re- 
turned a  total  of  43,763,153  in- 
habitants; that  of  1908,  49,588,- 
804  inhabitants  in  Japan  Proper, 
and  65,682,247  in  the  Empire. 
The  population  of  Japan  Proper 
was  then  divided  as  follows:  roy- 
al family,  67;  nobles,  5,642; 
knights,  2,218,623;  common  peo- 
ple, 47,382,262.    In  1914  the  pop- 

13 


Religions. — Shinto,  the  indig- 
enous religion  of  Japan,  is  in  the 
main  a  nature  worship.  The 
gods  are  innumerable,  the  chief 
among  them  being  the  sun  god- 
dess, from  whom  the  Mikados  are 
supposed  to  be  de 

Army  and  Navy.  In  1884  the 
Army  was  organized  on  the  best 
European  models;  and  its  present 
high  efficiency  was  demonstrated 
in  the  wars  with  China  (1894-95) 
and  with  Russia  (1904-05).  All 
able-bodied  males  between  the 
ages  of  17  and  40,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  students  in  foreign  coun- 
tries, elementary  school  teachers, 

Cooernment — After  the  revo- 
lution of  1868  (see  History),  in 
which  the  Shogunate  was  abol- 
ished and  the  actual  sovereignty 
returned  to  the  Emperor,  many 
reforms  were  effected,  the  general 
result  of  which  was  to  substitute 
a  constitutional  monarchy  for  the 
former  autocracy. 

Finance. — The  budget  esti- 
mates for  the  year  ending  March 
31,  1914,  placed  the  total  ordi- 
nary revenue  at  $264,878,000, 
and  the  extraordinary  revenue  at 
$28,526,000;  the  ordinary  ex- 
penditures at  $211,009,000,  and 
the  extraordinary  expenditures  at 
$82,395,000.     The 

History. — Early  Period. — 
Modern  Japanese  historians  be- 
gin with  the  Mikado  Jimmu,  who 
is  stated  to  have  ascended  tha 
throne  in  660  B.C.  But  the  more 
trustworthy  contemporary  rec- 
ords of  China  and  Korea  show 
that  for  more  than  a  thousand 
years  after  the  supposed  date  of 
Jimmu's  reign,  nothing  existed  in 
Japan  which  deserves  the  name 
of  history.  About  the  date  of  the 
Christian  epoch,  Chinese  travel- 
lers found  a  monarch  established 
in  Yamato,  who  ruled  over  a 
large  part  of  the  present  Japan. 
For 

Bibliography.  —  General  His- 
tory.— The  history  by  Dr.  Mur- 
ray in  the  'Story  of  the  Nations 
Series'  is  the  best;  but  it  is  un- 
critical, especially  in  the  earlier 
part.  A  History  of  the  Empire  of 
Japan  was  compiled  by  various 
Japanese  authors  for  the  Chicago 
Exhibition.   Griffis'  The  Mikado's 

Japan — Archaeology.  The 
archaeological  remains  of  the  Jap- 
anese race  date  from  a  few  cen- 
turies before  the  Christian  epoch. 
The    most    remarkable    are    the 

Japan — Language  and  Litera- 
ture. The  Japanese  language 
belongs  structurally,  like  Korean 
and  Manchurian,  to  the  Altaic 
family,  and  like  other  Altaic  lan- 
guages delights 

Japanese  Art.  In  the  Me- 
ckanical  Arts  the  Japanese  have 
attained  to  great  excellence,  espe- 
cially in  the  branch  of  metallur- 
gy, and  in  the  manufacture  of 
porcelain,  lacquer  ware,  and  silk 
fabrics;  indeed  so  exquisite  in 
design  and  execution 


The  paragraph  headed  "Flora  and  Fauna"  pertains  to  the  vegetation  and  the 
animal  life  native  to  Japan.  In  many  encyclopaedias  "Flora"  forms  one  topic, 
and  "Fauna"  a  separate  topic.     What  is  characteristic  of  the  shrubs  of  Japan? 

Find  the  sub-topic  "Population"  and  give  the  census  of  Japan  in  1872. 

Under  the  topic  "Religions,"  find  the  name  of  the  native  religion  of  Japan. 

Near  the  bottom  of  the  second  column,  find  the  word  "railroads,"  in  italics, 
and  tell  under  what  subdivision  it  falls.  When  was  the  first  railroad  established, 
and  how  long  was  it? 

W^hat  word  heads  the  first  sub-topic,  near  the  top  of  column  one?  Notice  that 
this  topic  gives  the  general  character  of  the  surface  of  the  land  in  Japan.  What 
word,  therefore,  is  used  in  encyclopaedias  for  the  heading  of  sub-topics  giving 
corresponding  information  under  any  country? 

An  Encyclopaedia  for  Young  People 

A  good  brief  encyclopaedia  for  young  people  is  the 

New  StudenCs  Reference  Work,  in  5  Volumes 

The  articles  are  written  in  simple  language  and  are  especially  designed  to  meet 
the  needs  of  young  students  from  the  grammar  grades  through  the  high  school. 
It  is  published  by  Compton  Co.,  Chicago. 

Young  people  are  very  fond  of  a  kind  of  "Children's  Encyclopaedia"  entitled: 
Book  of  Knowledge 

The  articles  in  this  set  are  attractively  written,  and  are  designed  more  to  interest 
girls  and  boys  in  important  subjects  than  to  give  information  upon  them  in 
encyclopaedic  form.  The  set  is  pubHshed  by  The  Grolier  Society,  New  York. 
This  same  firm  also  publish  a 

Book  of  History 

which  is  correspondingly  designed  and  arranged.  Both  sets  are  well  indexed 
and  illustrated. 

Fictitious  Characters 

and 

Titles  of  Standard  Works  of  Literature 

The  New  international  encyclopaedia  enters  important  fictitious  characters, 
and  titles  of  standard  works  of  literature  in  alphabetical  order. 

The  Encyclopaedia  Britannica  does  not  enter  characters  in  fiction;  titles  of 
standard  works  of  literature  can  often  be  traced  through  the  index. 

The  Nelson  Loose-leaf  encyclopaedia  does  not  enter  characters  in  fiction,  neither 
does  it  enter  titles  to  standard  works  of  literature. 

Though  some  encyclopaedias  exclude  characters  in  fiction,  most  encyclopaedias 
include  characters  in  mythology  and  legend. 

14 


Encyclopaedic  Information  in  Modem  Dictionaries 

Recent  editions  of  the  Standard,  Webster,  and  Century  dictionaries  give  so 
much  information  of  an  encyclopaedic  nature,  and  in  such  an  exceedingly  con- 
densed form,  that  they  constitute  what  might  be  called  the  most  valuable  brief 
ency clop sedias  published.  Information  of  this  character  is  given  in  dictionaries 
after  the  last  numbered  definition  of  the  word.  The  Century  dictionary  issues  a 
separate  volume  for  proper  names.  These  dictionaries  are  also  most  excellent 
for  fictitious  characters.  Titles  of  standard  works  of  literature  are  not  exten- 
sively included  in  the  Standard  or  Webster  dictionaries.  The  separate  volume 
of  proper  names  for  the  Century  dictionary  is  excellent  for  any  important  proper 
name. 

Important  Subjects  Iiave  Special  Encyclopaedias  and  Dictionaries 

The  arrangement  of  reference  material  in  encyclopaedic  form  has  developed 
marvelously  during  recent  years.  One  general  encyclopaedia  is  no  longer  suf- 
ficient, even  for  a  small  library,  but  it  is  practically  a  necessity  for  a  library  to 
contain  special  encyclopaedias  or  dictionaries  on  important  subjects.  The  range 
•of  such  reference  books  is  almost  limitless;  one's  acquaintance  with  them  will  de- 
pend largely  upon  individual  needs.  Such  subjects  as  the  following,  and  many 
others  also,  aside  from  those  mentioned  in  the  list  which  follows,  have  important 
encyclopaedias:  Chemistry;  Agriculture;  Law,  many  phases;  History,  general, 
and  different  nations;  Biography,  general,  and  many  phases;  Music;  Mathe- 
matics;   Horticulture;    Political  Economy;    Engineering. 

Many  excellent  collections  of  poems,  debates,  orations,  stories,  and  of  other 
subjects  are  issued  in  volumes  arranged  in  alphabetical  order,  thus  resembhng 
the  form  of  encyclopaedias. 

Though  it  is  a  mistake  to  confine  one's  reference  work  mainly  to  books  of  an 
encyclopaedic  nature,  it  is  also  a  mistake  to  shght  books  of  this  character. 

Important  Authors  have  Special  Reference  Books 

Even  prominent  authors,  such  as  Dickens,  Scott,  Kipling,  Browning,  and 
others  have  special  reference  books  devoted  to  characters,  plots,  quotations,  and 
other  items  connected  with  their  works.  A  few  important  books  of  this  nature 
are  mentioned  below. 

Author  Dictionaries  and  Synopses 

A  synopsis  of  a  work  gives  a  general  outline  of  it. 


Browning. 

Cyclopedia. 

Berdoe. 

Dickens. 

1.  Dickens  dictionary. 

2. 

3.  Dickens  synopses. 

PhiHp. 
Pierce. 
McSpadden. 

Scott. 

1.  Waverly  synopses. 

2.  Waverly  dictionary. 

McSpadden, 
Rogers. 

Shakespeare. 
Thackeray. 

Shakespeare  synopses. 
Thackeray  dictionary. 

McSpadden. 
Mudge. 

15 


Opera  Synopses 

American  history  and  encyclopaedia  of  music.  12  vols.  Gives  story  outline- 
of  operas. 

McSpadden.     Opera  synopses. 
Upton.     Standard  operas. 

Miscellaneous  Synopses 

Baker: — Guide  to  best  fiction. 

— Guide  to  historical  fiction. 

The  descriptive  notes  in  these  guides  are  so  good  that  they  amount  almost  to 
synopses. 

Warner:  Library  of  the  world's  best  literature.  30  volumes.  Directly  pre- 
ceding the  general  index,  synopses  of  many  works  of  literature  are  given;  index 
under  title,  precedes  synopses. 

Book  Reviews:     Some  book  reviews  are  practically  synopses. 

Handbooks 

Though  handbooks  are  in  no  sense  encyclopaedias  or  dictionaries  of  special 
subjects,  yet  they  usually  pertain  to  some  special  need  and  are  generally  arranged 
in  alphabetical  order.     The  following  are  a  few,  worthy  of  note: 

Brewer:     Reader's  handbook  (contains  synopses  of  dijew  standard  works). 
— Dictionary  of  miracle. 
— Historic  note  book. 
— Phrase  and  fable. 
Harper:     Book  of  facts.     A  classified  encyclopaedia  of  the  history  of  the  world, 
including  literature,  art,  government — 1  volume. 

a.  Topics  and  countries  arranged  alphabetically;  sub-arranged  in  tabular  and 
chronological  order.     The  tables  are  excellent  for  dates  and  summaries. 

b.  Under  large  cities  a  list  of  its  mayors  is  given  at  the  end  of  article. 

c.  Under  any  state  a  list  of  governors  and  senators  is  given  at  the  end  of 
article. 

d.  Under  countries,  a  list  of  its  rulers  is  given  at  end  of  article. 

A  Few  Important  Special  Encyclopaedias  and  Dictionaries 

Read  the  following  list  of  books.  They  are  important  in  connection  with  the 
study  of  encyclopaedias,  but  they  cannot  be  treated  in  detail. 

1.  Bliss,  William  D.  P.     New  encyclopaedia  of  social  reform.     1  vol. 

2.  Grove.     Dictionary  of  music  and  musicians.     5  vols. 

3.  Hart,  A.  B.,  and  others.     An  encyclopaedia  of  American  government. 

3  vols. 

4.  Hastings,  Rev.  James.     Bible  dictionary.     1  vol. 

(Many  dictionaries  and  encyclopaedias  on  Biblical  subjects  are  published.) 

5.  Hopkins,  A.  A.     Scientific  American  cyclopedia  of  formulas.     1  vol. 

6.  Jewish  encyclopaedia.     12  vols. 

7.  Lippincott.     New  gazetteer  of  the  world.     1  vol. 

8.  Lippincott.     Universal  pronouncing  dictionary  of  biography  and  myth- 

ology.    1  vol. 

9.  Monroe,  Paul.     Cyclopedia  of  education.     5  vols. 

10.     Peck,  H.  T.     Harper's  Dictionary  of  classical  literature.     1  vol. 

16 


encyclopaedia? 
11 — a.     Name  three  modern  dictionaries  which  give  characters  in  fiction, 
b.     Which  one  of  these  three  enters  proper  names  in  a  separate  volume? 


12 — In  an  article  on  any  important  subject  in  a  good  encyclopaedia  where  would  the  best  books 
on  the  subject  be  listed? 

13 — In  which  book,  mentioned  under  "Handbooks/'couldalistof  the  mayors  of  a  city,  or  governors 
of  a  state,  or  rulers  of  a  country,  be  found  at  the  end  of  the  article  under  the  name  of  the 
city,  state  or  country? 


Questions  for 
Encyclopaedias 

Student's  name Per  cent 

Teacher's  name Hour  reciting Date 

.A 

Have  you  read  the  directions  on  the  back  of  this  cover?     Answer  yes  or  no.  g 

s 

1 — What  does  the  word  "encyclopaedia"  mean?  C 

("Cyclopaedia"  is  practically  a  synonym  for  encyclopaedia.)  ^ 

>, 

2 — What  does  the  abbreviation  "q.  v."  from  the  Latin  "quod  vidi",  mean  literally  in  English?         ^ 

«s 
oo 

3 — a.     Which  encyclopaedia  is  issued  in  loose-leaf  binding?  ^ 

-o 

Qi 

h.    How  frequently  are  separate  leaves,   containing  current  information,   issued  for  the         .Oi 
Loose-leaf  encyclopaedia?  *-■ 

e 

eg 

4 — Articles  under  countries  in  encyclopaedias  are  usually  quite  extensively  sub-arranged.      What  ^j 

do  the  following  subdivisions  mean? 

Fauna  '    Flora 

Topograph}'  Bibliography 

5 — Under  any  country  or  city,  in  an  encyclopaedia,  is  the  history  usually  given  among  the  first 

or  among  the  last  subdivisions  of  the  article?  ^_i 

03 

6 — Under  the  word  "Plato,"  in  the  index  to  the  Encyclopaedia  Britannica,  the  following  reference  C 

appears:     12-5 13c.  g^ 

What  volume,  what  page,  what  column,  and  what  part  of  it  is  indicated?  -g 

7 — Which  encyclopaedia  issues  an  excellent   separate  year-book  with  topics  arranged  in  alpha-  "" 

betical  order?  fi> 

8 — Name  a  good  encyclopaedia  written  especially  for  young  people.  2 

9 — Which  of  the  three  general  encyclopaedias  studied   enters  important  fictitious  characters?  © 

(In  other  words,  which  one  should  be  consulted  in  order  to  learn  in  which  works  of  § 

literature  the  following  appear?     Betsy  Trotwood;  Imogene;  Mrs.  Malaprop.)  S 


o 


10 — Though  the  Encyclopaedia  Britannica  dees  not  mention  characters  in  fiction,  it  does  mention         "S 


0) 


titles  of  prominent  works  of  literature;  for  example  the  "Rivals."     Should  minor  points,  "g 


such  as  titles, Jae  looked  for  through  the  index,  or  in  alphabetical  order  in  the  body  of  this  g 

g 

US 


Directions  for  Using 
Perforated  Page  of  Questions  and  Key 

Which  appear  on  the  reverse  side  of  this  cover 

The  questions  which  appear  on  the  reverse  side  of  this  cover,  on  a  perforated 
colored  sheet,  are  not  difficult,  detailed  or  "catchy."  They  are  intended  to 
emphasize  important  points  and  to  systematize  the  work  for  class  records.  The 
answers,  which  can  easily  be  given  after  the  text  has  been  carefully  read,  should 
be  written,  from  memory,  in  the  blank  spaces  under  the  questions,  preferably  in 
class  time  unless  directed  to  do  otherwise  by  the  one  in  charge  of  the  work. 

The  perforated  sheet  should  be  torn  out  in  the  presence  of  the  one  conduct- 
ing the  class  and  only  after  it  has  been  filled  in.  When  directed  to  remove  the 
questions,  insert  pencil  in  the  hole  and  rip  around  the  perforated  edges. 

A  key,  by  means  of  which  the  work  can  be  checked,  is  printed  on  the  cover 
under  the  question  page,  but  is  not  revealed  until  after  the  question  page  is 
removed.  This  key  consists  of  the  same  questions,  with  the  correct  answer 
to  each  printed  below  it. 

The  value  of  each  question,  on  the  scale  of  100,  is  indicated  after  the  answer 
in  the  key.  By  means  of  this  key,  students  could  correct  their  own  or  each 
other's  work  in  a  few  moments,  in  case  the  librarian  or  teacher  could  not  take 
the  extra  time  to  do  so. 

If  the  one  who  corrects  the  paper  finds  an  incorrect  answer,  the  amount  to  be 
deducted  should  be  placed  on  the  outer  right-hand  margin,  near  the  mistake. 
These  amounts  should  be  added,  the  sum  subtracted  from  100,  and  the  result 
placed  after  the  word  "Per  cent."  at  the  top  of  the  sheet. 

The  questions  are  asked  in  such  a  way  as  to  admit  of  very  little  variety  in  the 
wording  of  the  answers.  However,  if  the  wording  of  a  written  answer  is  mani- 
festly correct,  and  perfectly  clear,  but  not  exactly  like  the  printed  answer,  of 
course  no  deduction  should  be  made.  Do  not  deduct  for  spelling,  nor  for 
abbreviated  statements  if  they  are  perfectly  clear. 

If  the  one  who  corrects  a  paper  marks  a  question  wrong  which  the  writer 
considers  correct,  the  two  should  examine  the  key  together,  or  ask  advice  from 
the  one  in  charge  of  the  class. 


Reference  Guides 

That  Should  be  Known  and 
How  to  Use  Them 


By 
Florence  M.  Hopkins 

Librarian 

Central    High   School   and   Junior   College 

Detroit,  Michigan 


This  Pamphlet  Pertains  to 
Parts  of  a  Book 


TIME  REQUIRED 

Two   class    periods    and 
Preparation   of   one   lesson 


THE    WILLARD     COMPANY 

479  SIXTH  STREET 

DETROIT  ▼  MICHIGAN 


Copyright 

by 

FLORENCE  M.  HOPKINS 

1919 


Foreword 


This  pamphlet  is  one  of  a  series  on  the  use  of  reference  books.  The  complete 
series  constitutes  a  second  edition  of  "Reference  guides  that  should  be  known  and 
how  to  use  them,"  which  first  appeared  in  1916  as  a  text  book  for  high  and  normal 
schools. 

The  revision  treats  important  phases  of  reference  work  in  separate  pamphlets, 
thus  making  it  possible  to  grade  the  work,  or  to  select  the  pamphlets  best  fitted  to 
meet  individual  needs.  Generally  speaking,  any  one  of  the  pamphlets  can  be 
completed  in  two  class  periods  plus  time  for  the  preparation  of  one  lesson  be- 
tween recitations. 

The  entire  course  could  be  completed  by  advanced  students  in  five  or  six 
weeks  of  one  class  and  study  period  per  day.  The  work  can  also  be  scattered 
in  different  years.  If  one  subject  per  term  were  given  in  consecutive  order  to 
English  classes,  in  high  schools,  beginning  with  the  B8  of  junior  high  and  ex- 
tending through  the  A12  of  senior  high,  the  work  could  be  covered  in  two  or 
three  class  and  study  periods  per  term;  or,  if  familiarity  with  reference  books  is 
desired  early  in  the  school  course,  the  most  important  subjects  could  be  crowded 
into  the  early  high  school  grades.  The  order  in  which  the  subjects  of  the  pamph- 
lets are  listed  below  suggests  a  logical  sequence,  whether  the  work  is  given 
slowly  or  rapidly  or  to  lower  or  to  upper  grade  students. 

1 — Webster's  New  International  Dictionary 

2 — New  Standard  Dictionary 

3 — Encyclopaedias 

4 — Parts  of  a  book 

5 — Atlases;  city  directories;  gazetteers 

6 — Concordances 

7— Library  classification  and  card  catalogue 

8 — Indexes  to  periodical  literature;  debates 

9 — Year-books 
10 — Commercial  indexes 
11 — Important  publications  of  city,  state  and  federal  governments 

The  inclusion  of  specimen  pages  from  the  reference  books  studied  makes 
it  possible  for  each  student  to  follow  all  illustrative  examples  without  making  a 
trip  to  a  library  and  waiting  to  have  access  to  the  complete  reference  work. 
No  library  will  furnish  a  sufficient  number  of  copies  of  expensive  reference 
books  to  supply  large  classes  adequately  for  detailed  study;  neither  could  a 
library  afford  to  have  pages  in  expensive  reference  books  as  badly  worn  and 
marked  as  they  would  become  if  many  students  were  required  to  consult  them  for 
prepared  lessons. 


■■mmfrnk 


ExpefiftDTG'^  ][ia&  proved  that  the  best  results  can  be  obtained  if  the  work  is 
begun  in  regular  class  recitations  by  a  librarian  or  a  teacher  reading  the  text 
with  the  class.  If  conducted  in  this  way,  no  previous  preparation  will  be  neces- 
sary, either  by  the  class  or  by  the  one  who  conducts  it.  As  the  reading  of  the 
text  proceeds,  it  will  be  seen  that  important  features  of  the  reference  books  studied 
are  emphasized  by  referring  to  the  sample  pages  embodied  in  the  text.  With  a 
little  class  direction  of  this  kind  the  students  can  readily  see  the  plan  of  the  text, 
and  can  finish  any  unread  pages  independently  as  an  assigned  lesson  for  the  next 
recitation.  In  classes  composed  of  advanced  students,  or  in  cases  of  absence, 
the  entire  work  could  be  done  independently. 

The  questions  on  the  colored  page  fastened  on  the  inside  of  the  last  cover 
are  designed  to  emphasize  important  points  and  to  systematize  the  work  for 
class  records.  Blank  spaces  are  left  under  the  questions  for  the  answers. 
When  the  questions  are  assigned  as  a  lesson  to  be  prepared  out  of  class,  and 
the  answers  are  written  from  memory  in  the  blank  spaces  during  the  class 
recitation  following,  the  points  are  more  thoroughly  impressed  than  they  are 
when  the  answers  are  written  before  coming  to  class,  while  having  direct  access 
to  the  text. 

A  key,  giving  the  answer  to  each  question,  together  with  its  value  on  the 
scale  of  100,  will  be  found  underneath  the  question  sheet  when  it  is  removed. 
By  means  of  this  key,  students  can  correct  their  own  or  another's  work  in 
a  few  minutes  of  class  time,  in  case  the  librarian  or  teacher  cannot  give 
extra  time  to  do  so. 

Schools  which  ask  a  leading  reference  question  in  final  examinations  find 
that  students  give  more  attention  to  the  work  and  therefore  learn  to  value  its 
importance. 

The  following  paragraphs  are  taken  from  the 
Forevoord  of  the  First  Edition 

Possibly  the  best  way  of  presenting  the  points  which  it  is  hoped  this  series  of 
lessons  may  emphasize  is  to  quote  directly  from  the  preface  of  a  Bulletin  on 
"Library  instruction  in  universities,  colleges  and  normal  schools,"  from  the 
United  States  Bureau  of  Education,  1914 — No.  34. 

Many  educators  of  note,  as  well  as  college  and  university  librarians, 
have  emphasized  the  urgent  necessity  of  instruction  and  training  in 
"book-using  skill." 

The  place  of  the  library  in  the  work  of  all  departments  is  one  of 

increasing  importance.     The  library  is  a  resource  or  reservoir  from  which 

the  student  should  draw  constantly  for  information  and  inspiration. 

Every  month  of  delay  in  instructing  him  in  the  meaning 

and  use  of  the  library  lessens  the  efficiency  of  his  course. 

Every  new  student  should  be  required  to  take 
some  course  in  which  is  given  definite  practical  instruction  in  the 
handling  of  Hbrary  tools Such  a  course,  more- 
over, should  not  only  be  required,  but  it  should  constitute  a  definite  part 
of  the  work  required  for  a  degree. 

2 


Parts  of  a  Book 

The  arrangement  of  material  in  books  usually  has  the  following  order, 
though  it  varies  slightly: 

a.  Title:  date  and  owner  of  copyright  on  the  back. 

b.  Page  for  dedication,  if  desired. 

c.  Preface. 

d.  Table  of  contents. 

e.  List  of  maps  and  illustrations. 

f.  Introduction. 

g.  Body  of  the  work. 

h.     Appendix;  Commentary;  Special  notes;  or  other  additions, 
i.      Index  or  indexes. 

Title  Page 

The  title  page  is  the  page  on  which  appear: 

a.  The  full  title  of  the  work. 

b.  Its  author,  editor  or  compiler,  together  with  indications  of  any  position, 
achievement,  or  scholarship  which  may  serve  to  warrant  the  confidence  of  the 
public. 

c.  Number  of  editions  through  which  the  work  has  passed,  if  more  than 
one.     Sometimes  a  quotation  appears. 

d.  The  pubhsher  and  the  city  in  which  the  firm  is  located. 

e.  On  the  back  of  the  title  page,  the  date  and  owner  of  the  copyright  are 
given. 

A  copyright  is  secured  through  the  United  States  Government  Copyright 
Office,  Library  of  Congress,  Washington,  D.  C,  for  one  dollar.  It  grants  its 
owner  the  right  to  control  the  issue  of  all  copies  for  a  period  of  twenty-eight 
years,  and  is  subject  to  renewal. 

Frequently  the  date  of  printing  is  given  under  the  publisher's  name.  If  this 
date  is  later  than  the  copyright  date,  it  indicates  that  the  book  has  been  re- 
printed at  the  later  date  from  plates  prepared  at  the  time  of  the  last  copyright, 
but  that  the  book  has  not  been  revised  or  changed.  The  copyright  date  is  the 
important  one. 


Page  of  Dedication 

When  an  author  desires  to  pay  special  tribute  to  an  individual,  or  to  a  col- 
lection of  individuals,  or  to  perpetuate  some  pleasant  memory,  he  often  does  so 
through  the  dedication  of  his  book.  If  a  page  is  used  for  this  purpose,  it  follows 
the  title  page. 

Preface 

A  Preface  is  a  presentation  of  a  book  by  the  author  himself  to  his  reading 
public.  It  enables  him  to  talk  more  familiarly  with  his  readers  than  he  other- 
wise could,  and  to  thank  any  friends  who  may  have  aided  him  in  the  preparation 
of  the  work.  In  the  preface  he  usually  tells  what  his  aim  was  in  writing  the  book, 
and  what  he  hoped  to  accomplish  through  it.  It  is  often  a  very  valuable  part  of 
a  book  and  generally  well  worth  reading.  At  the  end  of  the  preface,  the  author's 
name,  or  his  initials,  frequently  appear  at  the  lower  right-hand  side,  and  the 
date  at  the  lower  left-hand  side.  The  pages  are  often  numbered  with  Roman 
numerals  to  separate  the  preface  from  the  pages  of  the  book  proper. 


Table  of  Contents 

The  Table  of  contents  gives  the  titles  or  subjects  of  the  chapters,  poems,  or 
other  matter  contained  in  the  book,  listed  in  the  order  in  which  they  appear. 
Frequently  the  chapters  are  so  completely  analysed  that  a  large  grasp  of  the 
general  subject,  or  a  review  of  it,  can  be  gained  by  reading  over  the  headings. 
The  table  of  contents  is  sometimes  paged  with  the  book  proper;  sometimes  it  is 
paged  with  Roman  numerals. 

A  specimen  entry  from  the  Table  of  contents  of  "Universal  literature"  by 
Botta,  is  given  to  illustrate  how  completely  a  Table  of  contents  sometimes 
analyzes  chapters.     Consult  it,  and  give  the  answers  to  the  following  questions: 

a.  On  what  page,  in  Roman  numerals,  does  the  "List  of  authorities"  begin? 
On  what  page,  in  Arabic  numbers,  does  the  "Introduction"  begin?  Would  page 
XV  (Roman  numerals)  appear  in  the  book  before  or  after  page  1  in  Arabic 
numbers? 

b.  Read  over  the  countries  on  this  page  whose  literature  is  discussed  in  the 
book. 

c.  On  what  page  does  the  chapter  on  "Chinese  literature"  begin?  On 
what  page  does  "Japanese  hterature"  begin?  About  how  many  pages  are  there- 
fore devoted  to  "Chinese  Hterature?"  What  is  the  last  topic  mentioned  under 
"Chinese  literature?"  Would  this  topic  begin  on  a  page  nearer  to  page  7  or  to 
page  15? 

d.  From  what  country  does  the  Sanskrit  literature  come?  What  are  the 
leading  sacred  books  of  this  country  called? 

e.  Is  the  language  of  the  nation  usually  considered  by  this  author  in  con- 
nection with  the  literature? 


A  specimen  entry  from 

Table  of  Contents  of 

Handbook  of  Universal  Literature  by  Botta 

Use  of  plate  granted  by  the  courtesy  of  the  publishers 
Copyrighted  by  Houghton,  Mifflin  &  Co. 


CONTENTS. 


PAfil 

UST  OF  AUTHORITIES x^ 

INTRODUCTION. 

The  Alphabet. 
1.  The  Origin  of  Letters. — 2.  The  Phoenician  Alphabet  and  Inscriptions.  —  3.  The 
Greek  Alphabet.     Its  Three  Epochs.  —  4.  The  Mediaeval  Scripts.     The  Irish.     The 
Anglo-Saxon.     The  Roman.     The  Gothic.     The  Runic 1 

Classification  of  Languages  3 

CHINESE  LITERATURE. 
1.  Chinese  Literature.  —  2.  The  Language.  —  3.  The  Writing.  —  4.  The  Five  Classics 
and  Four  Books.  —  5.  Chinese  Religion  and  Philosophy.  Lao-ts6.  Confucius. 
Meng-ts6  or  Mencius.  —  6.  Buddhism.  —  7.  Social  Constitution  of  China.  —  8.  In- 
vention of  Printing.  — 9.  Science,  History,  and  Geography.  Encyclopaedias.  — 10. 
Poetry.  — 11.  Dramatic  Literature  and  Fiction.  — 12.  Education  in  China      .        .      7 

JAPANESE    LITERATURE. 
1.  The  Language.  —  2.  The  Religion.  —  i.  The  Literature.     Influence  of  Women.  — 
4.  History. — 5.  The  Drama  and  Poetry.  —  6.  Geography.   Newspapers.   Novels. 
Medical  Science.  —  7.  Position  of  Woman.  —  8.  Foreign  Interpreters  of  Japan    .     16 

SANSKRIT  LITERATURE. 
1.  The  Language.  — 2.  The  Social  Constitution  of  India.  Brahmanism.  —  3.  Charac- 
teristics of  the  Literature  and  its  Divisions.  —  4.  The  Vedas  and  other  Sacred 
Books.  —  5.  Sanskrit  Poetry ;  Epic  ;  the  Ramayana  and  Mahabharata.  Lyric  Po- 
etry. Didactic  Poetry  ;  the  Hitopadesa.  Dramatic  Poetry.  —  6.  History  and  Sci- 
ence. —  7.  Philosophy.  —8.  Buddhism.  —9.  Moral  Philosophy.  The  Code  of  Manu. 
— 10.  Modern  Literatures  of  India.  —  11.  Education.     The  Brahmo  Somaj      .        .    20 

BABYLONIAN  AND   ASSYRIAN  LITERATURE. 
1.  The  Accadians  and   Babylonians.  —  2.  The  Cuneiform  Letters. —3.  Babylonian 
and  Assyrian  Remains .35 

PHCENICIAN  LITERATURE. 
The  Language.  —  The  Remains 37 

SYRIAC   LITERATURE. 
The  Language.  —Influence  of  the  Literature  in  the  Eighth  and  Ninth  Century        .    38 

PERSIAN  LITERATURE. 
1.  The  Persian  Language  and  its  Divisions.  —  2.  Zendic  Literature  ;  the  Zendavesta. 
^3.  Pehlvi  and  Parsae  Literatures.  —  4.  The  Ancient  Religion  of  Persia,-  Zero- 


Illustrations  or  Maps 

Illustrations  and  maps  are  arranged  in  the  order  in  which  they  appear  in  the 
book,  very  seldom  in  alphabetical  order. 

Introduction 

An  introduction  is  usually  a  kind  of  brief  essay  on  the  general  subject  under 
discussion.  It  is  sometimes  paged  in  the  book  proper  with  Arabic  numbers; 
sometimes,  separately  with  Roman  numerals.  Many  books  do  not  require  an 
introduction. 

Body  of  the  Work 

The  body  of  the  work  may  consist  of  few  or  of  many  pages,  or  of  one  volume, 
or  more,  according  to  the  plan  of  the  author  or  the  publisher. 

Sometimes  an  asterisk  (*)  or  a  dagger  (f)  or  a  number,  or  a  letter,  appears  in 
the  text  to  call  attention  to  a  note  at  the  foot  of  the  page. 

Appendix  or  Other  Additions 

The  appendix,  the  Special  notes,  the  Commentary,  or  other  additions  con- 
sist of  material  desirable  for  explanation  or  enlargement  of  the  subject-matter  of 
the  book  itself,  but  which  does  not  properly  belong  to  the  body  of  the  work. 

The  Index  or  Indexes 

An  index  is  an  alphabetical  arrangement  of  the  topics  contained  in  the  book, 
together  with  references  to  the  pages  on  which  they  are  discussed.  An  index 
is  a  very  valuable  feature  of  a  book;  it  is  found  in  one  of  the  following  positions: 

a.  Usually  at  the  back  of  a  one  volume  work,  rarely  at  the  front. 

b.  Usually  at  the  back  of  the  last  volume,  if  the  work  is  in  more  than  one 
volume.  When  a  set  of  books  consists  of  many  volumes,  the  index  is  likely  to 
require  most,  or  all,  of  the  last  volume. 

c.  More  than  one  index  is  sometimes  desirable.  In  collections  of  poems, 
especially,  several  indexes  are  found;  one  of  the  titles,  another  of  first  lines, 
another  of  authors. 

d.  Occasionally,  though  very  rarely,  an  index  is  placed  at  the  front  of  a 
book. 

e.  Because  a  book  contains  an  index,  it  does  not  follow  that  the  index  is  a 
good  one.     Many  books  have  no  index. 

f .  If  an  index  has  any  special  features  or  abbreviations  not  common  to  all 
indexes,  look  for  a  note  of  explanation  at  the  beginning  of  the  index. 

Specimen  Entries  of  a  Variety  of  Indexes 

The  pages  which  follow  contain  specimen  entries  of  a  variety  of  indexes 
taken  directly  from  the  books  as  indicated.  If  each  one  is  studied  in  connection 
with  the  questions  just  preceding  the  specimen  entry,  an  ability  to  use  indexes 
intelligently  will  be  gained. 

6 


Questions  Upon  the  Following  Specimen  Page  of  the  Index  to 
Introduction  to  American  Literature  by  Pancoast 
A  Work  in  One  Volume 

1.  In  which  part  of  this  one  volume  work  is  the  index  found? 

2.  The  entry  under  "Emerson"  follows  which  entry? 

3.  What  entry  follows  "Emerson?"  (Note  the  space  required  for  references 
under  Emerson.) 

4.  What  is  the  first  page  referred  to  under  "Emerson,"  and  what  punctua- 
tion mark  follows  it? 

5.  Which  is  the  first  page  under  "Emerson,"  followed  by  a  dash?  This 
dash  indicates  that  "Emerson"  is  the  subject  considered  from  what  page  to 
what  page?     Between  what  pages  does  the  next  dash  appear? 

6.  On  what  pages  are  the  following  topics  under  "Emerson"  discussed: 
Concord  Hymn?     American  Scholar?     Brook  Farm? 

7.  Find  "Europe,  influence  on  American  literature,"  in  the  index,  and  give 
the  first  pages  connected  with  a  dash.     Give  the  second,  so  connected. 

8.  Find  "English  influence"  in  the  index,  and  give  the  pages  for  consecu- 
tive reading,  as  indicated  by  a  dash. 

Specimen  entry  from  the  index  at  the  back  of 
Introduction  to  American  Literature  by  Pancoast 

Copyrighted  by  Henry  Holt  &  Company. 


Dunbar,  Paul  Laurence, 
352,  353,  355,  392;  The 
Deserted  Plantation,  353; 
Study  List,  360 

Dimne,"  Finley  Peter,  403 

Dwight,  Timothy,  102,  103, 
105,  106,  110,  111,  146, 
150,  186;  America,  103; 
Conquest  of  Canaan,  103; 
Greenfield  Hill,  106 

Dyer,  106 

East,  the,  376.  See  New 
England;  Middle  States 

Edgar  Euntly,  109,  110 

Education,  growth  in  Amer- 
ica, 18,  19.  24-26,  28,  33- 
35,   98,   305,  317,  406 

Edwards,  Jonathan,  63-66, 
72,  82,  91,  103,  115,  212, 
317;  Sinners  in  the 
Hands  of  an  Angry  God, 
65;  On  the  Freedom  of 
the  Will,  66;  Study  List, 
72 

Eggleston,  Edward,  385, 
390 ;  Hoosier  Schoolmas- 
ter, 385,  390;  Roxy,  385 

Eighty  Years'  War  for 
Liberty,   The.   232 

Eliot,  John,  26,  54;  Bay 
Psalm   Book,  26,   54 

Elsie  Venner,  217 

Emerson,  Ralph  Waldo,  7, 
11,  66,  143,  151,  156,  160, 
162,  164-178,  180,  185, 
190,  198,  202,  204,  211, 
218,  219,  240-242,  252, 
264,    297,    307,    308,    311, 


EX  419 

317,  365,  376,  407;  place 
in  new  era  in  New  Eng- 
land, 165;  Nature,  168, 
169,  202,  214,  365;  lec- 
turer, 169;  Concord 
Hymn,  169;  influence  of 
German  philosophy, 
Wordsworth,  and  Carlyle, 
169;  The         American 

Scholar,  170;  The  Dial, 
172;  Brook  Farm,  172; 
English  Traits,  173,  242; 
philosophic  and  religious 
teacher,  175;  inequality 
of  style,  175;  epigram- 
matic sentences,  176;  his 
mission  to  quicken  our 
spirit,  177;  Study  List, 
177 

Emmett,  Dan,  354;  Dixie, 
354 

English  influence,  69,  71,  77, 
83-85,  91,  96,  103,  105- 
109,  119,  130,  146,  163, 
164,  169,  252,  253,  266, 
376,   396 

English  Literature  (Moody 
and  Lovett),  395 

English  Novel,  The  (La- 
nier), 278 

English  Traits,  173,  242 

Ephemera,  91 

Eternal   Goodness,   The,  227 

Europe,  influence  on  Amer- 
ican literature,  119,  124, 
134,  152,  155,  163,  164, 
173,  178,  179,  181-187, 
195,  203,  218,  242,  243, 
288-292,  294,  320,  325, 
326,  328,  329,  331,  332 


Questions  Upon  the  Specimen  Page  of  the  Index  to 

Life  of  H.  W.  Longfellow  by  Samuel  Longfellow 

A  Work  in  Three  Volumes 

1.  Note  carefully  the  following  items: 

The  number  of  the  volume  is  not  repeated  every  time  reference  is  made  to 
it.  If  no  volume  is  given,  the  last  mentioned  volume  is  implied,  and  the  eye  must 
follow  back  until  the  number  of  the  volume  is  found.  References  to  volume  1 
comes  first;  to  volume  2,  next;  and  to  volume  3  last. 

Longfellow's  name  is  abbreviated  "L."  throughout  the  index. 

2.  This  work  is  in  three  volumes.  In  which  volume,  and  in  what  part  of 
it,  is  the  index  found? 

3.  Give  the  volumes  and  pages  for  the  following: 

a.  First  reference  under  Dickens;  "L.  entertains."  This  means  that 
an  account  of  how  Longfellow  entertained  Charles  Dickens,  is  found 
in  what  volume  and  on  what  page? 

b.  Letters  to  Longfellow  from  Dickens.     (Volume?     Page?) 

c.  Longfellow  describes  household  and  friends  of  Dickens.  (Volume? 
Page?) 

d.  Longfellow  on  the  "Wreck  of  the  Golden  Mary."    (Volume?    Page?) 

e.  Third  visit  of  Dickens  to  America.     (Volume?     Page?) 

f.  Longfellow  on  the  death  of  Dickens.     (Volume?     Page?) 

4.  Under  Darley,  Felix,  give  the  volume  and  page  for  "illustrates  Evange- 
line." 

5.  Under  "Divine  Tragedy"  give  the  volume  and  page  for  "Dr.  Bushnell 
on." 


Study  the  questions  which  draw  out  the  arrangement  of  this  index  to  a 
work  in  three  volumes 

A  specimen  entry  from  the  index  at  the  back  of  the  last  or  the  third  volume  of 
Life  of  Henry  Wadsworth  Longfellow  by  Samuel  Longfellow 

Use  of  plate  granted  by  the  courtesy  of  the  publishers. 
Copyrighted  by  Houghton,  Mifflin  &  Company. 


458 


INDEX. 


vises  Greene  to  translate  the  let- 
ters of,  60, 72  ;  Witte's  text  of , and 
Bati'a  commentary  on,  63 ;  help- 
fulness of  L.'s  friends  in  criticising' 
his  translation  of,  63  (see  "  Dante 
Club");  the  geo^aphy  of,  67; 
points  of  interest  occurring-  during 
the  reading  of,  69,  TO,  71,  384; 
notes  of  L.  on  the  tenth  canto  of 
the  "Paradiso"  of,  78;  notes  of 
L.  on,  Bnished,  79  ;  Ticknor  on 
L.'s  translation  of,  90;  the  same 
published,  53,  88,  93;  L.  quotes 
the  "  Inferno  "  of,  97  ;  dinner  given 
by  Ticknor  &  Fields  in  honor  of 
the  translation  of,  99  ;  the  "  Rue 
du  Fouarre "  in,  125 ;  the  Duca 
di  Sermoneta  as  a  student  of,  128 ; 
in  exile,  147 ;  the  gondolier's 
pamphlet  on,  184 ;  bits  of  the 
coffin  of,  204,  392,  401 ;  L.  quotes, 
213,  317  ;  da  Imola's  commentary 
on,  318  ;  in  Dutch,  388 ;  L.'s  copy 
of  Lord  Vernon's  edition  of,  400  ; 
bust  of,  in  L.'s  study,  401 ;  L. 
quotes,  on  translation,  410. 

"Dante  Club,"  the,  iii.  62,  63,  65- 
69, 71, 75.  80, 85, 87, 363  ;  sketches 
of,  at  work,  62,  381. 

D'Arblay,  Madame,  iii.  15  ;  curious 
story  of,  137. 

Darley,  FeUx  0.  C,  ii.  391,  408,  413  ; 
UlujJtrates  "Evangeline,"  iii.  75. 

Daveis,  Charles  Stuart,  i.  117. 

Day,  each,  a  "  branch  of  the  Tree 
of  Life,"  iii.  409. 

"  Daybreak,"  translated  into  Portu- 
guese, iii.  54. 

"  Dead  Bird,  The,  a  Ballad,"  i.  75. 

Dead  Sea,  T.  G.  Appleton  at  the, 
iii.  249. 

Death  of  a  little  daughter,  L.  on  the, 
ii.  130. 

Death  and  bereavement,  L.  on,  ii. 
130 ;  iii.  7,  97  ;  (sorrows),  408. 

Death-penalty,  L.  on  the,  iii.  408. 

*'  Decoration  Day,"  iii.  322,  324. 

Deering's  Woods,  near  Portland,  fre- 
quented by  L.  in  boyhood,  i.  25  ; 
referred  to  in  "My  Lost  Youth," 
i.  25 ;  L.  speaks  of,  ii.  364. 

Demidoff,  Count  Nikolai,  i.  139. 

"Democratic  Review,"  L.  contrib- 
utes to  the,  i.  407. 

Demosthenes,  L.  quotes,  in  regard  to 
presuming  visitors,  iii.  213. 


Dennett,  John  Richard,  iii.  270. 

De  Quincey's  "  Reminiscences,"  L. 
on,  ii.  229. 

Derby,  Lord,  on  the  English  hexam* 
eter,  iii.  57. 

Derby,  M.  C,  ii.  372. 

"  Descent  of  the  Muses,  The,"  iiL  265. 

De  Vere,  Aubray,  iii.  113. 

De  Vere,  Scheie,  ii.  320. 

Devereaux  Farm,  L.  describes,  ii.  58. 

Dewey,  Rev.  Orville,  i.  247. 

D'Hauranne,  Duvergier,  iii.  48. 

Dickens,  Charles,  L.  entertains,  i. 
279 ;  popularity  of,  340 ;  second 
visit  of,  414;  play  in  New  York 
ridiculing  the  reception  of,  420; 
letters  to  L.  from,  4-38,  451 ;  L. 
comments  on  the  "  American 
Notes"  of,  440;  visit  of  L.  to,  in 
London,  416,  440 ;  Forster  refei3 
to,  and  "Martin  Chuzzlewit,"  ii. 
7 ;  L.  describes  household  and 
friends  of,  ii.  9  ;  L.  on  the 
"  Wreck  of  the  Golden  Maxy " 
of,  326 ;  third  visit  of,  to  Amer- 
ica, iii..  100;  L.  entertains,  100; 
first  reading  of,  100;  L.  on  the 
readings  of,  101,  102 ;  writes  to 
L.  on  his  birthday,  104;  L.  visits, 
at  Gad's  Hill,  114,  119 ;  L.  on  the 
dsath  of,  149. 

"  Dick  Moon  en  France,"  iiL  18. 

Dictionaries,  L.  on,  ii.  ;i54.  • 

Disraeli,  L.  speaks  of  the  "  Vivian 
Grey"  of,  i.  SiSQ;  of  the  "Con- 
tarini  Fleming"  of,  ii.  23-3; 
Clough  speaks  of,  257  ;  L.'  on  the 
"  Lothair"  of,  iii.  149. 

"  Divine  Tragedy,"  L.  at  work  upon, 
iii.  162.  164 ;  publication  of,  187, 
190;  Bavard  Taylor  on,  188;  a 
note  of  L.'s  on,  189,  195;  sale  of, 
190  ;  Dr.  Bushnell  on,  192  ;  hostile 
notices  of,  193. 

Divinity,  L.'s  views  regarding  the 
study  of,  i.  54. 

Doane,  Caroline,  letter  from  L.  to, 
i.  69. 

Dobson,  Austin,  poem  of,  to  L.,  iii. 
402. 

"  Dole,"  discussion  on  the  word,  iiL 
384. 

Dommett,  Alfred,  L.  on  the  "  Ranolf 

and  Amohia"'  of,  iii.  286. 
"  Don  Giovanni,"  L.  on,  iL  176,  232. 
Dor^,  Guatave,  iii.  3. 


Questions  Upon  the  Specimen  Page  From  the  Index  to 
England  in  the  Eighteenth  Century  by  Lecky 
A  Work  in  Eight  Volumes 

1.  Note  carefully  the  following  items: 

•  The  volume  is  not  repeated  after  a  reference  has  once  been  made  to  it.  The 
eye  must  sometimes  run  back  for  several  lines  before  the  volume  indicated  can  be 
determined. 

The  abbreviation  "ib."  is  frequently  used  in  this  index.  This  abbreviation 
comes  from  the  Latin  word  "ibidem,"  meaning  in  exactly  the  same  place  as  the 
last  mentioned.     (It  is  often  abbreviated  "ibid"  in  other  reference  books.) 

The  abbreviations  "sq."  and  "sqq."  are  also  used  in  this  index.  These  ab- 
breviations come  from  different  forms  of  the  Latin  word  "sequens,"  which  word 
means  "following,"  "Sq."  is  singular,  and  signifies  that  one  page  follows  the 
reference;  "sqq."  is  plural,  and  signifies  that  more  than  one  follows.  Sometimes 
other  forms,  which  mean  practically  the  same  are  seen,  such  as  "seq.,"  "seqq." 

2.  Under  Whitefield,  George,  give  the  abbreviation  which  follows  "among 
colliers."     Give  the  volume  and  page  indicated  in  this  reference. 

3.  Find  Whitefield's  "eloquence  as  a  popular  preacher,"  and  give  the  ab- 
breviation which  indicates  that  several  pages  follow  page  617.  Reference  is 
made  to  which  volume? 

4.  Under  Whiteboys,  "denounced  by  Catholic  clergy,"  the  reference  is  to 
what  volume?  Does  the  reference  cover  as  many  pages  as  does  "outrages  not 
sectarian,"  just  preceding  it?  Why?  The  reference  following  it,  "Protestants 
among  Whiteboys"  is  followed  by  the  letter  "n,"  referring  to  a  "note."  In 
which  volume  and  on  what  page  does  the  note  appear? 

5.  Consult  the  first  column,  under  "Whigs,"  near  the  middle,  and  give  the 
volume  and  page  for  "chief  elements  of  party-aristocracy." 

6.  Find,  near  the  end  of  the  entry  under  "Whigs,"  "true  character  of  the 
party,"  and  give  the  volume  and  page  to  which  reference  is  made. 


The  entry  given  below  illustrates  an  index  which  does  not  use  a  dash  or 
sqq.  to  indicate  consecutive  reading,  but  instead  uses  the  letters,  "ff,"  for  follow- 
ing pages.     The  most  important  pages  are  marked  by  an  asterisk  (*). 

Name  the  page,  marked  by  an  asterisk  (*)  on  which  the  fullest  account  of 
Plato  begins. 

Name  two  other  pages  which  are  followed  by  "ff,"  indicating  that  the  ref- 
erence covers  more  than  two  pages. 

Name  one  page  followed  by  a  single  "f,"  indicating  that  only  one  page  fol- 
lows. 

Plato,  14,  18,  29,  35,  49,  50,  52,  54,  55, 
63,  71*ff.,  108ff.,  114,  127,  129, 
136,  138,  151ff.,  180,  185,  218f. 

In  some  indexes  the  most  important  pages  are  printed  in  heavy  type. 

10 


Study  the  questions  which  draw  out  the  arrangement  of  this  index  to  a 
work  in  eight  volumes 

A  specimen  entry  from  the  index  at  the  back  of  the  last  or  the  eighth  volume  of 
England  in  the  Eighteenth  Century  by  Lecky 

Use  of  plate  granted  by  the  courtesy  of  publishers. 
Copyrighted  by  D.  Appleton  &  Company. 


INDEX. 


647 


304;  removal  of  duty  imposed  by 
England,  336 

Wheat,  ijrice  of,  1650-1750,  i.  363, 
606  sq. ;  later  prices,  vi,  193,  203  sq. 

Wheelplough:  introduced  into  Ireland 
by  the  Palatines,  ii.  374 

Whigs :  prolonged  ascendency,  i.  1 ; 
their  main  principles,  3;  detailed 
contrast  with  Tories,  3 ;  treatment 
of  press,  4 ;  why  they  carried  Sep- 
tennial Act,  6;  policy  at  Revolu- 
tion, 11  sqq. ;  skilful  conduct  of 
leaders,  13  ;  origin  of  name  'Whig,' 
19  ;  difficulties  after  Revolution,  25; 
defeat  of  party  on  accession  of  Anne, 
36  ;  preponderance  in  House  of 
Lords  (1703),  38 ;  great  majority  in 
elections  (1705),  41 ;  pass  a  Regency 
Bill,  43;  complete  Whig  ascendency 
in  ministry,  45;  foreign  policy  of 
Government,  47  ;  party  division, 
54 ;  Sacheverell,  55  sqq. ;  theory  of 
Government,  67 ;  Burnet,  87 ;  re- 
ligious legislation,  101  sqq.,  274  sqq.; 
question  of  succession,  146;  elec- 
tions of  1713,  158;  Tory  discord 
and  Whig  union,  161 ;  conference 
of  leaders  with  Bolingbroke,  175; 
Irish  Commons  violently  Whig,  177; 
triumph  at  George  I.'s  accession, 
183;  chief  elements  of  party — ari- 
stocracy, 184  sqq.  ;  commercial 
classes,  203 ;  Nonconformists,  319 — 
party  violence,  235;  rebellion  of 
1715,  339  sqq. ;  consolidation  of 
Whig  power,346;  conditions  favour- 
ing them,  346  sqq. ;  religious  legis- 
lation, 273  sqq. ;  repeal  of  laws 
against  witchcraft,  388 ;  reform  of 
Calendar,  389  ;  laws  against  Catho- 
lics, 390,  397  sqq. ;  against  Popish 
dignitaries  and  friars,  319  sq.; 
penallawsagainstEnglishCatholics, 
338  sqq.;  Whig  schism  of  1717, 
345  ;  Walpole,  383,  405  ;  cessation 
of  political  rivalry  (1748-64),  406 ; 
confusion  of  party  lines,  513 ;  na- 
tural history  of  the  two  parties,  513 
sq. ;  Toleration  Act  (1713),  ii.  53 ; 
disorganisation,  505  ;  supremacy 
broken  at  death  of  George  II.,  565 ; 
Rockingham's  ministry,  iii.  100 ;  co- 
alition with  Chatham,  130;  party 
vicissitudes,  174  sqq.;  inexperienced 
leaders,  103 ;  Reform  question,  191 ; 
distinction  between  Whig  and  Radi- 
cal,337;  party  opposed  Subscription, 
541 ;  divided  on  religious  liberty, 
544;  accession  of  Fox,  571 ;  Ameri- 
candifficulty,586sj.;allegedoriginof 


party  colours,  iv.  75;  advocacy  of 
American  cause,  73 ;  attempted  fu- 
sion with  Rockingham's  party,  95 ; 
return  to  power  (1783),  220;  oli- 
garchical spirit  of  Old  Whigs,  355 
disruption,  358;  coalition  of  Fox 
and  North,  392;  India  bill,  312 
Absentee  tax,  438 ;  home  fortifica- 
tions, v.  74 ;  Prince  of  Wales,  84 
Regency  question,  103,  106,  111 ; 
party  ceases  to  be  anti-Catholic, 
188 ;  principles  on  elective  system, 
197;  Whig  theory  of  social  con- 
tract, 345 ;  schism  wrought  by 
French  Revolution,  453 ;  secessions 
from  Fox,  506 ;  true  character  of 
the  party,  511;  schism  increased, 
vi.  16,  136  ;  secessions  to  Pitt 
(1794),  vii.  33;  disputes  that  fol- 
lowed, 42  sqq. 

Whig  Club,  Dublin,  vi.  458,  471; 
Northern  Whig  Club,  Belfast,  463 

Whiteboys:  origin,  ii.  316,  372,  iv. 
351 ;  first  proceedings  ;  character 
of  outrages,  353 ;  object,  354 ;  mur- 
ders, 356 ;  paralyzed  law,  358 ; 
pseudo  -  Whiteboys,  359  ;  attacks 
on  clergy,  360;  outrages  not  sec- 
tarian, 361  sqq. ;  denounced  by 
Catholic  clergy,  365  sg. ;  Protestants 
among  Whiteboys,  365  ?i. ;  deser- 
tion of  Catholic  chapels,  367 ;  real 
causes  of  outbreak,  ib. ;  measures 
against,  369;  hunting  Whiteboys, 
370;  Whiteboy  Act,  1787,  vi.  408. 
See  Ireland,  1760-1778 

Whitefleld,  George  :  early  life  and 
character,  ii.  600;  visits  Georgia, 
605;  preaching  in  England,  610; 
field-preaching,  611  ;  among  coll- 
iers, ib.;  in  London,  613;  charac- 
ter and  genius,  ib. ;  failings,  614 ; 
position  in  the  Church,  615;  elo- 
quence as  a  popular  preacher,  617 
sqq. ;  effects  on  his  hearers,  631 ; 
matter  of  his  discourses,  623;  in- 
fluence on  religious  revival,  684; 
Calvinism :  disputes  with  Wesley, 
636 ;  esteem  for  Wesley,  ib. ;  asceti- 
cism, 641 ;  the  earthquake  alarm  of 
1750,  647;  expeditions  to  America, 
653  ;  advocated  slavery,  654 ;  work 
in  Wales,  658 ;  in  Scotland,  660 ; 
satirized  by  Pope,  669  ;  influence 
on  upper  classes,  670 

White,  Richard:   first  to  report   ap- 

f roach   of    Hoehe's  expedition    to 
reland,  vii.  257 ;  made  Lord  Ban- 
try  for  his  services,  258 
Whitworth  (ambassador  to  Russia); 


11 


Questions  Upon  the  Specimen  Page  of  the  Index  to 
Harvard  Classics  (Dr.  Eliot's  Five-Foot  Shelf) 

A  Work  in  Fifty  Volumes 

1.  This  work  is  in  fifty  volumes.  Almost  all  of  the  last  volume  is  required 
for  the  index. 

2.  Note  carefully  the  following  items: 

The  volume  is  not  repeated  every  time  reference  is  made  to  it. 

The  references  are  sub-arranged  alphabetically  in  this  index;  under  "Books," 
for  example,  a  reference  to  what  "Confucius"  says  about  books  is  sub-arranged 
under  C,  what  "Locke"  says,  under  L,  etc. 

Volumes  are  given  in  Roman  numerals,  and  pages  in  Arabic  numbers. 

A  dash  between  pages  indicates  the  number  of  pages  included  in  the  ref- 
erence, thus  471-8  would  mean  from  page  471  to  page  478. 

3.  Give  the  volumes  and  pages  for  the  following: 

a.  Under  Books,  sub-alphabetical  under  "t"  find  "transcripts  of  their 
times"  and  give  volume  referred  to.  Which  pages  give  the  longest  consecutive 
reference? 

b.  What  volume  and  page  is  referred  to  for  "prefaces"  of  books? 

c.  Give  volume  and  pages  for  Locke  on  books  for  children. 

d.  In  the  second  column  of  the  index,  under  "Bors,  Sir,"  find  volume  and 
pages  for  "Temptation  of." 

e.  Under  "Borgia,  Caesar,"  find  volume  and  pages  for  "Guido  Ubaldo 
and." 


12 


Study  the  questions  which  draw  out  the  arrangement  of  this  index  to  a 
work  in  fifty  volumes 

A  specimen  entry  from  the  index  at  tiie  back  of  the  last  or  the  fiftieth  volume  of 
Harvard  Classics  (Dr.  Eliot's  Five-foot  shelf) 

Use  of  plate  granted  by  the  courtesy  of  the  publishers. 
Copyrighted  by  P.  F.  Collier  &  Son. 


GENERAL   INDEX 


165 


Book,  custom  of  saving  by  the, 
XXXV,   387 

Book-keeping    (see    Accounting) 

Book-Worms,    The,   vi,    277 

Books,  Montaigne's  Essay  on,  xxxii, 
89-105 

Books,  Bacon  on,  iii,  58;  Browne 
on,  285-6,  289  (24);  Carlyle  on, 
XXV,  379,  381,  389-90;  censorship 
of  (see  Censorship) ;  Channing  on, 
xxviii,  349-51;  Confucius  on,  xhv, 
:o  (9);  Ecclesiastes  on,  354  (12); 
Emerson  on,  v,  8-12,  97,  122,  183-4; 
Epictetus  on,  ii,  170  (145); 
Goethe  on,  xix,  28,  45-6;  Heminge 
on  fate  of,  xxxix,  155;  Hobbes 
on,  xxxiv  339-40;  Hume  on  use 
of,  xxxvii,  395  (9) ;  Locke  on,  for 
children,  140-3;  Milton  on,  iii, 
202-3,  210-12,  214;  Mewman  on 
education  by,  xxviii,  31-8;  Pascal 
on,  xlviii,  123  note  9,  417;  Pliny 
on,  ix,  244;  prefaces  of,  xxxix,  3; 
Rousseau  on,  xxxiv,  303-4;  Ras- 
kin on,  xxviii,  99-1 17.  120-1, 
130-1,  141;  Ruskin  on,  for  girls, 
155-7;  tested  by  durability,  xxxix, 
218-19;  transcripts  of  their  times, 
433-40>  460-1  (see  also  Read- 
ing) 

Boorde,  Andrew,  verses  from^  xxxv, 
304  note 

Bootes,  constellation,  xx,  417  note 
5;   mentioned   by    Homer,  xxii,    78 

Booth,  M.  L.,  translator  of  Pascal, 
xlviii 

Border    Ballad,   by    Scott,    xli,    764 

Boreas,     Orithea     and,     xxvii,     284; 


Virgil  on,  xiii,   79,    140 

ife     of     "' 
291,   295-6 


Borghild,     wife 


Sigmund,     xlix. 


Borgia,  Caesar,  son  of  Pope  Alex- 
ander, xxxvi,  15;  cruelty  of,  56; 
Countess  of  Forli  and,  75;  Guido 
Ubaldo  and,  74;  Macaulay  on, 
xxvii,  408-9;  Machiavelli  on, 
xxxvi,  24-30;  Oliverotto  and,  33; 
troops  of,  48 
Borgia,    Lucretia,    Lines   on    Hair 

OF,  xli,  929 
Borgnv,     wife      of      Sigmund      (see 

Borghild) 
Borgny,  wife  of  Vilmund,  xlix,  457-9 
Borgoignon,      Nicolas,      xxxiii,      263 

note 
Borgoo,  the  negroes  of,  v,  207i8 
Boric    Acid,    as    antiseptic,    xxxviii, 

400-1 
Born,  Bertrand  de,  in  Dante's  Hell, 

XX,    120   note 
Borneil,   Giraud   de,   xx,    255   note    3 
Bornoos,  language   of,  v,  208 
Boron,     Robert    de,    xxxv,    io8 
Borromeo,     Federigo,     in     The     Be- 
trothed,    xxi,     367-76;     Abbondio 
and,    433-44;    Lucia    and.    413-18, 
432;  in  Milan  famine,  477-9.  486; 


in  plague,  526,  548-9,  552.  554-S; 
unnamed    and,    377-88 

Borrow,  George,  and  the  Gypsies,  v, 
448 

Borrowing,  Emerson  on,  v,  99-100; 
Shakespeare    on,    xlvi,     102 

Bors,  Sir,  in  The  Holy  Grail,  at 
the  abbey,  xxxv,  181-2;  birds, 
omen  of,  172,  181-2;  at  Carbonek 
Castle,  218-21;  at  Carteloise 
(Tastle,  200-2;  chastity  of,  168, 
172;  Galahad  and,  no,  114.  190- 
I,  218,  225;  gentlewoman  and, 
176-7;  hermit  and,  171-2;  lady's 
champion,  172-5;  Lancelot  and, 
226;  Lionel  and,  176,  183-7;  I'er- 
civale  and,  187-8,  225-6;  at  Sar- 
ras,  223-4;  in  ship  of  Faith,  192, 
200;  temptation  of,  178-81;  visions 
of,  173-4,  182;  wounded  knight 
rescued  by,  207 

Borsiere,  Guglielmo,  xx,  69  and 
note    4 

Bortolo,  in  The  Betrothed  (see 
Castagneri),    xxi 

Bos,  Abbe  du,  on  painting  and 
poetry,     xxiv,    54 

Bosanquet,  F.  C.  T.,  reviser  oi 
Pliny,   ix 

Bosola,  Daniel  de,  in  Duchess  of 
Malfi,  Antonio  and,  xlvii,  740, 
746-8,  810-11;  Cardinal  and,  722- 
3,  799-800,  805-6,  812-14;  Cas- 
truccio  and,  737-8;  death  of,  815; 
Delio  and,  769;  Duchess  and, 
727-8,  739,  741-2,  744,  762-3,  764- 
7,  773-4.  775-6,^  777-8o,  785-9. 
792-3;  Ferdinand  and,  728-30, 
756-7.  769.  776-7.  780-1,  789-92. 
797-8,  814;  Julia  and,  800-2;  old 
lady  and,  738-9,  743-4 

Bosquet,      M.,      on      cirripedes,      xi, 

Bossu,  Le,  epic  code  of,  xxxix,  405; 

on  heroes   of  poetry,    xiii,    24 
Bossuet,    on    Cromwell,    xxxix,    396; 

Sainte-Beuve,    History     of,    xxxu, 

131-2;    Taine    on,    xxxix,    452 
Bostock,   Mr.,   Walton  on,   xv,    414^ 

422-3 
Boston    Hymn,    xiii,    1313-16 
Boston    News-Letter,    1-rankhn    on, 

i,    20 
Boswell,    James,     remarks    on    Ltfe 

of  Johnson,   by,  xxvii,    164;  Burns 

on,  vi,  327  note  i ;  Thackeray  on, 

xxviii,    7 
Boswell,     Robert     Bruce,     translator 

of    PHyEDKA,    XXvi.     I23  ,     ^,         , 

Botallus,    on    circulation    of    blood, 

xxxviii,    98 
Botany,    Emerson   on    science   of,   v, 

307;    Locke    on    study    of,    xxxvii. 

Botany    Bay,    morality    of    children 
of,  v,    255         _         . 
I    Botero,    Giovanni,   xxi,    407 


13 


Index  of  authors.    Index  of  first  lines.    Index  of  titles. 

The  following  specimen  pages  are  taken  from  the  indexes  of  a  book  entitled 
"Every  day  in  the  Year,"  compiled  by  James  Ford.  Each  one  of  them  indexes 
a  poem  by  H.  C.  Banner,  entitled  "The  last  of  the  new  year's  callers,"  the  first 
line  of  which  is,  "The  door  is  shut — I  think  the  fine  old  face." 

Consult  the  "author  index"  and  tell  how  many  other  poems  by  the  same 
author  are  included  in  the  book. 

All  first  line  indexes  are  arranged  with  reference  to  the  very  first  word  of  the 
line,  even  though  that  word  be  an  article,  as  "The,"  "A,"  or  "An;"  words  fol- 
lowing an  article  are  in  sub-alphabetical  order.  Find  the  first  line,  "The  door 
is  shut,  I  think  the  fine  old  face,"  in  the  "index  of  first  lines,"  and  give  the  page. 

A  "title  index"  always  disregards  the  article.  Find  the  title  of  this  poem, 
"The  last  of  the  new  year's  callers,"  in  the  "title  index"  and  tell  how  the  entry 
indicates  that  the  title  properly  begins  with  "The." 


Specimen  Entry  from  Ford:    Every  Day  in  the  Year 

Copyrighted  by  Dodd,  Mead  &  Company 


INDEX    OF    AUTHORS. 


Addison,   Joseph 

Alcott,  Louisa  M 

Aldrich,    Thomas    B 

ALEXANDER,   Cecil  F 

Alston,    Joseph    Blynth 

Anonymous: 

(From  London  Punch) . 

(From  London  Punch), 


(From  London  Punch) . 
(From  London  Punch). 


(.Old    Ballad) 


258 
113 

16 
17 
19 
35 
37 
57 
62 
89 

100 

{Old    Ballad) 115 

135 

(Old    Ballad) 143 

(From  London  Punch) 16G 

108 

179 

(Old    Ballad) 188 

(From  London  Punch) 220 

(Old    Ballad) 225 

226 

(Old    Ballad) 238 

243 

260 

272 

(Old    Ballad) 279 

283 

(From    London   Spectator)  .. .   285 

(Old    Ballad) 303 

307 

319 

(From  Rivington's  Gasette)  . .   332 

(From    Naval    Songster) 345 

(Old    Ballad) 351 

354 

367 

387 

410 

(From  London  Public  Opinion) 

413 

417 

(Old    Ballad) 418 

Arnold,  Edwin 222 

Matthew 4,  54,  92,  99,  197 

Anne 245 

126 


Arnold, 
Askew, 
Austin,   Alfred 

Aytoun,  W.  E 

43,  45, 


'5,  123,  168,  256,  287 


301 


Beatty,    Pakenham 215, 

Beaumont,    Francis 50, 

Becker,    Charlotte 

Bell,    Maurice 

Bennett,    Henry 

Bensell,    James    Berry 

Benton,    Joel 44, 

Betts,    Craven    L, 15,    16, 

58,  64,   79,   130,   135,  172,  238,  271,   354, 

Bierce,    Ambrose 

Blackie,   John    Stuart 203, 

Boker,  George  H 

53,   144,   164,   176,   193,   234,   297,   361, 

BolEyn,    Anne 

Bouve,   Thomas  Tracy 

Bo WKER,   R.    R 

Bowles,  William  Lisle 

Bridges,  Robert 276, 

Brodie,  Erasmus  H 

Brown,    Irene    Fowler 

Browne,   Francis  F 

Browne,    H.   J.    D 

Browne,     Irving 

Brownell,   Henry  Howard 

Browning,  Elizabeth  Barrett 

48,  136,  170,  210,  217, 

Browning,  Robert 7,  104,  134, 

Bryant,   Cullen,   William 

58,  105,  135,  154, 
Buckingham,   Duke  oe. — See   George 

Villiers. 

BuNNER,   H.   C 3,   74,   137, 

Burns,   Robert 214, 

Burroughs,   Althea   S 

Byron,    Lord 24,   26,   108,   137, 

164,    172,    201,    205,    237,    244,    248,    273, 

276,    307,    320,    323,   332,    362,    363,    403, 


417 
354 


405 


Campbell,    Thomas 102,   335,   393 

Carman,    Bliss 9,  358 

Carryl,  Guy  Wetmore 282 

Gary,    Phoebe Ill,  273 

Case,    Rev.   W 338 

Churchill,   Charles 395 

Clare,  John 167 

Clarke,   Joseph   I.   C 27,   52,  346 

Coleridge,    Hartley 99,  343 

Coleridge,  Samuel  Taylor 192,  256,  288 

Collins,  Mortimer 101 

Collins,    William 290 

Collyer,  Robert 339 

Cone,  Joe 88.   190,  318 

CooLBRiT'H,   In  A  D 202,  274 


14 


Specimen  Entry  from 
Ford:     Every  Day  in  the  Year 

Copyrighted  by  Dodd,  Mead  &  Company 


INDEX  OF  FIRST  LINES. 


429 


Queen  of  the  lute  and  lay!  whose  song  of  yore, 

163. 
Quietly,    like   a   child,   265. 


Rare 


the   last   from   vernal   Hellas   sent, 


"Read  out  the  names!"  and  Burke  sat  back,  52. 
Rear  high  thy  bleak  majestic  hills,  250. 
Remember  us  poor   Mayers  all!   143. 
Revered,  beloved — O  you  that  hold,  172. 
Rhymers  and   writers  of  our  day,   316. 
Rid  of  the  World's  injustice,  and  his  pain,  59. 
Right  on  our  flank  the  crimson  sun  went  down; 

63. 
Ring  out,  wild  bells,  to  the  wild  sky,  421. 
Ring  the  bells,  nor  ring  them  slowly;  271. 
Rise,  honest  Muse!  and  sing  the  Man  of  Ross: 

see. 

Roll  forth  my  song,  like  the  rushing  river,  209. 
Roman    Virgil,    thou    that    singest    Ilions    lofty 

temples  robed  in  fire,  317. 
Round   Quebec's   embattled  walls,   420. 
Santa   Ana   came   storming,    as   a   storm   might 

come;  70. 
Sambre  and  Maese  their  waves  may  join;   299. 
Scarce  grown  to  womanhood,  to  die  a  Queen! 

220. 
Scots,  wha  hae  wi*  Wallace  bled —  215. 
Sea-king's  daughter   from  over  the  sea,   77. 
Secure  in  his  prophetic  strength,  379. 
Shade  of  our  greatest,  O  look  down  today!  233. 
Shake   off   your   heavy   trance,    50. 
Shall   pride  a  heap  of  sculptured  marble  raise, 

89. 
Shall    I   strew   on   thee  rose   or   rue   or   laurel, 

296. 
She  has  gone  to  the  bottom!  the  wrath  of  the 

Tide,    207. 
"She  is  dead"  they  say;   "she  is  robed  for  the 

grave;    there  are   lilies   upon   her   breast; 

249. 
She  is  far  from  the  land  where  her  young  hero 

sleeps,    315. 
Shout  for  the  mighty  men,  268. 
Shut  fast  the   door!      Let  not  one  vulgar  din, 

Silence  and   Solitude  may  hint,   152. 

Silent  it  stands,  the  shrine  within  whose  walls, 

220. 
Since   thou   art   dead,    Clifton,   the   world   may 

see,    354. 
Sing,    bird,    on    green    Missouri's    plain,    272. 
Sing  out,  and  with  rejoicing  bring,   414. 
Sir,  I   desire  you  to  do  me  right  and  justice; 

211. 
So   fallen!    so  lost!   the  light  withdrawn,    73. 
So    fell    our    statesman — for    he    stood    sublime, 

17. 
Some   in   the   promise   of   an   early   prime,    166. 
Some   opulent   force  of  genius,   soul   and  race, 

44. 
Son   of  the   Brittannia's   isle,   29. 
Souls    of   the   patriot    dead,    197. 
Spain's    hour   has   struck.      No   more   her   flag, 

130. 
Spare  all  who  yield;  alas,  that  we  must  pierce 

one    English    heart    for    England!   215 
Spruce  Macaronis,   and  pretty  to  see,  289. 
Sprung    from    the    blood    of    Israel's    scattered 

race,   4. 
,St.  Anthony  at  church.  19. 
St   Patrick,  slave  to  Milcho  of  the  herds,  1. 
St.    Stephen's    cloistered    hall    was    proud,    337. 
"Stack  Arms!"  We  gladly  heard  the  cry,  112. 


Stand!    the    ground's    your    own,    my    braves! 

204. 
States  are  not  great,  342. 
Statesman,    I   thank   thee!    and,    if  yet  dissent, 

15. 
Steadfast   as   sorrow,    fiery   sad,   and   sweet,   81. 
Still   and   dark   along  the   sea,   287. 
Still    onward    swept    the    hurricane    of    strife, 

400. 
Stop   Christian   passers-by — stop   child   of   God, 

255. 
Stop,  Mortal!  Here  thy  brother  lies —  390. 
Straight  to  his  heart  the  bullet  crushed;   127. 
Sturdy   saint   militant,   stout   genial    soul,    35. 
Sweet  heart,  that  no  taint  of  the  throne  or  the 

stage,   372. 
"Sweet    is    the    holiness    of    Youth" —   so   felt, 

235. 
Sweet  scented  flowers  on  beauty's  grave,  93. 
Swift  to  the  dust  descends  each  honored  name, 

68. 
Sunset  and   evening  star,   329. 
Take  away  that  star  and  garter —  123. 
Take  back  into  thy  bosom.   Earth,   147. 
Tell  ye  the  story  far  and  wide,  88. 
That   Charles   himself  might  chase,   33. 
That  high-gifted  man,  237. 

Then  came  a  bloody  battle  in  the  clouds —  384. 
The  actor's  dead,   and   memory  alone,   192. 
The  angel  came  by  night,  411. 
The  banner  of  freedom   high  floated   unfurled, 

351. 
The  bark  that  held  a  prince  went  down,  386. 
The  billowy  headlands  swiftly  fly,  90. 
The  boy  stood   on  the  burning  deck,   262. 
The  branches  creaked  on  the  garret  roof,  47. 
The  breaking  waves  dashed  high,   408. 
The  castle_  clock  had   tolled  midnight,   33. 
The    captain    of   the    Shannon    came    sailing   up 

the  bay,  187. 
The    cold    hands    call    upon    abysmal    Gloom: 

141. 
The  Danube  to  the  Severn  gave,  310. 
The    door    is   shut — I    think    the    fine    old    face, 

S. 
The  fan  no  longer  flutters,  327. 
The  figure  that  thou  here  seest  put,  134. 
The  first  great  fight  of  the  war  is  fought!  142. 
The   forest   leaves   lay  scattered  cold   and   dead, 

343. 
The  fourteenth  of  July  had  come,  243. 
The   ghostly   wind   of  Weber's   northern   pines, 

65. 
"The  glorious  days  of  September,  298. 
The  guardian  pines  upon  the  hill,  300. 
The    guns    are    hushed.      On   every    field    once 

flowing,  180. 
The    heart    of    Merrie    England    sang    in    thee, 

351. 
The  heart  leaps  with  the  pride  of  their  storv, 

229. 
The    last    and    greatest    Herald    of    Heaven's 

King,  217. 
The  lightning  rends  the  goodly  tree,   97. 
The  Man  who  fiercest  charged  in  fight,  157. 
The     morning     of     the     launch     was     fair     and 

bright,   138. 
Thy    marvelous     genius,    perfect    as    the    sun, 

242. 
The  news  frae  Moidart  cam'  yestreen,  262. 
The    New- World's    sweetest    singer!    Time   may 

lay,   64. 
The  play  is  done — the  curtain  drops,  415. 


16 


Specimen  Entry  from 
Ford:    Every  Day  in  the  Year 

Copyrighted  by  Dodd,  Mead  &  Company 


436 


INDEX  OF  TITLES. 


In  Memoriam — J.  O A.  B.  Watrous 

In   Memoriam — Prince   Leopold 

H.  Halloran 
In  Memory  of  Barry  Cornwall 

A.  C.  Swinburne 
In   Memory   of   I^ewis   Carroll 

From    London    Punch 
In  Memory  of  Walter  Savage  Landor 

A.  C.  Sv.inburne 
In     the     Land     Where     We     Were 

Dreaming    D.   B.   Lucas 

In  the  Round  Tower  at  Jhansi 

C.  G.  Rossetti 

Inkerman R.    C.    Trench 

Inscription      for      a      Monument     at 

Vimeiro R.     Southey 

International   Episode,   An C.  Duer 

I    Remember,    I    Remember T.   Hood 

Ivry   T.  B.  Macaulay 

J.  B H.  C.  Bunner 

Jackson   at   New   Orleans W.   Rice 

Fames    McCosh R.    Bridges 

Jefferson  Davis H.  L.  Peck 

fena F.    S.    Saltus 

[ohn  A.  Andrews L.  C.  Moulton 

fohn    Brown Ironquill 

fohn  George  Nicolay R.   IV.   Gilder 

John    Henry    Newman E.    Gosse 

John  Mitchell /.  B.  O'Reilly 

Toseph    Rodman   Drake F.  Halleck 

Fudas  The   Second F.  S.  Saltus 

Kearsarge,  The J.  J.  Roche 

Keats C.    L.    Belts 

Keats E.   H.   Brodie 

Keenan's    Charge G.    P.    Lathrop 

Kidnapping  of  Sims,  The J.  Pierpont 

Killing    of    Macbeth    (Macbeth,    Act 

\',    Scene   8) W.   Shakespeare 

Kilmarnock's  Lament Old  Ballad 

King   Henry   V   at   Harfleur    (Henry 

V,  Act  III,  Scene  l)..If'.  Shakespeare 
Kinship  of  the  Celt,  The.../.  /.  C.  Clarke 

Kitchen    May-Dav    Song Old   Ballad 

Kitty   Clive C.   Churchill 

Lady    Franklin Elisabeth    Whittier 

Lady  Penelope  Clifton F.  Beaumont 

Lament  for   Sir  Philip  Sidney,  ilf.  Roy  den 
Lament  of  Anne  Boleyn  on  the  F;ve 

of  Her   Execution A.  Boleyn 

Lamentable     Ballad    of    the     Bloody 

Brook,    The E.    E.    Hale 

Landing    of    the    Pilgrim    Fathers    in 

New  England,   The F.  Hemans 

Last  Ccesar,  The T.  B.  Aldrich 

Last  of  the  New  Year's  Callers,  The 

H.  C.  Bunner 

Latimer    and    Ridley W.    Wordsworth 

Laud W.    Wordsworth 

Laundhing    of    Cortez'     Ships,    The 

(From  "The  Conquest  of  Mexico") 

K.  Cornwallis 

Laus  Deo 7.   G.    Whittier 

Lay  of  the  Brave  Cameron,   The 

/.   S.   Blackie 

Lead,   Kindly   Light J.  H.   Newman 

Leconte  de  Lisle E.   Gosse 

Leonidas G.     Croly 

Lillian  Adelaide   Neilson C.   Scott 

Little  Church  Round  the  Corner,  The 

A.   B.   Lancaster 

Little  Dead  Prince,  A D.  M.  Craik 

Lines   P.  B.  Shelley 


Lines  on  a  Late  Hospicious   Ewent 

W.  M.  Thackeray  143 
Lines  on  the  Death  of  Gen.  Joseph 

Reed    P.    Freneau  68 

Lines  on  the  Death  of  Sheridan. T.  Moore  237 
Lines   on   the    Prince   of    Wales 

H.    Frederick  56 

Lines   Upon   Himself R.   Herrick  341 

Logan  at   Peach   Tree   Creek.. H.   Garland  250 

Lohengrin A.    E.    Watrous  291 

Longfellow C.  L.  Betts  64 

Lord  Chatham W.  Cowper  159 

Loss  of  the  Birkenhead,  The.F.  H.  Doyle  63 
Loss    of    the    Emigrants,    The 

J.    B.    O'Reilly  101 

Loss  of  the  Eurydice,  The E.  Gosse  94 

Lost    Leader,    The R.    Broivning  104 

Louis    Napoleon Oscar    Wilde  188 

Louisa  May  Alcott L.  C.  Moulton  70 

M.   Carnot's   Death J.  I.  Ingham  215 

Madame    Roland Anon  367 

Madcap  April T.  Jenks  101 

Mahogany  Tree,  The...H^.  M.   Thackeray  414 

Mahomet S.    T.    Coleridge  192 

Man  of  Ross,   The A.  Pope  366 

Manila  Bay H.  E.   W.,  Jr.  142 

Manassas C.    M.    Warfield  253 

Man's  Name,  A R.  Realf  39 

Marathon    (From  "Childe  Harold") 

Lord  Byron  323 

Marco   Bozzaris Fits-Green  Halleck  280 

Mario F.  S.  Saltus  399 

Martyrdom   of   St.    Lucy,   The Neale  401 

Martyrdom     of    the     Archbishop     of 

Paris,  The J.  M.  Neale  218 

Mary  Queen  of  Scots....  H^.   Wordsworth  163 

Maryland    Battalion,    The.  .J.    W.    Palmer  289 

Massacre  at   Scio,   The W.   C.  Bryant  105 

Maximilian J.    G.    Saxe  206 

Memorial  Dav Cy.   Warman  181 

Men  Behind  the  Guns,  The.  .7.  7.  Rooney  230 

Men  of  Monomoy,  The 7.   Cone  88 

Men  of  the   Merrimac,  The...C.   Scollard  189 
Men    of   the    North    and    West 

R.    H.    Stoddard  117 

Mercedes T.    W.    Parsons  220 

Michael  Angelo  Buonarotti.  .C.  P.  Cranch  71 

Michael  the  Archangel D.  M.   Craik  324 

Miles  Keoghs'  Horse 7.  Hay  219 

Millais's   "Huguenots"   From  the 

London  Spectator  285 

Milton E.  Myers  396 

Milton C.  L.  Betts  396 

Milton's    Sonnets 7.    Milton  397 

Minute  Men  of  Northboro,  The..H>'.  Rice  129 

Mirabeau  Dying W.  R.   Wallace  103 

Miss    Nightingale A.    Smith  163 

Mollie   Pitcher K.   B.   Sherwood  221 

Montefiorc A.    Bierce  349 

Monterey C.     F.     Hoffman  321 

Montgomery   at   Quebec C.    Scollard  420 

Mother  and   Poet E.  B.  Browning  48 

Mozart's   Requiem F.  Hemans  394 

Mrs.    Hemans B.   Hallock  163 

Murder     of     Darnley,     The     (From 

"Bothwell")    W.  E.  Aytoun  43 

Murder  of  Riccio,  The W.  E.  Aytoun  76 

Murder  of  the  Princes  in  the  Tower 

(Rich.   Ill,  Act  IV,   Scene  3) 

W.  Shakespeare  279 

Nameless  One,  The 7.   C.   Mangan  209 

Napoleon R.    W.    Gilder  152 

Napoleon F.    S.    Saltus  278 


16 


Questions  for 
Parts  of  a  Book 

Student's  name Per  cent 

Teacher's  name Hour  reciting Date 

Have  you  read  the  directions  on  the  back  of  this  cover?     Answer  yes  or  no. 

1 — a.     Where  is  the  copyright  date  usually  entered  in  a  book? 

b.  From  what  office,  located  where,  is  a  copyright  secured? 

c.  For  how  long  a  time  does  a  copyright  protect  the  owner,  and  what  does  it  cost? 

d.  If  the  date  below  the  publisher's  name  is  later  than  the  copyright  date,  has  the  book  as  a 
whole  been  revised,  or  merely  reprinted  at  the  later  date? 

2 — In  what  part  of  a  book  does  an  author  usually  state  his  reasons  for  writing  it? 


10 — Are  maps  and  illustrations  usually  in  alphabetical  order,  or  in  the  order  in  which  they  appear 
in  the  book? 

11 — Which  should  one  consult,  the  Table  of  contents,  or  the  index,  for: 

a.  A  general  outline  of  the  subject  treated  in  a  book? 

b,  A  page  for  some  item  in  the  book? 

12 — One  reference  from  the  specimen  page  of  the  index  to  Lecky's  England  in  the  eighteenth 
century  reads  as  follows: 

Whitefieid,  George:  early  life  and  character;  II:  600;  visits  Georgia,  605;  in  Londoii, 
613;  character  and  genius,  ib. 
Give  the  volume  and  page  for  the  last  reference. 


3 — Where  is  the  index  usually  placed  when  the  work  is  in :  -o 

a.    One  volume?  -, 


c 


b.  In  two  or  more  volumes  (unless  the  set  is  very  large)?  -o 

c.  In  a  work  of  an  unusually  large  number  of  volumes?  ^ 

"3 
x: 
4 — Is  an  index  ever  found  at  the  front  of  a  volume? 

5 — Is  an  index  always  in  one  alphabet,  or  are  there  sometimes  separate  indexes  for  separate  topics? 

6 — If  an  index  refers  to  pages  in  Roman  numerals,  would  the  reference  be  likely  to  be  found  in  the         ^ 
front  of  the  book,  or  in  the  main  body  of  the  book?  ^ 

'« 

7 — James  Rowland  Sill's  poem  entitled  "The  Fool's  Prayer,"  the  first  line  of  which  is  "The  royal  %. 

feast  was  done,"  is  in  a  number  of  collections  of  poems.     To  what  word  in  alphabetical 
order  should  one  turn  to  find  the  poem  through :  23 

a.     At  tie  index?  b.     An  author  index?  c.     A  first  line  index?  .S 

8— What  do  the  following  mean?  g, 

a.  ib.     (or  ibid)  4) 

b.  sq.  (sometimes  seq.;  plural  sqq.,  sometimes  seqq.),  also  f.  (plural  ff.)  a» 

Q 

c.  What  is  sometimes  used  between  pages  to  show  that  the  reference  includes  all  the  inter-  E 

vening  pages?  g 

© 

9 — If  an  index  has  some  special  features  or  abbreviations  not  common  to  all  indexes,  where  are         "O 
they  usuallj'  explained?  S 


Directions  for  Using 
Perforated  Page  of  Questions  and  Key 

Which  appear  on  the  reverse  side  of  this  cover 

The  questions  which  appear  on  the  reverse  side  of  this  cover,  on  a  perforated 
colored  sheet,  are  not  difficult,  detailed  or  "catchy."  They  are  intended  to 
emphasize  important  points  and  to  systematize  the  work  for  class  records.  The 
answers,  which  can  easily  be  given  after  the  text  has  been  carefully  read,  should 
be  written,  from  memory,  in  the  blank  spaces  under  the  questions,  preferably  in 
class  time  unless  directed  to  do  otherwise  by  the  one  in  charge  of  the  work. 

The  perforated  sheet  should  be  torn  out  in  the  presence  of  the  one  conduct- 
ing the  class  and  only  after  it  has  been  filled  in.  When  directed  to  remove  the 
questions,  insert  pencil  in  the  hole  and  rip  around  the  perforated  edges. 

A  key,  by  means  of  which  the  work  can  be  checked,  is  printed  on  the  cover 
under  the  question  page,  but  is  not  revealed  until  after  the  question  page  is 
removed.  This  key  consists  of  the  same  questions,  with  the  correct  answer 
to  each  printed  below  it. 

The  value  of  each  question,  on  the  scale  of  100,  is  indicated  after  the  answer 
in  the  key.  By  means  of  this  key,  students  could  correct  their  own  or  each 
other's  work  in  a  few  moments,  in  case  the  librarian  or  teacher  could  not  take 
the  extra  time  to  do  so. 

If  the  one  who  corrects  the  paper  finds  an  incorrect  answer,  the  amount  to  be 
deducted  should  be  placed  on  the  outer  right-hand  margin,  near  the  mistake. 
These  amounts  should  be  added,  the  sum  subtracted  from  100,  and  the  result 
placed  after  the  word  "Per  cent."  at  the  top  of  the  sheet. 

The  questions  are  asked  in  such  a  way  as  to  admit  of  very  little  variety  in  the 
wording  of  the  answers.  However,  if  the  wording  of  a  written  answer  is  mani- 
festly correct,  and  perfectly  clear,  but  not  exactly  like  the  printed  answer,  of 
course  no  deduction  should  be  made.  Do  not  deduct  for  spelling,  nor  for 
abbreviated  statements  if  they  are  perfectly  clear. 

If  the  one  who  corrects  a  paper  marks  a  question  wrong  which  the  writer 
considers  correct,  the  two  should  examine  the  key  together,  or  ask  advice  from 
the  one  in  charge  of  the  class. 


Reference  Guides 

That  Should  be  Known  and 
How  to  Use  Them 


By 
Florence  M.  Hopkins 

Librarian 

Central    High   School   and   Junior   College 

Detroit,  Michigan 


This  Pamphlet  Pertains  to 
Atlases  —  City  Directories —  Gazetteers 


TIME  REQUIRED 
Two   class    periods    and 
Preparation   of   one   lesson 


THE    WILLARD     COMPANY 

479  SIXTH  STREET 

DETROIT  '  MICHIGAN 


Copyright 

by 

FLORENCE  M.  HOPKINS 

19  19 


Foreword 


This  pamphlet  is  one  of  a  series  on  the  use  of  reference  books.  The  complete 
series  constitutes  a  second  edition  of  "Reference  guides  that  should  be  known  and 
how  to  use  them,"  which  first  appeared  in  1916  as  a  text  book  for  high  and  normal 
schools. 

The  revision  treats  important  phases  of  reference  work  in  separate  pamphlets, 
thus  making  it  possible  to  grade  the  work,  or  to  select  the  pamphlets  best  fitted  to 
meet  individual  needs.  Generally  speaking,  any  one  of  the  pamphlets  can  be 
completed  in  two  class  periods  plus  time  for  the  preparation  of  one  lesson  be- 
tween recitations. 

The  entire  course  could  be  completed  by  advanced  students  in  five  or  six 
weeks  of  one  class  and  study  period  per  day.  The  work  can  also  be  scattered 
in  different  years.  If  one  subject  per  term  were  given  in  consecutive  order  to 
English  classes,  in  high  schools,  beginning  with^the  B8  of  junior  high  and  ex- 
tending through  the  A12  of  senior  high,  the  work  could  be  covered  in  two  or 
three  class  and  study  periods  per  term;  or,  if  familiarity  with  reference  books  is 
desired  early  in  the  school  course,  the  most  important  subjects  could  be  crowded 
into  the  early  high  school  grades.  The  order  in  which  the  subjects  of  the  pamph- 
lets are  listed  below  suggests  a  logical  sequence,  whether  the  work  is  given 
slowly  or  rapidly  or  to  lower  or  to  upper  grade  students. 

1 — Webster's  New  International  Dictionary 

2 — New  Standard  Dictionary 

3 — Encyclopaedias 

4 — Parts  of  a  book 

5 — Atlases;  city  directories;  gazetteers 

6— Concordances 

7 — Library  classification  and  card  catalogue 

8 — Indexes  to  periodical  literature 

9 — Year-books 
10 — Commercial  indexes 
11 — Important  publications  of  city,  state  and  federal  governments 

The  inclusion  of  specimen  pages  from  the  reference  books  studied  makes 
it  possible  for  each  student  to  follow  all  illustrative  examples  without  making  a 
trip  to  a  library  and  waiting  to  have  access  to  the  complete  reference  work. 
No  library  will  furnish  a  sufficient  number  of  copies  of  expensive  reference 
books  to  supply  large  classes  adequately  for  detailed  study;  neither  could  a 
library  afford  to  have  pages  in  expensive  reference  books  as  badly  worn  and 
marked  as  they  would  become  if  many  students  were  required  to  consult  them  for 
prepared  lessons. 


Experie^aee'  has  pto^f/^d'  tbkt  the  best  results  can  be  obtained  if  the  work  is 
begun  inr^guiar  ;cIass;recitatiohs  by  a  librarian  or  a  teacher  reading  the  text 
with  thcoliasfe.'  -  "ifc'ondWt'e'din'c'his  way,  no  previous  preparation  will  be  neces- 
sary, either  by  the  class  or  by  the  one  who  conducts  it.  As  the  reading  of  the 
text  proceeds,  it  will  be  seen  that  important  features  of  the  reference  books  studied 
are  emphasized  by  referring  to  the  sample  pages  embodied  in  the  text.  With  a 
little  class  direction  of  this  kind  the  students  can  readily  see  the  plan  of  the  text, 
and  can  finish  any  unread  pages  independently  as  an  assigned  lesson  for  the  next 
recitation.  In  classes  composed  of  advanced  students,  or  in  cases  of  absence, 
the  entire  work  could  be  done  independently. 

The  questions  on  the  colored  page  fastened  on  the  inside  of  the  last  cover 
are  designed  to  emphasize  important  points  and  to  systematize  the  work  for 
class  records.  Blank  spaces  are  left  under  the  questions  for  the  answers. 
When  the  questions  are  assigned  as  a  lesson  to  be  prepared  out  of  class,  and 
the  answers  are  written  from  memory  in  the  blank  spaces  during  the  class 
recitation  following,  the  points  are  more  thoroughly  impressed  than  they  are 
when  the  answers  are  written  before  coming  to  class,  while  having  direct  access 
to  the  text. 

A  key,  giving  the  answer  to  each  question,  together  with  its  value  on  the 
scale  of  100,  will  be  found  underneath  the  question  sheet  when  it  is  removed. 
By  means  of  this  key,  students  can  correct  their  own  or  another's  work  in 
a  few  minutes  of  class  time,  in  case  the  librarian  or  teacher  cannot  give 
extra  time  to  do  so. 

Schools  which  ask  a  leading  reference  question  in  final  examinations  find 
that  students  give  more  attention  to  the  work  and  therefore  learn  to  value  its 
importance. 

The  following  paragraphs  are  taken  from  the 
Foreword  of  the  First  Edition 

Possibly  the  best  way  of  presenting  the  points  which  it  is  hoped  this  series  of 
lessons  may  emphasize  is  to  quote  directly  from  the  preface  of  a  Bulletin  on 
"Library  instruction  in  universities,  colleges  and  normal  schools,"  from  the 
United  States  Bureau  of  Education,  1914 — No.  34. 

Many  educators  of  note,  as  well  as  college  and  university  librarians, 
have  emphasized  the  urgent  necessity  of  instruction  and  training  in 
"book-using  skill." 

The  place  of  the  library  in  the  work  of  all  departments  is  one  of 

increasing  importance.     The  library  is  a  resource  or  reservoir  from  which 

the  student  should  draw  constantly  for  information  and  inspiration. 

Every  month  of  delay  in  instructing  him  in  the  meaning 

and  use  of  the  library  lessens  the  efficiency  of  his  course. 

Every  new  student  should  be  required  to  take 
some  course  in  which  is  given  definite  practical  instruction  in  the 
handling  of  library  tools.  ....  Such  a  course,  more- 
over, should  not  only  be  required,  but  it  should  constitute  a  definite  part 
of  the  work  required  for  a  degree. 

2 


Atlases:  City  Directories:  Gazetteers 

The  preparation  of  maps  and  atlases  is  a  feature  by  itself  in  book  publishing. 
Special  atlases  for  particular  subjects,  and  general  atlases  for  ordinary  use  are 
needed.  We,  therefore,  have  atlases  for  astronomy;  railroads;  history;  commerce; 
and  many  other  subjects,  as  well  as  an  infinite  number  of  maps  for  the  world; 
different  countries;  different  sections  of  a  country;  counties;  cities;  road  maps. 

An  Atlas  Index 

An  atlas  index  guides  one  to  the  location  of  the  desired  place  on  the  map  by 
means  of  letters  and  numbers;  or,  in  geographical  atlases,  frequently  by  longi- 
tude and  latitude. 

Indexes  of  places  are  arranged  under  different  alphabetical  plans  in  different 
atlases,  as: 

a.  At  the  back  of  the  atlas;  all  places  in  one  general  alphabetical  order. 

b.  On  the  back  of  a  map;  places  on  that  map  only. 

c.  On  the  margins  of  a  map;  places  on  that  map  only. 

Rand,  McNally  and  Company  have  allowed  a  section  of  their  map 
of  Mississippi,  in  their  New  imperial  atlas,  to  be  slightly  adjusted  and 
reproduced  for  the  purpose  of  illustrating  the  plan  upon  which  an  atlas  index  is 
arranged.  Notice  that  capital  letters  appear  at  the  top  and  at  the  bottom  mar- 
gins of  the  map,  a  little  over  an  inch  apart,  and  that  numbers  appear  at  the  right 
and  at  the  left  margins.  (As  this  is  a  section  of  a  map,  the  capital  letters  at  the 
top  of  the  complete  map  are  pushed  down.)  By  means  of  letters  and  numbers, 
the  location  of  any  place  on  the  map  can  be  found.  Find  the  town  of  "Grafton" 
by  looking  within  a  radius  of  about  an  inch  from  the  point  where  an  imaginary 
line  from  "G"  at  the  top  to  "G"  at  the  bottom,  would  cross  an  imaginary  line 
from  "8"  at  the  right,  to  "8"  at  the  left.  The  spot  cannot  always  be  exactly 
located,  but  by  looking  in  all  directions  near  the  intersection  of  lines  as  indicated 
the  place  can  be  found.     Find  the  following: 

1.  Mathews  H-7  3.     Dexter:  Longitude  90  Latitude  31 

2.  Folsom  D-9  4.     Farnell  1-9 

Which  gives  a  closer  guide,  longitude  and  latitude,  or  letters  and  numbers? 

A  specimen  entry  of  the  alphabetical  index  to  the  complete  atlas  is  repro- 
duced. This  index  Usts  places  in  alphabetical  order  and  indicates  on  what  map 
they  can  be  located.  The  first  Princeton  mentioned  is  in  what  state?  The  last 
Princeton  mentioned,  which  is  just  above  Princeton  Depot,  is  in  what  state? 
How  are  the  states  sub-arranged?  The  population  is  given  at  the  left  of  the 
names.  What  was  the  population  of  Princeton,  Nebraska,  when  this  map  was 
published?     Find  Prentiss,  Mississippi,  in  the  index  and  locate  it  on  the  map. 

Though  an  atlas  index  usually  gives  population,  it  does  not  give  such  items 
as  the  length  of  a  river,  the  height  of  a  mountain,  the  area  of  a  state. 


specimen  Entry  from 

Rand-McNally:    New  Imperial  Atlas  of  the  World 

Adapted  from  Section  of  Map  of  Mississippi 

Copyright :    Rand-McNally  &  Company 


j-      :._ 


:W  L-l 


^ 


\^h 


i:&<a^$^. 


,>>  j_  -/ 


specimen  Entry  from  the  Index  to  the 
New  Imperial  Atlas  of  the  World 

Copyright:  Rand-McNally  &  Company 


a  ac 


3     i>  .  ..- 


•^  .^»^"; 


&,-«"»  fl>>>. 


jOQW 


<5b50 


_  o  o 

00^ 


I  a  a  a  a 

o  o  a;  OJ 

I  oj  a^  0)  (U 

3  3  3  3  3  3  3 


000      00000      0000000000000000     000000000     0000 

r^in   •     o   •   •    -o     000    -Mooootooin    -o   -o     oioto    •lo^ooio    •       •   -lOift 

—  oeM---H  i^-rj  ors  cm-         -^m  cmi^o         •         •    •      r^ 


o  £  a 

a  " 

3  5  — 

00  ? 


OT  U^O 


:h  : 


'    0 


tiil^'^  bl^i"^       ^~  rt"  O'^  4,    '^  C  g     r.H 

-   -  -'"     -■'13  °5°£i«5oo^-  .S"gj: 
i  U-S33  a  u  titi  DX3J3  0'^  (3 


;o  <:>  A 


5>; 


:^2^ 


P    O  O  O  O  m^ 


1333333: 


a  adds^'>^~ 
(icaa  017:5  >»  •> 
cap  ciig  <u  aa 

■333333333 


^       t^tvj  ^  — 


o.-io«oinM 


_■  ^  q 


3  ^ 
o  'S'  ^' 


fcOM  WWOO 

cj  0)  aj  a>  (u  oj  a> 

o  o  o  o  u  o  o 

fl  ac  3  a  a  3 


SSS 


;«««• 


"r-iOo 


^^■^Q  :OTHr^52:2  :_. 


oa  :  :  .0 


;."&'«■='»«  ago" 


_ _  ^  „  p 

QQoafcCQQHWfflKbo"<i:ao.WQ^^OoHKQ5"^- 


aa 

"C-C     

0,0  000,0.0,0.0, 

in    •  iriifi    -toooM 

CM      •  «           -Ot^l        '- 


g  (Jfc, 

2°2SSS22222  '-'2>  ° 

oocjoooooooooouoooooooooo  00  CJ  0  w 
acaacacaaaaaaacaaaacaaaaa 


X o 00 00 00 00000 0000 ooA.0.0 000,00000.  00000 ooou 


-s  .  .3  tsr'^  a 
aanaoooo 


O     -OOTt^^^^     ■05,-.^tOoO     -Of^iO     ■  O  QO  »n  C^J  to  lO  l>"  C\J  00  »0 
CO      •CM  —  '^reCJO      -OOC        "OrS      •r-,»-.eO      •CM-^TrOCMr^  C!-.* 


£  >i«j'5'd  a  a  6  ca  es-rj  B3  cs>J'*5  _  _  ,,  ,„ 
5  W>oSJ25S?»<   .X^^viao-^^S 


2  :o< 

a;    •  ^  I- 


•««  : 

M  Z^  a  ^<o  t^  b£  b£ ; 


^s3  5^*tf'i2  <«'a>."  t^=d' 


^  §  2; 


^cacsx'^aoi: 


M     •     •  •     •  <U     • 

-  -Is  :|So 


S  fell  •"-  -  -^  "■  ""^  «    "    « •  S  ^  >  >  |=^^J «?  «8  ll~ 

■•'---•     ■     -    -  w  tJ  tJ  «-!<->       -k^       «J       ♦J  *j*j  *j  *J  >»t>»cS,Q.O  1)  u  ^B 

eta  a  act     g     ca     oj  nj  cs  ts  <a.a)  ea  .u  g  u  «  (u  4)  g 


00000000000000 


O 
o    o 


00000000000000 
OOirt    -ooo 


:.3b 


d|o 


oaaaaaaaan 

fl?4Jl>ODD©l>ftJw 
0000000000 


^  C5< 


•O     -OtOMO 
•  O     •OOt^'3< 

•T-.       -O  "JO 


•CO      • 


Only  upper  section  of  page  is  given. 


Historical  and  Classical  Atlases 

An  atlas  which  is  intended  to  show  the  possessions  of  different  nations  at 
different  periods  of  history  is  called  an  "historical  atlas."  The  dark  portion  of 
the  following  map  shows  what  territory  the  Roman  Empire  controlled  at  its 
greatest  extent.  What  was  Spain  called  when  it  was  part  of  the  Roman  Empire? 
What  was  France  called? 

If  an  atlas  is  called  "Classical,"  the  maps  relate  to  ancient  history  only, 
especially  to  that  of  Greece  and  Rome. 

Specimen  Entry 

from 

Historical  Maps  in  the  Century  Atlas 


'---1  y.^-M,, 


^^^^—^ 


City  Maps:  Illustrated  by  Washington,  D.  C. 

The  streets  of  a  city  map  are  usually  indexed  in  a  manner  similar  to  the  plan 
used  for  places  in  a  general  atlas.  A  map  of  the  city  of  Washington,  D.  C,  is 
reproduced  to  illustrate  this  feature.  By  means  of  the  letters  and  numbers 
given  in  the  index  under  "Points  of  interest"  on  the  left-hand  margin,  find  on 
the  following  map: 

"Executive  mansion"  ("White  House")  and  tell  what  Department  Building 
is  on  the  east  side  of  it,  and  what  is  on  the  west  side. 

United  States  Capitol  and  tell  what  long  avenue  connects  it  with  the  "White 
House." 

Bureau  of  Engraving  and  Printing,  where  postage  stamps  are  made,  and  tell 
what  street  is  on  the  west  side  of  it. 

The  city  is  divided  into  north-east,  north-west,  south-east  and  south-west 
sections  with  reference  to  the  Capitol.  Beginning  just  north  of  the  Capitol,  the 
streets  which  run  east  and  west  are  lettered  A,  B,  C,  etc.,  as  far  as  M,  and  are 
distinguished  as  north.  Corresponding  streets  south  of  the  Capitol  are  also 
lettered  from  A  to  M  in  exactly  the  same  way,  and  are  distinguished  as  south. 
Streets  running  north  and  south  are  numbered  from  First  street  up,  beginning  on 
both  the  east  and  the  west  sides  of  the  Capitol,  and  are  distinguished  as  east  or 
west.     Most  of  the  main  avenues  are  named  for  states. 

By  consulting  the  index  of  streets,  on  the  right-hand  margin  of  the  map, 
find:  "C"  street  north  of  the  Capitol,  and  "C"  street  south  of  the  Capitol,  and 
tell  which  is  the  longer  street. 

Find  Massachusetts  Av.,  and  tell  what  railroad  station  is  near  the  eastern 
end. 

Arrangement  of  City  Directories:  Illustrated  by  Washington,  D.  C. 

R.  L.  Polk  &  Company :  Directories 

Information  contained  in  a  city  directory  is  usually  classified  under  four 
main  sections,  as  follows: 

1.  "Miscellaneous  information,^'  giving  such  points  as:  location  of  schools, 
hospitals,  city  offices,  churches,  et  cetera.  This  section  is  usually  placed  in  the 
front  of  the  directory  and  is  preceded  by  an  index. 

2.  Residents  of  the  city,  in  alphabetical  order  by  surnames.  This  con- 
stitutes the  main  portion  of  the  directory. 

3.  Street  and  avenue  guide,  in  alphabetical  order,  by  street  names,  sub- 
arranged  by  house  numbers;  intersecting  streets  are  also  indicated. 

4.  Business  directory,  arranged  alphabetically  under  name  of  business 
carried  on  in  the  city,  as:  grocers,  druggists,  lawyers,  dentists. 

7 


A  Map  of  the  City 

Copyright :     Rand 


Chut  Open 


Mc?ber*on  So. 


~*?Kt, 


""3 1 


SLT.",: 


Supreme  Court 


'•'.■,S,"*i., 


_JUUL^ 


S^ 


UDSD 


Lfllp 


s  ^  osja^^Sggi^OT 


Main  Portion  of 

WASHINGTON,  D.C 

SCALE 

Statute  Miles. 


Washington,  D.  C. 

Nally  &  Company 


DDDDDC^ 


INPlllI         MP..<U.  1-n.r^  Coi.vtntloo 

3DD§aaao 


D, 


C^urt-of'/ippeajsl |    | |   i 


□on 
DDL 


iYn  I  TEDI^^T  axes" 


D 


.   .  -S»r*rce| 


ZIDD 


DO  /]o 


□ 


nun  clL^Oory^  qui 


jnnnalTMnnnn^:  ni 


r  Ruid  UcNiU;  A  Co. 


STREETS. 

A p» 

^:::::::::::::eS 

c .n« 

California. ..K  3 

Canal 16 

Capitol J  3 

Carroll K6 

Chicago L3 

CoUax Kl 

D G4 

D U7 

De  Frees...  .J  2 
Ddawareavc.I9 

De  Sales Dl 

E   F3 

E  H7 

East  Capitol  .L  5 
EightecnlU..Cl 

Eighth 07 

KIJ«4«e.....D  4 

Eleventh F7 

F   F3 

F 118 

Fen  ton  pi K  I 

Fifth LI 

Fifteenth E6 

First J* 

First K  5 

Fourth Pi 

Fourth  L  1 

Four  and  one 

half.  1 7 

0   F3 

G   II  8 

H  i;  2 

H  lis 

Heckman....K  T 

1  E2 

I  H8 

Indiana  ave...  I  4 
Jackson  ..  ..K2 
JohQ  Marshall 

pl...I4 

K .....El 

K H9 

L Vi 

h..-. H» 

l.lpworth  pl..F6 
Louisiana  ave. 

G4 
Lower  Water  A  4 

M  GL 

M  H» 

Maine  ave H  6 

Market HI 

Maryland  ave. 

Massachusetts 

ave... J  3 
•Missouri  ave.H  5 

Myrtle K2 

New  Hampshire 

AS 

New  Jersey  ave. 

New  York  ...G  2 
Nineteenth.. CS 

Ninth G7 

Ohio  ave E4 

Parker L2 

Pennsylvania 

ave..F4 
Pennsylvania  L  6 
Post  Office. ..F  4 

Pierce I  I 

Kobln80n....H9 

School H7 

Second 13 

Second L  t' 

Seventeenth .D a 

Seventh H7 

Sixth H7 

Tenth G7 

Third 13 

Third  LI 

Thirteen  and 

one  half  ..F  4 
Thirteenth. ..F  6 
Thomas  ave.  .El 

Twelfth F7 

Twentieth  ...B3 
Twenty-first -BS 
Twenty-fourth 

Al 
Twenty-second 

Twemy-thlrd 

Upppr'vVftter  A« 

VIrelnIa G« 

■Washington 

ave..A» 
Water Q  8 


Miscellaneous  Information 

The  Washington  city  directory  does  not  require  a  special  page  for  "Index 
to  miscellaneous  information'  as  the  "Table  of  contents"  answers  the  purpose. 
Consult  the  specimen  page  of  the  "Table  of  contents,"  which  follows,  and  tell  on 
what  page  in  the  directory  one  could  find : 

Homes  and  Hospitals  Churches 

Public  Schools  Newspapers 

Art  Galleries  Parks 

List  of  Residents  in  City  Directories 

The  main  part  of  a  city  directory  is  taken  up  with  a  list  of  its  residents 
arranged  in  alphabetical  order  under  surnames,  and  followed  by  occupations  and 
addresses.     A  specimen  page  of  this  familiar  feature  of  a  directory  is  not  inserted. 

Street  and  Avenue  Guide  in  City  Directory 

Following  the  names  of  residents  in  a  city  directory,  the  names  of  the  streets 
are  given  in  alphabetical  order.  Under  the  streets,  the  house  numbers  are  given 
in  numerical  order,  and  cross  streets  are  indicated  where  they  intersect. 

A  specimen  entry  from  the  "Street  and  Avenue  Guide"  of  the  Washington 
city  directory  follows.  Consult  it  at  the  top  of  the  first  column,  under  Penn- 
sylvania Av.,  and  notice  that  the  section  of  the  city  referred  to  is  "N.  W." 
meaning   North  West.      Give   the  following: 

Name  of  the  street  which  intersects  just  before  1200,  that  is,  between  num- 
bers 1113  and  1200. 

The  municipal  building  is  located  at  the  corner  of  Thirteen  and  One-half 
street  and  Pennsylvania  Av.  What  offices  are  in  the  following  rooms  of  the 
building:     2,  527? 

What  widely  known  mansion  is  between  Fifteenth  and  Seventeenth  streets? 

What  hotel  is  on  a  corner  near  number  1349  on  Pennsylvania  Av.? 

What  business  is  located  at  1227? 

Business  Directory  in  City  Directories 

An  alphabetical  list  of  the  kinds  of  business  carried  on  in  a  city  follows  the 
street  and  avenue  guide  in  city  directories.  Consult  the  specimen  page  from  this 
section  of  the  Washington  city  directory,  and  give: 

The  first  hotel  mentioned,  which  is  near  the  bottom  of  column  1;  the  last 
hotel  mentioned.     How  are  the  names  sub-arranged? 

On  what  street,  in  the  north-western  section  of  the  city,  is  the  Dewey  hotel? 

How  many  firms  are  engaged  in  hot  water  heating? 

What  section  of  the  directory  gives  a  list  of  hospitals? 

Who  deals  in  hops  at  517  Metropolitan  Bank  Building? 

10 


specimen  Entry  from 

Table  of  Contents  of  the  Washington,  D.  C,  City  Directory 

Indexing  Miscellaneous  Information 

R.  L.  Polk  &  Company 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


Page 

ABBBEVIATIONS XOl 

Agricultural  Department   28 

Apartimebt  Houses 1856 

Art  Galleries  38 

Asylums,  Infirmaries,  etc 61 

Banks  and  Trust  Companies 38 

Bar  Association   68 

B  P  O  Elks 83 

Building  Associations  41 

Bureau  of  Education 36 

Bureau  of  Engraving  and  Printing. .  18 
Bureau  of  Public  Health  and  Marine 

Hospital  Service   20 

Business  Associations 42 

BrSlNESS  DIRECTORY 1853 

Catbolic  Benevolent  Societies 42 

Cemeteries   '. » 44 

Charitable  Societies  44 

Churches    45 

Circuit  Court 33 

Citizens  Associations  55 

Civil  Service  Commission ."2 

Clubs   56 

Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey 31 

Colleges  and  Universities 57 

Commissioners  D  C 34 

CONGRESSIONAL  DIRECTORY ....  89 

Congressional  Library  68 

Corcoran  Gallery  of  Art 38 

Court  of  Appeals,  DC 33 

Dental  A-ssociations    , . . .  61 

Department  of  Commerce 30 

Denartment  of  Justice 28 

Department  of  Labor .31 

Diplomatic  Corps  17 

DIRECTORY  OF  NAJdES .\  . .  95 

Dispensaries  61 

District  of  Columbia  Judiciary .33 

Eagles 83 

Executive  Departments 1| 

Fire  Department 35 

Foreign  Legations  . . . , .17 

Foresters 82 

General  Land  Office 2« 

Geological  Survey  , 27 

Government  ot  the  DC 34 

Government  of  the  United  States. . ; .  17 

Government  Parks   88 

Government  Printing  OflSce 34 

Grftnd  Army  of  the  Republic 73 

Halls  88 

Health   Department    35 

Hibernians    85 

Homes.  Hospitals.  Asylums,  etc .  61 

House  of  Representatives 86 

Index  to  Advertisements 14 

Indian  Office   27 

Insane  Asylum   64 

In.surance  Companies 65 

Interior  Department  27 

Interstate  Commerce  Commi.'^sion. . .  28 

I  O  of  Odd  Fellows. 81 

Nth mhm  Canal  Commission 32 

idloiaxy  i 33 


Page 

Juvenile  Court   34 

Knights  of  Columbus 44 

Knights  of  the  Golden  Eagle. ... 82 

Knights  of  Industry 82 

Knights  of  Malta 82 

Knights  of  Maccabees •...;....  82 

Knights  of  Pythias 83 

Labor  Organizations 66 

Ladies  of  the  Maccabees 82 

Legal  Societies  67 

Libraries  . . .  •. 68 

Library  of  Congress , 68 

Literary  Societies 69 

Masonic    79 

Medical  Societies 70 

Mercantile  Associations 70 

Military 70 

MISCELLANEOUS   : 17 

Municipal  Court 34 

National  Museum 32 

National  Zoo  Park 32 

Navy  Department  23 

Newspapers   71 

Office  Buildings 87 

Pan-American  Union   17 

Parks   88 

Patent  Office  27 

Pension  Office 27 

Patriotic  Societies , 72 

Police  Court 34 

Police  Department 35 

Post  Office  Department 24 

Public  Library 69 

Public  Schools    36 

Religious  Societies    76 

"Royal  Arcanum 84 

Safe  Deposit  Companies 77 

Scientlfif  Societies 78 

Secret  and  Benevolent  Societies 79 

Senators 89 

Smithsonian  Institution   31 

Social  Order  of  Moose 83 

Soldiers'  Home 64 

Sons  of  Jonadab 79 

Special  Department  Banks  and  Bank- 
ers" of  Washington,  DC 4 

State  Department  17 

STREET  DIRECTORY 1477 

Supreme  Court  DC 33 

Sup'reme  Court  US '. 33 

Temperance  and  Reform  Societies...  78 

TOO  LATES 16 

Treasury  Department   18 

United  Order  of  Golden  Cro.es 85 

United  States  Court  of  Customs,   Ap- 
peals      33 

United  States  Court  of  Claims .33 

United  States  Legations  Abroad 18 

War  Department  20 

Washington  City  P  O. . .    25 

Woman's  Christian  Temperance  Union  79 

Woodmen  of  the  World 85 

Young  Men's  Christian  Association..  77 

Young  Women's  Christian  AssocL-^tlon  77 


11 


specimen  Entry  from 
Street  and  Avenue  Guide  of  the  Washington,  D.  C,  City  Directocy 

R.  L.  Polk  &  Company 


PennsylTsnla  At  nw 


STREET  AND  AVENUE  GUIDE— 1918 


Pennsylvania  av  air 


1101  Retail  Merchants  Assn 
"    Duplicator  Co  The 
"    Fracker     Willard,     mfrs 
agt  - 
1107  Gait  &  Bro.  jewelers 
1109-11  Grosner    Clarence    W, 

men's  furngs 
1113  Mandes  Louis,  restr 
D  e  cor  Raleigh  Hotel  , 
"    Myers   Melvin   B,    barber 
"    Royal    Blue    Line    Sight- 
Seeing  Co 

Twelfth  Intersects 

1200  Vacant 

1201  Davis  Jas-T  &  Sons,  hats 
"    Dick  Edw  H,  hotel  agt 

"    Evans.  Wilbur  B,  dentist 

1202  Washington-Virginia     By 

Station ./ 
"    Clift  Amos  P,  cigars 
"    Washington- Virginia     Ry 

Co 

1203  Vacant 

1204  Lepreux  Augustus  jr.  real 

state 
"    National  Assn  Stationary 
Engineers 

1205  Edmonston  C  R.   slasswr 

1206  Mt  Vernon  Cafe  Co 

1208  Hotel    West 

"     Wilson  Lila   W 

1209  Internal  Revenue  Dept 

1210  Stone  &  Poole,   druggists 
12U  Haas   I   &  Co.    tailors 

1212  Hodges  Richd  B,  cigars     . 

1213  Vacant 

1214  Bromtvell  J  B  Sons,  plat- 

ers 

1215  Vacant 

1216  Dade   Moses  H,   restr 

1217  Nntl    Token    Shop 

1218  Oujeval  Albert,  tchr  lan- 

guages 
1?19  Klein  B  W,  shoe  repr 
1220-22  Vacant 
1221  Vacant 

1223  Portner  Jos.  mens  furngs 

1224  Standiford    Harry,    cigars 

1225  Richards    Fountain    Pen 

and  Gift  Shop 

1226  Turner  Wm  H,  barber 
"     Willers    Wm 

1227  V/ashington  Lunch 

1228  Mann     Wm    E,    shooting 

gallery 

1229  Natl  Remembrance  Shop 

1230  De  Atley  Wm.  pool 
"    Dove  M  W,  cabtmkr 

12S1  Model  Clothes  Shop 

1232  Sou  Auto  Supply  Co  (br) 

1233  Vacant 

1234  Cunningham     Plumbing 

Supply    Co 

1235  United  Cigar  Stores  Co 

1236  Heidenbeimer       E  1  i  a  s. 

pavrnbroker 
"    Heid    Benj,    diamond   ex- 
pert 
"    Ho£f  Alvin.    lawyer 
"    Hartstall  Leon  Mrs 

1237  Ogram   Thos,  E,    druggist 
123:3  AutQ  Car  Sales   &   Serv- 
ice Co   (inc) 

Thirteenth  Intersects 
1300-20  Southern  Ry  Co  offices 
Thirteen  and  One  half 
Intersects 
•s  s  Municipal  Building 
Rooms :  ■ 

2  Dept   of   Playgrounds  & 

Office    of    Boy    Scouts 
of   America 

3  Fire  Dept  Headquarters 
"  Fire    Marshal 

4  Supt  Dist  Bldg 

5  Fire  Dept.  Chf  Engineer 

6  Mail  Room 

8  Health     Det)t,     Permits 

and  Complaints 
10-12  Disbursing  Officer 
11  Detective  Bureau,  Police 

Dept 
14-16  Board     of     Charities 

Apnlication  Bureau 
15  Water  Registrar 
19  Press  Room 
21 B  Sanitary  Officer 
24  Supt  Engineers  Stables    I 


101-15  Assessor's    Office 
102  Special  Assessments 
104  Municipal   Architect 
108  Inspector  of  Buildings 
114  Inspector  of  Plumbing 
1-17  License   Office 

119  Licenses   Automobiles 

120  Collector  of  Taxes 
123-125  Arrears  Dept 
127  Water  Main  Bills 
200-2  Laboratories,      Health 

Dept 

203  Health  Dept 

204  Auditor's 

207  Insiection    Service 

209  Records    of    Birtjis    and 

Deaths 
212  Property   Clerk 

214  Purchasing   Dept  '(store 

Rooms) 

215  Supt  of  Police 
219  Police  Dept 

221-27  Dept   of    Insurance 
300  Sevper  Dept 
306  Supt  Water  Dept 
"    Eng   Water  Dept 
809-11  Public   Utilities.  Cora 
310  WateV-     Dept    (informa- 
tion) 
313  Weights.    Measures    and 

Market  Dept 
316-20  Purchasing    Dept 
319  Board  of  Charities 
323-29  Street  Cleaning  Dept 
335  Board       of       Children's 

Guardians 
402  Surface  Division  Records 

405  Surueyor's  Office 

406  Engineer  of  Highways 

410  Surface    Division    Infor- 

maftion 

411  PubUc   Service   Coriwra- 

tions 

412  Supt  »of    County    Roads 
413-21  Corporation      CounseJ 

-    Office 
414  Supt  of  Streets 
419  Corporation  Counsel  Disc 
422  Engineer  of  Bridges 
426  Supt    Trees    and    Park- 
ings 
427-9  Engineer's    Dept,    Chf 

Clerk 
428  Surface  Division  Repairs 

500  District  Board  Room 

501  Press    Reporters 

502  District      War     Service 

Commission 

503  Home  Defense  League 

507  Gardiner  W  Gwynn,  Com 

508  Brownlow    Louis,    Corar 

509  Sec    to    Board    of    Com- 

.  missioners 
516  Electrtcal  Dept 
520  Knight   John   J    D,    eng 

com 
527  Insp    Cements   and    As- 
phalts 
Street  continued 
1329  Hunsey   Building.      (For 
names    see    1829-37    E 
nw) 
1331-33  'Vacant 
1339-1343  Post  Building 
"    Washington   Post 
"    Washington  Post  Co 
"    Postal  Tel-Cable  Co 
Rooms: 
12-14    Vacant 
is  Kansas  City  Star 
"  Nesbit    Hugh    B,    corr 
"  Roberts  Roy  A,  corr 
•'  Karger  Gustav  J,  corr 
"  Cincinnati  Times-Star 
24-28  Washn  Post 
31-37  Atlanta  Georgian  The 
"  Baston    American 
"  Chicago  American  The 
"  Eddy  John  L,  corres 
"  Chicago  Examiner  The 
"  Los   Angeles   Examiner 
"NY  American 
"NY  Evening  Journal 
"  NY  Morgen  .Journal 
"  San  Francisco  Examiner 
"  Tlghe  Matthew  F,  corr 
38  Allen  Ben  F,   corr 
"  Strayer  Louis  W,  corr 


38  Cleveland  'Pmin-Dealw. 
"  Pittsburgh  Dispalch 

43  Vacant 

44  Wash  Post 

45  Summers  Geo  W,  corr 
"  Buffalo  Coujfier 
"  Pittsburgh   Post 
"  Wheeling  Register 
"  Muskogee  •  Timea-Demo- 

crat 
"  Wright  Jas  L,  core, 
47  Robinson  L  L,*;  corr 
"  Pittsburgh   Gazette  •  . 
•"  Pittsburgh      ,ChronIcId 

Telegraph 
"  Hall  Henry,  Corr 
'48  Lanihan  Engraving  Co 
Street  continued 
1341^nechtel  Wm,  barber 
1343  Gerstenberg    Ernst,    rest 
1345  Wilder  S  M,  tckt  broker 
"    Harding    Edw    B,    mens 

furngs 
"    Natl  Engraving  Co 
"    US  Internal  Rev  (sales 
tax  div^ 
1347  Loughran   D   &  Co,   whol 
cigars  , 

"    Young  Mens  Hebrew  Asgn 
Soldier  Welfare  Centre 
Fourteenth  intersects, 
1347  Vi  Frazee-Potomac    Lann« 

.    '/dry  (br) 
1349  United  Cigars  Stores  Co 
nw  cor  The  New  Willard 
"     Myers  Bros,  barbers 
"    W  U  Tel  Co 
"    Becke?  &  Omdorff,  cigars 
"    Brown  Alice  M  MrS,  pnb 
sten 
1400  Cadillac    Auto    Service 
"     Belt  Edgar  B,  barber 
"    Casassa  John  B,  fruit 
1402-4  Slossburg  J  W,  restr 
1406  Vacant 
1408  Vacant  » 

1410  Department   of   Labor 

"    US  Employment  Service 

1411-13  New  Occidental  Hotel 

1412-14  Grand  Army  Hall 

1414-18  Purveying    Dept    U    S 

Public    Health    Service 

1417  Columbia  Sight  Seeitfg  Co 

"    Gray   Line    Sight    Seeing 

Tours 

1419  Pressler    Bros,    rae^s 
furngs  '"  ■ 

1420  Vacant 

1421  MacGregor  Robt,  tailor 

1422  Bernhardt's  Auto  Service 

1423  Child's  Co,  restr 

1424  Poll's  Theatre 
1426  Henley   Wm   P 
1431  Augustine    &    Brys,    bar- 
bers 

1433  Poulos    Jas.    bootbllc 

1435  Vacant 

1436  Oxford  Hotel 

1437  American  Ice  Co 
cor     Hotel  Washington 

Fifteenth  lnt«necti 
Treasury   Department 
1503  Riggs  Natl  Bank 

"    Rittenhouse    David,     no- 
tary 
1505  Natl   School  of  Fine  and 
Applied  Art   (inc) 

Madison  p]  begins 
Lafayett^e  Square 
s  8  The  White  House 

Jackson  pi  begins 
1651  Blair   Gist 
1653  Dept    of    State    (Annex) 
ne  cor  Court  of  Claims 
War   Department 
Seventeenth  Intersects 
1701  Goodman  Henry  J  &  Co. 
men's   furngs 

1703  Fisher  Elmer  B,  jtatr 

1704  United  Cigar  Stores  Co 
"  .  McGrann   Mary 

1705  Holtzclaw    W    B.    cigars 
"    Raines   &    Anastasopulos, 

bootblks 

1706  Century   Lunch 
"    Johnson  John 

1707  Bryan  Geo  B.  restr 
1708-10  U  S  Signal  Corps 


specimen  Entry  from  the 
Business  Directory  of  the  Washington,  D.  C,  City  Directory 

R.  L.  Polk  &  Company 

1923 

HEA  BVSlMTteSS  DlR^CTORT— ^1918.  HOT< 


Ward  A  W  &  Son,  430  10th  nw 
Webster  Warren  &  Co,  301  Southern  bldg. 
Wenger  Chas  L,  706  Colorado  bldg 
.Zellers  &  Co.  1331  14tli  nw 

Heatlngr  and  Ventilating 
Apparativi. 

(Phelps   Bros   Co  (inc),   1335  14th  nw 
STANJIBURY    DANIBL    R.    1804-06 
•     V  Y  av  nw   (See  page  1261) 

hipe:s  Etc. 

Hopfenmaler  Milton,  221  10th  nw 

•HoUow  Tile. 
ASHER  fire:  proofing  CO,  914- 
16  Soutbern  Bids  (See  right  side 
lines  and  Fire  Prooflng;) 
HAMMETT  FlREPROOFING  CO 
(INC),  205-6  Wllklna  Bids  (See 
Fire  ProoAns) 

•  Hops. 

Haas  John  I,  517  Met  Bank  bldg 

Horse  Clipping. 

J)acobs  F  P  &  Co,  rear  1611  M  nw 

•  Hors'feradlsli. 

Heitmuller  John  H,  445  Center  mkt 

Horseshoers. 

Anderson  Robt  H.  19  N  ne 
Brown  &  MViCarthy,  214  11th  nw 
Burton  Harry  T,  228  7th  se 
Coberth  Jas  D,  3203  Grace  nw 
CoIUns  &  Follln,   1011  29th  nw 
•Connor  Rbbt  S.  203  11th  nw 
Dore  Robt  A,  16;7'  L  nw 
Farran  J  Walter,  218  4th  ne 
Ford  Patrick  A,  rear  420%  L.n*» 
Gain  Saml  S,  rear  1448  P  nw 
Jones  Lnther  D,  1345  G  se 
Kane  Prank  H,  1010  C  nw 
Kiefer  John  P,  1419  ,Irving  nw 
King  Benj  F,  1611  M  nw 
McKeown  Patrick^  rear  1404  S  nw 
Myers  Jas  A,  rear  1520  s  nw 
Netll  Jas  A,  1226  12th  nw 
Ofenstein  G  Herbert.  615  N  Y  av  nw 
Reidy  Michael  D.  611  C  nw 
Sheehy  Thos  J,  704-6  D  nw 
Sweeney  Edw  C,  1006  5th  nw 
Winston  Alex  A,  1647  Behning  rd  tie 
Yobst  Bros,  721  15th  ne 


Hospitals. 

See    Miscellaneous    Dept 

Hospital    SnppIIes. 

Van  Slyke  Hospital  Cot  Co,  503,  700  11th 

•Hot    Water    Heating. 

BIGGS  HE}ATING  CO  THE  (INC), 
917  H  nw 

CONDON  D  D,  502  Kenols  Bldg, 
lltli  cor  G  nw,  Tels  Main  2948 
and  Colombia  749  (See  Heating 
and  Ventilating  and  Steam  and 
Hot  IVater  Heating) 

MUDDIMAN  C  A  &  CO,  616  12tK 
nw  and  1204  G  n'w  (See  ribbon 
marker,  rlgbt  bottom  lines  and 
page  972) 

Hotel  Directories. 

American  Hotel.  Directory,  McLachlen 
bldg 

•HoteTT  Supplies. 
DUiPARaUET,    HUOT     &  MONEUSE 
CO,    1220    H    nw     (See    left    side 
lines)  ^ 

Hotels. 

(Se'e   also   Apartment    Houses) 
Alton  House  The,  1123  13th  nw 
American  House,  638  Pa  av  nw 
Arizona  Hotel,-  810  C  nw 


Arlington  Hotel.  1010-25  Vt  a,v  DW 
Ashmore  Hotel,  501  I2th  nw 
Astor   Hotel,  921  fith   nw 
Atlantic  Hotel,  601  Pa  av  trvr 
Bancroft  Hotel,  800  18th  nw 
Bismark  Hotel,  347-53  Pa  av  nw 
Boston  Hotel,  620 '  Pa  ftv  nw 
BRIGHTON      HOa<EL,      2123 
fornla  nw    (See  below) 


Telephone,  North  3496 

all|p  Urtgtjtott  Botf  I 
Apartmen  t-Hotel 

Ideally  located  at  an  elevation  of 
180  feet.  Modern  and  absolutely  flre- 
proot  Rooms  and  suites  by  the  day, 
week  and  month.  Cafe  American  and 
European  plan, 

J.  Albert  Willson,  Mgr. 
212'?  California  Street 

Washington,  D.  C. 

Brunswick  Hotel,  235  Pa  av  nw 
Buckingham  The,  920  McPherson  pi  nw 
Cairo  The,  1615  Q  nw 
Capitol  Park  Hotel,  nw  cor  N  Cap  and  E 
Charles  Hotel,  485  Pa  av  nw 
Commercial  Hotel,  640  Pa  av  nw 
CONGRESS     HALIi      HOTEL      TUB, 

231-235  N  J  av  near  B  se 
Cutler  Hotel,  lOOojlOll  13th  nw 
Dewey  Hotel,  1330  L  riw 
Dolly  Madison   House,  1014  Vt  av  nw 
DriscoU  Hotel,  4^47  B  nw 
Dunbarton,  Hotel,  623  Pa  av  nw 
Dunmore  Hotel,  343  Pa  av  nw 
Everett  Hotel  The,  1730  H  nw 
FLORIDA   INN  THE,   726    ITth   nw 
Florida  Inn  Annex,  812-14  Conn  av  aw 
George   Washington   Hotel,    N    Y  av   cor 

15th  nw 
George  Washington  Inn   (inc),   sw  cor  N 

J   av  and   C   se 
Greason  House.  1303  E  nw 
Golden  Eagle  Hotel,  400-2  N.  J  av  nw 
Hamilton   Hotel,    1001-11   14th  nw     ' 
Holmes  Hotel,  329-333  Va  av  BW 
Hotel  Bellevue,  ne  cor  15th  and  I  nw 
Hotel  Burlington,  1120  Vt  av  nw 
Hotel  Carol.  809  E  nw 
Hotel  Continental,  420  N  Capitol 
Hotel    Donald,    1008-12   13th   nw 
Hotel  Glover,  11-19  B  nw 
Hotel   GTafton,   ne  cor   Conn   av  and  De 

Sales    nw 
Hotel  Harrington  sw  cor  11th  and  B  nw 
H#tel  Harris,  15-19  Mass  av  nw 
Hotel   Hudson,   1329-31    H   nw 
HOTEL    LAFAYETTE,    16thi    and    1 

nw,  Tel  Main  4214 
Hotel  Logan,  28  Iowa  Circle  nw 
Hotel  Metropolitan.  613  'Pa,  av  nw 


Is  Directory  Advertising  Read  ? 

WhatAreYouDoingNOW? 

The  Cost  is  Small. 
Returns  More  Than  Satisfactory. 

THINK  IT  OVER 

And  Send  For  Our  Representative. 


State  Gazetteers 

Directories,  quite  similar  in  general  arrangement  to  city  directories,  are  pre- 
pared for  a  number  of  states,  and  are  known  as  "state  gazetteers."  A  reference 
book  with  the  word  "gazetteer"  in  the  title  indicates  that  the  information  per- 
tains to  places.  In  the  front  of  some  gazetteers,  though  not  in  each  one,  a  brief 
description  of  the  state  as  a  whole  is  given,  corresponding  to  the  miscellaneous 
information  given  for  a  city  in  the  front  of  a  city  directory. 

Alphabetical  List  of  Towns  in  State  Gazetteers 

R.  L.  Polk  &  Company:  Directories 

The  first  section  of  a  state  gazetteer  gives  a  list  of  all  the  towns  in  the  state 
in  alphabetical  order;  under  each  town  the  prominent  business  firms  are  listed 
in  sub-alphabetical  order. 

Consult  the  specimen  page  from  the  State  Gazetteer  for  Indiana  under  the 
alphabetical  list  of  towns,  which  follows,  and  read  the  description  of  the  little 
town  of  "Blooming  Grove." 

Name  the  business  conducted  by  the  first  firm  mentioned  on  the  page 
(AUie  &  Davies).  This  firm,  and  all  others  mentioned  above  "Blooming  Grove," 
are  located  in  what  town  given  at  the  top  of  the  page? 

What  kind  of  business  does  James  M.  Hanner  conduct  in  Bloomingdale? 

Under  the  general  description  of  the  town  of  Bloomington  find  the  names  of 
the  newspapers  published  there.     What  university  is  located  at  Bloomington? 

Find  the  name  of  Charles  Bell,  among  the  alphabetical  list  of  residents  of 
Bloomington,  and  tell  in  what  kind  of  business  he  is  engaged. 

Business  Directory  in  State  Gazetteers 

The  second  section  of  a  state  gazetteer  is  given  to  an  alphabetical  list  of  the 
kinds  of  business  carried  on  in  the  state,  followed  by  the  names  of  the  towns  in 
sub-alphabetical  order;  under  the  towns,  the  names  of  the  individual  firms  are 
given  in  a  second  sub-alphabet. 

Consult  the  specimen  page  from  the  business  section  of  the  Indiana  State 
Gazetteer  which  follows,  under  "Grocers,"  and,  from  the  names  of  the  towns  in 
alphabetical  order  at  the  right-hand  side  of  the  column,  find  the  name  of  the 
firm  handling  groceries  in  Bloomingdale.  Turn  back  to  the  specimen  page 
containing  Bloomingdale,  and  tell  what  the  firm  handles  besides  groceries. 

Every  business  in  the  state  is  fisted  in  a  similar  way. 

Directories  for  counties,  corresponding  in  general  with  state  directories,  are 
sometimes  published  for  separate  counties  of  a  state. 

Gazetteers  of  the  World 

A  gazetteer  of  the  world  contains  the  name  of  every  place  in  the  world  which 
is  of  enough  importance  to  be  entered.  The  description  of  the  place  is  brief  or 
full  according  to  the  scope  of  the  gazetteer.  The  following  reference  books 
which  give  information  regarding  places  should  be  known: 

Webster's  New  International  Dictionary:  at  the  back;  very  brief. 

New  Standard  Dictionary:  in  the  body;  very  brief. 

Century  Dictionary:  Volume  for  proper  names;  very  brief. 

Any  good  encyclopsedia.     Most  encyclopaedias  contain  maps. 

Lippincott's  Gazetteer  of  the  world.  This  book,  named  after  the  publisher,  is 
the  standard  one-volume  reference  book  of  its  kind. 

14 


< 

i 

w 
s 

> 

ffiS 

S^ 

iJ 
O 

o 
o 


<o 

Wo 
mo 

Z" 
WIS 

>2 

o 
w 
z 
« 

m 


Specimen  Entry  under  Towns  from 
Indiana  State  Gazetteer 

R.  L.  Polk  &  Company 


348 


Bloominerdale 


R.   L.   POLK  &  CO.'S    (1916) 


Bloomington 


Allie  &  Davles   (Preston  L  AUie,  Omer  l 

M    Davies),    furniture* 
Bank    of    Bloomingdale    (Capital    $10.- 

000).  Walter  B  Shannon  pres,  Thomas 

H  Pence  vice-pres,  Leonldas  J  Brown 

cashr 
Bloomlngdale    Mill    Co.    Fred    Durman 

*nngr,  grain  elevator 
Bloomingdale    Produce    Co     (Walter    B 

Shannon,  George  W  and   Abrahani  L 

Havens) 
Bloomingdale   World    (weekly).   Bert   L 

Graham,   publr 
Boswell  &  Co,  lumber 
Brown     Leonldas     J,     cashr     Bank     of 

Bloomingdale 
Coffin  Frank,   postmaster 
Cox  Wm  N,  tailor  and  real  estate 
Crump  Wm.  meats 
Fellowsi   &    Booe     (Thaddeus     Fellows, 

Warren  A  Booe),  real  estate  and  ins 
Gohman     &     Davis      (Henry     Gohman. 

Straugh    Davis),    grocers    and    hard- 

ware 
Graham     Bert     L,     publr     Bloomington 

World 
Green  Fred  G,  physician 
Hanner  James  M.  genl  store 
Home  Telephone  Co.  Jacob  Gillan  pres, 

Charles    Nelson     sec,     Wm    Chapman 

treas 
Kltchell  Rose  Mrs,  livery 
Lamb    Clarence    V,    mens    furngs    and 

shoes 
Lasley  W  A  &  Son   (Wm  A  and  Jewel 

V),   genl   store 
Lindley   Alvln,  confr  and  stationer 
Long  Minnie,   milliner 
Morgan   Robert   R.   physician 
Morrison   Elvin    B,   hardware 
Schatter  Ella  Mrs.  hotel 
Singleton    Christopher    S,    r    r    exp    ana 

tel  agt 
Union  Clay  Product  Co,  John  H.  CBoyli 

pres  and  mgr,  pottery 
Van  Camp  Packing  Co.  W  H  Webb  mgr 
Vickory  Joseph  C,   insurance 
Wood   Frank,    live   stock 
Wood  Orville  W,  baker  and  confr 
Woodard  M  Foster,   physician 
Woodard  Solomon  B.  insurance 


BLOOMING  grove; 

Population,  125.  Is  a  village  in  town- 
ship of  same  name,  Franklin  county,  7 
miles  from  Brookville  from  which 
there  Is  a  stage  line  and  rural  free  de- 
livery. 


BLOOMINGPORT 

Population,  100.  A  village  in  Wash- 
ington township,  Randolph  county,  10 
miles  south  of  Winchester,  the  county 
seat  and  2  miles  from  Carlos,  the  back- 
ing town  and  shipping  point.  Rural 
^  free  delivery  from   Lynn. 


BLOOMINGTON 

A  city  of  12,00  population,  located 
in  Bloomington  and  Perry  townships. 
^  Monroe  county,  on  C.  I.  &  L.  and  I.  C. 
and  is  the  county  seat.  Thpre 
newspapers,  the  "Tele- 
6  phone"  and  "World-Courier."  The  In- 
g  dlana  State  University  is  located  here 
and  there  are  graded  and  high  public 
schools.  There  are  13  churches  repre- 
senting the  leading  religious  denomina 


**.  II.  R.'s,  and  is  i 
3  are  4  banks,  2 


tlons.  The  leading  Industries  are 
oolitic  limestone,  gloves,  creosoted  ties, 
furniture,  etc.  The  city  has  water 
works  and  electric  light  system  and  a 
good    sewage    system,    also    6    miles    of 

paved  streets.  The  chamber  of  com- 
merce is  an  organization  which  Is  ac- 
tive  in    advancing   the   Interests   of   the 

city,    its    progress    and    Its    Industries. 

Exp..  Am.     Tel.,  W.  U.     Oscar  Cravens, 

postmaster. 

Adams  T.  meats 

Akin   Raymond  A.   physician 

Akin    Wm,    mens    furngs 

Allen    A   G   Mrs,   genl   Ins 

Ault  Bros  (Dory  L  and  Samuel  N), 
garage 

Axsiom  &  HendrlX,  2d-hd  goods 

AXTELL  HARRY  A,  Attorney-at-Law, 
Real  Estate,  Insurance,  Investments. 
Loans,    Etc,    East    Side    Public   Square 

Baldwin   Piano  Co,  Ed   Williams  agt 

Barrow   H   R,   undertaker 

Barton  O  L.  grocer 

Batman  Fred  H,  pnysician 

Batman,  Miller  &  Blair  (Ira  C  Bat- 
man, Robert  G  Miller,  James  Blair), 
lawyers 

Beck  James  K,  cashr  Bloomington 
Natl   Bank 

Becovitz   Abraham,  junk 

Becovitz   Ben,   clothing 

Beghtel  Flossie,  china  decorator 

Beldon  A  H,  real  estate 

Bell   Charles,  books 

Bell  &  McKinley  (Oscar  G  Bell,  R  C 
McKinley)    clothes    cleaners 

Benckart  George  A,  baker 

Bender  Bros,  clothing 

Bender   Frank    M,    grocer 

Beyer  John   C.   milliner 

Blerley    Ora    A,    bicycle    repr 

Blair   James   W,    lawyer 

Blakely   Horace,   grocer 

Blakcly  W  O  &  Sons,  grocers 

Bloomington   Band,  Oscar  Seward  Idr 

Bloomington  Basket  Co,  C  B  Townsend 
mgr 

BLOOMINGTON  BOILER  WORKS,  Wm 
Canty  Propr  Smoke  Stacks,  Flue 
Welding.  All  Kinds  of  Boiler  and 
Sheet  Iron  ^Vork  Promptly  Done  620 
S   Morton,    Tel    1454    (See    page    133) 

Bloomington  Bottling  Co,  W  S  Brown 
mgr 

Bloomington  Chamber  of  Commerce.  S 
F  Teter  pres,   R  G  Brusch  sec 

Bloomington    Hospital 

Bloomington   Ice  Co.   Wm  Smith   mgr 

Bloomington   Milling   Co 

Bloomington  National  Bank  (Capital 
$100,000).  W  H  Adans  pres,  James  K 
Beck   cashr 

Bloomington  National  Loan  Assn.  H  D 
Orchard  sec 

Bloomington  Poster  Adv  Co,  Lovell  Day 
mgr 

Blomington  Public  Library,  Helen  Bar- 
bour librarian 

Bloomington  Telephone  (daily),  W  D 
Bradfute   publr 

Bloomington  Wholesale  Grocery  Co.  C 
C   Smallwood  mngr 

Bloomington  &  Bedford  Stone  Co,  H  P 
■Radley   mngr 

BOLLENBACHER  GEORGE  W,  Indiana 
Oolitic  Limestone.  Rough,  Scabbled. 
Sawed.  Planed,  Turned,  Dressed,  Bed- 
ford Stone,  First  Natl  Bank  Bldg 


Elevator  Safety  Gates  and  Fire  Door  Equipment 

Richmond  Safety  Gate  Co.»  •  •        Richmond;  ladlasia 


15 


Specimen  Entry  under  Business 
from  Indiana  State  Gazette 

R.  L.  Polk  &  Company 


AMERICAN  VALVE  and  TANK  COMPANY 

Indianapolis,  Indiana,  U.  S.  A. 


1432     Grocers — Retail 


R.  L.   POLK  &  CO.'S    (1916) 


Grocers — Retail 


Kastner    Andrew 

Kelley   C   E 

Macker  H   E 

Niebaum   E   H   &   S©n 

Peters  F  A 

Snyder  A  R 

Steele  John 

Stei&enwald    Chas 

Teaney   D   B 

Wood  Harry 

Zeh    R   S 

Cutshaw  D  W 

Scott    C 

Crothers    Frank 

Knauer  &   Sons 

Crpdian    C    "(R    D) 

Denny    E   R 

Ford  Frank 

Hines  J  M 

Arnold  L  E 

Staley  Frank 

Gauck   John 

Schroeder  W  J  P 

Schuck    Henry 

Zierer   A   J 

Zierer   Louis 

Howell  R  S 

Moore  J  S 

Allen  M  F 

Bartlett  C  V 

Beard   J  W 

Benzel  C  H 

Birdwell  A  &  Son 

Bolding  Faris 

Buchanan  Stephen 

Donica   W   C 

Elliott  G  P 

Endris    Louis 

Peltner  J   W 

Fi61d  Howard 

Fish  John  jr 

Gainey  H  T 

Henderson'  Bros 

Ikerd  Bros 

Jones   Carl 

Kinser   Eli 

Lane  M  ,D 

Long  W  S 

Owen    Charles 

Rainbolt   L   E 

Rariden  Stewart 

Richardson  F  P 

Shrout  J  A 

Snow  Joseph 

Snow  R  L 

Stipp  B  A 

Weaver  B  C 

Wood    R    C 

Wood   W   P 


Aurora 


Avilla 
Bainbridfre 


Balbec 

Bass 

Batesville 


Battle  Ground 


Beech  Grove 


Schnvidt  Henry 

Wheat  W   R 

Cochran   Edw   B    (R   D) 

Bennett's   Switch 


Kraemer  Wm 
Strine  C  A 
Smuller    Bros 
-Liechty   R   E 
Smith    Orva 
Dixon    Daniel 
Forgey  C  W 
Hart  J  G 
Horn  Chester 
H;umbaugh  Satnticil 
Ice  &  Son 
Klllian  &  Blcknell 
Mackey    Ralph 
Russell  Bros 
Threlkefd  A  P 
Weldon  O.  E 


Bennettsville 

Benton 

Bentonville 

Berne 

Bicknell 


Wells    Walter 

Whittaker   Ottawa 

Clem    Cyrus 

Lanzoni   Martin 

Lundwell  G  P 

Calvert  E  O 

Chaney   Charles 

Edington  &  Knapp 

Plater  J  B 

Inman   J  T 

McLaughlin  A  W 

Stalcup  Glenn 

Goham  &  Davis 

Barton  O  L 

Bender   P  M 

Blakely  Horace 

Blakely  W  O  &  Sons 

Bowles   H    H 

Brown   L  J 

Buffalo   Allen 

Clark  George 

Clark  W  S 

Collins  &  Seidle 

Cooper  J  H 

Gillispie  G  P   (R  D) 

Henin   W  L 

Johnston  Wm 

Kelley  E  A 

Kirby  &  Norman 

Mc  An  inch    W   A 

Miller  W  A 

Moore  Howard   (R  D) 

Myers  F  S 

Norris  I  A 

Ranard  R\  L 

Rhodes  Mason 

Riggs  H  F 

Ross  J  T 

Sentney  W  S 

Shaffer  &  Curry 

Siscoe  H  K 

Smith   T   H 

Smith    &    Coffey 

Spencer  Homer 

Tandy  D   L 

Tarkington  W  D  &  Co 

Todd  Wm 

Walker  G  A 

Whitaker  Morton 

Woodward   J   W   &   Son 

Wylie  S  O 

Blount   &    Son 

Conklin  Lee 

Goodin  &  DeHaven 

Grove  &  Hunt 

Kershiner   H   M 

McCleery  Samuel 

Markley  &  Son 

Painter    J   H 

Stover  G  E 

Wiltse  C  S  &  Sons 

Bateman  U  G  B 

Baum  Bros 

Bordman   Clarence   (R  D) 

Bryan  A  C 

Crenshaw  .fe  Youngblood  (R  D) 

Gentry  L  C 

Goad   G  M 

Jeffries  N  M 

Kelley  J  W 

Lutz  Philip 

Metz  C  F 

Parker  Henry  &  Son 

Phillips  C  W 

Reed    J    B 

Scales  &  Gowen 

Shields  H  P 

Stephens  ~S  L 

Tennyson  &  Son 


Blanford 


Bloomingdale 
Bloomington 


Blountsville 
BlufCton 


ENCLOSURKe 


ELEVATOR.  qiSHlER,  RAW  STOCK  OR  TOOLS. 


Centiil  ^e  &  Iron  Wks.,  indian apous.  ini>. 


Questions  for 
Atlases;  City  Directories;  Gazetteers 


Student's  name Per  cent 

Teacher's  name Hour  reciting Date.  . . 

Have  you  read  the  directions  on  the  back  of  this  cover?     Answer  yes  or  no. 


What  does  3000  mean?     What,  50?     What  is  the  letter  and  number  guide? 


what? 

-If  one  wished  to  locate  the  office  of  the  Board  of  Health  in  a  city,  the  index  of  what  section  of  a 
city  directory  should  be  consulted?     Where  in  the  directory  is  this  section  usually  located? 


b.    Where,  in  the  Standard  dictionary?  c.     Where,  in  the  Century? 

d.  Which  would  give  more  about  the  river,  the  dictionaries  or  Lippincott's  Gazetteer  of  the 

world? 

e.  Would  an  atlas  index  give  the  length  of  the  river? 

f.  Would  an  encyclopaedia  give  information  about  the  river? 

g.  Do  encyclopjedias  contain  maps? 


1 — AH  places  in  the  Century  atlas  are  indexed  in  the  back  of  the  book,  in  one  alphabet.     After  "^ 

each  town  the  population  is  given,  the  number  of  the  map  on  which  it  is  situated,  and  a  s 

letter  and  number  guide  for  tracing  it.     One  entry  reads  as  follows:     Wallace:  Idaho,  as 

3000;  50;  D-2.  *5^ 


2 — What  kind  of  an  atlas  should  be  consulted  to  show  the  size  of  France  at  different  periods  of         J^ 
her  history?  « 

.& 

3 — If  the  word  "classical"  appears  in  the  title  of  an  atlas,  do  the  maps  pertain  to  general  or         "O 
to  ancient  history?  « 

a» 
.  "S 

4 — If  one  wished  to  locate  an  unfamiliar  place,  Schenevus,  for  example,  an  atlas  index  arranged         •*■ 
under  which  of  the  following  plans  should  be  consulted?    (May  answer  by  letter.) 

a.  Places  on  each  map  on  the  back  of  that  map. 

b.  AU  places  in  one  alphabet  at  the  back  of  the  atlas. 

c.  Places  on  each  map  on  the  margin  of  that  map. 

C3 

5 — The  word  "gazetteer"  in  the  title  of  a  book  indicates  that  it  gives  information  pertaining  to         '§ 


K 


7 — In  what  section  of  a  city  directory  could  a  list  of  the  druggists  of  the  city  be  found?    Where  in  Q. 

the  directory  is  this  section  located?  « 

s 

8 — In  what  section,  located  where  in  a  city  directory,  could  one  find  between  what  streets  a  certain  ^ 

house  number  comes?  g 

o 

9 — What  publication  gives  information  for  a  state,  similar  to  that  which  a  city  directory  gives         *^ 

for  a  city?  "5 

I 

10 — a.     Where,  in  Webster's  dictionary,  could  the  length  of  the  Amazon  river  be  found?  ;§ 


Directions  for  Using 
Perforated  Page  of  O^^estions  and  Key 

Which  appear  on  the  reverse  side  of  this  cover 

The  questions  which  appear  on  the  reverse  side  of  this  cover,  on  a  perforated 
colored  sheet,  are  not  difficult,  detailed  or  ''catchy."  They  are  intended  to 
emphasize  important  points  and  to  systematize  the  work  for  class  records.  The 
answers,  which  can  easily  be  given  after  the  text  has  been  carefully  read,  should 
be  written,  from  memory,  in  the  blank  spaces  under  the  questions,  preferably  in 
class  time  unless  directed  to  do  otherwise  by  the  one  in  charge  of  the  work. 

The  perforated  sheet  should  be  torn  out  in  the  presence  of  the  one  conduct- 
ing the  class  and  only  after  it  has  been  filled  in.  When  directed  to  remove  the 
questions,  insert  pencil  in  the  hole  and  rip  around  the  perforated  edges. 

A  key,  by  means  of  which  the  work  can  be  checked,  is  printed  on  the  cover 
under  the  question  page,  but  is  not  revealed  until  after  the  question  page  is 
removed.  This  key  consists  of  the  same  questions,  with  the  correct  answer 
to  each  printed  below  it. 

The  value  of  each  question,  on  the  scale  of  100,  is  indicated  after  the  answer 
in  the  key.  By  means  of  this  key,  students  could  correct  their  own  or  each 
other's  work  in  a  few  moments,  in  case  the  librarian  or  teacher  could  not  take 
the  extra  time  to  do  so. 

If  the  one  who  corrects  the  paper  finds  an  incorrect  answer,  the  amount  to  be 
deducted  should  be  placed  on  the  outer  right-hand  margin,  near  the  mistake. 
These  amounts  should  be  added,  the  sum  subtracted  from  100,  and  the  res^t 
placed  after  the  word  "Per  cent."  at  the  top  of  the  sheet. 

The  questions  are  asked  in  such  a  way  as  to  admit  of  very  Httle  variety  in  the 
wording  of  the  answers.  However,  if  the  wording  of  a  written  answer  is  mani- 
festly correct,  and  perfectly  clear,  but  not  exactly  like  the  printed  answer,  of 
course  no  deduction  should  be  made.  Do  not  deduct  for  spelling,  nor  for 
abbreviated  statements  if  they  are  perfectly  clear. 

If  the  one  who  corrects  a  paper  marks  a  question  wrong  which  the  writer 
considers  correct,  the  two  should  examine  the  key  together,  or  ask  advice  from 
the  one  in  charge  of  the  class. 


Reference  Guides 

That  Should  be  Known  and 
How  to  Use  Them 


By 
Florence  M.  Hopkins 

Librarian 

Central    High   School   and   Junior  College 

Detroit,  Michigan 


This  Pamphlet  Pertains  to 
Concordances 


TIME  REQUIRED 
Two   class    periods    aad 
Preparation   of   one   lesson 


THE    WI  LLARD 

4     7     9  SIXTH 

DETROIT 


COMPANY 

STREET 

MICHIGAN 


Copyright 

by 

FLORENCE  M.  HOPKINS 

19  19 


Foreword 


This  pamphlet  is  one  of  a  series  on  the  use  of  reference  books.  The  complete 
series  constitutes  a  second  edition  of  "Reference  guides  that  should  be  known  and 
how  to  use  them,"  which  first  appeared  in  1916  as  a  text  book  for  high  and  normal 
schools. 

The  Revision  treats  important  phases  of  reference  work  in  separate  pamphlets, 
thus  making  it  possible  to  grade  the  work,  or  to  select  the  pamphlets  best  fitted  to 
meet  individual  needs.  Generally  speaking,  any  one  of  the  pamphlets  can  be 
completed  in  two  class  periods  plus  time  for  the  preparation  of  one  lesson  be- 
tween recitations. 

The  entire  course  could  be  completed  by  advanced  students  in  five  or  six 
weeks  of  one  class  and  study  period  per  day.  The  work  can  also  be  scattered 
in  different  years.  If  one  subject  per  term  were  given  in  consecutive  order  to 
English  classes,  in  high  schools,  beginning  with  the  B8  of  junior  high  and  ex- 
tending through  the  A12  of  senior  high,  the  work  could  be  covered  in  two  or 
three  class  and  study  periods  per  term;  or,  if  familiarity  with  reference  books  is 
desired  early  in  the  school  course,  the  most  important  subjects  could  be  crowded 
into  the  early  high  school  grades.  The  order  in  which  the  subjects  of  the  pamph- 
lets are  Hsted  below  suggests  a  logical  sequence,  whether  the  work  is  given 
slowly  or  rapidly  or  to  lower  or  to  upper  grade  students. 

1 — Webster's  New  International  Dictionary 

2 — New  Standard  Dictionary 

3 — Encyclopaedias 

4 — Parts  of  a  book 

5 — ^Atlases;  city  directories;  gazetteers 

6 — Concordances 

7 — Library  classification  and  card  catalogue 

8 — Indexes  to  periodical  literature;  debates 

9 — Year-books 
10 — Commercial  indexes 
11 — Important  publications  of  city,  state  and  federal  governments 

The  inclusion  of  specimen  pages  from  the  reference  books  studied  makes 
it  possible  for  each  student  to  follow  all  illustrative  examples  without  making  a 
trip  to  a  library  and  waiting  to  have  access  to  the  complete  reference  work. 
No  library  will  furnish  a  sufficient  number  of  copies  of  expensive  reference 
books  to  supply  large  classes  adequately  for  detailed  study;  neither  could  a 
library  afford  to  have  pages  in  expensive  reference  books  as  badly  worn  and 
marked  as  they  would  become  if  many  students  were  required  to  consult  them  for 
prepared  lessons. 


mmwt^'^- 


Exp.erifijjjQ. has,  .proved  that. the  best  results  can  be  obtained  if  the  work  is 
begun  in-  re^wlatf  'cla^g  "rpi^t^^joris  by  a  librarian  or  a  teacher  reading  the  text 
with  the  class.  If  conducted  in  this  way,  no  previous  preparation  will  be  neces- 
sary, either  by  the  class  or  by  the  one  who  conducts  it.  As  the  reading  of  the 
text  proceeds,  it  will  be  seen  that  important  features  of  the  reference  books  studied 
are  emphasized  by  referring  to  the  sample  pages  embodied  in  the  text.  With  a 
little  class  direction  of  this  kind  the  students  can  readily  see  the  plan  of  the  text, 
and  can  finish  any  unread  pages  independently  as  an  assigned  lesson  for  the  next 
recitation.  In  classes  composed  of  advanced  students,  or  in  cases  of  absence, 
the  entire  work  could  be  done  independently. 

The  questions  on  the  colored  page  fastened  on  the  inside  of  the  last  cover 
are  designed  to  emphasize  important  points  and  to  systematize  the  work  for 
class  records.  Blank  spaces  are  left  under  the  questions  for  the  answers. 
When  the  questions  are  assigned  as  a  lesson  to  be  prepared  out  of  class,  and 
the  answers  are  written  from  memory  in  the  blank  spaces  during  the  class 
recitation  following,  the  points  are  more  thoroughly  impressed  than  they  are 
when  the  answers  are  written  before  coming  to  class,  while  having  direct  access 
to  the  text. 

A  key,  giving  the  answer  to  each  question,  together  with  its  value  on  the 
scale  of  100,  will  be  found  underneath  the  question  sheet  when  it  is  removed. 
By  means  of  this  key,  students  can  correct  their  own  or  another's  work  in 
a  few  minutes  of  class  time,  in  case  the  librarian  or  teacher  cannot  give 
extra  time  to  do  so. 

Schools  which  ask  a  leading  reference  question  in  final  examinations  find 
that  students  give  more  attention  to  the  work  and  therefore  learn  to  value  its 
importance. 

The  following  paragraphs  are  taken  front  the 
Foreword  of  the  First  Edition 

Possibly  the  best  way  of  presenting  the  points  which  it  is  hoped  this  series  of 
lessons  may  emphasize  is  to  quote  directly  from  the  preface  of  a  Bulletin  on 
"Library  instruction  in  universities,  colleges  and  normal  schools,"  from  the 
United  States  Bureau  of  Education,  1914 — No.  34, 

Many  educators  of  note,  as  well  as  college  and  university  librarians, 
have  emphasized  the  urgent  necessity  of  instruction  and  training  in 
"book-using  skill." 

The  place  of  the  library  in  the  work  of  all  departments  is  one  of 

increasing  importance.     The  library  is  a  resource  or  reservoir  from  which 

the  student  should  draw  constantly  for  information  and  inspiration. 

Every  month  of  delay  in  instructing  him  in  the  meaning 

and  use  of  the  library  lessens  the  efficienc}^  of  his  course. 

Every  new  student  should  be  required  to  take 
some  course  in  which  is  given  definite  practical  instruction  in  the 
handling  of  library  tools.  ....  Such  a  course,  more- 
over, should  not  only  be  required,  but  it  should  constitute  a  definite  part 
of  the  work  required  for  a  degree. 


Concordances 

A  concordance  is  simply  a  very  complete  index,  confined  to  words  instead 
of  to  subjects.  It  is  designed  to  help  one  to  find  just  where  a  quotation  occurs 
in  an  author's  work,  even  though  only  a  part  of  the  quotation  is  known.  Only 
a  few  very  prominent  authors  such  as  Shakespeare,  Wordsworth,  Milton, 
Tennyson  and  a  few  others,  have  a  separate  concordance  for  their  works. 
Cruden's  concordance  to  the  Bible  was  the  first  concordance  ever  published 
(1737). 

Books  which  collect  quotations  from  scattered  sources  usually  have  a  very 
complete  index  of  all  important  words  in  the  quotations  selected,  thus  making 
ft  kind  of  miscellaneous  concordance. 

The  pages  which  follow  are  inserted  to  illustrate  how  a  concordance  is  to  be 
used.  Suppose  one  wishes  to  find  who  is  the  author  of  the  following  quotation, 
or  in  which  of  his  works  it  may  be  found: 

"Hark!  hark!  the  lark  at  heaven's  gate  sings." 

If  the  author  is  known,  one  might  consult  a  concordance  of  his  works  to  find 
in  which  one  of  them  the  quotation  appears. 

If  the  author  is  not  known,  a  book  of  miscellaneous  quotations  should  be  con- 
sulted. 

A.mong  the  many  good  books  of  quotations  there  are  at  least  two  with  which 
one  should  be  familiar: 

Bartlett:  Familiar  quotations. 

(Quotations  collected  under  authors.     Some  Bible  quotations  included.) 

Hoyt:  Cyclopaedia  of  quotations. 

(Quotations  collected  under  subjects.     No  Bible  quotations.) 


An  Illustration  from  Bartlett's  Familiar  Quotations 

To  find  the  author  of  a  quotation  which  appears  in  the  collection  made  by 
Bartlett,  or  in  almost  any  other  good  collection,  first  consult  the  index  under  any 
prominent  word.     To  illustrate,  for  the  quotation  selected, 

"Hark!    hark!    the  lark  at  heaven's  gate  sings," 

look  in  the  index  under  "hark"  or  "lark"  or  "heaven's"  or  "gate."  The  page 
following  is  taken  from  the  index  to  Bartlett's  Familiar  quotations  under  the 
word  "heaven's."  Every  time  the  word  "heaven's"  occurs  in  any  quotation  in 
the  book,  it  is  indexed  in  connection  with  important  catch  words  in  the  quotation. 
Consult  the  specimen  page  from  the  index,  find  the  word  "heaven's"  (in  the  pos- 
sessive case,  not  plural)  and  notice  that  the  catch  word  first  mentioned  after 
"heaven's"  begins  with  "b,"  "best  treasures,"  and  that  the  last  catch  word 
begins  with  "w,"  "wide  pathless  way."  The  important  catch  words  are  sub- 
arranged  in  alphabetical  order.  Find  the  word  "gate"  alphabetically  among 
the  catch  words,  and  give  the  other  words  in  the  quotation  which  follow  it. 
What  page  is  referred  to? 

Page  159  of  Bartlett's  Familiar  quotations  is  reproduced,  and  follows  the 
specimen  page  from  the  index.  Consult  it,  and  mention  the  author  whose  name 
appears  on  the  top  of  the  page.  The  selections  made  by  Bartlett  are  classified 
under  author.  Glance  down  the  page  until  the  desired  quotation,  which  is  quite 
a  long  one,  is  found.  After  it,  the  abbreviation  "ibid."  appears.  This  abbre- 
viation comes  from  the  Latin  word  ibidem,  which  means  in  the  same  place.  It 
is  used  something  as  ditto  marks  might  be,  to  indicate  that  the  quotation  comes 
from  exactly  the  same  place  as  the  one  directly  preceding  it,  which  is  scene  3. 
Act  2,  from  which  this  scene  comes,  is  mentioned  a  few  lines  above.  The 
name  of  the  play,  from  which  all  quotations  below  it  come,  CymbeHne,  is  given 
one  line  above  Act  2.  The  quotation  therefore  comes  from  what  author?  What 
play?  What  act?  And  what  scene?  Be  careful  to  understand  why  the  answers 
to  the  above  questions  should  be:     Shakespeare;  Cymbehne;  Act  2;  scene  3. 

Give  the  play,  act,  and  scene  for  each  of  the  following  quotations,  all  of 
which  appear  on  the  specimen  page: 

"Prouder  than  rustling  in  unpaid-for  silk." 

"I  have  immortal  longings  in  me." 

"Let's  do  it  after  the  high  Roman  fashion." 


A  Specimen  Entry 

from  the  Index  to 

Bartlett's  Familiar  Quotations 

Copyrighted  by  Little,  Brown  &  Company 


INDEX. 


1209 


Heaven  was  not  heaven  if  Phaon,  665. 
were  not  heaven  if  we  knew  what  it 

were,  256. 
when  earth  was  nigher,  705. 
will  bless  your  store,  433. 
winds  of,  visit  her  face,  128. 
wisdom  sits  alone  topmost  m,  726. 
with  all  its  splendors,  733. 
with  earth,  melting,  653. 
Heavens    blaze    forth    the    death    ol 
princes,  112. 
bowed  the  high,  23. 
declare  the  glory  of  God,  1011- 
givest  the,  their  holiest  hue,  751. 
hear  these  tell-tale  women,  97. 
hung  be  the,  with  black,  93. 
opened  and  blazed,  ail  the,  680. 
should  fall,  if  ever  the,  957. 
spangled,   a  shining  frame,  300. 
that  which  we  caU  the,  903. 
to  gain  the,  794. 
Heaven's  be^t  treasures,  387. 
breath  smells  wooingly,  117. 
chancery,  flew  up  to,  379. 
cherubim  horsed,  118. 
decree,  curst  by,  398. 
ebon  vault,  568. 
eternal  year  is  thine,  270. 
first  law,  order  is,  319. 
gate,  the  lark  at,  159. 
gates,  she  claps  her  wings  at,  32. 
hand,  argue  not  against,  209. 
help  is  better  than  early  nsing,  976. 
immortal  noon,  566. 
last  best  gift,  235. 
lights,  godfathers  of,  54. 
melodious  strains,  695. 
own  Ught,  496. 
pavement,  riches  of,  225. 
Sovereign  saves,  308. 
sweetest  air,  162. 
wide  pathless  way,  250. 
Heaven-bom  band,  465. 
Heaven-directed  to  the  poor,  321. 
Heaven-eyed  creature,  486. 
Heaven-kissing  hill,  140. 
Heavenly  air  is  blent  with  blue,  as, 
729. 
blessings,  302. 
cr>'Btal  flood,  821. 
days  that  cannot  die,  469. 
empire  of  the,  29. 

Father  may  assuage,  pray  the,  bbU. 
gift  of  poesy,  profaned  thy,  270. 
habitants,  converse  with,  245. 
harmony,  from,  271. 
hope  is  all  serene,  535. 
host,  ye,  278. 

jewel,  have  I  caught  my,  34. 
lays,  pure  delight  by,  477. 
maid  was  young,  390. 
music,  that,  587. 
paradise  is  that  place,  485. 
spirits,  is  there  love  in,  28. 
woods  and  glades,  817. 
Heaven-taught  lyre,  377. 
Heaviest  battalions,  987. 

mourniug,  lightest  heart  mpkes.  653. 


Heaviest  words,  all,  790. 
Heaviness,  spirit  of,  1026. 
Heavy  and  red,  eyelids,  594. 

change,  but  O  the,  247. 
Hebrew  in  the  dying  Ught,  623. 
Hector  still  survives,  while,  338. 
Hecuba  to  him.  what 's,  134. 
Hedge  a  king,  divinity  doth,  142. 
Hedgehog  rolled  up,  lies  like  a,  593. 
Heed  for  himself,  will  take  no,  470. 

take,  lest  he  fall,  1037. 
Heeds  not  he  hears  not,  623. 
Heedless,  unwise  to  be,  901. 
Heel,  at  his,  a  stone,  405. 

despot's,  is  on  thy  shore,  813. 

of  the  courtier,  143. 

tread  each  other's,  308. 

tread  upon  another's,  143. 
Heels,  Ca>sar  with  a  senate  at  his,  31* 

detraction  at  your,  76. 

I  took  to  my,  889. 

of  pleasure,  treads  upon  the,  295. 

slippers  good  to  the,  690. 

with  an  income  at  its,  415. 
Height,  gray  unmeasured,  790. 

objects  in  an  airy,  287. 

of  man,  measure  of  the,  905. 

of  this  great  argument,  223.  ^ 

sunshine  dreaming  upon  Salmons, 

Heights  by  great  men  reached,  643. 
look  beyond  the,  784. 
on  the,  it  is  warmer,  997. 
other,  in  other  Hves,  706. 
the  soul  is  competent  to  gain,  480. 
Heir  of  all  the  ages,  669. 
of  fame,  great,  251. 
the  world  creation's,  394. 
to,  shocks  that  flesh  is,  135. 
to  the  first,  each  second  stood,  149. 
with  all  her  children  wants  an,  321. 
Heirs  of  truth  and  pure  delight.  477. 

imknown,  321. 
Held  thv  guard,  so  grimly,  749. 
to  their  faith  unseduced,  746. 
tu,  say  nothin'    thet   you  can   be, 
737. 
Helen,  hke  another,  272. 
Helen's  beauty  in  a  brow  of  Egypt,  59. 
Helicon's  harmonious  springs,  382. 
Helios,  Antigonus  the  son  of,  926. 
Hell,  agreement  with,  633,  1026. 
all  places  shall  be,  41.  ^ 
alternate  heaven  and,  763. 
beholding  heaven  feehng,  526. 
better  to  reign  in,  224. 
blasts  from,  130. 
broke  loose,  all,  234. 
characters  of,  to  trace,  383.^ 
contains  no  fouler  fiend,  345. 
cunning  livery  of,  48. 
damned  use  that  word  in,  lOS. 
day  and  night  and  death  and.  o(t». 
detests  him  as  the  gates  of,  338. 
fear  of,  's  a  hangman's  wlup,  418. 
for  hoarding  went  to,  95. 
for  horses,  England,  192. 
for  women,  Italy,  192. 


A  Specimen  Entry 

from 

Bartlett's  Familiar  Quotations 

Copyrighted  by  Little,  Brown  &  Company 


SHAKESPEARE.  159 

O,  wither'd  is  the  garland  of  the  war, 
The  soldier's  pole  is  fallen,-' 

Antony  and  Cleopatra.     Act  iv.  Sc.  IS 

Let 's  do  it  after  the  high  floman  fashion.  jbid. 

For  his  bounty, 
There  was  no  winter  in  't ;  an  autuum  't  was 
That  grew  the  more  by  reaping.  Act  v.  Sc.  2. 

If  there  be,  or  ever  were,  one  such, 
It 's  past  the  size  of  dreaming.  lud. 

Mechanic  slaves 
With  greasy  aprons,  rules,  and  hammers.  ibui. 

I  have 
Immortal  longings  in  me.  jina 

Lest  the  bargain  should  catch  cold  and  starve. 

Cymbeline.     Act  i.  Sc.  4. 

Hath  his  bellyful  of  fighting.  Act  a.  Sc.  1. 

How  bravely  thou  becomest  thy  bed,  fresh  lily.  Sc.  2. 

The  most  patient  man  in  loss,  the  most  coldest  that 
ever  turned  up  ace.  Sc.  3. 

Hark,  hark  !  the  lark  at  heaven's  gate  sings, 

And  Phoebus  'gins  arise,^ 
His  steeds  to  water  at  those  springs 

On  chaliced  flowers  that  lies  ; 
And  winking  Mary-buds  begin 

To  ope  their  golden  eyes  : 
With  everything  that  pretty  is. 

My  lady  sweet,  arise.  ibid. 

As  chaste  as  unsunn'd  snow.  Sc.  6. 

Some  griefs  are  medicinable.  Act  Hi.  Sc.  2. 

F?onder  than  rustling  in  unpaid-for  silk.  itc.  3, 

1  See  Marlowe,  page  41. 

2  See  Lyly,  page  32. 


An  Illustration  from  Hoyt's  Cyclopaedia  of  Quotations 

The  author  of  the  quotation  illustrated  through  Bartlett's  Familiar  quota- 
tions 

"Hark!  hark!   the  lark  at  heaven's  gate  sings" 

could  also  be  found  in  many  other  collections  of  quotations.  In  order  to 
become  familiar  with  different  forms  of  entry,  specimen  pages  from  Hoyt's 
Cyclopaedia  of  quotations  are  also  reproduced.  The  quotation  could  be  found 
under  the  word  ''heaven's"  in  this  book  also,  but,  for  the  sake  of  variety,  the 
word  "lark"  is  selected.  Notice  on  the  specimen  page  from  the  index,  which 
follows,  that  the  catch  words  under  lark  are  in  sub-alphabetical  order,  and  that 
the  word  lark  is  not  always  repeated,  but  is  frequently  represented  by  the  letter 
"1."  Under  lark,  sub-alphabetical  order  "the  lark,"  the  third  catch  words  are 
in  alphabetical  order.  Find  the  catch  words,  "the  1.  at,"  give  the  page  referred 
to,  and  the  letter  following  the  page.  The  letter  "h"  after  49  refers  to  the 
position  of  the  quotation  on  page  49.  The  asterisk  (*)  indicates  that  the  quota- 
tion is  from  the  author  indicated  by  the  *  at  the  bottom  of  the  page.  Who  is 
he?  What  author  is  indicated  by  two  **?  Notice  signs  at  the  bottom  of  the 
page  used  for  other  authors. 

A  specimen  entry  from  page  49  follows  the  index  entry.  Turn  to  it  and 
notice  that  the  quotations  are  lettered  in  order  just  before  the  author's  name, 
beginning  with  a,  and  also  notice  that  the  authors  are  in  alphabetical  order, 
beginning  with  M.  (Under  s,  the  name  Shakespeare  is  understood  through  the 
titles  of  his  plays).  Find  "h,"  and  give  the  act,  scene,  and  line  from  which 
this  quotation  comes  in  a  song  in  the  play  of  Cymbeline.  All  of  the  quotations 
on  this  page  from  Hoyt  refer  to  what  subject  and  what  division  of  it  as  indicated 
at  the  top  of  the  page?  The  quotations  in  Hoyt  are  arranged  under  subject; 
those  in  Bartlett  are  arranged  under  author. 

Turn  again  to  the  index  under  lark,  sub-alphabetical  "up  springs  the  lark, 
shrill,"  and  give  the  letter  on  page  49  under  which  the  quotation  is  placed.  Turn 
to  the  specimen  entry  of  page  49,  find  the  quotation,  and  give  the  author,  poem, 
and  line  cited.  By  a  similar  method  find  the  authors,  poems  and  hues  for  the 
following  quotations: 

"Sky-poised  lark." 

"Gentle  lark,  weary  of." 

Under  the  word  "language"  in  the  index,  sub-alphabetical  "w,"  find  "with 
no  language  but  a  cry,"  and  name  the  author  by  finding  his  name  at  the  bottom 
of  the  page,  preceding  the  sign  indicated. 

Trace  the  following  in  a  similiar  way: 
"Old  landlord's  hospitable  door." 
"Stick  to  the  last"  (not  your). 
"Nothing  is  too  late,  till  the." 

7 


A  Specimen  Entry  from  the  Index  to 
Hoyt's  Cyclopaedia  of  Quotations 

Copyrighted  by  Funk  &  Wagnalls  Company 
LAND.  LAUGH. 


989 


Blaves— in  a  land  of  light. .  .560  h 
stories  from  the  1.  of  spirits383  d 

sweet  laud  of  liberty 469  n 

that  travel  by  1.  or  by  water607  o 
the  1.  is  dearer  for  the  sea.  .460  c 

the  land  of  scholars. 115  n 

the  land  of  shadows  344  o 

the  land  of  the  free 468  / 

the  land  retains  it  never. .  .459  n 

the  land's  betray'dj: 390  b 

they  love  their  land 118  e 

to  fight  for  such  a  land 469  ^• 

to  the  use  of  land 184  o 

what  Lis  this?  yon  pretty§.  97  t 
when  many  a  subject  land||  Ma 
without  the  use  of  land 838  v 

Landlady-the  1.  andTam  ...271aa 

Landlord-L's  laugh  was 340  k 

old  l.'s  hospitable  doorj.  ..ASiio 

Landmark-1.  of  a  new§ 131  c 

Landmarks-at  once,  and  1. .  .  67  d 
life  hath  set  no  1 348  s 

Lands-have  roam'd  o'er :i70m 

know  the  lands  are  lit 229  o 

lands  not  yet  laid  down§...  90  c 
lands  were  fairly  portioned687  A: 
leads  to  thel.  where  sorrow568  y 
let  other  lands,  exulting. .  .266  x 

the  union  of  lands 627to 

though  not  of  lands 112  n 

to  northern  lands,  again... 391  6 
to  shine  in  other  lands 192  I 

Landscape-asoftl.  of  mild. 11.655  h 
darkens  the  landscape o'er§261  g 

eternal  1.  of  the  pastt 466  p 

golden  wand  o'er  the  l.§. .  .585  n 

o'er  the  darken'd  1.**  99  r 

1.  lay  as  if  new  created§ 542  m 

landscape  tire  the  view. ..  410  « 
thing  in  a  landscape 549  o 

Landsmen-list,  ye  1.  all,  to.  .446  b 

Lane-lane  where  there  is  no. 376  o 
the  wonders  of  the  lane 614  b 

Lanes-among  the  crooked  1 .  .3'.'3  k 
in  the  leafy  1.  and  by-paths§  33  t 

Language-accent  is  thtj  soul. 775  c 
attempts  to  use  language.. 720  g 

Chatham's  1.  was  his 48G  g 

confound  the  1.  of  the S^Ow 

enlargement  of  the  1 .514  / 

entrance  into  the  language.COo  o 
eyeshaveonel.everywhere£05  b 

in  language  plain  450  g 

in  tiieological  language 5i0  s 

language  I  have  liv'd  in*.. 3.53  it 
1.  in  her  eye,  her  cheek*.  ...339  z 

I.  in  their  very  gesture* 310  d 

1.  is  a  city  to  the  building. . 839  u 
language  is  fossil  poetry  .  .339  v 
1.  is  only  the  instrument . .  .339  a; 
1.  is  the  expression  of  ideas  340  g 
language  of  another  world  1415  j 

language  of  mankind§ 405  t 

1.  of  their  farm  field  spolie.340  h 

language  of  truth  is 747  k 

language  of  truth  issimple748  / 

1.  quaint  and  oldeng 218  r 

1.  spoken  by  angels§ 405  w 

language  tlie  actors  spoke. 520  r 

1.  wherewith  springt 226  e 

1.  yet  with  us  abode 574  s 

learning  mo  your  1.* 840  / 

love's  truest  language..     .  216  / 

might  the  language  be 90  I 

mystic  language  bears 219m 

nature'sendofi.  isdeclined340  i 
noble  and  expressive  1.  . . .  447  c 

no  language  but  a  cryt 82  A: 

retain  an  identity  of  1 840  g 

speaKs  a  various  language.410  j 

strangled  his  1.  in  his* 591  n 

sweet  tears!  vheawful  1...  .591  j? 

tears  are  the  silent  1 592  r 

the  Eternal's  language§....255n 

those  lips  had  language 346  u 

to  his  1.  the  license  to 665  a 

with  no  language  buta  cryt372  s 


you  taught  me  language* . .  340  / 
Languaged-well  1.  Danyel. .  .3;39  o 
Languages-agreat  feast  of  l.*514  1 

1.  are  no  more  than  the 353  c 

1.  especially  the  deadn 841  s 

silent  in  seven  languages  .  .554  v 

speaks  tliree  or  four  1.* 353  I 

well  worth  all  languages  in  92  g 

Languish-relieve  my  1.,  and. 561  e 

Languor-1.  is  a  punishment.  .813  p 

makel.  smile,  and  smooth^  11  a 

Lantern-bear  you  the  1.* 84  g 

in  thy  dark  1.  thus  close**.. 416  n 

lantern  the  moon 267  o 

lantern  to  my  feet  * 275  s 

the  lantern  of  the  night 397  i 

Lanterns-king  made  1 421  o 

Laocoon-say  of  the  L.  how  .  .452  k 

Lap-and  lap  it  in  Elysium**. 557  j 

drop  into  thy  mother's  1.**  10  s 

Earth's  prolific  lap    237  o 

fill  your  lap  and  fillT 245m 

in  her  full  lap 224  i 

in  my  mother's  lap** 149  i 

lap  dogs  breathe  their  last}iJ09  h 
1.  me  in  soft  Lydian  airs**. 406  d 

lap  of  autumn  bloom 245  / 

strew  the  green  lap* 249  i 

sun  had  long  since  in  the  1.584p 

upjon  the  lap  of  earth  379  c 

Lapidary-inl.  inscriptions  a.419  e 
Lapland-lovely  as  aLaplandt  12  I 
Lapse-since  thy  original  1.**.     lA 

to  lapse  in  fulness* 199  t 

Lapwing-a  1.  by  th'  avenging  48  g 

Beatrice  like  a  1.  runs* 48  j 

desert-walks  the  1.  flies 48  i 

lapwynge  full  of  trecherye.  48  h 
Larcenous-play  her  1.  tricks.. 654  u 

Larch-l.  has  hung  all  his 614  o 

tuft  the  larcht 59  e 

Lard-they  1.  their  lean  books.474  I 
Larded-nuts  1.  many  swine.. 616  ;i 
so  larded  with  my  matter*.449  b 
Larder-keeps  our  larder  lean.  23  c 
Large-heaven  not  so  large  as.297  n 

large  enough  for  me 297  n 

twice  as  large,  measured..  .101  I 

Largeness-abound  in  1 96  j' 

largeness  of  his  head 246  e 

Larger-1  than  this  we  leave.  132  e 

Lark-gentle  1.,  weary  of* 49  k 

in  lark  and  nightingale 49  6 

it  is  the  lark  that  sings* 49  i 

I  took  this  lark  for  a 49m 

it  was  the  lark,  the  herald*  49  j 
1.  becomes  a  sightless songtGlO  j 
1.  beside  the  dreary  winter..  135  i 
1.  left  his  ground  nest** —  48  r 

lark  that  singest  like 159  r 

merry  lark  was  up 135  i 

nightingale  and  not  the  1.*.  52  b 

no  lark  so  blithe  as  he 110  6 

none  but  the  lark  so  shrill..  48  q 

note  of  lark  and  linnet§ 117  h 

rise -nith  the  lark 38  e 

rise  with  the  lark  and  with.503w 
sing  as  sweetly  as  the  1.*  . . .  44 m 

sing  so  like  a  lark* 55  c 

soars  within  the  little  lark..  48  k 
sky-poised  1."  Hark — hark.  49  c 

the  1.  at  heaven's  gate* 49  A 

the  lark  begin  his  flight**. .  49  a 

the  lark  now  leaves  his 48  7i 

the  lark  sung  loud,  the  . .  49  g 
the  lark  that  shuns  on  lofty.  49  r 
the  merry  lark  he  soars ....  48m 
the  morning  sky  the  lark.  .,445  r 
to  rise  with  the  1. ,  and  go . .  .507  w 

wak'd  by  the  lark* 400  y 

wakes  the  lark  to  sing 51  r 

will  soar  above  the* 47  n 

up  springs  the  lark,  shriU..  49  p 

Larks-catch  larks  if  ever  the.  252  g 

mounting  1.,  while  Daphne^  49  d 

thinlc  we  may  have  larks. .  .167  e 

Larkspur-larkspur  listenst...366  r 


Larkspurs-1.  many  hued 219  / 

Larums-loud  1.,  neighing*..  .659  e 

Lashed-lash'd  into  Latin  by.  .853  g 

Lashes-an'  teary  roun'  thet+.590«; 

1.  are  the  herbs  that  look. .  .191  p 

underneath  their  long 194  a 

Lass-and  a  lass  is  good 280  I 

a  penniless  1.  wi'alang 657w 

drink  to  the  lass  604  r 

give  him  his  1.  his  fiddle 78  s 

here's  a  health  to  the  lass.  .604  t 
Lasses-then  she  made  theL  ..654w 

Lassitude-a  pleasing  1 560  I 

Last-after  1.  returns  the 101  b 

although  the  last  not  least*495  j 
beauteous  race  the  last. .  .  .229  d 
comes  1.  is  commonly  best.474jn 
ever  look  to  his  last  day — 690  / 

eyes,  look  your  last* 139  / 

for  your  last  day 738  o 

I  am  the  last  of  my  race. .  .764  i 
I  drain  should  be  my  last... 142  6 

is  no  last  nor  first 273  s 

joys  too  exquisite  to  last. .  .329  s 
1.  at  his  cross,  and  earliest. 654  r 

1.  day  places  man  in  the 600  h 

1.  extend  the  shoe  too  wide.453  b 

last,  not  least  in  love* 304  w 

last  of  all  the  Romans* 287  c 

1.  piece  of  good  fortune — 700  p 
1.  some  people  twice  the — 524  i 

last  till  doomsday* 458  v 

last  to  lay  the  old  aside+. .  .212  w 

on  his  last  legs 502/ife 

pleas'd  to  the  1.  he  cropsj.  .475  r 
shines  upon  you  is  the  last. 738  7t 

stick  to  the  lasttt 285  g 

stick  to  your  last 680  jj 

th'  approaches  of  the  1 110  j 

that  man  may  last 319  n 

thel.  is  inferior  to  the 679/ 

theL  still  loveliest,  tmi|....034  a 

though  last  not  least 506  o 

Lasting-nothing  can  be  1 737  o 

Latch-gentle  hand  was  at  the044aa 

leaves  it  upon  thelatch§ VS5m 

lifts  the  1.  and  enters  with.    9  a 

the  latch  is  fast 415  fc 

to  lift  the  latch,  and  force.  .539  6 
Latches-rural  latches  to  his*  126  j 
Latchets-1.  of  his  sandalg ...  187  o 
Late-better  late  than  never.  .496  g 

comfort  comes  too  late* 100  n 

he  comes  too  1.  that  comes.594  a 
joy  1.  coming  late  departs.  .329  j 
1.  and  soon  getting  andH. . .  .689  ( 

late,  but  seriously 804  h 

L,  so  1. 1  but  we  can  entert.147  o 

lived  an  age  too  late 287  j 

love  that  comes  too  late*.  .362  »• 
nothing  is  tool,  till  the§. ..147  I 
see  thee  now,  though  late. .409m 
sorrow  never  comes  too  1. .  .582  o 
to-day  itself 's  too  L— the.  ..605  k 
too  1. 1  stayed— forgive  the.603  p 
white  rose  weeps,  she  ist.  ..366  r 
you  come  L,  yet  you  come. 791  g 

Latest-1.  spoken  still  are 664  c 

my  latest  found** 645  / 

Latin-goodmylord,noLatin*353  k 
Greek  and  L.  speaks  with.  .353  / 

he  speaks  Latin* 353  i 

lash'd  into  Latin  by  the 353  gr 

L.  was  no  more  difficile 353  d 

small  L.  and  less  Greek 550  n 

that  soft  bastard  LatinJ ...  .853  e 

Latin-bred-L-b.  woman 495  k 

Latitude-which  have  a  1 263  a 

Lattice-through  his  1.  peeped.369  d 

through  the  wreathed  I. . . .  56  / 

Laud-wel.  and  magnifyt — 486  3 

Laudable-harm,  is  often  1.*..    5  1 

Lauding-sing  we  I .  and 165  i 

Laugh-and  its  dread  laugh..  .341  g 

and  laugh  us  into  sense 341  /i 

angels  L,  too,  at  the  good.  .340  q 
a  rippling  laugh  and  out. . .  43  K 


Shakespeare  * ;  Milton  ♦* ;  Wobdswoeth  H  ;  Byeon  ||  ;  Tennyson  t ;  Lowell  t+ ;  Pope  t ;  Longfellow  §. 


specimen  Entry  from 
Hoyt's  Cyclopaedia  of  Quotations 

Copyrighted  by  Funk  &  Wagnalls  Company 
BIRDS— LARK.  BIRDS— LARK. 


To  hear  the  lark  begin  his  flight, 
And  singing  startle  the  dull  Night, 
From  his  watch-tower  in  the  skies, 
Till  the  dappled  dawn  doth  rise. 

a.  Milton — L' Allegro.     L.  41. 

The  bird  that  soars  on  highest  wing, 
Builds  on  the  ground  her  lowly  nest ; 

And  she  that  doth  most  sweetly  sing. 
Sings  in  the  shade  when  all  things  rest : 

In  lark  and  nightingale  we  see 

What  honor  hath  humility. 

b.  MoNTGOMEKY — Humility, 

I  said  to  the  sky-poised  Lark  : 

"  Hark— hark ! 
Thy  note  is  more  loud  and  free 
Because  there  lies  safe  for  thee 

A  little  nest  on  the  ground." 

c.  D.  M.  MuLOCK — A  Rhyme  About  Birds. 

No  more  the  mounting  larks,  while  Daphne 

sings. 
Shall,  list'ning,  in  mid-air  suspend  their  wings. 

d.  Pope — Pastorals.   Winter.    L.  53. 

O  earliest  singer !  O  care-charming  bird  ! 
Married  to  morning,  by  a  sweeter  hymn 
Than  priest  e'er  chanted  from  his  cloister  dim 
At  midnight, — or  veiled  virgin's  holier  word 
At  sunrise  or  the  paler  evening  heard. 

e.  Adelaide  Procter — The  Flood  of 

Thessaly. 
O  happy  skylark  springing 

Up  to  the  broad,  blue  sky, 
Too  fearless  in  thy  winging, 
Too  gladsome  in  thy  singing, 

Thou  also  soon  shalt  lie 
Where  no  sweet  notes  are  ringing. 
/.        Christin.v  G.  Rossetti — Gone  Forever. 

&i.  2. 
The  sunrise  wakes  the  lark  to  sing. 
g.        Christina  G.  Rossetti — Bird  Raptures. 

L.  1. 
Hark !  hark  !  the  lark  at  heaven's  gate  sings. 

And  Phoebus  'gins  arise. 
His  steeds  to  water  at  those  springs 
On  chalic'd  flowers  that  lies. 
h.        Cymbeline — Act  II.    Sc.  3.    Song. 

L.  21. 

It  is  the  lark  that  sings  so  out  of  tune, 
Straining    harsh    discords    and     unpleasing 
sharps. 
i.        Romeo  and  Juliet — Act  III.    Sc.  5. 

L.  27. 
It  was  the  lark,  the  herald  of  the  morn. 
j.        Romeo  and  Juliet — Act  III.    Sc.  5. 

L.  6. 
Lo  !  here  the  gentle  lark,  weary  of  rest. 
From  his  moist  cabinet  mounts  up  on  high, 
And  wakes  the  morning,  from  whose  silver 

breast 
The  sun  ariseth  in  his  majesty, 
fc.         Venus  and  Adonis — L.  853. 
4 


Some  say,  that  ever  'gainst  that  season  cornea 
Wherein  our  Saviour's  birth  is  celebrated. 
The  bird  of  dawning  singeth  all  night  long : 
And    then,    they    say,    no    spirit    dare    stir 

abroad ; 
The  nights  are  wholesome;  then  no  planets 

strike. 
No    fairy    takes,    nor  witch  hath  power  to 

charm, 
So  hallow'd  and  so  gracious  is  the  time. 
I.        Hamlet— Act  I.    Sc.  1.     L.  158. 

Then  my  dial  goes  not  true ;  I  took  this  lark 
for  a  bunting, 
m.        AlVs  Well  That  Ends  Well— Act  II. 

Sc.  5,    L.  5. 

Better  than  all  measures 

Of  delightful  sound. 
Better  than  all  treasures 

That  in  books  are  found. 
Thy  skill  to  poet  were,  thou  scorner  of  the 
ground ! 

n.        Shelley — To  a  Skylark. 

Sound  of  vernal  showers 

On  the  twinkling  grass, 
Rain-awakened  flowers. 

All  that  ever  was 
Joyous,  and  clear,  and  fresh,  thy  music  doth 
surpass. 

0.        Shelley — To  a  Skylark. 

Up  springs  the  lark. 
Shrill- voiced,    and    loud,    the    messenger   of 

morn ; 
Ere  yet  the  shadows  fly,  he  mounted  sing?. 
Amid  the  dawning  clouds,   and   from  thelT 

haunts 
Calls  up  the  tuneful  nations. 
p.        Thomson — Tlie  Seasons.    Spring. 

L.  587. 

The  lark  sung  loud  ;  the  music  at  his  heart 
Had  called  him  early ;    upward  straight  lie 

went. 
And  bore  in  nature's  quire  the  merriest  part, 
As  to  the  lake's  broad  shore  my  steps  I  bent. 
q.        Charles  Tennyson  Turner — Sonnet. 
An  April  Day. 

The  lark  that  shuns  on  lofty  boughs  to  build 
Her  humble  nest,  lies  silent  in  the  field. 
r.        Edmund  Waller — Of  the  Queen. 

Ethereal  minstrel !  pilgrim  of  the  sky ! 

Dost  thou    despise   the   earth    where    cares 

abound  ? 
Or,  while  the  wings  aspire,  are  heart  and  eye 
Both  with  thy  nest  upon  the  dewy  ground  ? 
Thy  nest  which  thou  canst  drop  into  at  will, 
Those  quivering  wings  composed,  that  music 

still ! 
s.       Wordsworth — Poems  of  the 

Imagination.     To  a  Skylark. 


4> 

It 
03 
<U 

CO 


I   8^ 

||a 

•St       c   ^ 

I     O   i 

a.  -*  « 

O  -a 


g  S  =       5       tN       ^- 


10 


I    ■♦  3\         O    MV 


11 


An  Illustration  from  Bartlett's  Concordance  to  Shakespeare 

The  quotation,  "Hark!  hark!  the  lark  at  heaven's  gate  sings"  could  also  be 
found  in  a  complete  concordance  to  Shakespeare's  works.  One  of  the  best 
concordances  to  Shakespeare  has  been  compiled  by  John  Bartlett,  who  also 
compiled  "Familiar  quotations."  This  concordance  is  a  book  over  half  the  size 
of  a  Webster's  New  international  dictionary. 

Under  the  word  "gate,"  on  the  specimen  page  which  precedes,  a  reference 
will  be  found  to  every  play,  act,  scene  and  line  in  which  the  words  gate  or  gates 
occur  in  any  of  Shakespeare's  works.  Notice  that  it  requires  over  half  of  the 
page  to  list  all  of  the  references  to  this  one  word.  Read  the  first,  and  then  the 
last  reference  under  gate.  The  titles  of  the  plays  are  abbreviated.  Unless  one 
is  sufficiently  familiar  with  these  titles  to  guess  at  them  from  the  abbreviations, 
they  would  have  to  be  looked  up.  Are  the  titles  of  the  plays  in  sub-alphabetical 
order?  Is  there  any  sub-arrangement  by  catch  words?  Near  the  end  of  the 
references  under  gate,  find  Cymbeline,  and  give  the  act,  scene  and  line  for  the 
quotation  desired.  Is  a  large  concordance  easier  or  more  difiicult  to  use  than 
a  small  one? 

Find,  quite  near  the  end  of  the  references  under  gate,  the  play,  act,  scene 
and  line  for  the  quotation  containing  the  phrase,  "Knocking  at  the  gate." 

Find  the  word  "gasp"  in  heavy  type  in  alphabetical  order  on  the  page,  and 
tell  in  what  act,  scene  and  line  of  Cymbeline  the  word  appears. 

Give  the  act,  scene  and  line  in  Merry  Wives  of  Windsor  for,  "Peace,  I  say! 
hear  mine  host  of  the  garter." 

Give  the  act,  scene  and  line  in  Comedy  of  Errors  for,  "The  reason  that  I 
gather  he  is  mad." 


12 


An  Illustration  from  Young's  Analytical  Concordance  to  the  Bible 

Many  Bible  concordances  have  been  published;  some  of  these  are  very  ex- 
haustive, others  condensed.  A  brief  concordance  is  often  published  at  the  back  of 
the  Bible.  Very  large  and  complete  Bible  concordances  have  been  compiled  by 
Alexander  Cruden,  Robert  Young,  and  James  Strong.  In  each  of  these  con- 
cordances one  could  find  the  exact  book,  chapter  and  verse  of  the  Bible  in  which 
any  ordinary  word  occurs. 

Consult  the  specimen  entry  taken  from  Young's  Analytical  Concordance  to 
the  Bible,  which  follows,  and  tell  how  many  times  the  word  "hunger"  is  entered 
in  heavy  black-faced  type.  The  separate  entries  of  a  word  indicate  a  slight 
difference  in  the  meanings.  Notice  that  this  concordance  gives  the  Hebrew 
characters  for  the  words,  after  each  distinct  meaning,  to  enable  a  scholar  of  the 
Hebrew  language  to  see  how  exact  the  translation  is.  Consult  the  second  entry 
of  the  word  "hunger"  in  heavy  type  (to  have  or  suffer  hunger),  and  tell  how 
many  numbered  sub-divisions  are  under  it.  Near  the  end  of  the  second  sub- 
division, find  the  chapter  and  verse  in  the  book  of  Romans  for  the  quotation, 

"if  thine  enemy  hunger,  feed  him." 

Under  the  word  "hundred  fold"  find  the  book,  chapter  and  verse  for  the 
quotation, 

"Sprang  up  and  bare  fruit  an  hundred  fold." 


William  Cullen  Bryant  has  edited  an  jcxcellent  collection  of  short  poems 
entitled 

A  New  Library  of  Poetry  and  Song 

The  analytical  index  of  quotations  at  the  back  of  late  editions  of  this  work 
forms  a  kind  of  concordance. 


13 


A  Specimen  Entry  from 
Young's  Analytical  Concordance  to  the  Bible 

Copyrighted  by  Funk  &  Wagnalls  Company 


HTTNDSED  FOLD  — 

l.Uundred  steps,  times,  D'P;;?  nxD  [ineah  paam], 
a  Sa.  24.    3  how  many  soever  they  be,  an  hundred  fold 

2. Hundred  measures,  D'lj;^  hkd  [mmh  shaar], 
Gea.  26.  12  received  in  the'same  year  an  hundredfold 

Z. Hundred  fold,€KaTovTaTr\a(Tiwv'helcatontaplasl6n. 
Matt  19.  29  shall  receire  an  hundred  fold,  and  shall 
Markio.  30  he  shall  receive  an  liundred  fold  now  in 
Luke  8.    8  sprang  up,  and  bare  fruit  an  hundred  lold 

^.Hundred,  e/caroV  hekaton. 

Matt  13.    8,  23  some  an  hundredfold,  some  sixty  fold 

HXTNDEEDTH  — 

Hundred,  nxa  meah. 

Gen.    7.  II  in  the  six  hundredth  year  of  Noah's  life 
8.  13  in  the  six  hundred  tli  and  first  year,  in  the 
Neh.   5.  II  the  hundredth  (part)  of  the  money,  and 

BTUNDEEDS,  by  — 

By  hundreds,  a  hundred  each,  avk  iicarSf  ana  h>'.k. 
Slark  d  40  sat  down  in  ranks,  [by  hundreds],  .flf ties 

HTJNGEK. — 

l.Hunger,  famine,  3j;t  raah. 

Exod.  16.  3  to  kill  this  whole  assembly  with  hunger 
Deut.28.  48  in  hunger.and  in  thirst,  and  in  nakedness 
32.  24  burnt  with  hunger,  and  devoured  with  bar. 
Neh.  9. 15  bread  from  heaven  for  their  hanger,  and 
Jer.  38.  9  he  is  like  to  die  for  hunger  in  the  jilaee 
Lam.  2.  19  thy  young  children,  that  faint  for  hunger 
4.  9  are  better  than  (they  that  be)slain  witli  li. 
Eze.  34.  29  they  shall  be  no  more  consumed  with  hu. 

^.Hunger,  famine,  \i/j.6s  limos. 

Luke  1 5.  17  have  bread  enough,  .and  I  perish  with  h. 
2  Co.  II.  27  hunger  and  thirst,  in  fastings  often,  in  c. 
Rev.    6.    8  to  kill  with  sword,  and  with  hunger,  and 

"BjySGER,  to  (have  or  suffer)  — 

1.  To  hunger,  be  hungry,  ay-i  raeh, 

Psa.  34.  loTheyounglionsdolack,  andsufferhunger 
Prov  19.  15  sleep ;  and  an  idle  soul  shall  suffer  hunger 
Isa.  49.  10  They  shall  not  hunger  nor  thirst ;  neither 
Jer.  42.  14  nor  have  bunger  of  bread ;  and  there  will 

2.  To  htinger,  irfivi-A)  peiiiao. 

Matt.  5.   6  Blessed  (are)  they  which  do  hunger  and 

21.  18  as  he  returned  into  the  city,  he  hungered 

Luke  4.   2  when  they  were  ended,  he  afterward  hu. 

6.  21  Blessed.,  that  hmiger  now:  for  ye  shall 

6.  25  Woe  unto  you  tliatarefull!foryeshallhu. 

John  6.  35  he  that  cometh  to  me  shall  never  hunger 

Kom.12.  20  if  thine  enemy  hunger,  feed  him ;  if  he 

1  Co.  4.  1 1  we  both  hungpr,  and  thirst,  and  are  naked 

11.  34  if  any  man  hunger,  let  him  eat  at  home 
Rev.  7.  10  They  shall  hunger  no  more,  neither  thirst 

HTTilGEPv,  to  suffer  to  — 

To  cause  or  suffer  to  be  hungry,  ayj  raeb,  5. 

Dent.  8.    3  suffered  thee  to  hunger,  and  fed  thee  with 
HTTNGER  BnTEIT  — 
Hungry,  famished,  3y"J  raeb. 

Job    18. 12  His  strength  shall  be  hunger  bitten,  and 
HTJNG3KED,  to  be  an  — 
To  hunger,  irtivita  peinao. 

Matt.  4.   2  he  had  fasted . .  he  was  afterward  an  hung. 

12.  t  his  disciples  were  an  hungered,  and  began 
12.  3  what  DaWd  did,  when  he  was  an  hungered 
25.  35  I  was  an  hungered,  and  ye  gave  me  meat 
25.  37  Lord,  when  saw  we  thee  an  hungered ,  and 
25.  42  I  wasanhun^'ered,  andyegave  e  no  meat 
25.  44  when  saw  we  thee  an  hungered,  or  athirst 

Mark  2.  25  when  he  had  need,  and  was  an  hungered 
Luke  6.    3  what  David  did,  when  himself  was  auhu. 

HTTNC-KY  — 

I. Hungry,  famished,  2]}iraeb. 

1  Sa.  2.    5  hungry  cease'd :  so  that  the  barren  hath 

2  Sa.  17.  29  The  people  (is)  hungry,  and  weary,  and 

2  Ki.  7.  12  Theyknowthatwe(be)hungry ;  therefore 

Job     5.   5  \VTiose  harvest  the  htmgryeateth  up,  and 

22.    7  thou  hast  withholden  bread  from  the  h. 

24.  10  they  take  away  the  sneaf  (from)  the  hun. 

Pr:n,  107.    5  Hungry  and  thirsty,  their  soul  faulted  in' 

107.    9  and  fllletli  the  hungry  soul  with  goodness 

107.  36  there  he  maketh  tlie  hungry  to  dwell,  that 

146.    7  wliich  giveth  food  to  the  hungry.    The  L. 

Prov.is.  21  If  thine  enemy  be  hungry,  give  him  bread 

27.    7  to  the  hungry  soul  everv  bitter  thing  is 

14 


Questions  for 
Concordances 

Student's  name Per  cent. 


Teacher's  name Hour  reciting Date "S 

i 

Have  you  read  the  directions  on  the  back  of  this  cover?     Answer  yes  or  no.  « 


1 — la  a  concordance  an  index  of  subjects  or  an  index  of  words? 


2 — a.  Under  what  words  would  the  following  quotation  from  the  Bible  be  entered  in  a  good  v    , 

Bible  concordance?     "The  price  of  wisdom  is  above  rubies."  *  ^ 

b.  Might  this  quotation  also  be  found  in  Bartlett's  Familiar  quotations?  ,_ 

«    I 

c.  Why  would  it  not  be  entered  in  Hoyt's  Cyclopaedia  of  quotations?  -g    | 

3 — Who  has  compiled  a  concordance  to  Shakespeare's  works? 

4 — a.  Which  of  the  collections  of  quotations  studied  is  arranged  by  subject?  -g 

b.  Which  one  is  arranged  by  author?  « 

t: 

5 — What  abbreviation  is  used  after  a  quotation  in  Bartlett's  Familiar  quotations,  to  indicate         -S 
that  it  is  found  in  exactly  the  same  place  as  is  the  one  directly  preceding  it?  « 

6 — What  is  given  in  the  index  of  Hoyt's  Cyclopaedia  of  quotations  after  the  page  to  aid  in  readily  ■^ 

finding  the  quotation  on  the  page?  ^ 

O 

E 

7 — If  a  quotation  by  Alexander  Pope  is  desired,  would  it  be  better  to  use  Bartlett's  Quotations  © 

or  Hoyt's?    Why?  ^ 

a> 

8 — If  a  quotation  on  the  subject  of  friendship  is  desired,  would  it  be  better  to  use  Bartlett's         ^ 
Quotations  or  Hoyt's,  and  why?  C 

.    4> 

9 — a.  If  one  wishes  to  find  in  what  play,  act,  and  scene  a  very  familiar  quotation  from  Shake- 
speare occurs,  would  it  be  easier  to  use  a  complete  Shakespeare  concordance,  or 
Bartlett's  or  Hoyt's  collection  of  quotations,  and  why? 

b.  If  the  quotation  is  unusual,  which  would  it  be  better  to  use? 
10 — How  are  leading  catch  words,  under  important  words  in  many  concordances  sub-arranged? 


;P^lltlMKilfl^ 


Directions  for  Using 
Perforated  Page  of  Questions  and  Key 

Which  appear  on  the  rererse  side  of  this  cover 

The  questions  which  appear  on  the  reverse  side  of  this  cover,  on  a  perforated 
colored  sheet,  are  not  diflScult,  detailed  or  "catchy."  They  are  intended  to 
emphasize  important  points  and  to  systematize  the  work  for  class  records.  The 
answers,  which  can  easily  be  given  after  the  text  has  been  carefully  read,  should 
be  written,  from  memory,  in  the  blank  spaces  under  the  questions,  preferably  in 
class  time  unless  directed  to  do  otherwise  by  the  one  in  charge  of  the  work. 

The  perforated  sheet  should  be  torn  out  in  the  presence  of  the  one  conduct- 
ing the  class  and  only  after  it  has  been  filled  in.  When  directed  to  remove  the 
questions,  insert  pencil  in  the  hole  and  rip  around  the  perforated  edges. 

A  key,  by  means  of  which  the  work  can  be  checked,  is  printed  on  the  cover 
under  the  question  page,  but  is  not  revealed  until  after  the  question  page  is 
removed.  This  key  consists  of  the  same  questions,  with  the  correct  answer 
to  each  printed  below  it. 

The  value  of  each  question,  on  the  scale  of  100,  is  indicated  after  the  answer 
in  the  key.  By  means  of  this  key,  students  could  correct  their  own  or  each 
other's  work  in  a  few  moments,  in  case  the  librarian  or  teacher  could  not  take 
the  extra  time  to  do  so. 

If  the  one  who  corrects  the  paper  finds  an  incorrect  answer,  the  amount  to  be 
deducted  should  be  placed  on  the  outer  right-hand  margin,  near  the  mistake. 
These  amounts  should  be  added,  the  sum  subtracted  from  100,  and  the  result 
placed  after  the  word  'Ter  cent."  at  the  top  of  the  sheet. 

The  questions  are  asked  in  such  a  way  as  to  admit  of  very  Uttle  variety  in  the 
wording  of  the  answers.  However,  if  the  wording  of  a  written  answer  is  mani- 
festly correct,  and  perfectly  clear,  but  not  exactly  like  the  printed  answer,  of 
course  no  deduction'  should  be  made.  Do  not  deduct  for  speUing,  nor  for 
abbreviated  statements  if  they  are  perfectly  clear. 

If  the  one  who  corrects  a  paper  marks  a  question  wrong  which  the  writer 
considers  correct,  the  two  should  examine  the  key  together,  or  ask  advice  from 
the  one  in  charge  of  the  class. 


Reference  Guides 

That  Should  be  Known  and 
How  to  Use  Them 


By 
Florence  M.  Hopkins 

Librarian 

Central    High   School   and   Junior  College 

Detroit,  Michigan 


This  Pamphlet  Pertains  to 

Library  Classification;  Card  Catalogue; 

Special  Indexes;  Book  Selection 


TIME  REQUIRED 
Two   class    periods    and 
Preparation   of   one   lesson 


THE    WILLARD     COMPANY 

479  SIXTH  STREET 

DETROIT  '  MICHIGAN 


Copyright 

by 

FLORENCE  M.  HOPKINS 

1919 


Foreword 


This  pamphlet  is  one  of  a  series  on  the  use  of  reference  books.  The  complete 
scries  constitutes  a  second  edition  of  "Reference  guides  that  should  be  known  and 
how  to  use  them,"  which  first  appeared  in  1916  as  a  text  book  for  high  and  normal 
schools. 

The  revision  treats  important  phases  of  reference  work  in  separate  pamphlets, 
thus  making  it  possible  to  grade  the  work,  or  to  select  the  pamphlets  best  fitted  to 
meet  individual  needs.  Generally  speaking,  any  one  of  the  pamphlets  can  be 
completed  in  two  class  periods  plus  time  for  the  preparation  of  one  lesson  be- 
tween recitations. 

The  entire  course  could  be  completed  by  advanced  students  in  five  or  six 
weeks  of  one  class  and  study  period  per  day.  The  work  can  also  be  scattered 
in  different  years.  If  one  subject  per  term  were  given  in  consecutive  order  to 
English  classes,  in  high  schools,  beginning  with  the  B8  of  junior  high  and  ex- 
tending through  the  A12  of  senior  high,  the  work  could  be  covered  in  two  or 
three  class  and  study  periods  per  term;  or,  if  familiarity  with  reference  books  is 
desired  early  in  the  school  course,  the  most  important  subjects  could  be  crowded 
into  the  early  high  school  grades.  The  order  in  which  the  subjects  of  the  pamph- 
lets are  listed  below  suggests  a  logical  sequence,  whether  the  work  is  given 
slowly  or  rapidly  or  to  lower  or  to  upper  grade  students. 

1 — Webster's  New  International  Dictionary 

2 — New  Standard  Dictionary 

3 — Encyclopaedias 

4 — Parts  of  a  book 

5 — Atlases;  city  directories;  gazetteers 

6 — Concordances 

7 — Library  classification  and  card  catalogue 

8 — Indexes  to  periodical  literature;  debates 

9 — Year-books 
10 — Commercial  indexes 
11 — Important  publications  of  city,  state  and  federal  governments 

The  inclusion  of  specimen  pages  from  the  reference  books  studied  makes 
it  possible  for  each  student  to  follow  all  illustrative  examples  without  making  a 
trip  to  a  library  and  waiting  to  have  access  to  the  complete  reference  work. 
No  library  will  furnish  a  sufficient  number  of  copies  of  expensive  reference 
books  to  supply  large  classes  adequately  for  detailed  study;  neither  could  a 
library  afford  to  have  pages  in  expensive  reference  books  as  badly  worn  and 
marked  as  they  would  become  if  many  students  were  required  to  consult  them  for 
prepared  lessons. 


Experif^nct^  has  proved  that  the  best  results  can  be  obtained  if  the  work  is 
begun  m  regular  class  recitations  by  a  librarian  or  a  teacher  reading  the  text 
with  the  class.  If  conducted  in  this  way,  no  previous  preparation  will  be  neces- 
sary, either  by  the  class  or  by  the  one  who  conducts  it.  As  the  reading  of  the 
text  proceeds,  it  will  be  seen  that  important  features  of  the  reference  books  studied 
are  emphasized  by  referring  to  the  sample  pages  embodied  in  the  text.  With  a 
little  class  direction  of  this  kind  the  students  can  readily  see  the  plan  of  the  text, 
and  can  finish  any  unread  pages  independently  as  an  assigned  lesson  for  the  next 
recitation.  In  classes  composed  of  advanced  students,  or  in  cases  of  absence, 
the  entire  work  could  be  done  independently. 

The  questions  on  the  colored  page  fastened  on  the  inside  of  the  last  cover 
are  designed  to  emphasize  important  points  and  to  systematize  the  work  for 
class  records.  Blank  spaces  are  left  under  the  questions  for  the  answers. 
When  the  questions  are  assigned  as  a  lesson  to  be  prepared  out  of  class,  and 
the  answers  are  written  from  memory  in  the  blank  spaces  during  the  class 
recitation  following,  the  points  are  more  thoroughly  impressed  than  they  are 
when  the  answers  are  written  before  coming  to  class,  while  having  direct  access 
to  the  text. 

A  key,  giving  the  answer  to  each  question,  together  with  its  value  on  the 
scale  of  100,  will  be  found  underneath  the  question  sheet  when  it  is  removed. 
By  means  of  this  key,  students  can  correct  their  own  or  another's  work  in 
a  few  minutes  of  class  time,  in  case  the  librarian  or  teacher  cannot  give 
extra  time  to  do  so. 

Schools  which  ask  a  leading  reference  question  in  final  examinations  find 
that  students  give  more  attention  to  the  work  and  therefore  learn  to  value  its 
importance. 

The  foUotving  paragraphs  are  taken  from  the 
Foreword  of  the  First  Edition 

Possibly  the  best  way  of  presenting  the  points  which  it  is  hoped  this  series  of 
lessons  may  emphasize  is  to  quote  directly  from  the  preface  of  a  Bulletin  on 
"Library  instruction  in  universities,  colleges  and  normal  schools,"  from  the 
United  States  Bureau  of  Education,  1914 — No.  34. 

Many  educators  of  note,  as  well  as  college  and  university  librarians, 
have  emphasized  the  urgent  necessity  of  instruction  and  training  in 
"book-using  skill." 

The  place  of  the  library  in  the  work  of  all  departments  is  one  of 

increasing  importance.     The  library  is  a  resource  or  reservoir  from  which 

the  student  should  draw  constantly  for  information  and  inspiration. 

Every  month  of  delay  in  instructing  him  in  the  meaning 

and  use  of  the  library  lessens  the  efficiency  of  his  course. 

Every  new  student  should  be  required  to  take 
some  course  in  which  is  given  definite  practical  instruction  in  the 
handling  of  library  tools.  ....  Such  a  course,  more- 
over, should  not  only  be  required,  but  it  should  constitute  a  definite  part 
of  the  work  required  for  a  degree. 

2 


Library  Qassification  and 
Card  Catalogue 

If  the  hundreds  of  thousands  of  vohimes  in  large  Hbraries  are  to  be  made 
available,  some  carefully  planned  system  for  the  arrangement  of  books  on  the 
shelves  is  necessary.  Many  experiments  have  been  made  with  different  plans, 
but  the  one  which  meets  with  the  greatest  favor  at  the  present  time  is  a  "Decimal 
system"  devised  by  Melvil  Dewey. 

Dewey  or  Decimal  System  of  Library  Classification 

Under  the  Dewey  or  Decimal  system  of  library  classification  all  books  on  the 
same  subject  are  kept  together  by  means  of  numbers.  Ten  large  subjects,  each 
of  which  is  assigned  to  a  hundred  division,  form  the  basis  of  the  system.  For 
example,  science  is  represented  by  500;  literature,  by  800;  fine  arts,  by  700.  The 
hundreds  are  next  subdivided  into  tens,  each  ten  representing  some  division  of  the 
main  subject,  as:  810,  American  literature,  that  is,  a  particular  literature  under 
800;  physics  is  represented  by  530,  a  particular  science  under  500;  music  is 
represented  by  780,  a  particular  division  of  fine  arts.  Each  of  the  tens  is  next 
divided  into  units:  as  811,  American  poetry,  a  division  of  American  literature; 
537,  electricity,  a  division  of  physics;  784,  vocal  music,  a  division  of  music. 

When  possible,  certain  numbers  stand  for  certain  subjects:  for  example, 
a  "0"  always  represents  something  general,  whether  it  occupies  the  units,  tens,  or 
hundreds  position.  If  a  book  is  about  England,  a  "2"  will  appear  somewhere 
in  the  book -number;  the  reverse,  however,  is  manifestly  not  the  case,  that  is, 
if  a  "2"  appears  in  a  book-number,  the  book  is  not  necessarily  about  England. 
A  careful  study  of  the  significance  of  each  number  is  too  detailed  for  a  brief  lesson. 

It  is  necessary  to  have  access  to  the  full  classification,  with  its  index,  if 
accurate  work  is  done  for  a  real  Ubrary.  These  tables  serve  for  general  out- 
lines only. 


Questions  Drawing  Out  the  Arrangement  of  Table  1,  Which  Follows 

Consult  Table  1,  which  follows,  and  read  all  of  the  numbers,  and  the  subjects 
which  they  represent,  from  000  through  900,  including  also  the  divisions  for 
biography  and  fiction,  below  900. 

Under  what  divisions  would  books  on  the  following  subjects  be  classified? 

1.  Chemistry.  9.  High  school  education. 

2.  Study  of  music.  10.  David  Copperfield;  story  by  Dickens. 

3.  Selected  poems.  11.  History  of  England. 

4.  Life  of  Whittier.  12,  Encyclopaedias. 

5.  Philosophy  of  the  Greeks.  12.  English  grammar. 

6.  Books  on  engineering.  14.  A  trip  through  Yellowstone  Park. 

7.  Religion  of  the  Romans.  15.  Government  of  France. 

8.  Century  magazine.  16.  Medical  dictionary. 

How  many  zeros  appear  in  the  first  division?  As  there  are  only  nine  di- 
visions from  100  through  900,  and  as  the  system  requires  ten  divisions  to  carry 
out  the  decimal  plan,  the  division  of  000  is  improvised  to  meet  this  need.  It  is, 
in  all  respects,  treated  like  the  other  divisions. 

Table  1 

Illustrating  the  Dewey  or  Decimal  System  of  Library  Classification  Under 

Hundreds 

000 — General  works;  such  as  encyclopaedias,  magazines,  newspapers. 

100 — Philosophy;  such  as  psychology,  ethics,  philosophy. 

200 — Rehgion;  such  as  mythology;  anj'  book  on  any  religion. 

300 — Sociology;  such  as  government,  education. 

400 — Language  (called  also  philology);  such  as  any  book  on  any  language. 

500 — Science;  such  as  physics,  chemistry,  biology,  mathematics. 

600 — Useful  arts;  such  as  engineering,  medicine,  manufactures. 

700 — Fine  arts;  such  as  painting,  music,  sculpture,  architecture. 

800 — Literature;  such  as  poetry,  dramas,  essays  of  any  country. 

900 — History;  such  as  travel,  description,  history. 

B — Biography  being  a  very  large  subject,  is  often  classified  by  itself,  under 
"B."  As  the  Ufe  of  a  person  is  simply  the  history  of  an  individual,  instead  of  the 
history  of  a  country,  some  libraries  use  a  division  under  history,  920,  for  biog- 
raphy. 

Fiction — Most  libraries  do  not  classify  fiction  under  a  number.  Books  in 
fiction  are  usually  placed  on  the  shelves  in  alphabetical  order  under  the  firpt 
letter  of  the  author's  surname.  Some  libraries,  however,  classify  fiction  under 
a  division  of  literature,  800. 


Questions  Drawing  Out  the  Arrangement  of  Table  2,  Which  Follows 

Table  2,  which  follows,  repeats  the  main  divisions  under  Table  1,  but  shows 
how  each  subject  is  separated  into  ten  subdivisions.  Consult  the  table  under 
800,  and  give  the  numbers  for:     French   literature,  Italian   literature,  Greek 


literature.  Under  400,  give  the  numbers  for:  French  language,  Italian  language, 
Greek  language.  Notice  that  the  numbers  in  the  tens  position  correspond. 
When  a  book  is  about  France,  "4"  will  appear  somewhere  in  the  number;  if  the 
book  is  about  Italy,  ''5"  will  appear;  if  it  is  about  Greece,  "8"  will  appear. 


Table  2 

Illustrating  the  Dewey  or  Decimal  System  of  Library  Classification  Under 
Divisions  by  Tens 


000  GENERAL  WORKS. 
010  Bibliography. 
020  Library  Economy. 
030  General  Cyclopedias. 
040  General  Collections. 
050  General  Periodicals. 
060  General  Societies. 
070  Newspapers. 
080  Special  Libraries. 
090  Book  Rarities. 


500  NATURAL  SCIENCE. 

510  Mathematics. 
520  Astronomy. 
530  Physics. 
540  Chemistry. 
550  Geology. 
560  Paleontology. 
570  Biology. 
580  Botany. 
590  Zoology. 


100  PHILOSOPHY. 

110  Metaphysics. 

120  Special  Metaphysical  Topics. 

130  Mind  and  Body. 

140  Philosophical  Systems. 

150  Mental  Faculties.     Psychology, 

160  Logic. 

170  Ethics. 

180  Ancient  Philosophers. 

190  Modern  Philosophers. 


600  USEFUL  ARTS. 

610  Medicine. 

620  Engineering. 

630  Agriculture. 

640  Domestic  Economy. 

650  Communication  and  Commerce. 

660  Chemical  Technology. 

670  Manufactures. 

680  Mechanic  Trades. 

690  Building. 


200  RELIGION. 

210  Natural  Theology. 

220  Bible. 

230  Doctrinal. 

240  Devotional  and  Practical. 

250  Homiletic,  Pastoral. 

260  Church.     Institutions. 

270  Religious  History. 

280  Christian  Churches  and  Sects. 

290  Non-Christian  Religions. 


700  FINE  ARTS. 

710  Landscape  Gardening. 

720  Architecture. 

730  Sculpture. 

740  Drawing.     Design. 

750  Painting. 

760  Engraving. 

770  Photography. 

780  Music. 

790  Amusements. 


300  SOCIOLOGY. 

310  Statistics. 

320  Political  Science. 

330  Political  Economy. 

340  Law. 

350  Administration. 

360  Associations  and  Institutions. 

370  Education. 

380  Commerce  and  Communication. 

390  Customs.     Costumes.     Folklore. 


800  LITERATURE 

810  American. 

820  English. 

830  German. 

840  French. 

850  Italian. 

860  Spanish. 

870  Latin. 

880  Greek. 

890  Minor  Languages. 


400  LANGUAGE  (Philology) 

410  Comparative. 

420  English. 

430  German. 

440  French. 

450  Italian. 

460  Spanish. 

470  Latin. 

480  Greek. 

490  Minor  Languages. 


900  HISTORY. 

910  Geography  and  Description. 

♦920  Biography. 

930  Ancient  History. 

940  Europe. 

950  Asia. 

960  Africa. 

970  North  America. 

980  South  America. 

990  Oceanica  and  Polar  Regions. 


•Biography  is  often  classifiedfby  a  "B"  instead  of  by  a  number.    Fiction  is  usually  classified 
alphabetically  by^the  author's  surname,  and  therefore  has  no  number. 


Explanation  of  Cutter  Table  of  Author-marks 

What  number,  in  Table  2,  represents  American  literature  under  800?  The 
number  for  American  poetry,  a  division  of  American  literature,  not  shown  in  the 
condensed  table,  is  811.  It  is  evident,  therefore,  that  the  poems  of  Longfellow, 
Whittier,  Bryant,  Lowell,  and  all  other  American  poets  will  have  the  same  num- 
ber, that  of  811,  unless  some  provision  is  made  to  distinguish  them.  It  is  as  im- 
possible for  two  books  in  a  library  to  have  exactly  the  same  number,  as  it  would 
be  for  two  pages  in  a  book  to  be  numbered  alike.  Libraries  avoid  such  diffi- 
culties by  following  the  Dewey  number  with  the  first  letter  in  the  author's  sur- 
name. For  Bryant's  poems  a  "B"  would  follow  811;  for  Holmes'  poems  an 
"H"  would  follow  811.  This  would  be  a  very  simple  solution  if  there  were  not 
several  authors  whose  surnames  begin  with  the  same  letter,  Longfellow  and 
Lowell  and  Lanier  would  each  be  811 L  under  this  plan,  unless  a  further  division 
were  used.  Of  course,  Longfellow  might  be,  "811  Lon,"  and  Lowell,  "811  Low," 
and  Lanier,  "811  Lan,"  but  this  would  be  confusing.  Experience  has  proved 
that  it  is  easier  to  handle  books  and  cards  if  arranged  by  numbers  than  if 
arranged  by  letters. 

A  key,  showing  the  relation  of  the  alphabet  to  numbers,  has  been  carefully 
worked  out,  and  is  known  as  the  "Cutter  Table  of  author-marks,"  These  num- 
bers range  between  10  and  100  to  correspond  with  the  alphabetical  position  of  the 
second  and  third  letters  of  the  author's  surname.  The  scale  gradually  changes 
from  low  numbers,  which  represent  letters  in  the  first  part  of  the  alphabet,  to 
high  numbers,  which  represent  the  letters  in  the  latter  part  of  the  alphabet. 

Consult  the  following  specimen  entry  of  the  "Cutter  Table  of  author-marka" 
for  "B,"  find  "Bry,"  and  give  the  number  in  connection  with  it.  The  Cutter 
number  for  Bryant  is  B84,  because  "ry,"  the  second  and  third  letters  in  Bryant, 
are  near  the  end  of  the  alphabet,  and  "84"  is  a  relative  distance  from  10  to  100. 
By  placing  this  Cutter  number,  "B84,"  after  the  Dewey  number,  "811,"  the 
complete  classification  for  Bryant's  poems  becomes  811-B84.  This  number  is 
used  by  the  majority  of  libraries  of  America  for  Bryant's  poems. 

The  Dewey  and  the  Cutter  numbers  for  the  poems  of  John  Burroughs,  an 
American  poet,  are  811-B94,  Give  the  Cutter  number  only  for:  Botsford; 
Browning;  Burns.  When  the  number  for  a  name  cannot  be  exact,  as  Bartlett, 
for  example,  use  the  number  directly  preceding.  Give  the  number  for  Bamford, 
Tell,  without  consulting  the  table,  whether  the  number  following  B,  in  the  name 
Bacon,  would  be  a  high  or  a  low  number.  Which  would  be  the  higher  number, 
the  one  for  Bedford,  or  the  one  for  Bennett? 

The  complete  table  contains,  of  course,  a  key  for  each  letter  in  the  alphabet, 
corresponding  to  the  sample  under  B.  This  key  is  used  by  almost  all  libraries; 
it  is  particularly  valuable  for  fiction.  Most  libraries  do  not  place  any  Dewey 
number  before  the  Cutter  number  for  fiction.  The  number  for  a  story  by  Barrie, 
entitled  "Sentimental  Tommy,"  for  example,  is  B27S.  "B27"  is  the  Cutter  num- 
ber for  Barrie;  "S"  represents  the  first  letter  of  the  title.  Give  the  number  for 
a  stoi-y  by  Blackmore  entitled  "Lorna  Doone,"  Some  libraries  do  not  even  give 
a  Cutter  number  for  fiction,  but  put  authors  alphabetically  on  the  shelf  without 
such  close  classifying. 


i 


For  biography,  most  libraries  use  a  "B"  instead  of  a  Dewey  number.  The 
"B"  is  placed  first,  then  the  initial  letter  of  the  surname  of  the  one  written  about, 
with  its  Cutter  number.  The  Cutter  number  is  then  followed  by  the  initial  of 
the  author's  surname.  For  example,  the  book-number  for  a  biography  of 
Daniel  Boone,  by  Abbott,  would  be  B-B64-A.  The  first  "B"  classifies  the  book 
under  Biography.  "B64"  is  the  Cutter  number  for  Boone  (the  one  written 
about).     "A"  indicates  that  the  author's  name  begins  with  "A." 

Specimen  entry  for  "B"  from  Cutter  Table  of  Author  Marks. 


Ba  11 

Bax  33 

Bix  55 

Brim  77 

Bac  12 

Bay  34 

Bl  56 

Bro  78 

Baco  13 

Be  35 

Blaf  57 

Broo  79 

Bad  14 

Beal  36 

Blak  58 

Brow  81 

BaU  15 

Beam  Zl 

Blan  59 

Browni  82 

Bain  16 

Bear  38 

Bland  61 

Bru  83 

Bak  17 

Bed  39 

Bio  62 

Bry  84 

Bal  18 

Bel  41 

Bo  63 

Bua  85 

Bald  19 

Bern  42 

Bon  64 

Bue  86 

Ball  21 

Ben  43 

Bot  65 

Bui  87 

Ban  22 

Bene  44 

Bou  66 

Bum  88 

Bar  23 

Beo  45 

Bow  67 

Bura  89 

Bark  24 

Bers  46 

Bowl  68 

Burg  91 

Barm  25 

Bi  47 

Box  69 

Burl  92 

Barne  26 

Big  48 

Boin  71 

Burn  93 

Barr  27 

Bil  49 

Bra  72 

Burr  94 

Bars  28 

Bim  51 

Brae  11 

Burt  95 

Bas  29 

Bio  52 

Bre  74 

Bus  96 

Bat  31 

Bir  53 

Brem  75 

But  97 

Batf  32 

Bis  54 

Bri  76 

Butp  98 

Arrangement  of  Books  on  Shelves 

The  number  by  which  a  book  is  classified  is  known  as  a  "call  number" 
because  the  book  is  called  for  by  that  number.  This  "call  number"  is  either 
printed,  or  written,  or  pasted  by  means  of  a  label,  on  the  back  of  the  book  to 
make  it  easy  to  find  or  to  replace  the  volume  on  the  shelf.  All  books  of  the  same 
class  are  together,  sub-arranged  first  by  numbers,  and  then  by  the  letters  of  the 
author's  name.  In  a  section  of  literature,  for  example,  books  numbered  as  below 
would  be  arranged  on  the  shelves  as  follows: 


Considering  the  above  as  books  on  a  shelf,  between  what  numbers  would 
American  literature  by  Newcomer,  810-N43,  be  placed?      Would  Holmes'  poems, 

7 


811-H73,  be  "in"  or  "out"  according  to  the  above?  Would  Lowell's  poems, 
811-L89,  be  "in"  or  "out?"  Would  Longfellow's  poems,  811-L83,  be  "in?" 
Would  Tennyson's  poems,  821-T25,  be  "in"  or  "out?" 

Shelf  Lists 

It  is  necessary  for  libraries  to  have  a  file  of  cards  arranged  in  the  order  in 
which  books  are  placed  on  the  shelves,  to  make  it  possible  to  determine  what 
books  have  been  assigned  to  certain  numbers,  or  what  books  may  be  missing 
from  any  section.  These  cards  are  called  a  "shelf-list;"  this  list  is  not  ordinarily 
needed  by  the  users  of  the  library. 

Before  taking  uf)  the  next  subject,  it  would  be  well  to  memorize  the  ten  main 
divisions  of  the  Dewey  or  Decimal  classification  as  given  on  page  4,  Table  1. 


Card  Catalogue 

A  card  catalogue  of  a  library  consists  of  written,  or  typewritten,  or  printed 
cards,  uniform  in  size,  for  all  books  in  the  library.     Each  card  represents  either: 

An  author;  A  title;  A  subject;  or 

A  special  chapter  or  phase  of  some  one  book. 

The  complete  catalogue,  therefore,  gives  full  information  on  such  points 
for  all  books  contained  in  the  library.  The  cards  are  usually  filed  in  one 
alphabetical  order,  in  cabinets  made  for  the  purpose;  and,  to  prevent  misplace- 
ment, are  fastened  by  a  rod  run  through  a  hole  in  the  bottom  of  each  card. 

The  accompanying  cuts  are  inserted  to  show  how  the  cards  are  arranged 
in  drawers  and  cases.  The  first  drawer  of  the  case  represented  by  the  following 
cut  contains  cards  for  all  authors,  subjects,  titles  and  other  necessary  entries, 
which  come  in  alphabetical  order  between  A  and  K.  Give  the  letters  contained 
in  the  second  drawer.  This  case  represents  a  very  small  library.  In  large 
libraries,  many  drawers  are  needed;  sometimes  one  or  more  drawers  are  required 
for  one  letter  only. 


The  second  cut  represents  the  first  drawer  of  the  case  as  it  would  appear  if 
it  were  removed.  Notice  that  the  card  for  "Cuba"  is  in  full  view.  What 
author's  name  appears  on  this  card,  just  below  the  word  Cuba?  If  this  book 
were  to  be  called  for,  the  number  in  the  upper  left-hand  corner  of  the  card,  970-F, 
would  be  copied  by  the  one  desiring  the  book  and  handed  to  some  one  in  charge 
of  the  Hbrary.  This  number  indicates  where  the  book  is  located  on  the  shelves; 
the  "9"  indicates  that  it  is  in  the  section  of  history;  the  "7,"  that  it  is  among 
the  books  on  American  history,  and  the  "0,"  that  it  treats  of  some  general  phase 
of  American  history;  the  "F,"  represents  the  initial  of  the  author's  surname. 
Numbers  of  this  kind  are  known  as  "call  numbers,"  because  books  are  called  for 
under  these  numbers.  The  "call  number"  is  always  entered  in  the  upper  left- 
hand  corner  of  the  card.     It  is  also  placed  on  the  back  of  the  book. 


Guide  Cards 

Notice  that  after  Cuba,  a  card  headed  "Dickens"  extends  above  the  other 
cards.  What  word,  beginning  with  "E,"  extends  above  the  line  immediately 
following  Dickens?  These  cards  are  called  "guide  cards,"  because  they  guide 
one  to  the  location  of  certain  letters  in  the  catalogue.  Are  the  "guide  cards"  in 
alphabetical  order?  If  a  card  for  a  book  on  "Fish"  is  in  the  drawer,  it  would 
appear  between  what  guide  cards?  Between  what  guide  cards  should  one  look 
to  see  if  the  library  contains  a  copy  of: 

a:  Oliver  Wendell  Holmes'  poems, 

b:  Book  on  "Baskets," 

c:  A  copy  of  "As  You  Like  It," 

d:  Emerson's  Essays? 


Library  of  Congress  Printed  Cards 

To  enable  a  catalogue  to  give  a  complete  record  of  what  books  a  library 
contains  by  a  certain  author,  or  on  a  certain  subject,  or  by  a  certain  title,  it  is 
necessary  to  make  several  cards  for  each  book.  This,  of  course,  means  a  great 
deal  of  careful  work,  which  should  be  done  only  by  those  who  have  been  trained 
in  the  details  of  cataloguing  methods.  As  all  cards  for  the  same  book  are  nearly 
the  same  in  different  libraries,  it  is  obvious  that  there  is  much  wasted  energy  in 
writing  these  cards  separately  for  each  library.  A  central  bureau  has  therefore 
been  estabhshed  by  the  Library  of  Congress  for  the  purpose  of  supplying  other 
libraries  with  cards  which  are  printed  for  the  catalogues  of  their  own  library. 
As  the  Library  of  Congress  receives  two  free  copies  of  every  book  which  is  copy- 
righted in  the  United  States,  its  card  catalogue  has  a  printed  card  for  all  such 
books.  Cards  are  also  printed  for  all  other  books  in  the  Congressional  library. 
These  cards  can  be  purchased  by  any  library,  public  or  private,  for  a  trifle  more 
expense  than  that  of  blank  cards.  Postage  is  free,  because  the  work  is  under  the 
United  States  government.  These  cards  make  it  possible  for  the  smallest 
library  to  be  catalogued  as  carefully  as  is  a  large  important  one.  For  details, 
address:  Printed  Card  Catalogue  Division,  Library  of  Congress,  Washington, 
D.  C. 

10 


A  Library  of  Congress  card  for  Francis  Parkman's  "California  and  Oregon 
trail"  follows,  reproduced  in  exact  size.  All  cards  needed  under  different  head- 
ings for  this  book,  such  as  an  author  card,  a  title  card,  a  subject  card,  are  made 
from  this  form,  which  is  the  only  form  printed. 


Parkman,  Francis,  1823-1893. 

The  California  and  Oregon  trail;  being  sketches  of 
prairie  and  Rocky  Mountain  life,  by  Francis  Parkman, 
jr.,  with  an  introduction  by  Edward  G.  Bourne,  ph.  d. 
:New  York,  T.  Y.  Crowell  &  co.  [1901] 

1  p.  1.,  xix,  416  p.     front,  (port.)     19'". 
Added  t.-p. :  The  Oregon  trail. 


1.  The  West— Descr.  &  trav.    2.  Indians  of  North  America— The  West. 
3.  Frontier  life— The  West. 


O" 


1-16630 
Library  of  Congress  V         )    F592.P256 

©1901     A 12474 


An  "author  card"  made  from  this  printed  form,  would  have  the  "call  num- 
ber," 917.P256,  entered  in  the  upper  left-hand  corner.  The  card  would  be  filed 
in  the  catalogue  in  alphabetical  order  under  Parkman. 

A  title  card,  made  from  this  form,  would  have  the  title,  "California  and 
Oregon  trail"  written  above  Parkman,  and  the  call  number  entered  in  its  proper 
place.  The  card  would  be  filed  in  the  catalogue  in  alphabetical  order  under 
California.     See  reduced  cut  below. 


CaJL4<rvvw>^   <WxdL    Onx^^orw    "tvxxjJL 

^ri 

Parkman,  Francis,  1823-1893. 

?i5w 

The  California  and  Oregon   trail;  being  sketclies  of 
prairie  and  Rocky  Mountain  life,  by  Francis  Parkman, 
jr.,  with  an  introduction  by  Edward  6.  Bourne,  ph.  d. 
New  York,  T.  Y.  Crowell  &  co.  [1901, 

1  p.  1.,  xix,  416  p.     front,  (port.)     19"* 

Added  t.-p. :  The  Oregon  trail. 

1    The  West— Descr.  &  trav.     2   Indians  of  North  America— The  West. 
3.  Frontier  hfe-The  West. 

/^~\                                                1-16630 
Library  of  Congress          \]     FS92.P256 

©1901     A  12474 

As  the  book  is  about  Oregon  as  much  as  it  is  about  California,  a  third  card 
would  be  made  by  writing  "Oregon  trail"  above  the  word  Parkman,  and  enter- 
ing the  call  number.  (Under  the  library  code  of  capitalization,  ordinary  words 
in  a  title  begin  with  a  small  letter). 


11 


other  entries  are  needed  for  this  card,  beside  those  for  author  and  title. 
Three  suggested  subjects  under  which  it  should  be  entered  are  numbered  and 
abbreviated  a  little  below  the  middle  of  the  card.  What  is  suggested  for  number 
2?  If  a  card  were  made  for  this  subject,  the  words  "Indians  of  North  America — 
the  West"  would  be  written  on  the  printed  form  above  the  word  Parkman,  the 
call  number  entered,  and  the  card  filed  in  the  catalogue  in  alphabetical  order 
under  Indians. 

The  sample  card  which  follows  shows  how  carefully  every  important  essay 
in  Lowell's  "My  study  windows"  should  be  catalogued.  As  the  essays  in  the 
book  do  not  all  bear  on  the  same  subject,  and  as  the  subjects  cannot  be  surmised 
from  the  title,  each  essay  is  listed,  a  httle  above  the  middle  of  the  card,  under 
"Contents."  Give  the  title  of  the  first  essay,  and  also  of  the  second.  In  the 
paragraph  below  "Contents,"  the  important  subjects  treated  in  the  essays  are 
numbered,  indicating  that  a  card  should  be  made  for  each  one.  What  are  the 
first  and  second  subjects  suggested?  What  is  the  eleventh  subject?  After  the 
last  subject,  the  word  "title"  indicates  that  a  title  card  should  be  made.  To 
make  this  title  card,  what  words  should  be  written  above  Lowell?  What  are 
the  dates  for  the  life  of  James  Russell  Lowell?  Dates  are  given  after  the  name 
of  each  person  for  whom  a  subject  card  is  to  be  made.  After  number  4,  find  when 
Carlyle  lived;  after  number  10,  when  Emerson  lived.  Where  would  the  Dewey- 
Cutter  number,  which  is  814. L95,  be  entered  on  each  card  made? 


Lowell,  James  Russell,  1819-1891. 

My  study  windows.  By  James  Russell  Lowell  ..  Bos- 
ton, New  York,  Houghton,  Mifflin  and  company  (^899) 

4  p.  1 ,  433  p     20="^. 

"Forty  third  impression" 

Contents— My  garden  acquaintance — A  good  word  for  winter —On  a 
certain  condescension  in  foreigners— A  great  public  character —Carlyle. — 
Abraham  Lincoln —The  life  and  letters  of  James  Gates  Percival  — Tho- 
reau— Swinburne's  tragedies —Chaucer —Library  of  old  authors— Emer- 
son, the  lecturer — Pope 

1  Birds  2  Winter  3  Quincy,  Josiah,  1772-1864  4  Carlyle,  Thomas. 
1795-1881  5  Lincoln,  Abraham,  pres  U  S ,  1809-1865.  6  Percival.  James 
Gates,  1795-1856  7  Thoreau,  Henry  David,  1817-1862.  8.  Swinburne, 
Algernon  Charles.  1837-1909  9  Chaucer.  Geoffrey,  d.  1400  10  Emerson 
Ralph  Waldo    1803-1882     11    Pope.  Alexander,  1688-1744         i    Title 


O 


17-16121 


Library  of  Congress  PS2320A1     1899  a 


Practical  Suggestions  for  Using  a  Card  Catalogue 

Though  users  of  a  card  catalogue  do  not  need  to  be  troubled  with  the  details 
of  cataloguing,  which  belong  to  a  special  feature  of  library  economy,  they  should 
thoroughly  reahze  the  value  of  a  card  catalogue,  and  be  perfectly  familiar  with 
the  plan  upon  which  it  is  arranged;  otherwise  they  cannot  be  independent,  or 
feel  at  home,  in  finding  material  in  large  libraries, 

12 


Dates;  Editions;  Publishers 

The  habit  of  noticing  the  dates  and  publishers  of  books  should  be  cultivated. 
For  books  on  certain  subjects  the  date  is  very  important  indeed,  while  for  books 
on  other  subjects  it  is  immaterial.  A  book  on  submarine  boats  printed  in 
1910  would  be  practically  useless.  It  is  also  advisable  to  notice  whether  or 
not  the  catalogue  contains  cards  for  different  editions  of  a  work.  Important 
books  usually  pass  through  many  editions.  Bartlett's  "Familiar  quotations," 
for  example,  has  passed  through  ten  editions;  the  last  one,  of  course,  is 
more  complete  and  better  arranged  than  any  preceding  edition.  Milton, 
Shakespeare,  Dickens,  Scott,  and  the  works  of  many  other  authors,  have  passed 
through  a  great  many  different  editions.  Early  editions  of  the  works  of  a  promi- 
nent author  are  sometimes  exceedingly  valuable. 

The  publisher  of  a  book  is  sometimes  a  clue  to  its  value.  Good  publishers 
are  anxious  to  have  a  reputation  for  giving  satisfactory  service,  as  are  all  other 
responsible  business  houses.  A  good  publisher's  name,  therefore,  means  that 
honest  work  is  practically  guaranteed,  and  that  the  subject  matter  of  the  book 
has  been  approved  by  a  responsible  firm. 

Find  Call  Number  Under  Entry  with  Fewest  Cards 

Before  consulting  the  card  catalogue  for  the  call  number  of  a  desired  book, 
if  the  author,  subject  and  title  of  the  book  are  all  known,  try  to  think  under 
which  entry  the  fewest  number  of  cards  would  have  to  be  handled.  For  example, 
should  one  wish  to  draw  from  a  large  library  a  copy  of  the  collection  of  English 
essays  written  by  John  Brown  and  entitled  "Spare  hours,"  the  call  number  for 
the  book  would  have  to  be  found  in  the  card  catalogue  under  either  author,  title 
or  subject.  Under  the  author.  Brown,  John,  as  many  cards  would  be  found 
as  there  were  books  in  the  library  either  by  or  about  a  man  so  named.  To  find 
the  John  Brown  desired  would  necessitate  the  handling  of  many  cards.  A  still 
larger  number  of  cards  would  be  found  under  the  subject,  "Essays — English." 
However,  under  the  title,  "Spare  hours,"  there  would  be  very  little  probability 
of  finding  any  other  cards  with  exactlj^  the  same  heading. 

Find  First  and  Last  Cards  for  Large  Subjects 

When  using  a  card  catalogue  which  contains  many  cards  on  a  subject, 
Lincoln  or  Shakespeare,  or  some  country,  for  example,  find  the  first  card  bearing 
the  name,  then  the  last  one,  and  read  the  headings  of  "guide"  cards  which  may 
come  between  to  indicate  subdivisions  of  the  topic.  If  this  plan  is  followed,  an 
estimate  of  the  books  which  the  library  contains  on  the  subject  can  be  quickly 
made.  Large  topics  in  a  card  catalogue  are  frequently  subdivided  to  corres- 
pond with  the  subdivision  used  in  standard  encyclopedias.  A  very  large  card 
catalogue  can  be  used  as  easily  as  a  small  one  after  a  little  training  and  prac- 
tice, but  the  fact  that  large  subjects  must  be  subdivided,  should  always  be 
kept  in  mind.  In  the  case  of  Shakespeare,  in  addition  to  general  guide  cards, 
probably  each  play  would  be  sub-arranged  alphabetically,  and  books  or  editions 
pertaining  to  each  one  would  be  listed  under  a  guide  card  bearing  the  name  of 
the  play.  In  the  case  of  a  country,  the  guide  cards  are  sometimes  quite 
extensive,  but  always  self  explanatory  if  a  little  care  is  used. 

18 


special  Indexes 

As  we  have  seen,  a  card  catalogue  indexes  all  books  which  a  library  contains 
under  as  many  different  headings  as  are  necessary.  A  card  catalogue,  however, 
is  necessarily  limited  in  its  scope,  and  cannot  index  every  reference  in  the  library. 
Magazine  articles,  for  example,  are  exceedingly  valuable  for  reference  work,  but, 
if  a  card  catalogue  should  attempt  to  include  an  index  of  them,  it  would  become 
so  cumbersome  that  it  would  be  more  annoying  than  helpful.  We  therefore  have 
excellent  indexes  prepared  separately  for  magazines,  and  issued  in  printed  form. 
As  magazine  indexes  are  explained  in  another  place,  no  details  are  given  here. 
The  fact  that  special  indexes  are  prepared  for  widely  different  needs  should  be 
kept  in  mind  when  in  search  for  reference  material.  Telephone  directories,  or 
city  directories,  are  nothing  but  special  indexes.  An  English  dictionary,  for 
instance,  is  an  exhaustive  index  to  the  words  in  the  English  language;  indeed, 
the  dictionary  was  one  of  the  first  indexes  attempted;  a  biographical  dictionary 
is  practically  an  index  which  lists  prominent  persons  of  the  world  while  giving 
also  a  brief  sketch  of  each  one;  a  chemical  dictionary  lists  and  explains  chemical 
terms;  a  dictionary  of  dates  arranges  historical  events  in  chronological  order. 

A  few  important  special  indexes  are  mentioned  below.  Read  the  description 
of  each  book,  and  try  to  realize  why  it  was  prepared. 

A.  L.  A.  Portrait  index.  (American  Library  Association.) 

An  index  of  portraits  contained  in  over  6,000  volumes  of  books 
and  periodicals  published  prior  to  1905,  listing  about  120,000  portraits. 

Baker,  Ernest  A.     Guide  to  historical  fiction. 
Guide  to  best  fiction. 

Two  large  volumes.  The  first  one  gives  historical  fiction  only;  the 
second  one  gives  fiction  which  is  centered  about  various  subjects,  such 
as  music,  slum  life,  blindness,  for  example. 

Each  volume  gives: 

a.  A  guide  to  the  best  novels  of  different  countries. 

b.  Novels  classified  by  periods  and  countries,  or  subjects. 

c.  An  index  by  author,  title  and  subject. 

d.  Good  descriptive  notes. 

Granger,  Edith.     Index  to  poetry  and  recitations. 

The  Granger  index  enables  one  to  find  familiar  selections  which  are 
scattered  in  out-of-the-way  books;  for  example,  such  favorites  as:  the 
"Old  oaken  bucket;"  "'Twas  the  night  before  Christmas;"  "Darius  Green 
and  his  flying  machine." 

It  indexes  about  400  volumes  of  miscellaneous  collections  of  poems, 
recitations  and  readings.  Each  selection  is  indexed  three  times;  that 
is,  it  appears  under  each  of  the  following  indexes  which  are  in  different 
sections  of  the  book: 

The  index  for  the  titles  of  the  selections  requires  about  the  first 
third  of  the  book. 

The  index  for  the  authors  requires  the  second  third. 

The  index  for  the  first  lines  requires  the  last  third. 
14 


If  only  the  first  line  of  the  poem  or  recitation  is  remembered,  look 
for  it  in  the  "First  line  index;"  if  only  the  author  is  known,  look  in  the 
"Author  index;"  if  only  the  title  is  known,  look  in  the  "Title  index." 
Collections  are  referred  to  under  initials  which  stand  for  the  words  of 
the  titles  of  the  collections,  as;  BNL  refers  to  a  collection  of  poems  en- 
titled Bryant's  New  Library  of  poetry  and  song;  BLP  refers  to  Beacon 
Lights  of  Patriotism.  The  key  to  these  abbreviations  appears  at  the 
front  of  the  Granger  index.  Most  libraries  would  have  a  copy  of  one 
or  two  of  the  collections  of  poems  and  recitations  referred  to  under 
the  title  of  the  selection  desired. 

Guides  to  Genealogies 

Special  indexes  have  been  prepared  for  tracing  the  history  of  individual 
families.  These  indexes  are  arranged  under  the  surname  of  the  family,  and 
refer  to  books  which  have  traced  the  ancestry  of  branches  of  the  family 
bearing  that  name.  Man}^  large  public  libraries  have  a  special  department 
devoted  to  the  tracing  of  family  histories.  For  noted  English  and  Scottish 
families,  see: 

Burk's  peerage  or  Burk's  landed  gentry. 

For  American  families  see, 

Munsell:    Index  to  American  genealogies. 


Book  Selection 

Many  essays,  articles  and  books  have  been  written  on  the  theme  of  the  read- 
ing of  good  books.  Discussions  on  this  subject,  either  in  print  or  in  conversation 
or  in  lectures  are  always  fascinating.  We  are  very  likely  to  listen  when  one 
announces  some  such  topic  as:  Books  which  have  influenced  me;  Books  which 
I  would  take  if  cast  upon  a  desert  island;  Books  which  every  gentleman's  library 
should  contain;  or  the  like.  A  little  book  written  by  Charles  Richardson,  pub- 
lished by  Putnam  of  New  York,  and  entitled  ''Choice  and  use  of  books''  is  excep- 
tionally good  on  this  general  subject. 

One  of  the  most  important  functions  of  a  public  library  is  that  of  guiding 
students  to  the  best  books;  and  one  of  the  most  vital  phases  of  education  is  that  of 
training  one's  self  to  know  where  to  find  lists  of  the  best  books  on  desired  subjects. 
Our  need  for  selection  ranges  from  the  best  picture  books  for  children  to  the  best 
books  to  meet  the  various  phases  of  older  life  in  stories,  or  travel,  or  history, 
or  science,  or  other  interests.  The  danger  of  pernicious  books,  so  feared  a  gen- 
eration ago,  is  rapidly  passing;  the  difficulty  which  the  present  generation  meets 
is  that  of  being  absorbed  b}^  the  mediocre.  If  we  wish  to  grow,  and  to  culti- 
vate a  taste  for  the  art  in  literature,  we  must  do  some  reading  which  is  above 
our  level. 


16 


The  American  Library  Association 

One  of  the  most  valuable  educational  associations  of  recent  years  is  the 
American  Library  Association,  though  few  people,  not  connected  with  library 
work,  realize  the  full  extent  of  its  influence.  This  association  is  largely  responsi- 
ble for  the  exceptional  service  which  we  have  through  our  excellent  pubhc  library 
system  in  this  country.  The  association  publishes  a  most  carefully  prepared 
list  of  selected  books  to  assist  librarians  in  making  a  wise  choice  of  good  books 
for  their  shelves,  and,  to  an  unusual  extent,  lives  up  to  its  motto,  "Best  reading, 
for  the  greatest  number,  at  the  least  cost."  The  following  publications  of  this 
Association  are  excellent  for  book  selection :     78  E.  Washington  Street,  Chicago. 

8000  titles  for  a  popular  library  {1904). 

3000  titles  for  a  popular  library  {1911,  supplement) . 

"Book  list,"  issued  practically  monthly. 

Kroeger — Guide  to  the  Study  and  Use  of  Reference  Books. 


State  Library  Commissions:    Otlier  Educational  Bodies 

Library  commissions,  located  at  state  capitals,  frequently  publish  valuable 
lists,  usually  free  to  schools  of  the  state  and  sold  very  reasonably  outside  of  the 
state.  The  following  are  especially  good:  Michigan,  Minnesota,  New  York, 
Oregon,  Wisconsin. 

Much  excellent  work  is  done  by  many  state  library  commissions  in  the  way  of 
sending  boxes  of  books  known  as  traveling  libraries  to  small  towns  and  rural 
districts.  Maryland  maintains  an  automobile  traveling  library  which  carries 
books  at  frequent  regular  intervals  to  isolated  places. 

Many  local  Boards  of  Education,  State  Boards  of  Education,  Normal  Schools, 
publishers  and  other  bodies  issue  lists  of  books  for  various  needs. 

The  United  States  Bureau  of  Education  issues  two  good  lists,  for  high 
schools  under  the  following  supervision: 

University  High  School:  University  of  Chicago,  Bulletin  35,  1913. 

Martha  Wilson,  Supervisor  of  School  Libraries  for  Minnesota— Bulletin  41,  1917. 


References  in  Scattered  Books 

In  addition  to  the  above  lists  the  student  should  bear  in  mind  that  guides 
to  good  books,  frequently  headed  "Bibliography,"  can  be  found: 

a.  At  the  end  of  articles  in  good  general  encyclopaedias,  and  in  encyclo- 
paedias and  dictionaries  of  special  subjects. 

b.  In  most  good  text-books  on  the  subject  desired. 

c.  In  most  good  special  works  on  the  subject  desired. 

d.  In  books  giving  only  bibliography. 

16 


Questions  for 
Classification  and  Card  Catalogue 


Student's  name Per  cent. 


Teacher's  name Hour  reciting Date 

Have  you  read  the  directions  on  the  back  of  this  cover?     Answer  yes  or  no. 

1— Fill  in  the  main  subjects  in  the  Dewey  or  Decimal  system  of  library  classification  which  are 
represented  by  any  five  of  the  following  numbers: 
000  100  200 


500 


600 


700 


300 
SOO 


400 
900 


2 — Fiction,  if  numbered  at  all,  is  usually  classified  alphabetically  imdcr  the  initial  of  the  author's 
surname,  followed  by  the  Cutter  number,  and  then  by  the  initial  of  the  title.  "D55" 
stands  for  Dickens;  "D55N"  stands  for  Nicholas  Nickleby.  Give  the  number  for  the 
following  stories  from  Dickens: 

a:  Pickwick  Papers.        b:  Martin  Chuzzlewit.        c:  Little  Dorrit. 

3 — Most  libraries  use  "B"  for  Biography  instead  of  a  number,  following  the  "B"  by  the  initial 
letter  of  the  surname  of  the  one  written  about;  this,  in  turn,  is  followed  by  the  initial  of  the 
surnainc  of  the  one  who  wrote  the  biography.  Indicate,  under  a,  b,  c,  d,  below  what  the 
following  signify  in  a  book  numbered  B-L63-N 

a.  The  "B"  stands  for  what? 

b.  The  biography  is  about  a  man  whose  name  begins  with  what  letter? 

c.  Are  the  second  letters  of  his  name  near  the  beginning  of  the  nlphabet,  e.  g.,  Lake; 

or  near  the  end,  e.  g.,  Lyons;  or  about  the  middle,  e.  g.,  Lincoln? 

d.  The  book  is  written  by  a  man  whose  name  begins  with  what  letter? 

4 — Under  the  library  code  of  capitalization  do  ordinary  words  in  titles  begin  with  a  capital  letter 
or  with  a  small  letter? 

5 — The  following  rein-esenls  a  Library  of  Congress  printed  card,  reduced.  The  call  number  for 
this  card  is,  352. G72.  Make  a  title  card  out  of  the  form,  and  enter  the  call  number  in  the 
proper  place. 


Goodnow,  Frank  Johnson,  1859- 

...  City  .government  in  the  United  States,  by  Frank  J. 
Crooduow  ..      New  York,  The  "Century  cc,  1906, 

X.  MS  p.    20""      (The  American  state  series) 
F.rjt  pub.  in  1904. 


Municipal  government— U.  S.        i.  Title. 


Library  of  ConRress 


o 


6 — What  words  would  be  written  above  Goodnow,  if  a  subject  card  wore  made  on  the  preceding 
form? 

7 — Who  has  compiled  two  large  indexes  to  serve  as  guides  to  the  best  fiction? 

8— Who  has  compiled  an  index  which  guides  to  recitations  and  poems  in  scattered  books  of 
selection? 


9 — Under  what  three  headings  is  each  selection  catalogued  in  the  last  mentioned  book? 
10~Name  a  guide  to  portraits. 


Directions  for  Using 
Perforated  Page  of  Questions  and  Key 

Which  appear  on  the  reverse  side  of  this  cover 

The  questions  which  appear  on  the  reverse  side  of  this  cover,  on  a  perforated 
colored  sheet,  are  not  difficult,  detailed  or  "catchy."  They  are  intended  to 
emphasize  important  points  and  to  systematize  the  work  for  class  records.  The 
answers,  which  can  easily  be  given  after  the  text  has  been  carefully  read,  should 
be  written,  from  memory,  in  the  blank  spaces  under  the  questions,  preferably  in 
class  time  unless  directed  to  do  otherwise  by  the  one  in  charge  of  the  work. 

The  perforated  sheet  should  be  torn  out  in  the  presence  of  the  one  conduct- 
ing the  class  and  only  after  it  has  been  filled  in.  When  directed  to  remove  the 
questions,  insert  pencil  in  the  hole  and  rip  around  the  perforated  edges. 

A  key,  by  means  of  which  the  work  can  be  checked,  is  printed  on  the  cover 
under  the  question  page,  but  is  not  revealed  until  after  the  question  page  is 
removed.  This  key  consists  of  the  same  questions,  with  the  correct  answer 
to  each  printed  below  it. 

The  value  of  each  question,  on  the  scale  of  100,  is  indicated  after  the  answer 
in  the  key.  By  means  of  this  key,  students  could  correct  their  own  or  each 
other's  work  in  a  few  moments,  in  case  the  librarian  or  teacher  could  not  take 
the  extra  time  to  do  so. 

If  the  one  who  corrects  the  paper  finds  an  incorrect  answer,  the  amount  to  be 
deducted  should  be  placed  on  the  outer  right-hand  margin,  near  the  mistake. 
These  amounts  should  be  added,  the  sum  subtracted  from  100,  and  the  result 
placed  after  the  word  "Per  cent."  at  the  top  of  the  sheet. 

The  questions  are  asked  in  such  a  way  as  to  admit  of  very  little  variety  in  the 
wording  of  the  answers.  However,  if  the  wording  of  a  written  answer  is  mani- 
festly correct,  and  perfectly  clear,  but  not  exactly  like  the  printed  answer,  of 
course  no  deduction  should  be  made.  Do  not  deduct  for  spelling,  nor  for 
abbreviated  statements  if  they  are  perfectly  clear. 

If  the  one  who  corrects  a  paper  marks  a  question  wrong  which  the  writer 
considers  correct,  the  two  should  examine  the  key  together,  or  ask  advice  from 
the  one  in  charge  of  the  class. 


>'J^^1  jiJif^'iit^^M^f^Sr^^i^i^iui^If'^- 


HOFKIK 


Foreword 


This  pamphlet  is  one  of  a  series  on  the  use  of  reference  books.  The  complete 
series  constitutes  a  second  edition  of  "Reference  guides  that  should  be  known  and 
how  to  use  them,"  which  first  appeared  in  1916  as  a  text  book  for  high  and  normal 
schools. 

The  revision  treats  important  phases  of  reference  work  in  separate  pamphlets, 
thus  making  it  possible  to  grade  the  work,  or  to  select  the  pamphlets  best  fitted  to 
meet  individual  needs.  Generally  speaking,  any  one  of  the  pamphlets  can  be 
completed  in  two  class  periods  plus  time  for  the  preparation  of  one  lesson  be- 
tween recitations. 

The  entire  course  could  be  completed  by  advanced  students  in  five  or  six 
weeks  of  one  class  and  study  period  per  day.  The  work  can  also  be  scattered 
in  different  years.  If  one  subject  per  term  were  given  in  consecutive  order  to 
English  classes,  in  high  schools,  beginning  with  the  B8  of  junior  high  and  ex- 
tending through  the  A12  of  senior  high,  the  work  could  be  covered  in  two  or 
three  class  and  study  periods  per  term;  or,  if  familiarity  with  reference  books  is 
desired  early  in  the  school  course,  the  most  important  subjects  could  be  crowded 
into  the  early  high  school  grades.  The  order  in  which  the  subjects  of  the  pamph- 
lets are  listed  below  suggests  a  logical  sequence,  whether  the  work  is  given 
slowly  or  rapidly  or  to  lower  or  to  upper  grade  students. 

1 — Webster's  New  International  Dictionary 

2 — New  Standard  Dictionary 

3 — Encyclopaedias 

4 — Parts  of  a  book 

5 — Atlases;  city  directories;  gazetteers 

6 — Concordances 

7 — Library  classification  and  card  catalogue 

8 — Indexes  to  periodical  literature;  debates 

9 — Year-books 
10 — Commercial  indexes 
11 — Important  publications  of  city,  state  and  federal  governments 

The  inclusion  of  specimen  pages  from  the  reference  books  studied  makes 
it  possible  for  each  student  to  follow  all  illustrative  examples  without  making  a 
trip  to  a  library  and  waiting  to  have  access  to  the  complete  reference  work. 
No  library  will  furnish  a  sufficient  number  of  copies  of  expensive  reference 
books  to  supply  large  classes  adequately  for  detailed  study;  neither  could  a 
library  afford  to  have  pages  in  expensive  reference  books  as  badly  worn  and 
marked  as  they  would  become  if  many  students  were  required  to  consult  them  for 
prepared  lessons. 

1 


ExpTerience,  ti^s  pr(>y^(i*jthat  the  best  results  can  be  obtained  if  the  work  is 
begjii  iQ'Pe^Ul'af  If'Jasfe'Vecitations  by  a  librarian  or  a  teacher  reading  the  text 
witt* the 'class.  If  conducted  in  this  way,  no  previous  preparation  will  be  neces- 
sary, either  by  the  class  or  by  the  one  who  conducts  it.  As  the  reading  of  the 
text  proceeds,  it  will  be  seen  that  important  features  of  the  reference  books  studied 
are  emphasized  by  referring  to  the  sample  pages  embodied  in  the  text.  With  a 
little  class  direction  of  this  kind  the  students  can  readily  see  the  plan  of  the  text, 
and  can  finish  any  unread  pages  independently  as  an  assigned  lesson  for  the  next 
recitation.  In  classes  composed  of  advanced  students,  or  in  cases  of  absence, 
the  entire  work  could  be  done  independently. 

The  questions  on  the  colored  page  fastened  on  the  inside  of  the  last  cover 
are  designed  to  emphasize  important  points  and  to  systematize  the  work  for 
class  records.  Blank  spaces  are  left  under  the  questions  for  the  answers. 
When  the  questions  are  assigned  as  a  lesson  to  be  prepared  out  of  class,  and 
the  answers  are  written  from  memory  in  the  blank  spaces  during  the  class 
recitation  following,  the  points  are  more  thoroughly  impressed  than  they  are 
when  the  answers  are  written  before  coming  to  class,  while  having  direct  access 
to  the  text. 

A  key,  giving  the  answer  to  each  question,  together  with  its  value  on  the 
scale  of  100,  will  be  found  underneath  the  question  sheet  when  it  is  removed. 
By  means  of  this  key,  students  can  correct  their  own  or  another's  work  in 
a  few  minutes  of  class  time,  in  case  the  librarian  or  teacher  cannot  give 
extra  time  to  do  so. 

Schools  which  ask  a  leading  reference  question  in  final  examinations  find 
that  students  give  more  attention  to  the  work  and  therefore  learn  to  value  its 
importance. 

The  following  paragraphs  are  taken  from  the 
Foreword  of  the  First  Edition 

Possibly  the  best  way  of  presenting  the  points  which  it  is  hoped  this  series  of 
lessons  may  emphasize  is  to  quote  directly  from  the  preface  of  a  Bulletin  on 
"Library  instruction  in  universities,  colleges  and  normal  schools,"  from  the 
United  States  Bureau  of  Education,  1914 — No.  34. 

Many  educators  of  note,  as  well  as  college  and  university  librarians, 
have  emphasized  the  urgent  necessity  of  instruction  and  training  in 
"book-using  skill." 

The  place  of  the  library  in  the  work  of  all  departments  is  one  of 

increasing  importance.     The  library  is  a  resource  or  reservoir  from  which 

the  student  should  draw  constantly  for  information  and  inspiration. 

Every  month  of  delay  in  instructing  him  in  the  meaning 

and  use  of  the  library  lessens  the  efficiency  of  his  course. 

Every  new  student  should  be  required  to  take 
some  course  in  which  is  given  definite  practical  instruction  in  the 
handling  of  library  tools Such  a  course,  more- 
over, should  not  only  be  required,  but  it  should  constitute  a  definite  part 
of  the  work  required  for  a  degree. 

2 


Indexes 

to 

Periodical  Literature 

Indexes  to  the  great  variety  of  scattered  articles  in  the  best  magazines  are  one 
of  the  great  achievements  of  modern  reference  indexing.  Standard  magazines 
constitute  our  best  source  for  current  literature  and  for  information  regarding 
current  events.  Many  articles  are  of  permanent  value,  while  many  others  are 
of  passing  interest  only. 

Poole's  Index  to  Periodical  Literature 

The  first  important  index  to  articles  in  magazines  was  edited  in  1881  by  two 
friends,  Poole  and  Fletcher.  They  conceived  an  idea  of  issuing  an  index  for  all 
of  the  best  magazine  articles  which  had  appeared  since  the  earliest  magazine 
publications  in  this  country.  Much  of  the  work  for  this  enormous  task  was 
volunteered.  When  it  was  published,  it  comprised  two  large  volumes,  and  bore 
the  title  of:  "Poole's  Index  to  periodical  literature,"  Volume  1,  1802-1881. 
For  magazines  after  1881  a  volume  was  issued  every  five  years  until  1906,  after 
which  date  the  work  was  discontinued.  The  articles  were  indexed  by  subject 
only;  portraits  were  indicated.  The  six  volumes  issued  are  a  great  monument  to 
magazine  indexing,  and  the  only  guide  to  magazines  for,  practically,  the  19th 
century.  Therefore,  most  of  the  best  magazine  literature  which  was  issued  in  the 
past  century  can  be  found  under  subject  in  these  various  volumes  of  Poole's  Index 
to  periodical  literature,  dated  as  follows : 

Vol.  1:  1802-1881     (2  parts)  Vol.  4:  1892-1896 

Vol.  2:  1882-1886  Vol.  5:  1897-1901 

Vol.  3:  1887-1891  Vol.  6:  1902-1906 


Indexes  to  Current  Periodical  Literature  and  Selected 
United  States  Government  Publications 

The  firm  which  is  now  doing  more  thorough  and  extensive  work  in  the  line  of 
indexing  current  publications  than  any  other  firm  in  the  world,  is  the  H.  W.  Wilson 
Company  of  New  York.  They  prepare  indexes  to  nearly  all  of  the  good  current 
magazines  which  are  published  in  the  English  language,  except  those  pertaining  to 
purely  technical  subjects,  such  as  medicine,  banking,  dentistry.  These  indexes 
guide  to  articles  in  over  three  hundred  current  publications,  including  many 
important  publications  of  the  United  States  Government.  A  thorough  knowledge 
of  the  plan  upon  which  they  are  arranged  is  indispensable  for  good  reference  work. 


The  most  popular  of  these  indexes,  and  the  one  which  is  the  most  serviceable 
for  general  reference  work,  is: 

The  Readers'  Guide  to  Periodical  Literature 

This  index,  which  is  explained  in  detail  by  means  of  specimen  entries  on  the 
following  pages,  will  illustrate  the  general  plan  used  for  other  magazine  indexes. 

Every  month,  the  "Readers'  guide  to  periodical  literature"  indexes  all  articles 
in  about  one  hundred  popular  magazines,  together  with  a  few  important  United 
States  Government  Pubhcations.  The  index  is  arranged  in  one  alphabetical 
order,  and  gives  for  all  articles  in  each  magazine  indexed : 

Author;  subject;  title,  if  a  story;  portrait. 

Plan  on  Which  Readers'  Guide  is  Cumulated 

If  each  monthly  issue  of  the  Readers'  guide  contained  an  index  to  magazines 
for  one  month  only,  it  would  be  necessary  to  examine  twelve  separate  indexes 
in  order  to  cover  magazine  articles  for  a  year's  time.  This  plan  would  be  very 
cumbersome  indeed.  The  publishers  have  therefore  adopted  a  scheme  of  gather- 
ing up  the  separate  indexes  as  they  accumulate  during  the  year.  This  plan, 
called  "cumulative,"  repeats  the  indexes  in  bi-monthly  and  quarterly  issues, 
arranging  the  references  in  each  issue  in  one  alphabetical  order.  It  operates  as 
follows: 

The  January  issue  indexes  articles  in  the  January  periodicals. 
The  February  issue  indexes  articles  for  January  and  February. 
The  March  issue  indexes  articles  for  January,  February  and  March. 

The  March  issue  completes  the  first  quarter.  Cumulation  is  then  begun 
over  again  for  the  second  quarter.  At  the  end  of  each  quarter  the  cumulation 
goes  back  to  January,  as: 

The  April  issue  indexes  articles  in  April  periodicals  only. 

The  May  issue  indexes  articles  for  April  and  May. 

The  June  issue  indexes  articles  for  six  months,  from  January  through  June. 

The  July  issue  indexes  for  July. 

The  August  issue  indexes  for  July  and  August. 

The  September  issue  indexes  for  nine  months;  January  through  September. 

The  October  issue  indexes  for  one  month. 

The  November  issue  indexes  for  October  and  November. 

The  December  issue  indexes  for  twelve  months,  January  through  December- 

Thus  the  December  number  contains  all  issues  for  the  year,  in  one  alphabet. 

Five  December,  or  yearly  issues,  cumulated  in  one  alphabet,  constitute  a 
volume,  as: 

Volume  1:  Covers  the  years  1900-1904. 
Volume  2:  Covers  the  years  1905-1909. 
Volume  3:     Covers  the  years  1910-1914. 

4 


Consult  the  specimen  entry  of  "List  of  Periodicals  Indexed"  on  following 
page,  and  tell  what  magazines  are  referred  to  when  the  Guide  uses  the  following 
abbreviations: 


Am  M 

Bui  Pan  Am  Union 

Cent 


Cur  Hist  M,  N  Y  Times 

Delin 

Farmers'  Bui 


Each  issue  of  the  guide  contains,  at  the  front,  a  complete  alphabetical  list 
of  all  abbreviations  used  for  magazines. 


Details  of  Entries 

Consult  the  specimen  page  from  the  Guide  under  the  letter  "F,"  which  follows, 
and  give  the  title  and  the  author  of  the  first  article  under  the  word  "Food." 
What  is  the  abbreviation  of  the  magazine  in  which  this  article  appeared?  Turn 
to  the  specimen  page  containing  the  "List  of  Periodicals  Indexed"  and  give  the 
full  name  of  this  magazine.  The  number  which  follows  "Fortn."  is  the  volume  of 
the  magazine,  and  the  numbers  following  109  are  the  pages  in  the  109th  volume. 
The  dash  between  the  pages  indicates  the  length  of  the  article;  that  is,  the  article 
begins  on  page  270  and  ends  on  page  277.  "F"  indicates  that  the  article  was 
published  in  February;  '18,  of  course,  indicates  the  year.  Read  the  entries  for 
the  second  article  under  "Food,"  and  tell  what  each  one  means. 

Give  the  abbreviation  which  comes  just  before  the  name  of  the  magazine 
"Outing,"  in  the  first  article  under  "Fishing."  This  abbreviation  indicates  that 
the  article  is  illustrated.  In  what  volume  of  Outing  did  this  article  appear? 
In  what  month  of  1918  was  it  published?     How  many  pages  are  devoted  to  it? 

Who  wrote  an  article  about  Leo  Feist?  The  abbreviation  "por,"  which 
follows  the  author's  name,  indicates  that  a  portrait  of  Leo  Feist  appears  in  connec- 
tion with  the  article.  If  the  name  of  the  magazine  in  which  this  article  appears  is 
not  recognized  from  the  abbreviation  "Am  M"  find  it  from  the  specimen  page  of 
"List  of  Periodicals  Indexed."  Give  the  volume,  number  of  pages,  month  and 
year  for  the  magazines  in  which  this  article  appears. 

Give  an  exact  reference  for  portraits  of:  Edna  Ferber;  David  R.  Francis. 

On  what  day  in  March  of  1918  was  a  poem  pubUshed  by  Mahlon  Leonard 
Fisher  in  the  Literary  Digest?  When  a  magazine  is  published  oftener  than  once  a 
month,  the  day  of  the  month  is  given  to  distinguish  the  different  issues. 

5 


Specimen  Entry  from 

Readers'  Guide  to  Periodical  Literature 

Showing  Abbreviations  used  for  Periodicals 


List  oi:  Periodicals  Indexed 


Am  City — American  City.  (C  ed)  City  Edi- 
tion. $3.  Civic  Press,  Tribune  Building, 
New  York. 

—Same.    (T   and   C   ed)    Town  and   County 
Edition.  $3. 

— Same.    (Both  editions  to   one   address)    $4 

(C  ed)   or   (T  and  C  ed)    in  entry  indicates 

that    article    is    contained    in    City    edition    or 

Town  and  County   edition   only.     Entries   not 

so  distinguished  refer  to  either  edition. 

Am  Econ  R — American  Economic  Review. 
$5.  American  Economic  Association, 
Ithaca,  New  York. 

Am  Hist  Assn  Rept — American  Historical 
Association  Report.  $3  to  members  (in- 
cluding annual  subscription  to  the  Amer- 
ican Historical  Review).  American  His- 
torical Association,  H40  Woodward 
Bldg.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Am  Hist  R — American  Historical  Review. 
$4.  $3  to  members  of  the  American  his- 
torical association  (including  Annual  re- 
port). Macmillan  Company,  66  Fifth 
Ave.,  New  York. 

Am  J  Soc-rAmerican  Journal  of  Sociol- 
ogy. $2.  University  of  Chicago  Press, 
Chicago. 

Am  M — American  Magazine.  $2.  Crowell 
Publishing   Company,  Springfield,   O. 

Ann  Am  Acad — Annals  of  the  American 
Academy  of  Political  and  Social  Science. 
$6.  $5  to  members  of  the  Academy.  36th 
St.  and  Woodland  Ave.,  Philadelphia, 

Arch  Rec — Architectural  Record.  $3. 
Architectural  Record  Company,  115  West 
40th  St.,  New  York. 

Art  and  Archaeol — Art  and  Archaeology. 
$3.  Archaeological  Institute  of  America, 
Washington,  D.  C. 

Art  World— Art  World  and  Arts  and  Dec- 
oration. $4.  Hewitt  Publishing  Corpora- 
tion, 470  Fourth  Ave.,  New  York. 

Asia — Asia,  Journal  of  the  American  Asiatic 
Association.  $2.  Asia  Publishing  Co., 
627  Lexington  Ave.,  New  York. 

Atlan— Atlantic  Monthly.  $4.  Atlantic 
Monthly  Company,  41  Mt.  Vernon  St., 
Boston. 

Bellman— The  Bellman.  $4.  The  Bellman 
Co.,  118  South  6th  St.,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 

Bib  World— Biblical  World.  $2.  University 
of  Chicago  Press,  Chicago. 

Bird  Lore — Bird-Lore.  $1.50.  D.  Appleton  & 
Co.,  Harrisburg,  Pa. 

Bookm — Bookman.  $3.  Dodd,  Mead  & 
Co.,  4th  Ave.  &  30th  St.,  New  York. 

Bui  Pan  Am  Union — Bulletin  of  the  Pan 
American  Union.  $2.  17th  and  B  Sts., 
N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Canad  M — Canadian  Magazine.  $2.50.  200 
Adelaide  St.  West,  Toronto,  Canada. 


Cath  World— Catiiolic  World.  $3.  120-122 
W.  60th  St.,  New  York. 

Cent — Century.  $4.  Century  Co.,  353  4th 
Ave.,  New  York. 

Child  Labor  Bui— Child  Labor  Bulletin.  $2. 
National  Child  Labor  Committee,  105  East 
22nd  St.,  New  York. 

Conf  Char  and  Correc.  See  Nat  Conf  Soc 
Work 

Contemp — Contemporary  Review.  $5. 
Leonard  Scott  Pub.  Co.,  249  West  13th 
St.,  New  York. 

Country  Life — New  Country  Life.  $5.  Dou- 
bleday.  Page  &  Co.,  Garden  City,  N.  Y. 

Cur  Hist  M,  N  Y  Times— Current  History 
Magazine  of  the  New  York  Times.  $3. 
New  York  Times  Co.,  Times  Square,  New 
York. 

Cur  Opinion — Current  Opinion.  $3.  Cur- 
rent Literature  Pub.  Co.,  63  W.  36th  St., 
New  York. 

Delin — Delineator.  $1.50.  Butterick  Pub.  Co., 
Butterick  Bldg.,  Spring  and  MacDougal 
Sts.,  New  York. 

Dial— Dial.  $^  The  Dial  Pub.  Co.,  152  W. 
13th  St.,  New  York  City. 

Edin  R — Edinburgh  Review.  $4.50.  Leonard 
Scott  Pub.  Co.,  249  West  13th  St.,  New 
York. 

Educa— Education.  $3.  Palmer  Co.,  120 
Boylston  St.,  Boston. 

Educ  R — Educational  Review.  $3.  Educa- 
tional Review  Pub.  Co.,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, New  York. 

El  School  J — Elementary  School  Journal. 
$1.50.  University  of  Chicago  Press,  Chi- 
cago. 

Everybody's — Everybody's  Magazine.  $1.50 
The  Ridgeway  Company,  Spring  &  Mac- 
dougal  Sts.,  New  York. 

Farmers'  Bvd — United  States.  Department 
of  Agriculture.  Farmers'  bulletins.  A 
limited  number  of  copies  are  available  far 
free  distribution  by  Division  of  Publica- 
tions, Department  of  Agriculture,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

Fortn — Fortnightly  Review.  $5.  Leonard 
Scott  Pub.  Co.,  249  West  13th  St.,  New 
York. 

Fonim — Forum.  $2.50.  The  Forum  Pub- 
lishing Co.,  118  East  28th  St.,  New  York 

Gard  M — Garden  Magazine.  $2.  Double- 
day,  Page  &  Co.,  Garden  City,  N.  Y. 

Good  H — Good  Housekeeping.  $1.50.  119  W. 
40th  St.,  New  York. 

Harper — Harper's  Monthly  Magazine.  $4. 
Harper  &  Bros.,  Franklin  Square,  New 
York. 


specimen  Entry  from 
Readers'  Guide  to  Periodical  Literature 


Federal  reserve  board 

Capital  Issues  committee 
Supervision  of  security  issues  by  the  United 
States.  A.  B.  Forbes.  Nation  106:372-4. Mr  28 
•18 
Feebleminded 
Folly- of  freedom  for  fools.   Survey  39:657  Mr 
..    16  '18 
Feist,  Leo 
Knows   all   about   the   popular  song  business. 
E.  M.  Wickes.  por  Am  M  85:48-9  F  '18 
Feminism 
Feminism  business.  Woman's  H  C  45:12  Ap  '18 
Freedom  and  family  life.  Unpop  R  9:112-22  Ja 
•18 
Fenderson,  Mark 

Delectable  dinners.  Woman's  H  C  45:42  Ap  '18 
Ferber,   Edna 

Joy  of  the  job.  por  Am  M  85:34-5  Mr  '18 
Ferguson,    Charles 
Revolution  absolute.  Bookm  46:647-52;  47:48-57, 
160-70  F-Ap  '18 
Ferguson,   Elsie   (Louise) 

Portrait.  Am  M  85:27  Mr  '18 
Fernandez,  Jose  Vincente 

Sketch,  por  Bui  Pan  Am  Union  46:232-4  F  '18 
Fertilizers   and    manures 
Fertilizer   needs   of   the   United   States.    H.    J. 
Wheeler.  Q  J  Econ  32:209-37  F  '18 
Feuchtinger,  Eugene 
New  method  of  training  the  voice.  Q  J  Speech 
Educ   4:93-102   Ja  '18 
Fiction 
Eight  stories  of  good  cheer;  ed.  by  F:  H.  Law. 

il  Ind  93:418-20,  460-2,  496,  526  Mr  9-30  '18 
Sentimental  America.  H:  S.  Canby.  Atlan  121: 

500-6  Ap  '18 
Spring    opening    in    fiction.    H.    W.    Boynton. 

Bookm  47:175-81  Ap  '18 
Story  in  the  making.  Unpop  R  9:93-6  Ja  '18 
Filene,  A.  Lincoln 
Status   of  the  daylight  saving  plan.  Am  City 
18:217-18  Mr  '18 
Filsinger,  Mrs   Ernst  B.  See  Teasdale,  Sara 
Filters  and  filtration 

Characteristics   of  a  lime  softening  filtration 
plant.  W.  A.  Sperry.  il  Am  City  18:253-7  Mr 
'18 
Finance 

Tomorrow  of  finance.   S.  N.  Patten.   Ann  Am 
Acad  76:257-71  Mr  '18 


Germany 

Germany's    financial   burdens 

90-2  Mr  2  '18 
Germany's   financial  outlook.    H 

19th  Cent  83:374-85  F  '18 


Great  Britain 
Levy  on  capital  after  the  war.  F.  W.  P.  Law 
rence.  Contemp  113:308-15  Mr  "18 

Japan 

Emergency   financial   measures    of    Japan. 

Takashima.  J  Pol  Econ  26:302-7  Mr  '18 

Russia 
Bolshevik   repudiation.   H. 


109:428-37  Mr  •IS 

United  States 
Aside  from  sentiment.  Ind  93:529  Mr  30  ^18 


United  States- 
leader.  J:  K. 
,80  Mr 


Finck,   Henry  Theophilus 

Golden  cock.  Nation  106:300-1  Mr  H  '18 
War-time  pleasures  of  the  table.  Cent  95:899- 
904   Ap  '18 
Findlater,  Jane  Helen 
Compulsory   rations.   Liv   Age   296:551-60,    607- 
14  Mr  2-9  '18 
Findlay,  Hugh 
Better  garden  this  year/Ind  93:359  Mr  2  '18 
How  to  plant  and  raise  vines.   Art  World  3: 
sup5-8  Mr  '18 
Finland 
Republic  of  Finland.  A.  Yarmolinsky.  map  Cur 
Hist  M,  N  Y  Times  7,pt2:437-41  Mr  'IS 
Finney,  Ross  L. 

Sociological  principle  determining  the  elemen- 
tary curriculum.  Scljool  and  Soc  7:338-49  Mr 
23  '18 


Fire  protection 
Price  of  safety  against  fire.  C:  Hill.  Ind  Man- 
agement 55:217-18  Mr  '18 
Sootless    Saturdays.    W.    A.    Mohrbacher.    Am 
City  18:246  Mr  '18 
Fish,  Carl   fiussell.  See  Paxson,  Frederic  L.,  it. 

auth. 
Fish  as  food 
Contributions    of   zoology    to    human   welfare. 
H.    M    Smith.   Science   n  s  47:299-301   Mr   29 

Food  value   and  digestibility  of  fish   and   sea 
food.  P.  B.  Hawk.  Ladies'  H  J  35:59  Ap  '18 
Fisher,   Helen    Dwight 
Boy,  the  war  and  the  harrow.  Survey  39:704-6 
Mr  30  '18  ■ 

Fisher,  Irving 
Some  contributions  of  the  war  to  our  knowl- 
edge   of    money    and   prices;    abstract.    Am 
Econ  R  8:sup257-8  Mr  '18 
Fisher,  IVlahlon   Leonard 
Love  of  children;  poem.  Lit  Digest  56:36  Mr  9 
'18 
Fishing 
Cast  thy  lure"  upon  the  waters,  il  Outing  72: 

44-7  Ap  '18 
Good  form  in  fly-casting.  S.  Taylor,  il  Outing 
72:40-1  Ap  '18 
Fisk,  Eugene  Lyman 

If  you  afe  40  or  over.  Ladies'  H- J  35:90  Mr  '1? 
Fiske,    Bradley  Allen 
AdmirrJ  Fiske  on  our  use  of  aircraft  against 
the  German  navy,  por  R  of  Rs  57:315-16  Mr 

Fiske,  John  (Edmund  Fiske  Green) 
John   Fiske's  long  struggle  for  recognition,    il 
Cur  Opinion  64:198-9  Mr  '18 
Flaherty,  James  A. 
Who  are   the   Knights  of  Columbus?   Ladies' 
H  J  35:66  Mr  '18 
Flamel,  Nicholas 
Ancient  defensive  armor  in  modern   warfare. 
Sci  Am  S  85:180-2  Mr  23  '18 
Flashlight      photography.      See       Photography, 

Flashlight 
Fleming,  R. 

Fourth  dimension.  Sci  Am  S  85:188-9  Mr  23  '18 
Fletcher,  John   Gould 
Earth;  poenn.  Bookm  47:92  Mr  '18 
New  heaven;  poem.  Yale  R  n  6  7:527-8  Ap  '18 
Poetry  of  Conrad  Aiken.   Dial  64:291-2   Mr  28 
'18 
Flexner,  Simon 
Franklin  P.  Mall:  an  appreciation.  Science  n  s 
47:249-54  Mr  15  '18 
Fliers.  See  Aviators 
Flies 
Effective  methods  of  fly  control.  T:  J.   Head- 
lee.  Sci  Am  S  85:150-1  Mr  9  '18 
Flies  as  carriers  of  contagion 
Insects  and  the  national  health.  C:  T.   Brues. 
il  Sci  Monthly  6:202-6  Mr  '18 
Flint    implements   and   weapons.   See   Stone    im- 
plements and  weapons 
Flood  control 

Flood  protection   for  the   Miami  valley.  O.   R. 
Geyer.  il  map  R  of  Rs  57:291-6  Mr  '18 
Florida 
Florida  surveyed  for  war  and   peace.   Survev 
39:598  Mr  2  '18 
Flour 
Shall     we    eat     whole-wheat     bread?     R.     A 

Dutcher.  Science  n  s  47:228-32  Mr  8  '18 
^\^lat  I  do  with  the  mixed  flours.  A.  E.  Scott, 
il  Ladies'  H  J  35:33  Ap  ^18 
Flour  mills 
Old-fashioned    flour   mill.    H.    Snyder,    il    Bell- 
man- 24:207-9  F  23  '18 
Flowering    bush,   .story.    M     E. 
Woman's  H  C  45:18-19  Ap 
Flowers 
Color  in  the  garden.  L.   B 

Life  33:26-40  Mr  'IS 
Wliat's    new    in    vegetaltle 
il  Gard  M  27:74-5  Mr  '18 
Flying  thoughts.   C:   B.   Nordhoff    Atlan  121:5ri4'- 

62  Ap  '18 
Focusing.    See    Photography — Focusing 
Food 
Economic  war  foods  and  war-food  production. 

S.  Morgan.  Fortn  109:270-7  F  '18 
Food  and  common  sense.  E.  Lyttelton.  Fortn 
109:398-407  Mr  '18 
Food— Continued  to  French;  next  page 
7 


Lit   Digest   56: 
J.   Jennings. 


S. 


J.   Jennings.   Fortn 


-world  banker  and  commercial 
Barnes.  World's  Work  35:479- 


W     Freeman,    il 
'18 


Wilder,  il  Country 
and   flower   seeds? 


specimen  Entry  from 
Readers'  Guide  to  Periodical  Literature 


Food — Continued 
Food   crusade.    T:    H.   Dickinson.    Bookm   47: 

U96-8  Ap  '18 
"War-time  pleasures  of  the  table.  H:  T.  Finck. 
Cent  95:899-904  Ap  '18 
Food,  Cost  of 
Averting  famine.  A.  C.  Laut.   New  Repub  14: 

254-7  Mr  30   '18 
How  food-prices  have  advanced  here  and  in 
other  countries.    Lit  Digest   56:126-8  Mr  16 
•18 
Food   administration.   See   United   States— Food 

administration 
Food  conservation 

Are  we  really  saving?  L.  Oppen.  il  Good  H  66: 
■  62  F  '18 
Dining  with  the  Hoovers.  D.  Harmon.  Ladies' 

H  J  35:28  Mr  '18 
Food    conservation  at   the   source.   Ind  93:509 

Mr  30  '18 
Food  fight.  E:  E.  Purinton.  Ind  93:455  Mr  16 

'18 
No  conservation  in  cantonments?  New  Repub 

14:145-6  Mr  2  '18 
Somewhere  in  New  England;  the  chronicle  of 
a    Hoover    recruit    in    the    rural    districts. 
House  B  43:219-20  Mr  '18 
When  Mrs  Canada  goes  to  market.  J.  Airlie. 
II  Delin  92:32  Ap  '18 
Food  distribution 
Averting  famine.  A.  C.  Laut.  New  Repub  14: 
254-7  Mr  30  '18 
Food  laws 

Decade  of  pure  food.  Sci  Am  118:270  Mr  30  '18 
Food  supply 
Europe  and  the  food  crisis.  R  of  Rs  57:321-2 

Mr  '18 
Our  hungry  enemies.  Lit  Digest  56:24-5  Mr  16 
'18 

Canada 
Canada  and  the  food  problem.    H.   L.    Pang- 
born.  Outlook  118:443-4  Mr  20  '18 

Germany 
No  Russian  food  for  Germany.  Lit  Digest  56: 
21-2  Mr  23  '18 

Great  Britain 
Short  commons.  Liv  Age  296:757-9  Mr  23  '18 

Russia 
No  Russian  food  for  Germany.  Lit  Digest  56: 

21-2  Mr  23  '18 
Ukrainia's    doubtful    granary.    Bellman   24:232 
Mr  2  •!& 

United  States 
Our    shrinking    dinner-pail.    Lit    Digest    56:17 
Mr  9  '18 
Foote,  John  Talntor 

Otto.  Am  M  85:9-13-1-  Ap  '18 
For    my    sunny    California;    story.    B.    Helmer. 

Overland  ns  71:324-8  Ap  '18 
Forbes,  Allen  B. 
Supervision  of  security  issues  by  the  United 
States.  Nation  106:372-4  Mr  28  '18 
Forbes,   Bertie  Charles 

Ripley's  recipe.  Am  M  85:28-30  Mr  '18 
Foreign  banks  In  the  United  States,  See  Banks 
and  banking— United  States— Foreign  banks 
Forests  and  forestry 
Woodland  development  and  its  by-product  of 
fuel.  H,  J-  Koehler;  F.  F.  Moon,  il  Country 
Life  33:50-2  Ap  '18 
Forging 
Organizing  to   produce   shell   forgings.     F.   E. 
Merriam.  il  Ind  Management  55:193-7  Mr  '18 
Forster,  Charles  Hancock 

Henri   Bergson.   Overland  ns  71:358  Ap   '18 
Forster,   Frank  J. 
Gateway  to  the  garden,  il  Touchstone  2:559-63 
Mr  '18 
Fort  Worth,  Texas 
City's  vast  watershed  park.  W.  D.  Davis.  Am 
City  18:223-4  Mr  '18 
Fortification 
German  pill   box  defenses,   il  lUus  World  29: 
224  Ap  '18 
Forum,  Open 
Open    forum    in     America     as     a    safe-guard 
against  revolution.  P.  S.  Grant.  Cur  Opinion 
64:172-3  Mr  '18 
Fosdick,   Raymond   Blaine 
Fit  for  fighting— and  after.  Scrib  M  63:415-23 
Ap  '18 


Teaching   Sammy   the   American    for   morale. 
World  Outl  4:7-8  Ap  '18 
Foster,  Olive  Hyde 
What  a   garden  club  has   done   for  its  com- 
munity. Touchstone  2:600-4  Mr  '18 
Foundations,  Charitable  and  educational 
Place  of  the  educational  foHndation  in  Amer- 
ican education.  C.  Furst.  School  and  Soc  7: 
364-9  Mr  30  '18 
Founders'  association.     National.    See  National 

founders'  association 
Foundry   practice 
Small  castings  from  alloys  and  scrap  metals. 
W.  J.  May.  Sci  Am  S  85:171  Mr  16  '18 
Four   piggy-wigs;    story.     A.     E.     Cartlidge.     il 

Woman's  H  C  45:46  Ap  '18 
Fourth  dimension 
Fourth   dimension.   R.   Fleming,    il  Sci  Am   S 
85:188-9  Mr  23  '18 
Fowler,    Charles    Evan 

Can  coal  be  pumped?  Sci  Am  118:211  Mr  9  '18 
France 
Spirit  of  France.    C:   Whibley.   Liv  Age   296: 
522-31  Mr  2  '18 

Agriculture 
See  Agriculture — France 

Industries  and  resources 
Future  of  France — and  of  civilisation.  Politi- 
cus.   Fortn  109:213-29  F  '18 

Population 

See  Population — France 
Railroads 
See  Railroads — France 

Reconstruction 
Restoration  of  a  French  village.  B.  A.  Clark. 

House  B  43:226  Mr  '18 
Yankee   peddlers    in    the    Somme;    the    Smith 
college  relief  unit  at  work.  R.  Gaines,  il  Sur- 
vey 39:594-6  Mr  2  '18 
Franchise.  See  Suffrage 
Francis,   David   Rowland 
Portrait.    Asia   18:179   Mr   '18;    World's   Work 
35:462  Mr  '18 
Frank,  Glenn 

General  staff  for  peace.  Cent  95:860-4  Ap  '18 
Franklin,  P.  A.  S. 

Portrait.  World's  Work  35:463  Mr  '18 
Fraser,  Andrew   Henderson   Leith 
Problem  before  us  in  India.  19th  Cent  83:275- 
86  F  '18 
Fraser,   Sir  John   Foster 
How  the  war  transformed  England.  Cur  Hist 
M,  N  Y  Times  7,pt2:509-14  Mr  '18 
Frederick    II    (Frederick   the    Great),     king    of 
Prussia 
Is  Frederick  worse  than  he  seems?  il  Lit  Di- 
gest 56:32  Mr  9  '18 
Free  enterprise.  See  Laissez-faire 
Freedom  of  the  seas 
England,  America  and  the  sea.  Liv  Age  296: 

696-8  Mr  16  '18 
Freedom  of  the  seas.  A.  M.  Wolf  son.  Ind  93: 
490  Mr  23  '18 
Freeman,  Harry  H. 
City   manager  plan,    with  proportional    repre- 
sentation,   for   Kalamazoo.    Am   City   18:248 
Mr  '18 
Freeman,  Lewis  R.  See  Speranza,  Gino,  jt.  auth. 
Freeman,    Mrs    Mary    Eleanor    (Wilkins) 

Flowering  bush.  Woman's  H  C  45:18-19  Ap  '18 
Freezing  of  pavements.  See  Roads — Frost  action 
Freight  car  service 
Principles  and  practices  of  car  service  regula- 
tion. H.   E.  Byram.  Ann  Am  Acad  76:25-33 
Mr  '18 
Regulation   of  car  service  under  government 
control  of  operation.   J:   J.   Esch.   Ann  Am 
Acad  76:34-41  Mr  '18 
Freight  vessels 
Pulling  the  teeth  of  torpedoes;  Hudson  Max- 
im's safety  freighter.  E.  T.  Bronsdon.  il  diag 
lUus  World  29:216-18  Ap  '18 
French,  William  Fleming 
Railroading  behind  the  lines.  Illus  World  29: 

219-23  Ap  '18 
What  Uncle  Sam  thinks  of  ^he  specialist.  Illus 
World  29:188-92  Ap  '18 


Did  the  first  mentioned  article  written  by  Hugh  Findlay  appear  in  a  monthly 
magazine,  or  in  a  magazine  published  more  frequently  than  once  a  month? 

Who  wrote  the  story  entitled  "Flowering  bush"?  Is  the  article  illustrated? 
Is  the  story  entered  under  the  author's  name  also? 

All  articles  of  importance  are  entered  under  both  author  and  subject.  Con- 
sult the  following  articles  and  tell  from  the  context  under  what  other  word,  either 
as  subject  or  author,  they  would  again  be  indexed: 

Article  written  by  Charles  Evan  Fowler. 

Article  under  "Flies:  Effective  method  of  fly  control." 

Article  entitled,  "Price  of  safety  against  fire." 

Consult  the  article  "Finance,"  and  name  the  countries  which  appear  as  sub- 
headings under  it.  Are  these  countries  in  alphabetical  order?  Are  the  countries 
under  "Food  supply"  in  alphabetical  order?  Is  the  arrangement  of  topics  under 
the  word  "France"  alphabetical?  What  is  the  first  topic?  Notice  that  no 
magazines  are  given  under  it,  but  that  the  reader  is  referred  to  the  word 
"Agriculture"  as  a  main  topic,  and  to  France  as  a  sub-topic  under  it.  Under 
what  word  should  one  look  for  population  in  France?  Under  what  word  are 
articles  for  railroads  listed? 

Many  times  a  subject  has  subdivisions  under  both  topics  and  countries. 
In  such  a  case,  the  topics  appear  first,  in  alphabetical  order,  followed  by  the 
countries,  in  alphabetical  order.  It  is  important  to  know  this  arrangement  when 
consulting  large  subjects.  The  sub-arrangement  under  "Education"  for  ex- 
ample, sometimes  requires  several  pages.  The  sub-arrangement  under  "Euro- 
pean war"  requires  very  many  pages. 

Sub-entries  Under  Large  Subjects 

The  following  specimen  pages  under  Railroads  are  taken  from  the  Readers' 
Guide  to  illustrate  the  method  of  subdividing  large  topics.  Read  the  title  of  the 
first  article  listed  under  the  word  Railroads  (plural).  Directly  below  this  title, 
under  "see  also,"  find  and  name  the  first  subject  under  which  other  magazine 
articles  are  fisted.  What  is  the  last  of  these  subjects?  After  these  references, 
the  first  sub-topic  under  railroads  which  is  entered  in  bold  face  type  in  the  center 
of  the  column  is  Accidents.  Glance  through  the  corresponding  sub-topics  and 
notice  that  they  are  in  alphabetical  order.  Find  the  sub-topic  Valuations;  the 
next  sub-topic  is  a  country  beginning  with  A.  Countries  are  given  after  topics. 
Are  countries  also  arranged  alphabetically?  Notice  that  references  under  United 
States  require  nearly  an  entire  page.  What  sub-topic  is  given  under  United 
States? 

By  consulting  the  several  subdivisions,  find  the  following: 

The  volume,  page  and  date  for  an  article  in  the  Scientific  American  on: 

Growth  of  railroads  in  China. 

Fighting  snow  drifts  on  the  railways. 

Who  is  the  author  of  an  article  on  Japanese  railway  welfare  work? 

Who  wrote  an  article  entitled,  Financing  the  railroads? 


422 


Specimen  Entry  from 
Readers'  Guide  to  Periodical  Literature 

READERS'  GUIDE  TO 


Radiometer 
How  wireless  helps  the  mariner;  keeping  nav- 
igation posted  by  means  of  the  radiometer 
and  tiie  radiophore.  R.  A,  Lavender,  il  diag 
Sci  Am  118:34U  Ap  13  '18 
Radiophore 

How    wireless    helps    the    mariner;    keeping 
navigation  posted  by  means  of  the  radiom- 
eter   and    the    radiophore.    R.    A.    Lavender, 
il  diag  Sci  Am  118:340  Ap  13  '18 
Radiotelegraphy.  See  Wireless  telegraphy 
Radiotelephony.  See  Wireless  telephony 
Radict.herapy 
Electricity  in  medicine;  diathermy  and  radi- 
ography. Sci  Am  S  86:30  Jl  13  '18 
Radium 
Madame  Curie  and  radium.  R.  J.  Strutt.   Liv 
Age  297:247-9  Ap  27  '18;  Same.  Overland  ns 
72:51-3   Jl   '18 
Radium   as  the   great   medical    mystery.   Cur 
Opinion  64:408  Je  '18 
Radium  of  romance.  D.  L.  Sharp.  Atlan  122:67- 

76  Jl  "18 
Raemael<ers,    Louis 
Louis    Raemaekers.    F.     Van    Emden.    il    Int 

Studio  65:sup8-12  Jl  'IS 
Raemaekers,    a    mainspring    of    armed    force. 
S.  S.  Menken,   por  Cent  95:557-60  F   '18 
Rag  rugs.  See  Rugs 
Rag-time 
American  influence  on  modern  French  music. 

S.  F.  Damon.  Dial  65:93-5  Ag  15  '18 
What  is  ragtime?  H.  Hubbs.  Outlook  118:345  F 
27 '18 
Raided;  story.  St  J:  G.  Ervine.  Cent  97:116-20 

N  '18 
Raiders 
German  raiders  which  put  out  to  sea  without 
crews,    il    Sci    Am    117:377    N    24    '17;    Same 
cond.   Lit  Digest  56:24  Ja  12  '18 
8ee  also  Seeadler  (raider);  Wolf  (raider) 
RaFI-creep.  See  Rails 
Railey,   Hilton    How/efl 

Making  over  men.  Ind  93:176  F  2  'IS 
Railroad    bonds.     See  Bonds,   Railroad 
Railroad  commissions 
Regional   railroad  commissions:   their  relation 
to  the  state  commissions  and  to  the  inter- 
state commission.  J.  E.  Love.  Ann  Am  Acad 
76:252-6  Mr  '18 
Railroad  employees.     See  Railroads — Employees 
Railroad  engineers 
Great    work    of    American    railroad    men    in 
France,  il  Scrib  M  64:60-70  Jl  '18 
Railroad  law 
Next     step     in     railway     legislation.     D:    Y. 

Thomas.    Unpop    R    9:49-57   Ja   '18 
Status  of  existing  railroad  laws  and  regula- 
tive agencies  under  federal  control.  E.  Wat- 
kins.  Ann  Am  Acad  76:121-4  Mr  '18 
Railroad    signals.    See    Railroads— Signals 
Railroad  ties 
Better    railroad    ties.    O.    P.    M,    Goss.    il    Sci 

Am  117:453  D  15  '17 
Longitudinal  sleepers  for  railways  and  tram- 
ways, il  plans  Sci  Am  S  85:172  Mr  16  '18 
Successful  concrete  railway  ties.  D:  Williams, 
il  Illus  World  30:177-9  O  '18 
Rallro-ads 
New  transcontinental  railways.  Lit  Digest  58: 
24-5  Ag  31  '18 

See  ulso  Dining  cars;  Electric  railroads; 
Freight  and  freightage;  Locomotives;  Motor 
trucks  on  rails;  Ship  railroads;  Sleeping 
cars;   Street  railroads 

Accidents 
Curbing  the   crossing  maniac,    il  Illus   World 
29:175  Ap  '18 
jSfee  also  Railroads — Signals 

Cars 
Bee  Cars;  Freight  car  service 


Crossings 
See   Grade  crossings 

Electrification 
Electrified    government    railways.    Lit   Digest 

56:27  Mr  30  '18 
Electrifying   the     locomotive.     F.    Telford,     il 

Illus  World  29:879-81  Ag  '18 
Over  the  Rockies  by  electricity.  J.  Andereon. 
il  St  N  45:654-6  My  '18 

Employees 

Adjustment  of  labor's  demands  during  federal 
control  of  railroad  operation.  G.  B.  Plumb. 
Ann  Am  Acad  76:59-69  Mr  '18 

Million  government  railway  men.  Survey  39: 
399   Ja  5   '18 

New  railroad  wage  order.  Survey  40:874  S  14 
'18 

Railroad  labor  adjustment.  O.  Tead.  Public 
21:46-9  Ja  11  '18 

Railroad  wages.   Public  21:624-5  My  18  '18 

Report  of  the  Railroad  wage  commission. 
J.  H.  Parmelee.  Am  Econ  R  8:654-9  S  '18 

Toward  democratic  conticl;  Mr  McAdoo's  ap- 
pointment of  W.  S.  Carter  as  director  of 
labor  in  the  new  railroad  administration. 
New  Repub  14:163-4  Mr  9  '18 

War- wages  for  railroad  m.en.  Lit  Digest  57:11 
My  25  '18 

When   ladies  learn  the  art  of  railroading,   il 
Sci  Am  118:571  Je  22  '18 
See  also  Eight-hour  law.   Railroad 
Equipment  and  supplies 

Buying  whole  railroads  and  reducing  them  to 
junk.      Cur  Opinion   65:274-5   O  '18 

Physical  needs  of  the  railways  under  govern- 
ment control.  J.  H.  Parmelee.  Ann  Am  Acad 
76:42-58  Mr  '18 
See  also  Locomotives 
Finance 

Financing  the  railroads.  A.  D.  Noyes.  Nation 
106:632   My   25   '18 

Government  control  and  railway  finance.  Out- 
look   118:71   Ja  9    '18 

Last  year's  increases  in  railroad  revenue.  Lit 
Digest  57:88  Je  8  '18 

Problem  of  railroad  finance.  L.  Criscuolo.  Ind 
95:432  S  28  '18 

Railroad  control  becomes  self-sustaining.  Lit 
Digest  59:79  O  5  '18 

Railroad  finance  from  the  standpoint  of  effi- 
ciency. H,  C.  Kidd.  Sci  Monthly  6:241-5  Mr 
'18 

Recent  railroad  earnings,  gross  and  net,  and 
earnings  under  federal  control.  Lit  Digest 
56:100-2  Mr  30  '18 

Recent  railroad  failures  and  reorganizations, 
1907-17.  S.  Daggett,  map  Q  J  Econ  32:446-86 
My  '18 

Taking  the  railroads  out  of  Wall  Street.  R.  L. 
Barnum.  Nation  106:643-5  Je  1  '18 
.;8'ee  also  Railroads— Rates;  Railroads— Se - 
curities;   Railroads — Valuation 

Freight 

See  Freight  and  freightage 

Government  ownership 
See  Railroads   and  state 

Law 

See  Railroad  law 

Management 

See  also  Railroads — Finance;  Railroads  and 
state — United  States — Government  control 

Rates 

Higher   rates   and   net   railroad   revenue.   Lit 

Digest  57:64-5  Je  29  '18 
How  could  nationalization  of  rate  regulation 

best   be   accomplished?  M.    S.   Decker.    Ann 

Am  Acad  76:229-38  Mr  '18 
Legal  questions  involved  in  nationalization  of 

rate  regulation.  W:  E.  Lamb.  Ann  Am  Acad 

76:239-51  Mr  '18 
Necessity    for  exclusive   federal   control    over 

state  and  interstate  rates.  E.  J.  Rich.  Ann 

Am  Acad  76:214-28  Mr  '18 


10 


specimen  Entry  from 
Readers'  Guide  to  Periodical  Literature 


PERIODICAL  LITERATURE 


423 


Railroads — Rates — Continued 
Point  now   reached  in  the  federal  regulation, 

of    intrastate    rates.    J,    A.    Little.    Ann  Am 

Acad  76:202-13  Mr  '18 
Problem  of  the  transcontinental  rate  structure. 

P.    D.   Converse.    J   Pol    Econ  26:291-301   Mr 

'18 
Railroad    rates    and   wages.    J    Pol    Econ    26: 

748-9  Jl  '18 

Regulation 
See  Railroads  and  state 
Securities 
Adjustment  of  labor's  demands  during  federal 

control  of  railroad   operation.   G.   E.   Plumb. 

Ann  Am  Acad  76:59-89  Mr  '18 
As    to    the   pendulum's    return    swing   in    rails 

after  the  war.  Lit  Digest  57:106-8  Ap  13  '18 
Better  day  for  railroad  stocliholders.  Lit  Di- 
gest 58:82-4  Jl  13  '18 
Desirable  scope   and  method   of  federal  regu- 
lation of  railroad  securities.  M.  Thelen.  Ann 

Am  Acad  76:191-201  Mr  '18 
Dividends     and    savings    of     railroads    under 

government  control.   Lit  Digest  56:78  Ja  19 

'18 
Few  foreign   holdings   now   of   American   rail 

securities.   Lit  Digest  56:59  Ja   5  '18 
Future    of   railroad    stocks.    L.    Criscuolo.    Ind 

93:214-15    F   2    '18 
Government  operation  of  American  railroads. 

C.  Thorne.  Ann  Am  Acad  76:84-110  Mr  '18 
Railroad  earnings  now  heavy.     Lit  Digest  59: 

92-4   N  9   '18 
Railroad    security    issues    under    government 

operation.  T:  Conway,  jr.  Ann  Am  Acad  76: 

111-20  Mr  '18 
Railway  dividends  under  government  control. 

Lit  Digest  56:97  F  9   '18 
Reorganized  railway.  Outlook  120:73   S  11  '18 
State  regulation  of  the  securities  of  railroads 

and  public   service   companies.    M.    L.    Bar- 
ron. Ann  Am  Acad  76:167-90  Mr  '18 
Who  owns  the  railroads  of  the  United  States? 

Cur  Opinion  64:139   F  '18 

See  also  Bonds,  Railroad;  Railroads — ^Valu- 
ation 

talgnals 
Clear  track   ahead  for  Uncle  Sam.  R:  West. 

il   IIlus  World   28:824-5   F   '18 
Position-light     signals     for     railroad    service. 

A.   H.   Rudd.   Sci  Am  S  86:139  Ag  31   '18 
Price  of  forgetfulness.  Lit  Digest  58:20  Ag  24 

'18 

Snow  protection   and   removal 
Concrete   snowsheds   of   novel   design.     11     Scl 

Am  118:59  Ja  12  '18 
Fighting  snow  drifts  on  the   railways,   il    Sci 

Am  S  85:164  Mr  16  "18 
Trees  to  keep  the  snow  back,  il  Lit  Digest  56: 

31-2   Mr  16  '18 
See  also  Windbreaks 

Standards 
Standardization   of   freight   cars   and   locomo- 
tives. W.  G.  McAdoo.  Sci  Am  S  86:261  O  26 

'18 

Statistics 
Documents  and  statistics  pertinent  to  current 

railroad  problems.  C.  H.  Crennan  and  W.  E. 

Warrington.  Ann  Am  Acad  76:282-304  Mr  '18 

Ticket  offices 
Union  ticket  office.  Sci  Am  118:512  Je  1  18 
Ties 
See  Railroad  ties 

Track 
Longitudinal  sleepers  for  railways  and  tram- 
ways. 11  plans  Sci  Am  S  85:172  Mr  16  '18 

Valuation 

Federal  valuation  of  railroads  in  lelation  to  a 
definite  policy  of  national  railway  control; 
with  discussion.  J:  Bauer.  Am  Econ  R  8: 
supll3-40  Mr  '18 

Has  the  importance  of  federal  valuation  of 
railroads  been  increased  or  lessened  by  fed- 
era!  control  of  operation?  H.  B.  Whaling. 
Ann  Am  Acad  76:125-30  Mr  '18 


Africa 

Steam  train.  World  Outl  4:21  F  '18 

See   also   Cape-to-Cairo    railway;    Katanga 
railway 

Asia 
New  route  to  India.  Ind  93:479  Mr  23  '18 
See  also  Bagdad  railway 
Australia 
Australia's   first   transcontinental   railroad,    il 

map  Sci  Am  118:212-13  Mr  9  '18 
Miles    of   railway    through    waterless    country. 

il   Sci   Am  117:497   D  29   '17 
Railway  built   through   a  thousand  waterless 
miles,  map  Lit  Digest  57:21-2  My  18  '18 

Bolivia 

Finishing  the  Oruro-Cochabamba  railway  line. 
W:  Henderson,  il  Pan  Am  M  26:235-9  Mr  '18 

Brazil 

On  the  rainbow  route  in   the  Andes.   W.   W. 
Rasor.  map  Pan  Am  M  27:328-8  O  '18 

China 

Growth  of  railroads  in  China,  il  Sci  Am  118: 
346  Ap  13  '18 

Europe 

Bordeaux-Odessa     vs.      Berlin-Bagdad,      map 
World's  Work   35:388-90   F   '18 

France 

French   railroads  and  American  engineers,     il 

Lit  Digest  59:23-4  N  16  '18 
Some  aspects  of  French  railway  war  finance. 

S.  E.  Howard.   Q  J  Econ  32:309-32  F  '18 

Germany 

German  railways  in  war-times.  Lit  Digest  56: 
133-4   Mr    16    '18 

Great  Britain 
Past   and   future   of   railways.   J.    H.    Balfour- 
Browne.  19th  Cent  83:619-36  Mr  '18 

See  also  Railroads  and  state — Great  Brit- 
ain 

Japan 
Japanese    railway    welfare     work.     S.     Noda. 
Survey  39:544  F  16  '18 

Mexico 

British    railways    in   Mexico.    Liv   Age    296:381 

F  9   '18 
Condition  of  Mexican   railways.     Pan  Am   M 

28:46-8  N  '18 

Netherlands 
Dutch-German     railways     and     their    signifi- 
cance.  D.   C.  Boulger.    19th  Cent   83:1116-24 
Je  '18 

Paraguay 
Paraguay  central  railway;  an  up-to-date  line 
in  the  heart  of  South  America,  map  Pan  Am 
M  27:316-17  O   '18 

Persia 
Between    the    Tigris    and    the    Indus.    T:    H. 
Holdich.  Sci  Am  S  84:394-5  D  22  '17 

Russia 

Russian  railroads  are  not  so  crippled  as  has 
been   represented.   Cur  Opinion   64:222-4  Mr 

•18 
See  also  Murman  railway 

United  States 

Future  of  railroads.  L.  Criscuolo.  Ind  93:532-3 

Mr  30  '18 
Old-time  government  control.  H:  Hazlitt.  Na- 
tion  106:99-100  Ja   24   '18 
1,300   miles  of  railroad  junked.  Lit  Digest  56: 

24   Ja   19   '18 
Recent  railroad   failures  and  reorganizations, 

1907-17.  S.  Daggett,  map  Q  J  Econ  32:446-86 

My  '18 
Responsibility  for   railway  chaos.    T.   W.    Van 

Metre.   New  Repub  14:17-20  F  2  '18 
Superfluous  railv/ays.  Lit  Digest  57:20  My  25 

•18 


424 


Specimen  Entry  from 
Readers'  Guide  to  Periodical  Literature 

READERS'  GUIDE  TO 


Railroads — United  States — Continued 

United  States  railway  system,  ii  Sci  Am  IIS: 
49  Ja  12  '18 

See  also  Interstate  commerce  commission; 
Railroads  and  state — United  States 

War  measures 
Federal  control  of  railroads  in  war  time.   M. 

Thelen.  Ann  Am  Acad  76:14-24  Mr  '18 
Problems  of   military   transportation,     "W:    H. 

Carter.    No   Am   207:52-6   Ja   '18 
Time  tables  and  garden  truck.  11  Gard  M  28: 
24  Ag  '18 

Ses  also  Railroads  and  state— United  States 
— Government  regulation 
Railroads,  IVlilitary 

I^earning-  to   run  a  railroad  in  the  dark.     Lit 
Digest  59:40  O  26  '18 
Railroads  and  state 
Precedents    for    private    ownership    and   gov- 
ernment operation  of  transportation  facili- 
ties.   D.  F.  Wilcox.  Ann  Am  Acad  76:70-83 
Mr  '18 
Supersiition   of  the  state.     C.    S.   Jones.     Liv 

Age  298:497-8  Ag  24  'IS 
World's  railways  as  owned,  or  not  owned,  by 
governments.   Lit   Digest  55:112  D  29   '17 
See  also  Public  utilities— Regulation 
Canada 
Canada  to  run  her  own  railways.  Lit  Digest 
59:20-1  O  5  '18 

France 

Some  aspects  of  French  railway  war  finance. 

S.  E.  Howard.  Q  J  Bcon  32:309-32  F  '18 

Great  Britain 

British    railways    during   and    after    the    war. 

S.    Brooks.    No   Am   207:196-208   F    '18 
How    stockholders    fare    when   a    government 

manages  their  railways.   Lit  Digest  56:56-8 

Ja  5  '18 

United  States 
Can  the  railways  ever  be  unscrambled?    J,  G: 

Frederick.     Public  21:1452-4  N  30  '18 
Failures   and  possibilities  in  railroad  regula- 
tion.  T.  W.  Van  Metre.  Ann  Am  Acad  76: 

1-13  Mr  '18 
Federal  valuation  of  railroads  in  relation  to  a 

definite   policy  of  national   railway   control; 

with   discussion.   J:  Bauer.   Am   Econ   R  8: 

supll3-40  Mr  '18 
Government  and   the  railroads.   L.    Grahame. 

Pan  Am  M  26:94-6  D  '17 
Government    and    the    railways.    Nation    105: 

656-7    D   13    '17 
Government    and   the    railways.    Outlook   117: 

674-5    D    26    '17 
Government   ownership  of  railroads.    World's 

Work  35:475-6  Mr  '18 
Government   ownership   of   railroads.    S.    Bell. 

Outlook   118:343-4  F  27  '18 
How   could  nationalization  of  rate  regulation 

best  be   accomplished?   M.    S.    Decker.    Ann 

Am  Acad  76:229-38  Mr  '18 
How    the    new     railway     plans     would    work. 

R.    L.   Barnum.    Nation   105:676   D   13    '17 
Instead  of  public  ownership.  A.  Johnson.  New 

Repub  14:345-7  Ap  20  '18 
Is  the  government  competent  to  run  the  rail- 
roads?  Lit    Digest    55:7-8    D    22    '17 
Is  Uncle  Sam  to  keep  the  railroads?     D.  Wil- 

helm.     il  Ind  96:286-74-  N  30  '18 
Legal  questions  involved  in  nationalization  of 

rate  regulation.  W:  B.  Lamb.  Ann  Am  Acad 

76:239-51  Mr  '18 
Necessity    for  exclusive   federal   control   over 

state  and  interstate  rates.   E.   J.   Rich.  Ann 

Am  Acad  76:214-28  Mr  '18 
Necessity   for   public   ownership   of   the   rail- 
ways. F:  C.  Howe.   Ann  Am  Acad  76:157-66 

Mr  '18 
Next  step  in  railway  legislation.  Unpop  R  9: 

49-57  Ja  '18 
One  nation;  one  railroad.  Ind  92:467  D  8  '17 
Paving  the  way  for  public  ownership  of  rail- 
ways.    C.    D.   Thompson.      Public   21:1408-10 

N  16  '18 
Railroad   crisis.   L.   Criscuolo.    Ind   93:44-^   Ja 

5   '18 
Railroad  crisis.  O.  Tead.  New  Repub  13:143-4 

D   8  '17 


Railroads.    T.    H.    Price.    Outlook   117:678-9   D 

26    '17 
Railroads  and   the  government.  C:   F.   Speare. 

R   oi'    lis    57:73-6   Ja   '18 
Railroads    and    the    new    democracy.    F.    C. 

Howe.  Public  21:14-17  Ja  4  '18 
Railways  and  government  intervention.  T:  F. 

Woodlock.    Nation    105:686-7    D    20    '17 
Railways  in  peace  and  war.  S:  O.  Dunn.  Yale 

R  n   s  7:362-81   Ja  '18 
Reconstitutmg  railroad  regulation.  G:  A.  Post. 

Ann  Am  Acad  76:139-41  Mr  '18 
Solving  the   railroad   problem.   World's  Work 

35:234   Ja   '18 
Suggested   plan   for  perm.anent  governmental 

supervision   of   railroad    operation   after   the 

war.  A.  W.   Smith.  Ann  Am  Acad  76:142-56 

Mr  '18 
To  run  thirty-eight  railroads  as  one.  Lit  Di- 
gest 55:19-20  D  8   '17 
See  also   Interstate   commerce   commission 
Oovernment  operation 
Control  of  railroads  after  the  war.  H:  A.  Pal- 
mer.  Ann  Am  Acad  76:131-8  Mr  '18 
Director    general's    problems.    World's    Work 

35:352-4    F    '18 
Documents  and  statistics  pertinent  to  current 

railroad  problems.  C.  H.  Crennan  and  W.  E. 

Warrington.   Ann  Am  Acad  76:272-81  Mr  '18 
Federal  control   of  railroads  in  war   time.   M. 

Thelen.  Ann  Am  Aead  76:14-24  Mr  '18 
First  steps  in  government  operation.  Outlook 

118:83   Ja   16    '18 
Government   and   the    railroads.    L.    Grahame. 

Pan  Am  M   26:220-1   F   '18 
Government  and  the  railroads.  J.  B.  Walker. 

il  Sci  Am  118:314-15  Ap  6  '18 
Government  as  railway  manager.  T:  H.  Price. 

Outlook  119:551-2;  120:19-22  Ag  7.  S  4  '18 
Government     control     and     railway     finance. 

Outlook    118:71    Ja    9    '18 
Government  control  of  railroads.   J  Pol  Econ 

26:91-2.  412-13  Ja.  Ap  '18 
Government    control    of   railroads.    Public    21: 

1260-1  O  5  '18 
Government   control  of  transportation.    J  Pol 

Econ  26:307-9  Mr  '18 
Government  forced  to  take  the  railroads.  Lit 

Digest  56:7-8  Ja  5   '18 
Government  operation.  R.  L.  Barnum.  Nation 

106:72-3   Ja   17    '18 
Government  operation  of  American  railroads. 

C.   Thorne.   Ann  Am  Acad  76:84-110   Mr  '18 
Government   operation   of   the   railways.   Out- 
look 118:10   Ja  2   '18 
Government  operation  of  the  railways:  has  It 

come    to    stay?    T.    H.    Price.    Outlook    118: 

102-7   Ja   16   '18 
Lo!    the  poor  passenger.    Bellman  24:119  F  2 

•18 
Making  the  most  of  railway  controi.  New  Re- 
pub 13:298-300  Ja  12  '18 
Million  government  railway  men.   Survey  39: 

399   Ja   5    '18 
National    control    of   utilities.    Ind    93:9    Ja    5 

'18 
New    railway    era.    Outlook    118:519-20    Ap    3 

•18 
No  free  transportation.  Ind  93:167-8  F  2  'IS 
Our     railroads     under     government      control. 

R.  V.   Wright.  World's  Work  36:293-7  Jl  '18 
Problem  of  railroad  finance.  L.  Criscuolo.  Ind 

95:432  S  28  "18 
Publicity    and    the    railroads.    Public    21:782-4 

Je  22  '18 
Putting  government  to  work.   Public   21:75-6 

Ja  18  '18 
Railroad    administration    to    date.      W.    Weyl. 

New  Repub  17:43-4  N  9  '18 
Railroad  contract,  R.  L.  Barnum.  Nation  107: 

78  Jl  20  '18 
Railroad  control  becomes  self-sustaining.   Lit 

Digest  59:79  O  5  '18 
Railroad    security    issues    under    government 

operation.  T:  Conway,  jr.  Ann  Am  Acad  76: 

111-20  Mr  '18 
Railroads   after   the   war.   World's   Work  35: 

474-5  Mr  '18 
Railroads     under     government     control.     Cur 

Hist  M,  N  Y  Times  7,pt2:248-53  F  '18 
Railroads    under    government    control.    R.    Ii. 

Barnum.  Nation  106:368-70  Mr  28  '18 


12 


Under  United  States,  sub-topic  Government  operation,  the  titles  of  the  articles 
are  arranged  with  reference  to  the  first  word  in  the  title.  Give  the  name  of  the 
magazine  which  contains  an  article  entitled,  Making  the  most  of  government 
control.     Who  wrote  the  article,  Railroad  contract  f 

Name  the  two  volumes  of  the  Outlook  which  should  be  consulted  for  the 
complete  article  entitled,  Government  as  railway  manager. 

Three  Other  Periodical  Indexes  of  the 
Wilson  Company 

If  the  plan  upon  which  the  Readers'  guide  is  issued  is  thoroughly  understood, 
it  is  a  very  simple  matter  to  use  all  other  indexes  to  periodical  literature,  even 
though  the  details  of  arrangement  may  differ  slightly.  Read  the  headings 
of  the  three  periodical  indexes  mentioned  below,  and  from  the  titles  try  to 
realize  the  field  which  each  one  covers. 

Agricultural  Index. 

Readers'  Guide  to  Periodical  Literature  Supplement. 

Industrial  Arts  Index. 

Which  of  the  three  indexes  mentioned  above  would  it  be  best  to  consult  for 
articles  on  "Milk"? 

Which  one  supplements,  but  does  not  duplicate,  the  Readers'  Guide? 

Which  one  would  give  the  best  references  for  "bridges"? 


13 


Miscellaneous  Publications  of  the  Wilson  Company 
958-964  University  Ave.,  New  York 

The  publications  of  the  Wilson  Company  which  are  listed  below  are  not, 
strictly  speaking,  periodical  indexes.  However,  as  they  are  published  by  the 
firm  which  issues  most  of  the  magazine  indexes,  and  as  they  are  very  valuable 
for  reference  work,  they  are  given  in  this  connection.  They  may  be  omitted, 
if  desirable. 

Children's  catalogue:  list  of  3000  books;  arranged  by  author,  title,  subject, 
grades  indicated. 

Index  to  short  stories  (1  volume). 

Index  to  St.  Nicholas  (2  volumes). 

Public  affairs  information  service  (w^eekly;  indexing  out-of-the-way  articles). 

Cumulative  book  index  (bi-monthly). 

United  States  catalogue  of  books  in  print:  arranged  by  author,  subject,  title: 
(2  large  volumes). 

Debaters'  handbook  series  (20  volumes). 

Book  review  digest  (monthly) . 

Index  to  legal  periodicals  (quarterly). 

Annual  Magazine — Subject  Index 

The  Boston  Book  Company  publishes  an  annual  index  to  magazines  and 
social  publications  of  general  interest,  but  does  not  duplicate,  to  any  extent,  the 
publications  of  the  Wilson  Company.  This  index  is  entitled :  "Annual  Magazine 
— Subject  Index."  It  includes  many  English  magazines,  and  makes  a  special 
feature  of  dramatic  literature. 

Engineering  Index 

The  Engineering  magazine  gives,  in  each  issue,  a  very  valuable  index  to 
magazine  articles  on  engineering  subjects.  These  separate  indexes  are  cumulated 
for  the  year  under  the  title:     "Engineering  index." 

Individual  Magazine  Indexes 

Most  publishers  of  magazines  issue  an  index  of  the  articles  which  have 
appeared  in  their  own  publications. 

International  Military  Digest 

This  publication  gives  brief  extracts  or  summaries  of  articles  in  periodicals 
which  bear  on  military  subjects.  The  topics,  which  are  entered  in  alphabetical 
order,  give  a  monthly  review  of  the  current  literature  of  military  science.  Cumu- 
lated annually.  Edited  at  West  Point,  and  published  at  241  West  37th  Street, 
New  York. 


14 


Suggestions  on  Debating 

The  fact  that  valuable  mental  training  is  gained  through  debating  is  so  general- 
ly recognized  by  educators  that  high  schools,  colleges  and  universities  encourage 
the  formation  of  local  debating  teams  and  the  custom  of  interscholastic  debates, 
as  they  encourage  interscholastic  athletic  contests  for  the  sake  of  physical  develop- 
ment, 

A  debater  must  train  himself  to  think  accurately  and  fairly  on  all  sides  of  the 
question  debated,  both  for  the  sake  of  carrying  his  own  points  and  to  enable  him 
better  to  anticipate  arguments  which  may  be  used  by  his  opponents:  he  should 
know  how  to  find  the  material  which  bears  on  his  subject,  and  how  to  organize  it 
well:  he  should  be  able  to  present  his  arguments  clearly  and  forcefully,  and  in  an 
attractive  manner.  Work  of  this  character  calls  for  thought  of  a  high  order,  and 
is  therefore  of  great  educational  value. 

A  debate  can  be  neither  interesting,  nor  fair,  nor  worthy  of  time  and  thought 
unless  it  is  upon  a  subject  which  admits  of  opposing  view-points.  If  some  live 
subject  is  chosen  which  discusses  the  welfare  of  society,  either  in  a  local  or  in  a 
general  sense,  the  interest  of  an  audience  would  be  insured,  and  the  debaters' 
sympathies  enlarged,  w^iich  would  more  than  compensate  for  the  time  and  thought 
put  upon  the  question. 

Finding  Material  for  Debates 

One  of  the  best  guides  for  the  general  subject  of  debating  comes  in  the  Debaters' 
Handbook  Series,  published  by  the  H.  W.  Wilson  Company,  and  is  entitled 

Debaters'  Manual 

This  book  covers  the  following  points: 

How  to  prepare  a  debate. 

Debating  societies:  their  organization  and  management. 
List  of  selected  books  on  debating  and  public  speaking. 
Debating  organizations  in  the  United  States. 
Suggested  subjects  for  debates. 

Many  other  books  have  been  published  which  list  subjects  that  are  suitable 
for  debates,  together  with  a  brief  outline  of  arguments  on  both  sides,  and  refer- 
ences for  detailed  study.  Many  of  these  books  reprint  debates  which  have  been 
given  on  the  subjects,  or  articles  in  magazines  and  pamphlets  which  bear  upon 
the  subjects.     The  most  noteworthy  of  such  books  in  the 

Debaters'  Handbook  Series 

This  series  consists  of  about  twenty  volumes,  each  volume  being  devoted  to 
some  one  topic.  An  introduction,  reprinted  articles  on  both  sides  of  the  question, 
and  references  for  detailed  study  are  the  features  which  are  thoroughly  and  at- 
tractively given  in  each  volume  upon  the  subject  which  that  volume  presents. 
However,  a  careful  debater  will  not  be  content  with  a  prepared  brief  only,  but 
will  also  do  independent  research  work  for  himself.  He  will  realize  that  his 
opponent  can  have  access  to  the  same  brief  that  he  has  access  to,  and  can  thus 
be  prepared  to  meet  any  arguments  which  are  there  suggested  or  outlined. 

15 


Such  books  are  intended  to  stimulate  independent  thought,  not  to  stifle  it;  other- 
wise a  debate  becomes  little  more  than  a  recitation. 

Any  one  who  will  use  the  magazine  indexes  freely  and  intelligently  can  find 
references  on  almost  any  hve  subject.  A  card  catalogue  will  often  guide  one  to 
books  on  the  general  subject.  Conversation  upon  the  subject  is  an  excellent 
quickener;  but  reflection  and  a  sympathetic  clear  grasp  of  both  sides  of  the 
question  are  the  best  assets  for  original  forceful  work. 

Package  Libraries  for  Debaters 

Clippings  from  books,  pamphlets,  government  pubUcations,  bulletins  and 
magazines  on  many  debatable  subjects  can  be  purchased,  or  rented  for  a  low  rate, 
from  the  H.  W.  Wilson  Package  Library,  958-964  University  Ave.,  New  York. 

Many  state  universities  maintain  package  libraries  for  the  debating  societies 
in  their  respective  states,  and  circulate  them  through  their  university  extension 
departments.  Usually  these  packages  can  be  borrowed,  under  guarantee  of 
safe  return  and  postage,  by  any  society  in  the  state  which  is  giving  an  important 
debate  or  public  discussion.  The  following  state  universities  maintain  a  package 
debating  library: 

Arkansas 

California 

Colorado 

Idaho 

Indiana 

Iowa 

Kansas 

Local  public  libraries  frequently  prepare  packages  of  cUppings  for  debating 
societies  in  their  localities. 

The  Carnegie  Library  of  Pittsburgh  has  issued  an  inexpensive  index, 
supplements,  which  list  many  subjects  for  debate,  indicating  in   what      „..iv 
briefs  or  references  on  the  subjects  can  be  found. 


Michigan 

Oregon 

Minnesota 

South  Dakota 

Missouri 

Texas 

Nebraska 

Utah 

North  Carolina 

Virginia 

North  Dakota 

Washington 

Oklahoma 

Wisconsin 

16 


Questions  for 
Periodical  Literature 

Student's  name Per  cent 

Teacher's  name Hour  Reciting Date 

Have  you  read  the  directions  on  the  back  of  this  cover?     Answer  yes  or  no. 


1 — With  what  year  does  the  Readers'  guide  to  periodical  hterature  begin?  g 

How  frequently  thereafter  are  the  large  volumes  issued?  ^ 


2 — What  word  is  used  to  indicate  that  monthly  and  yearly  issues  are  gathered  together  in  one 
alphabet  at  regular  intervals? 

3 — Indicate,  below  each  month,  the  number  of  months  which  that  issue  of  the  Readers'  guide 
includes : 


January; 

February; 

March; 

April; 

May; 

June; 

July; 

August; 

September; 

October; 

November; 

December. 

1 


4 — The  following  entry  ie  taken  from  the  Readers'  guide:  § 

John  Muir  in  his  laboratory — Alaska.     S.  H.  Ji 

Young,  il  por  World  Outl  4:6-7  My  '18  ^ 

a.  What  two  words  indicate  the  name  of  the  magazine? 

b.  Where,  in  the  Readers'  guide,  could  the  full  name  of  the  magazine  be  found? 

c.  In  what  volume  of  "World  Outl"  does  the  article  appear? 

d.  The  article  begins  on  what  page?     Ends  on  what  page? 

e.  What  does  "il"  mean?  What  dees  "por"  mean? 

f.  In  what  month  of  what  year  was  the  article  published? 


1 


g.      When  the  day  of  a  month  is  given  in  a  reference,  does  the  magazine  publish  one  or 

more  than  one  issue  per  month?  « 

h.     Under  what  words  in  the  Guide  would  the  article  be  indexed?  '^ 

S 
5 — When  large  subjects  are  subdivided  in  the  Guide  under  both  topics  and  countries,  are  coun- 

tries  arranged  in  alphabetical  order  before  or  after  topics?  ^ 

6 — What  magazine  index  includes  magazines  published  from,  practically,  1800-1900?  O 

7 — Name  a  monthly  publication  which  gives  a  digest  of  current  topics  on  military  science.  ^ 

8 — Which  of  the  Wilson  publications  indexes:  £ 

a.  Magazines  devoted  especially  to  industrial  and  trade  interests?  ^g 

b.  Magazines  relating  to  agricultural  subjects?  -, 

c.  Magazines  intended  to  supplement  those  in  the  Readers'  guide?  ^ 

9 — Selections  from  what  important  publications,  which  do  not  appear  in  magazine  form,   are 
made  by  the  Wilson  Company-  for  their  inde.xes  to  current  periodical  literature? 

10 — Portraits  which  appeared  in  magazines  are  indexed: 

a.  Where  before  1900? 

b.  Where  after  1900? 


l^geof  Question?*  aad  SI 

m  the  revFrse  R^de*  of  tb?e  cotei 


leet  Rhou 


"  intended  tu 

'  J  j'^  c'  •-    r-'cords.     'J  h'> 

;'3  been  oarefulij'  read,  ?ho'  1  < 

"  1"  t^<"  question?,  preferf^-^^v  r 

4iargeof  the  wor\ 

;  presence  of  the  one  CO  V  (.;,;!> 
■rn  isik-u  uu  When  directed  to  reroo-  e  i/-^ 
Mid  rip  around  the  perforated  edges. 


*piii:e,  but  is  not  revealed  until  after  the  question  page  is 
'his  kny  ix)rs5f?tR  of  the  same  questions,  with  the  correct  answer 


fl  ftrw  m( 

0  du  1^0. 


100, 13  indicated  after  the  answer 
^  could  correct  their  own  or  each 


\    iLc  p;ipc):  Ui;u£:  an  iiioorrcct  answer,  the  amount  lo  be 

d  on  the  out^r  right-hand  margin,  neaj  the  mistak©. 

■'  '^'lA""^    tho  F'\m  P"''.btrs/;tf^d  fr''>.rn  100.,  sud  the  result 


.^rs.     Ii*.>wc\''f3i',  it  tb>-  :     ;<;  of  a  wntten  answer  is  mani- 

crfectly  clear,  but  i;  ..'y  like  the  printed  answer,  o! 

.  ".ould  be  made.       Do  x\ot  o.-du^:i  for  f:po]I;oi?.  nor  for 
•:  tbey  are  perfectly  clear. 


Reference  Guides 

That  Should  be  Known  and 
How  to  Use  Them 


By 

Florence  M.  Hopkins 

Librarian 

Central    High   School   and   Junior   College 

Detroit,  Michigan 


This  Pamphlet  Pertains  to 
Year-books 


TIME  REQUIRED 

Two   class    periods    and 
Preparation   of   one  lesson 


THE    WILLARD     COMPANY 

479  SIXTH  STREET 

DETROIT  ▼  MICHIGAN 


Copyright 

by 

FLORENCE  M.  HOPKINS 

1919 


Foreword 


This  pamphlet  is  one  of  a  series  on  the  use  of  reference  books.  The  complete 
series  constitutes  a  second  edition  of  "Reference  guides  that  should  be  known  and 
how  to  use  them,"  which  first  appeared  in  1916  as  a  text  book  for  high  and  normal 
schools. 

The  revision  treats  important  phases  of  reference  work  in  separate  pamphlets, 
thus  making  it  possible  to  grade  the  work,  or  to  select  the  pamphlets  best  fitted  to 
meet  individual  needs.  Generally  speaking,  any  one  of  the  pamphlets  can  be 
completed  in  two  class  periods  plus  time  for  the  preparation  of  one  lesson  be- 
tween recitations. 

The  entire  course  could  be  completed  by  advanced  students  in  five  or  six 
weeks  of  one  class  and  study  period  per  day.  The  work  can  also  be  scattered 
in  different  years.  If  one  subject  per  term  were  given  in  consecutive  order  to 
English  classes,  in  high  schools,  beginning  with  the  B8  of  junior  high  and  ex- 
tending through  the  A12  of  senior  high,  the  work  could  be  covered  in  two  or 
three  class  and  study  periods  per  term;  or,  if  familiarity  with  reference  books  is 
desired  early  in  the  school  course,  the  most  important  subjects  could  be  crowded 
into  the  early  high  school  grades.  The  order  in  which  the  subjects  of  the  pamph- 
lets are  hsted  below  suggests  a  logical  sequence,  whether  the  work  is  givei- 
slowly  or  rapidly  or  to  lower  or  to  upper  grade  students. 

1 — Webster's  New  International  Dictionary 

2 — New  Standard  Dictionary 

3 — Encyclopaedias 

4 — Parts  of  a  book 

5 — Atlases;  city  directories;  gazetteers 

6 — Concordances 

7 — Library  classification  and  card  catalogue 

8-^Indexes  to  periodical  literature;  debates 

9 — Year-books 
10 — Commercial  indexes 
11 — Important  publications  of  city,  state  and  federal  governments 

The  inclusion  of  specimen  pages  from  the  reference  books  studied  makes 
it  possible  for  each  student  to  follow  all  illustrative  examples  without  making  a 
trip  to  a  library  and  waiting  to  have  access  to  the  complete  reference  work. 
No  library  will  furnish  a  sufiicient  number  of  copies  of  expensive  reference 
books  to  supply  large  classes  adequately  for  detailed  study;  neither  could  a 
library  afford  to  have  pages  in  expensive  reference  books  as  badly  worn  and 
marked  as  they  would  become  if  many  students  were  required  to  consult  them  for 
prepared  lessons. 

1 


Experience  has  proved  \h&\  the  best  results  can  be  obtained  if  the  work  la 
begun  in  regular  clfessTecitationy  by  a  librarian  or  a  teacher  reading  the  text 
with  the  class.  If  conducted  in  this  way,  no  previous  preparation  will  be  neces- 
sary, either  by  the  class  or  by  the  one  who  conducts  it.  As  the  reading  of  the 
text  proceeds,  it  will  be  seen  that  important  features  of  the  reference  books  studied 
are  emphasized  by  referring  to  the  sample  pages  embodied  in  the  text.  With  a 
little  class  direction  of  this  kind  the  students  can  readily  see  the  plan  of  the  text, 
and  can  finish  any  unread  pages  independently  as  an  assigned  lesson  for  the  next 
recitation.  In  classes  composed  of  advanced  students,  or  in  cases  of  absence, 
the  entire  work  could  be  done  independently. 

The  questions  on  the  colored  page  fastened  on  the  inside  of  the  last  cover 
are  designed  to  emphasize  important  points  and  to  systematize  the  work  for 
class  records.  Blank  spaces  are  left  under  the  questions  for  the  answers. 
When  the  questions  are  assigned  as  a  lesson  to  be  prepared  out  of  class,  and 
the  answers  are  written  from  memory  in  the  blank  spaces  during  the  class 
recitation  following,  the  points  are  more  thoroughly  impressed  than  they  are 
when  the  answers  are  written  before  coming  to  class,  while  having  direct  access 
to  the  text. 

A  key,  giving  the  answer  to  each  question,  together  with  its  value  on  the 
scale  of  100,  will  be  found  underneath  the  question  sheet  when  it  is  removed. 
By  means  of  this  key,  students  can  correct  their  own  or  another's  work  in 
a  few  minutes  of  class  time,  in  case  the  librarian  or  teacher  cannot  give 
extra  time  to  do  so. 

Schools  which  ask  a  leading  reference  question  in  final  examinations  find 
that  students  give  more  attention  to  the  work  and  therefore  learn  to  value  its 
importance. 

TTie  following  paragraphs  are  taken  from  the 
Foreword  of  the  First  Edition 

Possibly  the  best  way  of  presenting  the  points  which  it  is  hoped  this  series  of 
lessons  may  emphasize  is  to  quote  directly  from  the  preface  of  a  Bulletin  on 
"Library  instruction  in  universities,  colleges  and  normal  schools,"  from  the 
United  States  Bureau  of  Education,  1914 — No.  34. 

Many  educators  of  note,  as  well  as  college  and  university  librarians, 
have  emphasized  the  urgent  necessity  of  instruction  and  training  in 
"book-using  skill." 

The  place  of  the  library  in  the  work  of  all  departments  is  one  of 

increasing  importance.     The  library  is  a  resource  or  reservoir  from  which 

the  student  should  draw  constantly  for  information  and  inspiration. 

Every  month  of  delay  in  instructing  him  in  the  meaning 

and  use  of  the  library  lessens  the  efficiency  of  his  course. 

Every  new  student  should  be  required  to  take 
some  course  in  which  is  given  definite  practical  instruction  in  the 
handling  of  library  tools Such  a  course,  more- 
over, should  not  only  be  required,  but  it  should  constitute  a  definite  part 
of  the  work  required  for  a  degree. 

2 


Year-books  and  Almanacs 

It  is  always  difficult  to  find  information  on  current  or  recent  events.  News- 
paper articles  are  unsatisfactory,  scattered,  and  not  well  adapted  for  permanent 
reference  work.  The  best  provision  made  for  information  on  recent  topics  comes 
in  the  form  of  year-books  and  magazines.  The  wide  range  of  subjects  included 
in  year-books  is  seldom  fully  realized. 

The  date  on  the  backs  of  year-books  is  frequently  one  year  in  advance  of 
the  year  for  which  the  dates  are  recorded. 

The  World  Almanac 

The  following  specimen  pages  are  taken  from  the  World  almanac.  This 
almanac  is  a  year-book  so  practical  for  ready  reference  and  so  reasonable  in  price 
that  it  should  be  not  only  in  all  libraries,  but  also  in  homes  as  well.  It  is  printed 
on  cheap  paper,  in  exceedingly  fine  type,  and  contains  many  advertisements, 
which  account  for  its  low  price.  There  are  very  few  books  of  any  kind  which 
have  as  large  a  sale  as  does  the  World  almanac. 

General  Index:     World  Almanac 

The  first  specimen  page  inserted  is  taken  from  the  general  index,  under  the 
letters  "G,"  "H,"  and  "I."  The  index  appears  at  the  front  of  the  book,  just 
after  the  colored  pages  containing  the  advertisements,  instead  of  at  the  back, 
which  is  the  usual  place  for  an  index.  To  gain  an  idea  of  the  range  of  subjects 
treated,  consult  the  sample  page  of  the  index  and  give  the  pages  on  which  the 
following  information  could  be  found: 

1.  Fuel  administrators. 

2.  Insignia  rankings  in  Army  and  Navy. 

3.  Holidays  which  are  legal  in  United  States. 

4.  Cost  of  Royal  Family  in  Great  Britain. 

5.  War  loans  of  Great  Britain. 

6.  Officers  of  Industrial  Workers  of  the  World. 

7.  Price  of  Hay. 

8.  Number  of  members  in  British  House  of  Commons. 

9.  Game  laws  of  United  States. 

10.     The  volume  for  what  year  contains  a  list  of  impeached  governors? 

3 


specimen  Entry 

from  the  Index  to  the 

World  Almanac 


PAGE 

Friends.  Church  of 493 

"  Churches,  Brooklyn 903 

Man.  &  Bronx 

Fruits,  Edible,  of  Forest  Trees.  .  .313 

Fuel  Administrators,  Federal. ...  356 
"  Value  of  Wood 

Fur  Skins,  Imports 

Fusing  Points 

Futurity  Races 540 


Gallantry  Medals 2H 

Game  Law  Officials 570 

•■  Laws.  U.  S 564-574 

Gary  School  System  (Vol.  1916). 

General  Convention  of  the  New 

Jerusalem 492 

"  Eleo.  Co.,  War  Taxes  of 288 

"  Record  of  Events 339-345 

Generals  of  U.  S.  Army  Since  1776 
(Vol.  1902). 

Geographical  Research 415 

Geological  Strata 60 

Geology,  Progress  in.  1917 705 

Geometrical  Progression 81 

Georgia,  Election  Returns . .  .  781 

"  Railroad  Commission 608 

•'  Revenue  and  Expenditures   .  727 

Gerard,  Ambassador,  Left  Ger- 
many (Chronology) 

German  Answer  to  Pope's  Peace 

Note 197-: 

"  Casualties  in  War ; 

•  "•  Colonies,  Finances  of 666 

"  Empire,  Finances  of 

"  Evangelical  Synod,  Brooklyn.903 

••  Note  to  Mexico 322 

"  Peace  Proposal  (Vol.  1917). 
■■  Proposal  on  "U  Boat"  War- 
fare   169 

■'  Reiclisbank 451 

'•  Ships  Seized,  Renamed 370 

'•  States,  Finances  of 666 

■■  "Unrestricted  Warfare"  Note.169 
"  War  Loans 267 

Germany 732 

"  Ambassadors  to  U.  S 729 

"  Cabinet  of 754 

"  Child  Labor  in  War 376 

"  U.  S.  Ambassadors  to 729 

Girls'  Clothing  and  Health 707 

"  National  Honor  Guard 816 

Glasgow,  Exports  to  U.  S 307 

Goelet  Family  (Vol.  1917). 

Gold,  Canadian  Production 304 

••  Exports  from  N.  Y 920 

"  Imports  at  Port  of  N.  Y.  . .  .920 

"  in  Burmah 420 

"  in  U.  S 

"  Japan's  Imports. 426 

"  Production  in  U.  S.,  1916 657 

"  South  African  Output 455 

"  U.  S.  Production 452 

"  World's      Production      and 

Coins 461-462 

Golf  Records 532,533 

Good  Templars 18 

Gould  Family  (Vol.  1917). 

Government  of  N.  Y,  City . .  .867-868 

"  N.  Y.  State 770 

"  U.  S 741-743 

Governors  Impeached  (Vol.1914). 
"  N.  Y.  State,  and  Colonial .  .  .  775 
"  of  States 767 

Graduates,  College,  Oldest 631 

Grain  Corporation,  U.  S.  Food 

Administrators 314 

"  Lake  Tonnage  Decrease 317 

•'  World's  Need 289 

Grand  Army  of  the  Republic 37.T 

Graphite 304 

Great  Britain,  Amb'dors  to  U.  S .  731 

PODUlation. .  .  .  736-737 

Revenue  in  1917.,  .309 

Royal  Family.  ..  .733 

"  Co8tof.732 

U.S.  Amb'dors  to.  731 

War  &  Coal  Min'g.309 

••  Expendltures.372 

••  "  "   Expense 


!  PAGE 

Great  Britain,  War  Loans 

Women  Workers. .  309 
Creator    New    York,    Assembly 

Districts I 

Greece ' 

■'  Cabinet  of ' 

"  Finances  of i 

Greek  Calendar 

"  Orthodox  Catholic  Church. ..493 
Church 49: 

"  Weights  and  Measures 8( 

Grindstones 30-1 

Guam 149 

Guardians  of  Liberty ' 

Guatemala,  Finances  of 666 

"  Gov't  and  Description 

Gums,  Imports 

Guncotton 

Gymnastics 544 

Gypsum 304 


Hack  Fares,  N.  Y.  City 892 

Hague  Convention  (Vol.  1916). 

"  Court  of  Arbitration 152 

Halifax,  Exports  to  U.  S 74( 

Hall  of  Fame 874 

Halley's  Comet 5C 

Handball 51( 

Harness  Horse  Racing 543,544 

Harrlman  Family  (Vol.  1917). 
Havemeyer  Family  (Vol.  1917) 

Hawaii,  Commerce  of 484 

■•  Election  Returns 782 

"  Railroad  Commission 60 

"  When  Annexed 14 

Hay,  Farm  Price  of 48 

■•  U.  S.  Crop 30 

Hayti,  Finances  of 666 

"  Gov't  and  Description 430 

••  Medals  for  Gallantry  In 211 

Hazards,  Rate  of,  in  Factories. . .  512 
Health,  Cost  of  Supervision  In 

Industry 38 

"  Department  Directory,  New 

York  City 77 

"  Food  Relation  to 402 

'  Relation    of    Children    and 

Clothing  to 

••  V.  S.  Public  Service 

Hebrew  War  Relief 

Height  and  Weight  of  Men  and 

Women 

Hell  Gate  Arch  Bridge 

Hemp,  Philippine  Exports 

Hides,  Imports 

"  Uruguayan  Exports 437 

Hierarchy,  Roman  Catholic,  U.S.  495 
High  Buildings  in  N.  Y.  City.  .  .  919 

Historic  Events,  Anniv's  of "' 

Hockey 

Hogs,  Farm  Price  of 

"   Number  in  U.  S 

Holidays,  Easter  Sunday 34 

"  European  Business 731 

"  Legal 29 

"  Old  English 33 

Holland 732 

"  Cabinet  of 7.54 

•  Exports  and  Imports 

"  Finances  of 

"  Industrial  Condition ' 

"  Merchant  Fleet,  War's  Effect 


"  Wages  and  Living  Cost 310 

Homes  and  Asylums,  New  York 

City 895-1 

Honduras,  Finances  of 

"  Gov't  and  Description 

Hongkong,  Foreign  Trade 

Hoover  Food  Economy  Appeal 

to  Nation 157 

Hops,  England  and  Wales,  Pro- 
duction   303 

Horses,    Bred    in   England    and 

Wales 

"  Farm  Prices  of 

"   Value  of 

Hospitals,  Brooklyn  and  Queens.894 

"  Manhattan  and  Bronx 896 

House  of  Commons,  British 734 


PAGS 

How  to  Get  Peace,  the  Presi- 
dent's Way 357 

Hudson  and  Manhattan  R.    i. 

Co.  Subway 880 

River  Tunnels 886 

Humidity  in  U.  3.  Cities 65 

Hundred  Years  Ago 32 

Hungary,  Ambassadors  to  U.S..  .728 

"  Cabinet  of 754 

'  U.  S.  Ambassadors  to 728 

'  War  Loans 267 

Hurricane  and  Storm  Warnings..  69 
I 

Idaho  Election  Returns 782 

"  Railroad  Commission 608 

"  Revenues  and  Expenditures.  .727 

"  Tax  Rates 668 

Illinois.  Election  Returns .  782-783-784 

"  Railroad  Commission 608 

"  Revenues  and  Expenditures .  727 

Illitoracy.  World  Statistics 511 

Immigration,  Irish 489 

"  U.  S 645 

Imports,  Chief  Articles,  by  U.  S.682 

"  Coffee  to  U.  S 296-297 

"  Port  of  New  York 920 

"  South  American 440,661 

Improved  Order  of  Red  Men ....  18 

Income  Tax,  English 302 

"   Payers.  British 143 

InU.  S 257 

"   Table  of  Ass'sment. 246 

"   War  Provisions 246 

Independent  Order  Free  Sons  of 

Israel 279 

India,  British,  Finances  of 666 

"  Crops,  1917 662 

"  Government  of 735 

Indian,  American,  Statistics.  .  .  .620 

"  Commissioners 742 

Indiana,  Election  Returns. .  .784-785 

"  Riiilroad  Commission 608 

■■  Revenues  and  Expenditures .  727 
Indo-China,  French,  Finances  of.666 

Industrial  Occup.  Population 125 

"  Plants,  Employment 668 

"  Poisons,  Deaths  from 405 

'•  Workers  of  World 139 

Industry,  Cost  of  Health  Super- 
vision in 382 

"  France.  Condition  of 401 

Infant  Mortality  Rate 641 

Infantile  Paralysis,   State  Rec- 
ords  643 

Infantry.  Equipment  of  U.  S. ..  .265 

Inheritance  Tax  Laws 717 

Injunctions    Under    Anti-Trust 

Law 158 

Injury  Rate,  Metal  Mines 512 

Insignia,  Army  Campaigns 214 

"  Rankings  in  Army  and  Navy.216 
Institution  for  the  Improved  In- 
struction of  Deaf  Mutes 885 

Insurance,  Health 691 

"  Japanese 291 

"  Soldiers'   and  Sailors' 226-230 

"  Statistics 473-476 

"  War  Tax 253 

Interborough  Rapid  Transit  Com- 
pany Subways 887 

Intercollegiate  Football 556-557 

Interest  (Single)  Table 81 

■    (Compound)  Table 82 

Table,  314  and  4  Per  Cent. 

Bonds 288 

Interior,   Secretaries,  U.  S.   De- 
partment  742-757 

Internal  Revenue  Collectors   ...  257 
Revenue,  New  War  Provis'ns.246 

Receipts 255 

by     States 
and  Terri- 


Sui 


.256 


imary 


.255 


International      Apple     Growers' 

Association 5»i 

Diplomats 730 

Order    of    Kings    Daughters 
and  Sons 733 


Five  specimen  pages  from  the  World  almanac  for  1918  follow  in  their  successive 
order,  369,  590,  617,  621,  767.  Consult  the  respective  pages  as  referred  to  in  the 
paragraphs  below  to  become  familiar  with  the  method  of  entering  corresponding 
information  in  the  issue  of  any  other  year.  Of  course,  when  the  special  informa- 
tion given  in  these  pages  is  subject  to  change  it  may  not  apply  to  other  years. 

Officers  of  Prominent  Organizations:     World  Almanac 

One  valuable  feature  of  this  almanac  is  that  it  gives  the  officers  of  almost  any 
organization  which  is  of  national  interest,  together  with  their  official  addresses. 
Page  369  is  reproduced  to  show  the  officers  of  the  National  Council  of  Boy  Scouts. 
Consult  the  page  and  tell : 

1.  Who  is  first  Honorary  President  of  the  National  Council  of  Boy  Scouts? 

2.  Who  is  President,  and  what  is  his  official  address? 

3.  Who  is  National  Scout  commissioner,  and  what  is  his  official  address? 

4.  Who  is  President  of  the  American  Sociological  Society  (given  near  the 
bottom  of  the  page),  and  what  is  his  official  address? 

Motor  Car  Laws:     World  Almanac 

Page  590  of  the  World  almanac  is  also  reproduced.  This  page  begins  the 
list  of  the  motor  car  laws  of  the  various  states.  Glance  over  the  headings  of  the 
columns. 

Give  the  speed  limit  for  built  up  sections  in  Arizona. 

Read  all  regulations  under  "speed  and  lights"  for  Connecticut. 

Educational  Statistics:    World  Almanac 

Page  617  gives  statistics  of  the  common  schools  of  the  United  States.  Con- 
sult the  reproduction  of  the  page  and  tell  whether  the  states  are  arranged  in 
alphabetical  order,  or  according  to  geographical  position. 

Is  the  summary  of  the  United  States  as  a  whole  given  at  the  bottom,  or  at 
the  top  of  the  table? 

Give  the  numbers  for  the  general  summary  for  the  United  States,  as  they 
appear  under  the  columns  headed  as  follows: 

Pupils  enrolled. 

Whole  number  of  teachers. 

Total  amount  expended  for  schools. 

Cost  per  capita  of  average  attendance.     (Per  capita  means  per  person.) 

Universities  and  Colleges:     World  Almanac 

Consult  page  621,  also  reproduced,  and  give  the  following: 
Location  of  Butler  College; 
President   of   Butler    College; 

Number  of  students  in  attendance  at  the  Agricultural  College  of  Utah; 
Number  of  instructors  in  Baylor  University. 

5 


Governors  of  States:     World  Almanac 

Consult  page  767,  which  Usts  the  governors  of  the  states,  notice  the  head- 
ings of  the  columns,  and  give: 

1.  The  state  which  pays  the  largest  salary  to  her  governor. 

a.  The  governor  of  this  state  when  this  table  was  prepared. 

b.  The  length  of  the  governor's  term  of  office  for  this  state. 

2.  The  state  which  elects  a  governor  for  one  year  at  a  time. 

3.  The  state  which  elects  her  governor  for  five  years. 

4.  The  governor  of  Virginia  when  this  table  was  prepared.     Tell  whether 
he  was  a  Democrat  or  a  Republican  by  the  letter  which  follows  his  name. 

Consult  the  lower  part  of  the  page,  and  give  the  salary  per  diem  (i.  e.,  per 
day)  for  the  members  of  the  legislature  of: 

Georgia;  Alaska:  Alabama;  Kentucky. 


specimen  Entry 
from  page  369  of  the  World  Almanac 
Illustrating  Offices  of  Organizations 

The  American  Sociological  Society.  369 

NAMES  OF  NEW  DESTROYERS  ANNOUNCED— Co?j?««ued.  ~ 

Lieut.  Hugh  W.  McKee  was  killed  while  leading  an  attacls  on  the  Corean  forts  at  Kango-hoa  Island 
In  1871. 

Rear-Admiral  Lewis  Ashfleld  Kimberly  took  part  In  many  operations  on  the  Mississippi  during  the 
Civil  War. 

Capt.  George  Little,  as  Commander  of  the  Winthrop  in  1771,  captured  several  British  vessels.  Later, 
commanding  the  frigate  Boston,  he  captured  the  French  ship  Le  Bercean  after  a  remarkable  engagement. 

Midaliipman  Joseph  Israel  volunteered  his  services  against  Tripolitan  sMps  in  the  harbor  of  Tripoli 
and  was  promoted  to  Acting-Lieutenant  by  Commodore  Preble.  He  was  aboard  the  Intrepid  when  she 
was  blown  up  in  1804. 

Midshipman  James  Butler  Sigoitrney  commanded  the  Asp,  a  schooner,  in  defense  of  Chesapeake  Bay 
In  the  War  of  1812.  After  beating  off  three  British  ships,  the  Asp  was  attacked  and  boarded,  and  Mid- 
shipman Sigourney  was  killed  while  still  holding  his  post. 

Rear-Admiral  Silas  Gorton  Stringham  took  part  in  the  war  with  the  Barbary  powers  and  the  suppression 
of  piracy  in  the  West  Indies;  in  the  Mexican  War  commanded  the  U.  S.  S.  Ohio;  and  as  Commander  of 
the  Atlantic  Squadron  in  the  Civil  War  attacked  Forts  Hatteras  and  Clark. 

Rear-Admiral  Cornelius  Kinchilee  Stribling  was  Superintendent  of  the  United  States  Naval  Academy 
from  1851  to  1853  and  commanded  the  East  Gulf  blockading  squadron  in  the  Civil  War. 

Capt.  Isaiah  Robinson  served  in  the  War  of  the  Revolution. 

Capt.  Lambert  Wickes  was  in  the  Revolutionary  War,  Captain  of  the  Reprisal,  which  ship  captured 
a  nimiber  of  British  vessels. 

Capt.  Melancthon  Taylor  Woolsey  commanded  the  Oneida  and  the  naval  station  at  Sacketts  Harbor 
In  the  War  of  1812. 

Commodore  William  Wister  McKean  commanded  the  Niagara,  which  in  1860  transported  the  first 
Japanese  Embassy  home  from  the  United  States.  He  was  until  1862  in  command  of  the  East  Gulf  blockad- 
ing squadron. 

Capt.  Seth  Harding,  as  Commander  of  the  brigantine  Defense,  captured  seven  British  vessels  in  three 
separate  battles  in  1776. 

Rear-Admiral  Donald  McNeill  Fairfax  served  in  the  Pacific  Squadron  during  the  Mexican  War.  In 
1861  he  was  on  the  San  Jacinto  and  boarded  the  British  vessel  Trent  when  it  was  captured  with  the  Con- 
federate commissioners. 

The  Murray  is  named  for  two  gallant  officers.  Capt.  Alexander  Murray  during  the  Revolutionary 
War,  with  five  ships,  had  many  engagements  with  the  British.  Rear-Admiral  Alexander  Murray  was 
prominently  engaged  in  the  North  Atlantic  blockading  squadron  during  the  Civil  War. 


THE    BOY    SCOUTS    OF   AMERICA. 

AN  active  campaign  in  the  interest  of  the  production  and  conservation  of  food  has  been  conducted, 
resulting  in  the  increased  production  of  food  products  by  Scouts  and  Scout  officials.  Thousands  of  boys 
have  worked  on  farms  and  in  agricultural  camps  during  the  season,  and  reports  at  this  time  show  that  thou- 
sands of  acres  have  been  planted  by  Scouts.  The  Boy  Scouts  participated  in  the  first  Liberty  Loan,  visit- 
tog  139,645  homes  and  securing  $23,238,250  subscriptions.  They  also  got  subscriptions  for  the  second  loan. 
The  Scouts  are  participating  in  Red  Cross  activities,  acting  as  messengers  and  taking  part  in  the  various 
•ampaigns  and  activities  of  the  Red  Cross.  The  local  Boy  Scout  organizations  within  a  radius  of  50  miles 
of  the  Atlantic  Gulf  and  the  Pacific  Coast  are  ready  for  Immediate  services  in  case  the  Coast  Guard  is  drawn 
Mpon  for  other  duties.  In  every  city  and  town  where  Scouts  are  organized  they  are  in  immediate  touch  with 
these  committees  for  active  service. 

The  Boy  Scouts  of  America  was  incorporated  February  8.  1910,  and  given  a  Federal  charter  protect- 
tog  the  name,  uniform,  badges,  insignia,  etc.,  June  15,  1916.  It  has  as  its  Honorary  President  the  Hon. 
Woodrow  Wilson,  President  of  the  United  States,  and  Hon.  William  H.  Taft,  Col.  Theodore  Roosevelt, 
and  Daniel  Carter  Beard  as  its  Honorary  Vice-Presidents.  Associated  with  these  in  approval  and  pro- 
motion of  the  movement  are  eminent  citizens  from  ail  walks  of  public  life,  who  are  members  of  the  National 
Council  and  of  the  local  councils  in  the  cities  and  towns  of  the  whole  country,  and  a  host  of  others  who 
earnestly  co-operate  in  the  work.  The  Scouts  are  organized  in  patrols  and  troops.  Eight  boys  constitute 
a  patrol,  one  of  whom  is  chosen  as  the  Patrol  Leader.  Four  patrols  make  up  a  troop.  The  Scout  Master 
le  the  adult  leader  of  the  troop.  Already  there  are  about  320  local  councils  in  as  many  cities  throughout 
the  United  States,  and  under  the  direction  of  each  there  are  from  five  to  one  hundred  and  fifty  Scout  Masters 
in  charge  of  troops.  In  the  past  year  arrangements  were  completed  whereby  the  isolated  boy — the  boy 
who  lives  in  a  village  or  on  a  farm  and  cannot  organize  a  troop — may  become  a  Pioneer  Scout,  officially 
affiliated  with  the  national  movement  and  eligible  to  aU  the  pleasures  and  benefits  of  scouting.  Over  9,000 
Scout  Masters  are  already  registered  with  the  national  organization,  representing  about  250,000  boys  that 
are  being  reached  by  the  movement.  Work  to  some  extent  has  been  started  in  practically  every  city  In 
this  country  having  a  population  of  4,000  or  over,  besides  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  the  Philippine  Islands, 
Porto  Rico  and  Guam.  Any  boy,  of  any  class  or  creed,  over  12  years  of  age,  is  eligible  to  become  a  Scout. 
The  initial  requirements  are  that  he  know  the  Scout  salute,  sign  and  laws,  and  that  he  take  the  Scout  oath. 
By  meeting  certain  requirements,  he  is  in  line  to  become  a  Tenderfoot,  Second-Class  and  First^Claas 
Scout.  The  national  organization  is  largely  maintained  by  public  subscriptions.  Sustaining  and  Contribut- 
ing Memberstilps  are  issued  to  men  and  women  throughout  the  country  who  are  financially  assisting  in  the 
development  and  promotion  of  this  organization  among  boys. 

National  Headquarters  of  the  Boy  Scouts  of  America,  No.  200  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York  City. 
OFFICERS  OF  THE  NATIONAL  COUNCIL. 


Honorary  Presidera — Hon.  Woodrow  Wilson. 
Honorary  Vice-President — Hon.  William  H.  Taft. 
Honorary  Vlce-Prestdem— Col.  Theodore  Roosevelt. 
Honorary  Vice-President — Daniel  Carter  Beard. 
President — Colin  H.  Livingstone,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Vice-President— Mortimer  L.  Schifl,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
Vice-President — B.   L.  Dulaney,  Bristol,  Tenn. 
Vice-Presideru — Milton  A.   McRae,   Detroit,   Mich. 
Vice-President — Arthur  Letts,  Los  Angeles,  Cal. 
Vice-President — A.  Stamford  White,  Chicago,  111. 
National  Scout  Commlssiotter — Daniel  Carter  Beard, 
Flushing,  N.   Y. 


Treasurer — George   D.   Pratt,   Brooklyn,   N.   Y. 
Chief  Scout  Executive — James  E.   West,   200  Fifth 

Avenue,  New  York  City. 

Members  of  the  Executive  Board — Daniel  Carter 
Beard,  Ernest  P.  BickneU,  Benjamin  L.  Dulaney, 
Robert  Garrett,  Charles  D.  Hart,  Franklin  Chase 
Hoyt,  John  Sherman  Hoyt,  Charles  C.  Jackson, 
Jeremiah  W.  Jenks,  Colin  H.  Livingstone,  Milton 
A.  McRae,  William  D.  Murray,  Charles  P.  NeiU, 
John  H.  Nicholson,  George  D.  Porter,  George  D. 
Pratt,  Frank  Presbrey,  G.  Barrett  Rich,  Jr.,  Mor- 
timer L.  Schiff,  F.  L.  Seely,  A.  Stamford  White. 


THE    AMERICAN    SOCIOLOGICAL    SOCIETY. 

Presidera — George  E.  Howard,  University  of  Nebraska.  Former  Presidents — Albion  W.  Small,  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago;  George  E.  Vincent,  Rockefeller  Foundation,  New  York,  N.  Y.  First  Vice-President 
— Charles  H.  Cooley,  University  of  Michigan.  Second  Vice-President — Frank  W.  Blackmar,  University 
Of  Kansas.     Secretary-Treasurer — Scott  E.  W.  Bedford,  University  of  Chicago. 

AppUcationa  for  membership  and  all  inquiries  concerning  the  general  business  of  the  society  should  be 
addressed  to  the  American  Socloloelcal  Society,  Fifty-eighth  Street  and  Ellis  Avenue.  Chlcaeo.  111. 


specimen  Entry 

from  page  590  of  the  World  Almanac 

Illustrating  Motor  Car  Laws 


590 


Motor  Car  Laws  of  the  Various  States. 


ag    2- 

illil 


am  g    a 
^rf_g  a  o 

"Ills 


«^|5  I 


ass 

ill 

Cfl  a 
■a  3 

111! 


S2ill3 

S-'^'   -a  „,  oTJ 

J2  QMd—  01  2 


§s< 


si.. 

3  ca      01      S     <=  M 


;.as'"=' 


J2 
5|| 


»  o 

I-  o 

<  H 


51 


f? 


^  PS 


o|jS    o 
2^2 I2I2 


•0-!  " 


^1    a-  . 
□  a    >-    Q 


II  i 


|gag5'3|.SS 


S*^  Q        CD 


sis 


•Qpa> 


?2 


'^SS££2 
si  COS'S  I 


siH-g'Sa 


Si|2 


•aJaaTSEi^.^  oSaS 


OH 

o  w 


i  Ph 


SiP.O-3 


3  fez  2 

§0  _i 


?lo2, 


^as^ 
lias 


S,'S"2S-3 

■h;s    a  03 
^^20^^e| 


>;"s2;.|tg 


3C  "; 

sawn 


2o§7 


"00  0)3; 
i'^''^2^ 

|aw-s 


■5  "9 


mi 

^  -si 

o<ifea 
12:^2 

ia:|l 
< 


Specimen  Entry 

from  page  617  of  the  World  Almanac 

Illustrating  Statistics  of  Education 


Statistics   of  Education — Continued. 


617 


THE    COMMON    SCHOOLS    OF   THE    UNITED   STATES,    1916. 

(Prepared  for  The  World  Almanac  by  the  United  States  Bureau  of  Education.) 


United  States 

N.  Atlantic  Division . 
N.  Central  Division. . 
S.  Atlantic  Division.. 
S.  Central  Division . . 
Western  Division 


N.  Atlantic  Division 

Maine 

New  Hampshire . . 

Vermont 

Massachusetts.  .  . 
Rhode  Island .... 

Connecticut 

New  Yorli 

New  Jersey 

Pennsylvania .... 

N.  Central  Division: 

Ohio 

Indiana 

Illinois 

Michigan 

Wisconsin 

Minnesota 

Iowa 

Missouri 

North  Dakota . . . 

South  Daliota 

Nebrasiia 

Kansas 

S.  Atlantic  Division: 

Delaware 

Maryland 

District  of  Columbia 

Virginia 

West  Virginia . . . 
North  Carolina . . 
South  Carolina . . 

Georgia 

Florida.., 

S.  Central  Division 

Kentucky 

Tennessee 

Alabama 

Mississippi 

Louisiana 

Texas 

Arkansas 

Oklahoma 

Western  Division: 

Montana 

Wyoming 

Colorado 

New  Mexico. . . . 

Arizona 

Utah 

Nevada 

Idaho 

Washington 

Oregon 

California 


149.149 
67,461 
65,380 

604,023 


1.625,777 

540,287 

1,504,794 


905,071 
564,252 
1,084,640 
620,861 
458,102 
481,583 
525,579 
721,752 
151,647 
134,136 
292,725 
402,860 


45,327 

243,077 
59.526 
486,134173.02 
313,873178.25 


Average 
Dally 

Attend 
ance. 


537.008 
610,235 
514,601 
492,756 
320,300 
1,017,083 
447,726 
515,493 


102, 
32,6.30 

184,471 1 
77,06: 
51,077 

108,359 
13,358 
95,772 

245,419 

142,365 

539, 


116, 

54,485 
52,393 

508,668 
71,613 

182,477 
,318,605 


768,451 
463.920 
974,495 
504.979 
371.494 
365,432 
398,143 
528,455 
104,996 
93,837 
216,264 
311,267 


49,625 
339,317 
223,: 
446,191 
279,071 
460,832 
144,419 


354,147 
430,480 
323.487 
301,922 
235,933 


Ss 


54.8  170.7 

69.7  178 
83.4  178 

69.8  141.0 
71.3 


144.0 
123.8 
135.0 
123.0 
134.9 
68.0  135.0 
68.0  134.9 
152. 


Whole 
No.  of 
Teach- 


191,441 

127,692 
410,978 


73.1 


176.7 
153.0 
167.0 

66.7  142.5 

67.1 


6,965 
3,083 
2,992 
17,487 
2,773 
6,423 
53,593 
16,741 
42.727 


31 

19,648 
33,364 
20,979 


8,093 
7,057 

12 

15,243 


1,062 
6,460 
1,787 
13,120 
10,324 
14,550 


1,333 


12,870 
12,921 
11,056 
10,953 
7,621 
27,358 
10,662 
12,721 


4,731 
1,735 
6,573 
1,944 


3,506 
9,295 
6,173 
17,323 


$70.21 
80.15 


53.38 
56.74 
48.31 
88.03 
74.27 
68.16 
101.70 
95.34 
54.42 


44.79 
63.04 
112.34 

48.50 

42.57' 
54.14 
44.49 
55.86 


Estimated 

Value  of  All 

Public 

Property 

Used  for 

School 

Purposes. 


6,777 
4,915,758 
96,521,456 
10,081,135 
27,719,683 
244,739,916 
69,293,018 
154,363,21- 


113,597,716 
54,849,09f 

135,357,49; 
57,930,121 
24,141,885 
50,459,377 
39,356,"  ' 
54,882,; 
12,115,050 
10,994,385 
23,644,515 
31,168,702 


1.650,000 
12,000,000 
12,309,995 
16,004,359 
15,599,531 
11,48! 

8.117,280 
15,048  "- 

7.409,947 


10,898,517 
3.110,300 
13,580,248 
45,368,247 
12,660,849 
20,696,930 


9,244,559 
2,666,059 
15,364,405 
2,915,000 
3,463,517 
11,619,642 
1,565,497 
9,202,457 
32,751,202 
18.019,461 
84,721,886 


Total 
Amount 
Expended 

for 
Schools. 


$640,717,053 


205,626, 

248,131,425 
42,274,: 
63,256,942 
81,428,375 


3,999,( 
2,148,985 
2,300.630 
27,342,1 
3,603,535 
9,688,037 
68,761,125 
26,110,991 
61.670,950 


40,633,720 
24,018,125 
44,011,662 
24,069,810 
16,680,866 
20,911,,' 
20,764,865 
17,780,426 
7,309,342 
5,748,086 
10,825,325 
15,377,830 


366,189 
5,236,645 
3.676.894 
7.306,058 
6,459, 
5,493,051 
3,570,939 
6.346.714 
3,818,675 


8,342,: 
6,783,. 
5,010,426 
2,806,562 
5.511,763 
21,093,143 
4,454,737 
9,253,569 


6,492,588 
1,438,509 
7.533,093 
1,993,054 
2,667,077 
4,476,642 
765,900 
4,134,167 

13,080,272 
6,715.416 

32,126,657 


$41.72 


7.12  52.20 
7.72  48.64 
"  "  19.78 
21.32 
9.53    67.08 


34.31 
39.44 
43.91 
53.75 
50.32 
53.09 
52.15 
61.89 


52.88 
51.77 
45.16 
47.66 
44.90 
57.22 
52.15 


61.26 

50.06 
49.40 


24.06 
30.93 
74.09 
21.53 
28.85 
12.31 
12.80 
13.77 


23.56 
15.76 
15.49 
9.30 


55.90 
38.79 
77.85 
50.84 
76.26 
63.56 
68  33 
52.59 
78.17 


specimen  Entry 

from  page  621  of  the  World  Almanac 

Illustrating  List  of  Universities 


Universities  and  Colleges  of  the  United  States. 


621 


PRINCIPAL    UNIVERSITIES   AND   COLLEGES    OF    THE    UNITED    STATES. 

The  statistics  embraced  in  this  table  were  communicated  to  The  World  Almanac  by  the  Presidents 
Of  the  respect  ve  instltations,  and  represent  their  condition  for  1917 

Persons  writing  to  the  different  institutions  for  catalogues  should  inclose  postage  stamp  for  reply,  and 
also  indicate  the  reason  for  request. 


Adelphi  College 

Adrian  College 

Ag.&Mech.Col.ofTex 
Agnes  Scott  College... 


Alabama  Poly.  Inst.. 

Albany  College 

Albion  College 

Albright  College.  .  .  . 
Alcorn  A.  &  M.  Col.. 
Alfred  University .  . . 
Allegheny  College . .  . 

Alma  College 

Amer.  Col.  Surgeons. 

American  Univ 

Amherst  College .... 
Annap.  &  Balti.  U. .. 

Antloch  College 

Arkansas  College .... 
Ark.  Cum'rl'd  Col. . . 

Asbury  College 

Atlanta  University. . 
Auburn  Theol.  Sem'y. 
Augsburg  C.  &  T.  Sem 
Augustana  College — 

Austin  College 

Baker  University 

Baldwin- Wallace  Col  . 

Barnard  College 

Bates  College 

Baylor  University .... 

Bellevue  College 

Beloit  College 

Benedict 

Berea  College 

Bethany  College 

Bethany  College 

Bethel  College 

Blackburn  College...  . 
Bonebrake  Th.  Sem.. .. 
on  University .... 

Bowdoin  College 

Bowdon  College 

Brldgewater  College . . 
Brlgham  Young  Col.. . 
Brown  University .... 

Bryn  Mawr  Col 

Bucknell  University... 

Butler  College 

Campbell  Jr.  College. 

Campion  College 

Canlsius  College 

Carleton  College 

Carlislelndianlnd.se. 
Carnegie  Inst,  of  Tech. 
Carson  Newman  C. . . 

Carroll  College 

Carthage  College 

Case  So.  Appl.  Science 

Catawba  College 

Cathedral  College  ... 
Catholic  Univ. Am..  . . 
CedarvlUe  College.  . . . 

Central  College 

Central  College 

Central  WesleyanCol. . 

Centre  College 

ChicoraCol.forWomen 
Christian  Bros.  Col . . . 
Christian  Bros.  Col . . . 
Citadel  Mil.  College.. 

Clark  College 

Clark  University 

Clark  University 

Clarkson  College  Tech. 
Clemson  Agri.  College 
Coe  CoUege 


Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  . 

Adrian,  Mich 

College  Sta.,  Tex. , 

Decatur,  Ga 

Logan,  Utah 

Auburn,  Ala 

Albany,  Ore 

Albion,  Mich 

Myerstown,  Pa... 

Alcorn,  Miss 

Alfred,  N.  Y 

Meadville,  Pa 

Alma,  Mich 

Chicago,  ni 

Washington,  D.  C 

Amherst,  Mass. ..  . 

Baltimore,  Md 

Yellow  Springs,  O.. 

Batesville,  Ark 

ClarksvlUe,  Ark .  .  . 

Wilmore,  Ky 

Atlanta,  Ga 

Auburn,  N.  Y 

Minneapolis,  Minn 

Rock  Island,  111.  .  . 

Sherman,  Tex 

Baldwin,  Kan 

Berea,  Ohio 

Manh'n  Boro,  N.  Y 

Lewiston,  Me 

Waco,  Tex 

Bellevue,  Neb 

Beloit.  Wis 

Columbia,  S.  C. .  . 

Berea,  Ky 

Lindsborg,  Kan.  . 
Bethany,  W.  Va.. . 

Newton,  Kan 

CarlinvlUe,  Ul 

Dayton,  Ohio 

Boston,  Mass 

Brunswick,  Me 

Bowdon,  Ga 

Brldgewater,  Va . . . 

Logan,  Utah 

Providence,  R.  I. . 
Bryn  Mawr,  Pa.  .  . 
Lewlsburg,  Pa.  .  .  . 
Indianapolis,  Ind . . 

Holton,  Kan 

P'rie  du  Chien,  Wis. 

Buffalo,  N.  Y 

Northfleld,  Minn .  . 

Carlisle,  Pa 

Pittsburgh,  Pa.  . .  . 
Jeff.  City,  Tenn . .  . 

Wauke.sha,  Wis 

Carthage,  111 

Cleveland,  Ohio . .  . 

Newton,  N.  C 

New  York  City.  .  . 
Washington,  D.  C. 
Cedarville,   Ohio.  . 

Fayette,  Mo 

Pella,  Iowa 

Warrenton,  Mo.  .  . 

Danville,  Ky 

Columbis.,  S.C 

St.  Louis,  Mo 

Memphis,  Tenn.  .  . 
Charleston,  S.  C. .  . 
Worcester,  Mass. . . 

Atlanta,  Ga 

Worcester,  Mass. . . 

Potsdam,  N.  Y 

ison  Col.,  S.  C. 
Cedar  Rapids.  la. . 


I  Non-Sect. . 
Meth.  Prot. 

Istate 

I  Non-Sect. . 


State... 
Presbyterian 
Meth.  Epis. 
Unit'dEvan 
State 


Presbyterian 
Presbyterian 
Independent 
Non-Sect.  .  . 
Presbyterian 
Lutheran 


Presbyterian 
Meth.  Epis. 
Meth.  Epis. 
Non-Sect. . 
Non-Sect . . 

Baptist 

Presbyterian 
Non-Sect . .  . 

Baptist 

Non-Sect .  .  . 
Lutheran . .  . 
Disciples.  .  . 
Mennonite.. 

None 

U.  Brethren. 
Non-Sect .  .  . 
Non-Sect .  .  . 

State 

Brethren.  .  . 
Latter  Day.. 


Non-Sect .  .  . 
Non-Sect .  .  . 
Non-Sect.  .. 

City 

Catholic 

Non-Sect! .  . 
Non-Sect. . . 
Non-Sect . .  . 

Baptist 

Presbyterian 
Lutheran . .  . 
Non-Sect . .  . 
RefChinUS 

Catholic 

Catholic .... 
Ref .  Presb . 
Meth.  Ep.  S. 

Baptist 

Meth.  Epis. 
Presbyterian 
Presbyterian 
destroyed  b 
Catholic...  . 

State 

Non-Sect . .  . 
Meth.  Epis.. 
Non-Sect . . . 
Non-Sect.  .  . 

State 

Non-Sect.. . 


F.  D.  Blodgett,  B.  A.,  M 
Aubrey  F.  Hess,  Ph.  D . 
Wm.  B.  Bizzell,  M.  A.,  D.C.L 
F.  H.  Gaines,  D.  D.,  LI 
Elner  George  Peterson. 
Chas.  C.  Thach,  M.  A.,  LL.  D 
WallaceH.  Lee,  A.  M.,  LL.  D 
Sam.  Dickie,  A.  M„  LL.  D. 
L.ClarenceHunt,M.A.,B.D 
r^vi  J.  Rowan,  B.  S.,  Ph.  D. 
Rev.  BootheC.  Davis,  LL.  D 
W.  H.  Crawford,  D.D.,  LL.D. 
Harry  Means  Crooks,LL.D 


W.  S.  Lacy,  A.  M.,  B.  D.  . 

J.  L.  Spence,  A.  M 

Henry  C.  Morrison,  D.  D. 

Edward  T.  Ware 

Rev.  G.  B.  Stewart,  D.  D . 
Geo.  Sverdrup,  B.  A.,  M.  A 


Thos.  Stone  Clyce,  D.  D . . 
Samuel  A.  Lough,  Ph.  D.. . . 

Arth.  L.  Breslich.Ph.  D 

Nicholas  M.  Butler,  LL.  D 
Geo.  C.  Chase,  D.  D.,  LL.  D. 
Samuel  P.  Brooks,  LL.  D 
David  R.  Kerr,  D.  D.,  LL.  D. 

Melvin  A.  Brannon 

Byron  W.  Valentine,  A.  B. . 
Wm.  G.  Frost,  Ph.  D.,  D.  D 
Rev.  E.  F.  Plhlblad,  A.  M. 
Thos.  E.  Cramblet,  A.  M .  . 

J.  W.  Kliewer,  S.  T.  B 

Rev.  Wm.  M.  Hudson,  D.  D. 
J.  P.  Landla,  D.  D.,  Ph.  D. 

Lemuel  H.  Murlin,  D.  D 

Kenneth  E.  M.  Sills 

N.  J.  Warren,  A.  B.,  A.  M... 
I.S.Flory,B.A.,Ph.D.,A.M 
C.  N.  Jensen,  M.S.A.,  Ph.  D 


M.  C.  Thomas,  LL.  D. 
John  H.  Harris,  LL.  D. 
Thos.  Carr  Howe 


George  J.  Krim,  S.  J 

D.  J.  Cowling,  Ph.  D.,  D.  D 

Oscar  H.  Lipps  (Supt.) 

A.  A.  Hamerschlag,  D.  Sc. 

J.  M.  Burnett,  A.  B.,  D.  D 

O.  Carrier,  A.  M.,  D.  D 

Rev.  H.  D.  Hoover,  Ph.  D 

Charles  S.  Howe,  Ph.  D 

Rev.  J.  D.  Andrew,  A.M.. 
Very  Rev.  Wm.  F.  Hughes.. 
Rt.  Rev.  T.  J.  Shahan,  D.D. 
Rev.W.  R.  McChesney,Ph.D 
Paul  H.  Linn,  A.  B.,  A.  M. 
John  Wm.  Bailey,  Ph.  D . . 
O.  E.  Kriege,  A.  M.,  D.  D. 
Wm.  A.  Ganfield,  M.  A. ..  . 
Rev.  S.  C.  Byrd,  A.  M.,  D.  D. 
y  Are  Oct.  5,  1916. 

Bro.  John  Joseph 

Col.  J.  O.  Bond,  LL.  D 

Edmund  C.  Sanford,  Ph.  D 


John  P.  Brooks,  Sc.  D 

W.  M.  Riggs,  B.  .S.,  LL.  D 
JohnA.Marqui».D.D.,LL.D 


2S 


Vol- 
umes In 
Library 


5,500 

8,000 
31,000 
26.500 

7,500 
23.500 
10.000 

1,500 
30,600 
44,000 
26,820 


5,000 
3.000 
3,000 
17,000 
37,900 
7,000 


8,000 
48,000 
18,767 

1.180 
42,581 
29,663 

6,875 
60,000 

7.900 
33,761 
10,000 
10,000 

5,200 

2,000 

4,100 
62,000 
113,000 

8,000 
12,000 

7,500 


75.000 
30,000 
14,000 

2.500 
16,556 
45,000 
30,000 

4,000 
350,000 

3,000 
10,500 
12,264 
12,527 
10,000 
28,000 
130,000 

5,000 


8,000 
10,350 
35,000 

4,500 

10,000 
6,300 

75,000 
3  005 

65,000 
5,00C 

30,000 

aooo 


10 


specimen  Entry 

from  page  767  of  the  World  Almanac 

Illustrating  List  of  Governors 

Pay  and  Terms  of  Members  of  Legislatures. 


767 


STATE    AND    TERRITORIAL    GOVERNMENTS. 


Alabama . . . . 

Alaska 

Arizona 

Arkansas . . . . 
California . . . 
Colorado . . . . 
Connecticut . 
Delaware . . . . 

Florida 

Georgia 


Idaho 

Illinois 

Indiana 

Iowa 

Kansas 

Kentucky .... 
Louisiana.  .  . . 

Maine 

Maryland .... 
Massachusetts 

Michigan 

Minnesota 

Mississippi .  .  . 

Missouri 

Montana 

Nebraska.  .  .  . 

Kevada 

K.  Hampshire. 
New  Jersey . . . 
Kew  Me.xico . . 

New  York 

N.  Carolina . . . 
Korth  Dakota. 

Ohio 

Oklahoma 

Oregon 


Porto  Rico . 
Rhode  Island . 
S.  Carolina .  .  . 
South  Dakota. 

Tennessee 

Texas 

Utah 

Vermont 

Virginia 

Washington .  .  . 
West  Virginia . . 

Wisconsin 

Wyoming 


Governors. 


Charles  Henderson,  D 

John  F.  A.  Strong,  D* .  .  .  . 

G.  \V.  P.  Hunt,  D 

Chas.  H.  Brough,  D 

William  D.  Stephens,  Prog 

Julius  C.  Gunter,  D 

Marcus  H.  Holcomb,  R 

John  G.  Townsend ,  Jr.,  R .  . 

Sidney  J.  Catts,  D 

Hugh  M.  Dorsey,  D 

Lucius  E.  Pinkham,  D* 

Moses  Alexander,  D 

Frank  O.  Lowden,  R 

James  P.  Goodrich,  R 

WUliam  L.  Harding,  R . . .  . 

Arthur  Capper,  R 

Augustus  O.  Stanley,  D. . .  . 

R.  G.  Pleasant,  D 

Carl  Milliken,  R 

!rson  C.  Harrington,  D . 

Samuel  W.  McCall,  R 

Albert  E.  Sleeper,  R 

J.  A.  A.  Burnquist,  R 

Theodore  G.  Bilbo,  D 

Frederick  D.  Gardner,  D . . . 

Samuel  V.  Stewart,  D 

K.  Neville,  D 

Emmet  D.  Boyle,  D 

Henry  W.  Keyes,  R 

Walter  E.  Edge,  R 

W.  E.  Llndsey,  D 

Charles  S.  Whitman,  R 

Thomas  W.  Bickett,  D 

Lynn  J.  Frazier,  R 

James  M.  Cox,  D 

R.  L.  Williams,  D 

James  Withycombe,  R .  .  .  . 

M.  G.  Brumbaugh,  R 

Arthur  Yager,  D* 

R.  Livingston  Beeckman,  R 
Richard  I.  Manning,  D . . .  . 

Peter  Norbeck,  R 

Tom  C.  Rye  D 

"'   P.  Hobby,  D 

Simon  Bamberger,  D 

Horace  F.  Graham,  R. . 

'       :.  Stuart,  D 

Ernest  Lister,  D 

John  J.  Cornwell,  D . . . , 

".  PhiUpp,  R 

Frank  L.  Houx,  D 


$7,500 
7,000 
4,000 
5,000 
10,000 
5,000 
5,000 
4,000 
6,000 
5,000 
7,000 
5,000 
12,000 
8,000 
5,000 
5,000 
6,500 
7,500 
5,000 
4.500 
10, 

5,000 
7,000 
5,000 
5,000 
7,500 
2,500 
7,000 
3,000 
10,000 
5,000 
10,000 
6,500 
5,000 
10,000 
4,500 
5,000 
10,000 
8,000 
3,000 


L'gth 
Term, 
Years. 


Jan.  — , 

t 
Dec.  31, 
Jan.  — , 
Jan.  — , 
Jan.  — , 
Jan.  — , 
Jan.  — , 
Jan.  — , 
July  — , 
Nov. — , 
Jan.  — , 
Jan.  — , 
Jan.  — , 
Dec.—, 
Jan.  — , 
Dec. — , 
May — , 
Jan.  1, 
Jan.  — , 
Jan.  2, 
Jan.  — , 
Jan.  — , 
Jan.  — , 
Jan.  — , 
Jan.  — , 
Jan.  — , 
Jan.  — , 
Jan.  — , 
Jan.  — , 
Jan.  — , 
Dec.  31. 
Jan.  1, 
Dec.  31, 
Jan.  — , 
Jan.  11, 
Jan.  — , 
Jan.  — , 

Jan.  — , 
Jan.  — , 
Jan.  — , 
Jan.  — , 
Jan.  12, 
Jan.  — , 
Jan.  — , 
Feb.  1, 
Jan.  14, 
Mar.  4, 
Jan.  1, 
Jan.     1, 


Legislatures. 


Jan. 
Mar. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Apr. 
June 
Feb. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan.  ■ 
May- 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Feb. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 
Jan. 


10,1919 
5, 
8,1919 
—,1919 
8,1919 
1,1919 
3,1919 
—,1919 
3,1919 
27,1918 
21,1919 
—,1919 
3,1919 
2,1919 
8,1919 
9,1919 


3,1919 

—,1918 
3,1918 
2,1919 
7,1919 

—,1919 
8.1919 
1,19!9 
7,1919 

15,1919 
3,1919 
8,1918 
9,1919 
2,1918 
3,1919 
2,1919 
1,1919 

—,1919 
8,1919 
2,1919 
12,1918 
2,1918 
8,1918 
2,1919 
1,1919 

—,1919 
8,1919 
8,1919 

—,1919 

—,1919 
9,1919 
10,1919 


Quad 
Bien. 
Bien. 


Ann. 
Bien. 
Bien. 


50  days 
60  days 
60  days 
60  days 
None. 

None. 
60  days 
60  days 
50  days 
60  days 

60  days 
None. 

61  days 
None. 
50  days 
60  days 
60  days 
None. 
90  days 
None. 
None. 
90  days 
None. 
120  dys 
60  days 
60  days 
60  days 
None. 
None. 
60  days 
None. 
60  days 
60  days 
None. 
60  days 
40  days 
None. 
60  days 
60  days 
40  days 
60  days 
75  days 
60  days 
60  days 
None. 
60  days 
60  days 
45  days 
None. 
40  days 


Nov. 

Nov. 

Nov. 

Nov. 

Nov. 

Nov. 

Nov. 

Nov 

Nov.- 

Nov. 

Nov. 

Nov. 

Nov. 

Nov. 

Nov. 

Nov. 

Nov. 

Apr.- 

Sept. 

Nov. 

Nov.- 

Nov. 

Nov. 

Nov. 

Nov. 

Nov.- 

Nov. 

Nov. 

Nov. 

Nov. 

Nov. 

Nov. 

Nov. 

Nov. 

Nov. 

Nov. 

Nov. 

Nov. 


5,1918 
5,1918 
5,1918 
5,1918 
5,1918 
5,1918 
5,1918 
5,1918 
-,1920 
5,1918 
5,1918 
5,1918 
5,1918 
5,1918 
5,1918 
5,1918 
5,1918 
-1920 
9,1918 
6,1917 
-,1918 
5,1918 
5,1918 
4,1919 
5,1918 
-1920 
5,1918 
5,1918 
5,1918 
6,1917 
5,1918 
5,1918 
5,1918 
5,1918 
5,1918 
5,1918 
5,1918 
5,1913 


Nov. 
Nov. 
Nov. 
Nov. 
Nov. 
Nov. 
Nov. 
Nov. 
Nov.- 
Nov. 
Nov. 
Nov. 


5,1918 
5,1918 
5,1911 
5,1918 
5,191« 
5,1918 
5,1918 
6,191T 
-,1918 
5,1918 
5,1918 
5,1918 


D.,  Democratg.     R.,  Republicans.     Prog.,  Progressive.       *  Territorial  Governors  are  appointed  by  the 
President,    t  Next  Presidential  election  November  2,  1920.    t  Teim  has  expired  but  is  being  held  over. 


PAY    AND    TERMS    OF    MEMBERS    OF    LEGISLATURES. 


States 

Salaries  of 
Members, 
Annual  or 
Per  Diem, 
while  in 
Session. 

TER.^<S   OF 

Members, 

States 

AND 

Terri- 
tories. 

Salaries  of 
Members, 
Annual  or 
Per  Diem, 
while  in 
Session. 

Terms  of 

Members. 

Years. 

States 

AND 

Terri- 
tories. 

Salaries  of 
Members, 
Annual  or 
Per  Diem, 
while  in 
Session. 

terms  of 

members. 

Years. 

Terri- 
tories. 

Sena- 
tors. 

Repp- 
s'nta- 
tlves. 

Sena- 
tors. 

Repp- 
s'nta- 
tives. 

Sena- 
tors. 

Rep'- 

S'nta- 
tives . 

Alabama. . 
Alaska. . .  . 
Arizona. .  . 
Arkansas.. 
California. 
Colorado. . 

Delaware.. 
Florida... 
Georgia... 
Hawaii . . . 

Idaho 

niinois.... 
Indiana.. . 

Iowa 

Kansas... 
Kentucky. 

$4  per  diem 
$15       •' 
$7 
$6 

$1,000  term. 
$1,000     " 
$300  term.. 
$5  per  mem 

$4 

$600sea'n.. 
$5  per  diem 
$3,500  ses'n. 
$6  per  diem 
$1,000  ses'n. 
$3  per  diem 
$10      •• 

4 
4 
2 
4 
4 
4 

4 

4 

I 
4 

4 
4 
4 

4 
2 

2 
2 
2 
2 

2 
2 
2 
2 
2 

I 

Louisiana . 

Maine 

Maryland . 

Mass 

Michigan.. 
Minn 

IIS- 

Nebraska'.' 
Nevada... 
N.  Hamp.. 
N.  Jersey.. 
N.  Mexico 
N.York.. 

S:gfk°''^ 

$5  per  diem 
$400  ann. . . 
$5  per  diem 
$1,000  ann.. 
$800ses'n.. 
$1,000  ses'n. 

$5  per  diein 
$10      •• 
$10      " 
$600  term.. 
$200  term . . 
$500  ann... 
$5  per  diem 
$1,500  ann.. 
$4  per  diem 

4 

4 

\ 

4 
4 

4 

2 
4 
2 
3 

t 
2 
4 

4 

I 
1 
2 
2 
4 
2 

2 

Okiah-'ma'. 

Penna .'.'.'. 
Porto  Rico 
R.  Island.. 
S.  Carol'a . 
S.  Dakota. 
Tenn 

S!aT.:::: 

Vermont.. 
Virginia. . . 
Wash'ton. 
W.  Va . . .  . 
Wlsc'nsin. 
Wyoming . 

$1,000  ann.. 
$6  per  diem 

$1,500  ses'n. 
$5  per  diem 

$200  term . . 
$5  per  diem 

$5 
$4 
$4 

$480  ses'n.. 
$5  per  diem 

$500  ann... 
$8  per  diem 

2 
4 
4 
4 
4 
2 

2 
4 
4 
2 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 

2 
2 

2 
2 
2 

2 

2 

All  ot  the  States  and  Teirrttoriee  pay  mileage  also,  except  New  Jersey. 


11 


The  Who's  Who  Series 

An  important  series  of  year-books  known  as  the  "Who's  Who"  series  is 
published,  giving  brief  information  regarding  prominent  living  people,  including 
their  addresses.     Two  very  important  ones  are: 

Who's  Who  (A  person  prominent  anywhere  in  the  world). 
Who's  Who  in  America. 

Other  books  of  the  series  are  confined  to  persons  prominent  in  certain  kinds 
of  work,  or  in  certain  localities,  such  as: 

a.  Who's  who  in  finance. 

b.  Who's  who  in  science. 

c.  Who's  who  in  music. 

d.  Who's  who  on  the  stage. 

e.  Woman's  who's  who  in  America. 

f .  Who's  who  in  different  religious  denominations. 

g.  Who's  who  or  year-book  for  many  localities,  countries,  states,  cities,  profes- 
sions, and  for  other  purposes. 

h.  "The  Dau's  Blue  books,"  issued  for  different  cities,  give  a  list  of  persons  promi- 
nent in  social  life,  thus  forming  a  kind  of  local  "Who's  who." 

The  specimen  pages  from  "Who's  who  in  America"  which  follow,  will  serve 
to  give  an  illustration  of  the  plan  upon  which  most  of  the  "Who's  who"  books 
are  arranged.  The  name  selected  is  Henry  Ford,  the  automobile  manufacturer. 
The  sketch  of  a  person's  life  in  any  of  the  Who's  who  series  is  short,  and  is  greatly 
condensed  by  using  many  abbreviations,  such  as:  "b"  for  "born;"  "m"  for  "mar- 
ried;" "ed"  for  "educated;"  "s"  for  "son;"  "d"  for  "daughter;"  "e.d."  for  "eldest 
daughter."  Read  the  article,  guessing  at  as  many  of  the  abbreviations  as  pos- 
sible. Whenever  a  book  uses  special  abbreviations,  an  alphabetical  list  of  them, 
followed  by  their  meanings,  appears  in  the  front  of  the  book.  Notice  that  the 
address  of  Henry  Ford  is  given  at  the  end  of  the  sketch  of  his  life.  This  is  an 
important  feature  in  all  "Who's  who"  books. 

At  the  back  of  "Who's  who  in  America,"  a  "Geographical  Division"  is  given 
which  classifies  all  names  in  the  book  under  state  and  city.  This  enables  one  to 
find  who  are  especially  prominent  in  certain  localities.  Consult  the  specimen 
page  from  Michigan,  and  name  a  prominent  person  in  Au  Sable,  giving  the  page 
ni  the  book  on  which  a  sketch  of  his  life  would  be  found.  Who  is  the  most 
prominent  man  in  Big  Rapids,  and  what  ofiice  has  he  held?  Name  a  pubUsher 
living  at  Birmingham. 

12 


A  Specimen  Entry 
from 
Who's  Who  in  America 


FOBD 


845 


FORD 


Am.  Hist.  Assn.,  Am.  Polit.  Science  Asen., 
Miss.  Valley  Hist.  Assn.,  Phi  Beta  Kappa, 
Theta  Delta  Chi.  Clubs:  City  (Chicago);  Cam- 
pus (Minneapolis).  Author:  Hanover  and  Prus- 
sia, 1903.  Co-editor  Makers  of  Modern  Ger- 
many. Contbr.  to  hist,  periodicals.  Address: 
University  of  Minn.,  Minneapolis. 

FORD,  Henry,  automobile  mfr.;  6.  Greenfield, 
Mich.,  July  30,  18U3;  s.  William  and  Mary  (Lito- 
got)  F. ;  ed.  dist.  sch.,  Greenfield;  w.  Clara  J. 
Bryant,  of  Greenfield,  Apr.  11,  1888.  Learned 
machinist's  trade;  in  Detroit  since  1887;  was 
chief  engr.  Edison  Illuminating  Co.;  organizer, 
1903,  and  pres.  Ford  Motor  Co.  (largest  mfr. 
of  automobiles  in  the  world,  employing  over 
20,000  persons;  turns  out  over  2,000  automo- 
biles a  day).  Announced  Jan.,  1914,  plan  of 
profit-sharing  involving  distribution  of  $10,- 
000,000  annually  to  employees.  Mem.  Soc.  Auto- 
mobile Engrs.,  Detroit  Bd.  of  Commerce.  Ma- 
son. Clubs:  Detroit,  Bankers',  Detroit  Ath- 
letic, Fellowcraft,  Country,  Bloomfleld  Hills 
Country,  Detroit  Golf,  Detroit  Boat,  Wolverine 
Auto,  Automobile  of  America.  Chartered  ship, 
and  at  own  expense  conducted  party  to  Europe, 
leaving  New  York  Dec.  4,  1915,  with  object  of 
organizing  a  conf.  of  peace  advocates  to  influ- 
ence belligerent  govts,  to  end  the  war;  returned 
homo  after  reaching  Christiania,  Norway,  but 
members  of  the  party  proceeded  to  Stockholm, 
Sweden,  and  Copenhagen,  Denmark,  and  through 
Germany  to  The  Hague,  effecting  an  orgn.  rep- 
resented abroad  by  a  spl.  committee.  Home: 
Dearborn,  Mich.  Office:  Woodward  Av.,  High- 
land Park  (Detroit),  Mich. 

FORD,  Henry  Jones,  university  prof.;  5.  at 
Baltimore,  Aug.  25,  1S51;  s.  Franklin  and  An- 
nie Elizabeth  (Jones)  F. ;  grad.  Baltimore  City 
Coll.,  1868.  Editorial  writer,  Baltimore  Ameri- 
can, 1872;  has  been  city  editor  Baltimore  Sun; 
mng.  editor  Baltimore  American,  1875-9;  edi- 
torial writer  New  York  Sun,  1879-83;  on  staff 
Baltimore  Sun,  1883-5;  mng.  editor  Pittsburgh 
Commercial  Gazette,  1885-95;  mng.  editor  Pitts- 
burgh Chronicle  Telegraph,  1895-1901;  editor 
Pittsburgh  Gazette,  1901-5;  lecturer  on  polit. 
science,  Johns  Hopkins,  1906,  1907;  prof,  poli- 
tics, Princeton,  since  June,  1908.  Auihor:  The 
Rise  and  Growth  of  American  Politics,  189S; 
The  Cost  of  Our  National  Government,  1909; 
The  Scotch-Irish  in  America,  1915;  The  Natural 
History  of  the  State,  1915.  Also  many  articles 
on  poht.  science.    Address:  Princeton,  N.J. 

FORD,  H(oratio)  Clark,  lawyer,  banker;  Au- 
gust 25,  1853-Aug.  25,  1915;  see  Vol.  VIII  (1914- 
1915). 

FORD,  Hngh,  stage  dir.;  6.  Washington,  D.C.; 
8.  George  and  Henrietta  (Price)  F.;  ed.  Van  der 
Naillen  Sch.  of  Mines  and  Engring.,  San  Fran- 
cisco; m.  Jessie  Weir  Izett,  of  Denver,  Mar.  27, 
1898.  Began  in  Lvceum  Theatre,  New  York, 
1895;  gen.  stage  dir.  Century  Theatre,  New 
Y'ork;  gen.  stage  dir.  for  Liebler  c&  Co.;  asso. 
dir.  for  Gaston  Meyer's  productions  in  London 
and  Paris;  now  dir.-gen.  Famous  Players  Film 
Co.  Clubs:  Lambs,  Players.  Address:  Lambs 
Club,  New  York. 

FORD,  James  Lanren,  author;  6.  St.  Louis, 
Mc,  July  25,  1854;  s.  James  K.  and  Louisa 
(Livermore)  F.  Author:  The  Literary  Shop; 
Hypnotic  Tales;  The  Third  Alarm:  Bohemia 
Invaded;  Dr.  Dodd's  School;  Dolly  Dillenback; 
Cupid  and  the  Footlights;  The  Brazen  Calf; 
The  Wooing  of  Follv  1906;  Every  Day  in  the 
Year  (poetical  epitome  of  the  world's  history), 
1914;  The  Great  Mirage,  1915.  Address:  Care 
N6W  York  Herald,  New  York,   N.Y. 


FORD,  Jeremiah  Denis  Matlilas,  univer- 
sity prof.;  b.  Cambridge,  Mass.,  July  2,  1873; 
s.  J.  D.  and  Mary  Agnes  (Collins)  F.;  A.B.. 
Harvard,  1894,  A.M.,  1895,  Ph.D.,  1897,  study- 
ing in  Coll.  Law  Sch.  and  Grad.  Sch.;  616ve 
ficole  des  Ilautes  fitudes,  U.  of  Paris,  1897-8, 
student  at  the  Sorbonne,  £cole  des  Chartes 
and  College  de  France;  m.  Anna  Winifred 
Fearns,  of  Cambridge,  Mass.,  Jan.  1,  1902. 
Instr.  French,  Harvard,  1895,  until  went  to 
Paris  as  Harris  fellow  of  Harvard  U.  in  resi- 
dence at  U.  of  Paris;  again  instr.  French, 
1898-1900,  instr.  Romance  langs.,  1900-2,  asst. 
prof.,  1902-7,  Smith  prof.  French  and  Spanish 
langs.,  1907 — ,  Harvard  U.  and  Radcliffe  Coll. 
Chief  examiner  for  Spanish  under  Coll.  En- 
trance Exam.  Pd.,  1908—.  Fellow  Am.  Acad. 
Arts  and  Sciences;  mem.  Modern  Lang.  Assn. 
America  (v.-p.  1910-11),  Am.  Dialect,  Soc,  Dante 
Soc,  Soci6t6  Amicale  Gaston,  Paris;  corr.  mem. 
Hispanic  Soc.  America,  Royal  Spanish  Acad. 
Catholic.  Author:  The  Old  Spanish  Sibilants 
(Vol.  VII  of  Harvard  Studies  and  Notes),  1900; 
Exercises  in  Spanish  Composition,  1901;  Spanish 
Grammar,  1904.  Editor:  Chivalrous  Romances 
In  Italian  Verse,  1904;  Goldoni's  Curioso  Acci- 
dente,  1899;  Moratin's  Sf  de  las  nifias,  1899; 
Alarc6n's  Capitan  Veneno,  1900;  A  Spanish 
Anthology,  1901;  Old  Spanish  Readings,  1906; 
Selections  from  Don  Quijote,  1908.  Was  Italian 
and  Spanish  editor  New  International  Ency- 
clopedia, 1901-4;  contbr.  of  Spanish  and  Italian 
articles  to  Johnson's  Encyclopedia,  and  Cath- 
olic Encyclopedia.  Contbr.  to  philol.  pubis.; 
general  editor  of  Henry  Holt  &  Co.'s  Spanish 
series.  Address:  9  Riedesel  Av.,  Cambridge, 
Massachusetts. 

FORD,  Jobn,  judge;  b.  Knowlesville,  N.Y., 
July  28,  1862;  s.  Michael  and  Sarah  (O'Mal- 
lev)  F.;  A.B.,  Cornell,  1890;  m.  Lulu  Fairchild 
Van  Aken,  Sept.  16,  189L  Mem.  N.Y.  Senate, 
19th  N.Y.  Dist.,  1896-1901;  framed,  introduced 
and  put  through  legislature  the  Franchise 
Tax  Law,  now  in  operation  in  N.Y. ;  candi- 
date for  comptroller,  New  Y'ork.  1905;  justice 
Supreme  Ct.  of  N.Y.,  1st  Dist.,  1906-20.  Author: 
(1st  prize  essay)  The  American  Policy  of  Pro- 
tection Applied  to  American  Shipping  En- 
gaged in  International  Commerce  (Am.  Pro- 
tective Tariff  League,  New  Y'ork),  1S90;  Pocket 
Cyclopedia  of  Protection,  1892.  Address:  Bret- 
ton  Hall,  New  York. 

FORD,  Jolin  Donaldson,  rear-admiral  'U.S. 
N.;  6.  Baltimore,  May  19,  1840;  s.  Thomas  C. 
and  Isabella  (Logie)  F. ;  ed.  pub.  schs.,  Balti- 
more; grad.  Md.  Inst.  Sch.  of  Design,  1861, 
receiving  Peabody  prize;  grad.  Potts  Sch.  of 
Mech.  Engring.,  1862;  m.  Laura  Jane  Darling, 
of  Baltimore,  Apr.  30.  1866.  Entered  U.S.N. 
as  3d  asst.  engr..  July  30,  1862;  promoted  2d 
asst.  engr.,  Feb.  13,  1864;  1st  asst.  engr.,  June 
6,  1868;  passed  asst.  engr.,  Feb.  24,  1874;  chief 
engr.,  Dec  27,  1890.  During  Civil  War  took 
part  in  recapture  of  Baton  Rouge,  La.,  Mar., 
1863,  battles  of  Mobile  Bay,  1864;  was  on  Ari- 
zona, destroyed  by  fire  off  Poverty  Point, 
Mississippi  River,  Feb.  27,  1865,  etc.;  was 
wrecked,  in  the  Sacramento,  on  Coramandel 
coast  of  India,  June,  1867;  served  on  many 
expdns.  and  stas. ;  detached  and  ordered  to 
start  Baltimore  Manual  Training  Sch.,  Mar. 
13,  1884;  at  Md.  Agrl.  and  Mech.  Coll.,  1894-6; 
on  U.S.S.  Brooklyn,  1S96-8  (relative  rank  of 
comdr.,  1897);  U.S.S.  Baltimore  (flagship),  Jan. 
25,  1898;  and  fleet  engr..  Pacific  Sta. ;  joined 
Asiatic  fleet;  took  part  in  the  actions  of 
May  1   and  August  13,   1898;   the   destruction 


13 


A  Specimen  Entry 

from  Geographical  Division  of 

Who's  Who  in  America 


MASSACHUSETTS— MICHIGAN 


WORCESTER — Continued, 

Wilson,    Louis   N.,   librarian,   2704 
Winslow,    Samuel   E.,   congressman, 

2n4 
Wire,  G.  E.,  librarian.  2717 

WEENTHAM— 
Keller.  Helen  A.,  author,  1348 

YAEMOUTH— 
Thacher.  Thomas  0..  congressman. 
2434 

YARMOUTHPORT— 
Crosby,  Raymond  M.,  illustrator,  574 

MICHIGAN. 

ADRIAN— 

Anthony.  Brayman  W.,  college  pres.. 
60 
ALBION— 

Barr,  Charles  E„  college  prof.,  130 
Carlton,   fYank  T.,  economist,  398 
Dickie,   Samuel,  college  pres.,  658 
Fall,  Delos,  educator.  784 
Gardner,  Washington,  congressman, 

ALMA — 

Crooks.   Harry  M..   college  pres.,  573 
King.  Louisa  Y.,  1383 

ALPENA— 
Scott,  Frank  D.,  congressman.  2185 

ANN  ARBOR— 
Adams,   Henry  C.  college  prof.,  14 
Angell,  James  B.,  educator,  diplo- 
matist, 59 
Bailey,  Benjamin  P.,  electrical  engi- 

Barret't,   Albert  M..   psychiatrist,   131 
Bates,  Henry  M..  lawyer,  147 
Beakes,  Samuel  W.,  congressman.  157 
Beal,  Junius  E.,  publisher,  158 
Beman.  Wooster  W..  univ.  prof..  Ii5 
Bigelow,  S.   Laurence,  chemist,  200 
Bishop,  William  W.,  librarian,  208 
Bogle,   Thomas  A.,  lawyer,  238 
Bonner,  Campbell,  college  prof.,  243 
Boucke.  Ewald  A.,  prof.  German,  252 
Bradley,  Glenn  D..  author.  268 
Campbell.  Edward  D..  chemist.  385 
Canfield,  Arthur  G.,  college  prof..  390 
Carrow.    Flemming,    physician,    409 
Case,   Ermine  C.   paleontologist.   417 
Chute,    Horatio    N..    physicist.    456 
Clark,   John  E..  physician,  463 
Comfort,  Will  L^  novelist.  510 
Cooley,  Cliarles  H..  university  prof.. 

528 
Cooley,   Mortimer  E..  engineer.  529 
Cross,  Arthur  L..  university  prof.,  575 
Curtiss,  Raliih  H.,  astronomer,  591 
Davis,  Raymond  C.  librarian.  621 
Dcmmon.   Isaac  N.,   univ.   prof.,   641 


Eggert,   Carl   E.,   univ.   prof.,   739 „  , 
Florer,   Warren  W.,   univ.   prof.,   834 
Glover,  James  W.,   college  prof.,  951 
Gomberg.    Moses,   chemist,   959 
Gram.    Lewis   M.,    prof,    struct. 

engring. ,   978 
Hale,   WUUam  J.,   chemist.   1036 
HaU,  Arthur  G..   coU.   prof..  1037 
Hewlett,   A.   Walter,   physician,   1146 
Hinsdale,  Wilbert  B.,  physician,  1167 
Hobbs,   WUliam  H.,   geologist.   1173 
Hoff,   Nelville  8.,  dentist,   1179 
Huber,    G.    Carl,    physician,    1235 
Hussey,  William  J.,  astronomer,  1258 
Hutchins,   Harry  B.,   univ.   pres., 

1260 
Johnston,  Clarence  T..  civil  engr., 

1315 
Jones,    Edward   D.,  univ.   prof.,   1320 
Karpinski,  Louis  C,  univ.  prof..  1338 
King.    Horace  W.,   engineer.    1382 
Kinne,  Edward  De  W.,  judge,  1386 
Koch,    Theodore   W.,    librarian,    1406 
Kraus,  Edward  H.,  mineralogist,  1412 
Langley,  John  W,,   educator    1433 
Lee,   Samuel  T.,  consul,  1459 
Leverett,  Frank,  geologist,  1470 
Levi,  Moritz,  univ,   prof.,   1471 


Lloyd,  Alfred  H.,  univ.  prof..  1497 
Lockwood,  Albert,  pianist,  1500 
Lombard.  Warren  P.,  coll.  prof.,  1506 
Lorch,   EmU,   prof,  architecture,   1512 
Markley,   Joseph  L.,   coll.   prof.,  1577 
Meader,  Clarence  L..  coll.  prof^  1669 
Myers,    Dean   W.,   physician,    1786 
Nancrede,    C.    B.   Guerard  de,   sur- 


Pattcrson,   George  W.,   coll.  prof., 

Phillips,  Ulrich  B.,  univ.  prof..  1942 
Pillsbury,  Walter  B.,  psychologist. 

Reeves,  Jesse  S.,  coll.  prof.,  2037 
Eeighard,   Jacob,   zoologist,   2040 
Riggs,   Henry  E.,   civil  engr.,  2068 
Rood,   John   R.,   law  author,   2105 
Roth,    Filbert,    forestry   expert,    2116 
Sadler,   Herbert  C,  naval  architect, 

Sanders,  Henry  A.,  philologist,  2147 
Schaeberle,    John   M.,    astronomer, 

2163 
Schlotterbeck,  Julius  O.,  pharmacog- 

nosLst.  2171 
Scott,   Fred  N.,   univ.   prof.,  2185 
Springer,  Durand  W.,  sec.  N.  E.  A., 

2318 
Stanley,  Albert  A.,  univ.  prof..  2324 
Steere,  Joseph  B.,  scientist,  2333 
Stevens,   Alviso  B.,  univ.   prof..  2342 
Stevens,    Frederick   W.,    lawyer,    2343 
Tatlock,    Henrv,    clergyman,    2416 
Taylor,   Fred  M.,  univ.  prof.,  2420 
Tnieblood,   Thomas   C,    univ.   prof.. 

Turner.  Edward  R.,  univ.  prof.,  2497 
van  Tyne,  Claude  H.,  historian,  2526 
Aaughan,  Victor  C,  univ.  dean,  2529 
J^agner,  Charles  P.,  coll.  prof.,  2551 
M  arthin,  Aldred  S.,  pathologist,  2586 
Wenley,  Robert  M.,  univ.  prof.,  2624 
White.  Alfred  H.,  chem.  engr..  2642 
Wilgus,   Horace  La  F.,   prof,  law, 

Williams,   Gardner  S.,   consulting 

engr.,  2684 
Winkler,    Max,    philologist,    2711 
Ziwet,    Alexander,    univ.    prof.,    2773 

AU  SABLE— 
Loud,   George  A.,   congressman,   1517 

BATTLE  CREEK— 
Bush.    Florence    L.,    author,    360 
Geisel,   Carolyn,   physician,   lecturer, 

921 
Kellogg,  John  H,,  physician,  1352 

BAY   CITY— 
Clements,  William  L.,  mfr.,  476 
Gause,   Frank  A.,   educator.   916 
Parker,   Franklin  E.,  lumber  mfr., 

1880 
Woodruff,  Roy  O.,  congressman,  2735 

BIG   BAY— 
Longjear,   John    M.,    capitalist,   1510 

BIG  RAPIDS— 
Ferris.  Woodbridge  N.,  governor,  804 

BIRHINGHAU— 
Booth,  George  G.,  publisher,  247 

BLOOMFIELD   HILLS— 
Donnelly,  John  C.,  lawyer,  680 

CALUMET— 
MaoNaughton,   James,   mine  engr., 

1553 

CASSOPOLIS— 
Bennett,  Frank  M..  naval  officer,  179 

CHARLOTTE— 
Smith,   John   M.   C,   congressman, 
2281 

COLDWATER— 
Bennett,  Ida  D..  author.  180 

DEARBORN- 
Ford,   Henry,  automobile  mfr.,  845 


DETROIT — 

Aaron     Charles   D,,    physician,    1 
Angell,    Alexis   C,   judge,   59 
Barkley,  James  M.,  clergyman,   124 
Bartlett,    Alice   E.,   author,    137 
Hartlett,  Frank  W.,  naval  officer,  137 
Blair,  Prank  W.,  banker,  217 
Booth,   George  G..   publisher.  247 
Booth,   Ralph  H.,  publisher,  editor, 

Bowen,   Lem  W.,  busmess  man,   257 
Brooke.    Flavius   h.,   judge,   294 
Buggelh,   Blanche  S..   author,  335 
Bulkley.    Harry   C,   lawyer,    335 
Burch,  Edward  P.,  electrical  engr., 

340 
Burrowes,  Katherine,  music  educator. 

Burton,   Clarence  M.,  lawyer,  357 
BuUer,    Edward   H.,    banker.    362 
Campau.    Daniel    J.,    lawyer,    384 
Campbell,   Henry  M.,   lawyer,  386 
Carhartt,  Hamilton,  cotton  mfr.,  396 
Carpenter^    William    L.,    lawyer.    405 
Carrow,   Flemming,   physician,  409 
Carstens,   J.    Henry,   siirgeon,   411 
Chadsey.  Charles  E.,  supt.  schs.,  423 
Chahners,    Hugh,   mfr.^   425 
Chapin      Ray    D.,    mfr.,    436 
Clark,  Emory  W.,  banker,  460 
Codd,   George   P.,   lawyer,   488 
Cofhn,  Howard  E.,  consulting  engr.. 

Conn,  George  C,  railway  official,  516 
Coolif^e,    Charles  A.,   brigadier-gen. 

Courtis]   Stuart  A.,  teacher.  518 
Courtis.    William   M.,   mining  engr., 

Couzens,  James,  manufacturer,  549 
Cramer.    John    L.,    railway    official, 

Denby,   Charles,  mfr.,  642 
Denby.  Edwin,  ex-congressman,  642 
Donaldson,    John    M..    architect.    679 
Donnelly,   John   C,   lawyer,   680 
Doremus.  Frank  E.,  congressman,  683 
Doyle,  Edward  H.,  banking  commr., 

Dwyer,  Jeremiah,   stove  mfr..  719 
Emerson,  Justin  E..  phvsican,  758 
Erichsen,    Hugo,    physician,    764 
ferry.  Dexter  M.,  Jr.,  business  man. 

805 
Foley,  John  S.,   bishop,  837 
Ford,   Henry,   automobile  mfr.,  845 
Fortune,  J.   Robert,  mech.  engr.,  850 
Pox,  Emma  A.,  teacher  of  parlia- 
mentary  law,   859 
Pox,    Frances   M.,    author.   859 
Fraser.    Elisha   A.,   lawyer,   867 
Freer,  Charles  L.,  capitalist.  871 
Gaige,    Charlotte    M.,    educator.    893 
Goodale,  George  P.,  dramatic  critic, 

960 
Grant,   Claudius  B.,   judge,   979 
Greusel.  John  H.,  journalist.  1001 
Grylls,    Humphry    J.    M.,    architect. 

1014 
Hecker,   Prank  J.,  capitalist,  1119 
Herman,  Raphael,  manufacturer.  1137 
Hodgsdon,    Daniel   B.,    officer  If.    S 

Coast  Guard,   1178 
Hosmer,  George  S.,  judge,  1211 
Howland,   William,  musician.  1229 
Hubbard.   Frank  W..  banker,  1233 
Huget.   J.    Percival,   clergyman,   1237 
Hutchins.  Jere  C.  street  ry.  mgr., 

1260 
Isham,  Frederic  S.,  author,  1275 
Jennings,  Charles  G.,  physician,  1297 
Jones,  Lewis  H.,  mfr.,  1324 
Joy,  Henry  B.,  automobile  mfr..  1331 
.Toy,  Richard  P.,  banker,  1332 
Kahn,   Albert,  architect,  1335 
Keena,    James   T.,    lawyer,    1344 
Keep,   William  J.,  mfr..   1315 
Kent.  Charles  A.,  lawyer.  1363 
Kiefer.     Guy     L..     physician.     1374 
Kimball.  George  H..  consulting  engr., 

Kirchner,    Otto,   lawyer,   1389 
Kuhn.    Franz  C,    lawyer,   1417 
Land.   Charies  H     dentist,   1428 


14 


The  American  Year-book 

Another  annual  of  great  importance  is  the  American  year-book.  More  at- 
tention is  given  to  topics  than  to  tables  in  this  book.  It  reviews  the  main  events 
of  the  year  under  such  headings  as: 

history;  science;  engineering;        industries. 

The  book  is  well  indexed  at  the  back.  Topics  on  the  following  page  have 
been  selected  from  a  Table  of  Contents.  Consult  the  page,  notice  the  large 
topic  headings,  glance  over  the  sub-headings  under  each,  and  then  try  to 
realize  the  vast  range  of  subjects  treated,  and  the  value  of  such  a  book  for 
current  events.  Name  the  headings  under  which  topics  giving  information  on 
the  following  are  classified  as  sub-headings: 

1.  Strikes  (near  bottom  of  second  column)   come  under  what  head? 

2.  City  government  by  commission  (first  column)  comes  under  what  head? 

3.  Revolution  in  Russia  (first  column)  comes  under  what  head? 

4.  Troubles  of  the  railroads  (third  column)  comes  under  what  head? 

5.  Mobilization  of  agriculture  (second  column)  comes  under  what  head? 

6.  Flood  protection  work  on  the  Mississippi  (third  column)  comes  under 
what  head? 

7.  Tendencies  in  education  (third  column)  comes  under  what  head? 

8.  Foods  and  food  chemistry  (third  column)  comes  under  what  head? 

New  International  Year-book 

The  New  international  year-book,  which  supplements  the  New  international 
encyclopaedia  yearly,  is  probably  the  largest,  and  certainly  is  one  of  the  best 
year-books  published. 

Nelson's  Loose-leaf  Encyclopaedia 

The  Nelson's  loose-leaf  encyclopsedia  is  kept  up  to  date  by  means  of  issuing 
current  topics  on  loose  leaves  every  six  months.  As  the  leaves  are  the  same 
size  as  those  of  the  encyclopsedia,  the  pages  containing  topics  on  current  history 
can  be  bound  in  the  regular  volumes  of  the  set. 

English  Year-books 

The  following  English  year-books  are  excellent  as  general  records  of  the 
world's  current  history,  but  are  especially  good  for  topics  pertaining  to  England: 

Hazell's  annual. 
Statesman's  year-book. 
Whitaker's  almanac. 
Annual  register. 

15 


A  Few  of  the  Hundreds  of  Timely  Subjects 


Military  and  Naval  Affairs 

Conscription 

OflBcers'  Training  Camps 

Army  Camps  and  Canton- 
ments 

Our  Army  in  France 

Shipbuilding  Affairs 

Transportation  Problems  on 
Land  and  Sea 

Arms  and  Ammunition 

Our  Naval  Forces  Abroad 

Military  and  Naval  Casual- 
ties 

Aviation 

The  Liberty  Motor 

Etc.,  etc. 

Administration 

New  administrative  organi- 
zations for  war  purposes 

Contributions  of  the  States  to 
war  organization 

Progress  of  Woman's  Suffrage 

The  Massachusetts  Consti- 
tutional Convention 

City  government  by  Com- 
mission, and  City  Man- 
ager 

The  housing  problem  in  in- 
dustrial centers 

Important  judicial  decisions 
affecting  patents,  pro- 
hibition, interstate  com- 
merce, etc. 

Progress  of  uniform  State 
legislation 

Criminal  laws  for  alien 
enemies 

International  Relations 

Declarations  of  war  by  Cuba, 
China,  Brazil,  etc. 

Military  and  naval  opera- 
tions of  the  European 
war 

Plans  for  Allied  unity 

Russia  seeks  peace 

Cabinet  changes  in  Great 
Britain,  France,  Italy 
and  Germany 

Revolution  in  Russia 

Abdication  of  the  Greek 
Monarch 

Restoration  of  the  Monarchy 
in  China,  and  the  coun- 
ter revolution 

Constitutional  government 
restored  in  Mexico 

German  intrigues  in  South 
America 

Conscription  in  Canada,  and 
the  general  elections 

The  Halifax  disaster 


History 

Entry  of  the  United  States 
into  the  European  War 

Germany's  crimes  against  the 
United  States 

The  President's  messages 

Pacifism  and  disloyalty 

War  legislation 

Conscription 

Liberty  loans 

Organization  of  the  United 
States  for  war 

Mobilization  of  agriculture, 
transportation  and  in- 
dustries 

Purchase  of  the  Virgin 
Islands 

A  new  Organic  Act  for  Porto 
Rico 

Etc.,  etc. 


Public  Works  and 
National  Defense 

Minerals  for  war  purposes 
Revival  of  transportation  on 

inland  waterways 
Traffic  of  the  Panama  canal 
Progress  of  Municipal  Owner- 
ship 
Public  Service  Commissions 
The  army  and  navy  under 
war    conditions,    active 
service  abroad 
Military  and  naval  casualties 

Economic  and  Social 
Problems 

A    year    of    stupendous    in- 
dustrial activity 

Immense  volume  of  foreign 
trade 

War  industries 

High  prices 

Taxation 

Banking  conditions 

National        insurance        for 
soldiers  and  sailors 

Recreation   for  soldiers   and 
sailors 

Protection  of  morals  in  camps 
and  cantonments 

Mental  testing  of  recruits 

Prison  reform 

Progress  of  prohibition 

Socialism  and  the  war 

Restriction  of  immigration  by 
the  illiteracy  test 

Federal  provision   for  voca- 
tional education 

War  charities 

The  labor  situation 

Strikes 

Activities  of  the  I.  W.  W. 

Laws  for  the  protection   of 
labor 

Rural  Sociology 


Industries 

Campaign     for     agricultural 

production 
New  food  fishes 
War    demands    for    mineral 

products 
Mining 
Manufactures 
Development     of     merchant 

marine 
The  Emergency  bill 
Troubles  of  the  railroads  and 

their  solution 


Engineering 

Completion  of  the  Quebec 
bridge 

Rapid  construction  of  the 
cantonment 

Opening  of  the  New  York 
State  barge  canal 

Flood  protection  work  on  the 
Mississippi 

Utilization  of  water  powers 

Application  of  electricity  in 
war 

Engineers  in  military  service 

The  automobile  industry 

Military  aeronautics 

The  Liberty  Motor 

Plans  for  an  immense  Ameri- 
can air  service 

Ship-building  on  a  tremen- 
dous scale 


Science 

Mathematics 

Astronomy 

Geology  in  war 

Topography  and  strategy 

Arctic  and  Antarctic  explora- 
tion 

Foods  and  food  chemistry 

Soil  chemistry 

The  search  for  new  fertilizers 

The  electric  furnace  and  its 
products 

Potash  resources  and  their 
utihzation 

Military  medicine 

War  surgery 

Health  and  sanitation  in  the 
army 

Fossil  man 


The  Humanities 

War  service  of  the  churches 
Union     movements     among 

Lutherans 
The  Zionist  movement 
Camouflage 

Foreign  music  and  musicians 
Depression  in  the  theatre 
Tendencies  in  education 


There  are  Thirty-Two  Departments,  Each  Containing  a  Wealth  of  Informative 
Material  Similar  to  the  Subjects  Above 

16 


Questions  for 
Year-books 


Student's  name Per  cent 

Teacher's  name Hour  reciting Date 

Uave  vou  i-oad  tlie  directions  on  the  l)ack  of  this  cover?     Answer  yes  or  no.  S 

1 — What  voar-lxiok  ^ivcs  hriof  slcctohos  of  the  hves  of  prominent  living  people?  •-• 

a.     In  Aniorica.  b.     In  tlio  world.  S 


2 — In  what  jtart  of  tlio  article  in  the  "Who's  who"  scries  of  year-books  is  the  address  of  the  bjo 

person  |.i;iven".'  "^ 

•S" 
*C 

3 — What  are  llie  meanings  of  the  following  abbreviations  used  in  a  condenseil  sketch  in  the  s 

'•\Vh<i's  who"  scries?  "» 

9i 

ni  b  s  ed  © 


4 — D.  e!4  llio  furrrni  'Wlio's  who"  series  eontain  sketches  of  lives  of  persons  not  living? 

.') — What  very  inexpeiisive  almanac  gives  a  vast  amount  of  information  in  a  greatly  condensed  form?  "^ 

a 

V 

i> — Where  is  tlie  index  placed  for  the  almanac  alluded  to  in  the  last  question?  ^ 


7-  -AVhich  f.f  the  year-books  studied  gives  the  names  and  the  official  addresses  of  the  officers  of  any  <u 

impvortant  society  in  the  United  8tat.cs,  under  the  name  of  the  society,  not  under  the  name  ^ 

(if  tlic  person?  '  O. 

a> 

4J 

S — Which  series  of  year-books  gives  information  under  the  name  of  the  person,  not  untler  the  c 

name  of  a  socieiv  or  i)osition'.'  S 

o 

0 — Would  it  be  l)ett(>r  to  consult  the  World  almanac  or  the  American  year-book  for  information  "^ 

in  tal)u!ar  fi^rm?  "S 

M 

c 

10 — Wliich  cncyclo])a^dia  }Mil)lishes  a  valuable  year-book  every  3'ear?  ^ 


11 — Which  encyclopa>dia  keeps  up  to  date  by  means  c)f  loos(^  leaves? 


12 — Do  the  events  recorded  in  a  year-book  always  pertain  to  tlie  year  on  the  back  of  the  book, 
or  do  they  frequently  pertain  to  events  for  the  year  prcceiting? 


13 — Name  at  le:ist  two  good  year-liooks  pubhshed  in  England. 


Directions  for  Using 
Perforated  Page  of  Questions  and  Key 

Which  appear  on  the  reverse  side  of  this  cover 

The  questions  which  appear  on  the  reverse  side  of  this  cover,  on  a  perforated 
colored  sheet,  are  not  difficult,  detailed  or  "catchy."  They  are  intended  to 
emphasize  important  points  and  to  systematize  the  work  for  class  records.  The 
answers,  which  can  easily  be  given  after  the  text  has  been  carefully  read,  should 
be  written,  from  memory,  in  the  blank  spaces  under  the  questions,  preferably  in 
class  time  unless  directed  to  do  otherwise  by  the  one  in  charge  of  the  work. 

The  perforated  sheet  should  be  torn  out  in  the  presence  of  the  one  conduct- 
ing the  class  and  onlj'^  after  it  has  been  filled  in.  When  directed  to  remove  the 
questions,  insert  pencil  in  the  hole  and  rip  around  the  perforated  edges. 

A  key,  by  means  of  which  the  work  can  be  checked,  is  printed  on  the  cover 
under  the  question  page,  but  is  not  revealed  until  after  the  question  page  is 
removed.  This  key  consists  of  the  same  questions,  with  the  correct  answer 
to  each  printed  below  it. 

The  value  of  each  question,  on  the  scale  of  100,  is  indicated  after  the  answer 
in  the  key.  By  means  of  this  key,  students  could  correct  their  own  or  each 
other's  work  in  a  few  moments,  in  case  the  librarian  or  teacher  could  not  take 
the  extra  time  to  do  so. 

If  the  one  who  corrects  the  paper  finds  an  incorrect  answer,  the  amount  to  be 
deducted  should  be  placed  on  the  outer  right-hand  margin,  near  the  mistake. 
These  amounts  should  be  added,  the  sum  subtracted  from  100,  and  the  result 
placed  after  the  word  "Per  cent."  at  the  top  of  the  sheet. 

The  questions  are  asked  in  such  a  way  as  to  admit  of  very  little  variety  in  the 
wording  of  the  answers.  However,  if  the  wording  of  a  written  answer  is  mani- 
festly correct,  and  perfectly  clear,  but  not  exactly  like  the  printed  answer,  of 
course  no  deduction  should  be  made.  Do  not  deduct  for  spelling,  nor  for 
abbreviated  statements  if  they  are  perfectly  clear. 

If  the  one  who  corrects  a  paper  marks  a  question  wrong  which  the  writer 
considers  correct,  the  two  should  examine  the  key  together,  or  ask  advice  from 
the  one  in  charge  of  the  class. 


Reference  Guides 

That  Should  be  Known  and 
How  to  Use  Them 


By 

Florence  M,  Hopkins 

Librarian 

Central    High   School   and   Junior   College 

Detroit,  Michigan 


This  Pamphlet  Pertains  to 
Commercial  Indexes 


TIME  REQUIRED 
Two   class    periods    and 
Preparation   of   one  lesson 


THE    WILLARD 

4     7     9  SIXTH 

DETROIT 


COMPANY 

STREET 

MICHIGAN 


Copyright 

by 

FLORENCE  M.  HOPKINS 

1919 


Foreword 


This  pamphlet  is  one  of  a  series  on  the  use  of  reference  books.  The  complete 
series  constitutes  a  second  edition  of  "Reference  guides  that  should  be  known  and 
how  to  use  them,"  which  first  appeared  in  1916  as  a  text  book  for  high  and  normal 
schools. 

The  revision  treats  important  phases  of  reference  work  in  separate  pamphlets, 
thus  making  it  possible  to  grade  the  work,  or  to  select  the  pamphlets  best  fitted  to 
meet  individual  needs.  Generally  speaking,  any  one  of  the  pamphlets  can  be 
completed  in  two  class  periods  plus  time  for  the  preparation  of  one  lesson  be- 
tween recitations. 

The  entire  course  could  be  completed  by  advanced  students  in  five  or  six 
weeks  of  one  class  and  study  period  per  day.  The  work  can  also  be  scattered 
in  different  years.  If  one  subject  per  term  were  given  in  consecutive  order  to 
English  classes,  in  high  schools,  beginning  with  the  B8  of  junior  high  and  ex- 
tending through  the  A12  of  senior  high,  the  work  could  be  covered  in  two  or 
three  class  and  study  periods  per  term;  or,  if  familiarity  with  reference  books  is 
desired  early  in  the  school  course,  the  most  important  subjects  could  be  crowded 
into  the  early  high  school  grades.  The  order  in  which  the  subjects  of  the  pamph- 
lets are  listed  below  suggests  a  logical  sequence,  whether  the  work  is  given 
slowly  or  rapidly  or  to  lower  or  to  upper  grade  students. 

1 — Webster's  New  International  Dictionary 

2 — New  Standard  Dictionary 

3 — Encyclopaedias 

4 — Parts  of  a  book 

5 — Atlases;  city  directories;  gazetteers 

6 — Concordances 

7 — Library  classification  and  card  catalogue 

8 — Indexes  to  periodical  literature;  debates 

9 — Year-books 
10 — Commercial  indexes 
11 — Important  publications  of  city,  state  and  federal  governments 

The  inclusion  of  specimen  pages  from  the  reference  books  studied  makes 
it  possible  for  each  student  to  follow  all  illustrative  examples  without  making  a 
trip  to  a  library  and  waiting  to  have  access  to  the  complete  reference  work. 
No  library  will  furnish  a  sufficient  number  of  copies  of  expensive  reference 
books  to  supply  large  classes  adequately  for  detailed  study;  neither  could  a 
library  afford  to  have  pages  in  expensive  reference  books  as  badly  worn  and 
marked  as  they  would  become  if  many  students  were  required  to  consult  them  for 
prepared  lessons. 


Experience  has  proved  tliat  uhe  best  results  can  be  obtained  if  the  work  is 
begun  in  regular  clas?,  recitations  by  a  librarian  or  a  teacher  reading  the  text 
with  the  class.  It"  conducted  in' this  way,  no  previous  preparation  will  be  neces- 
sary, either  by  the  class  or  by  the  one  who  conducts  it.  As  the  reading  of  the 
text  proceeds,  it  will  be  seen  that  important  features  of  the  reference  books  studied 
are  emphasized  by  referring  to  the  sample  pages  embodied  in  the  text.  With  a 
little  class  direction  of  this  kind  the  students  can  readily  see  the  plan  of  the  text, 
and  can  finish  any  unread  pages  independently  as  an  assigned  lesson  for  the  next 
recitation.  In  classes  composed  of  advanced  students,  or  in  cases  of  absence, 
the  entire  work  could  be  done  independently. 

The  questions  on  the  colored  page  fastened  on  the  inside  of  the  last  cover 
are  designed  to  emphasize  important  points  and  to  systematize  the  work  for 
class  records.  Blank  spaces  are  left  under  the  questions  for  the  answers. 
When  the  questions  are  assigned  as  a  lesson  to  be  prepared  out  of  class,  and 
the  answers  are  written  from  memory  in  the  blank  spaces  during  the  class 
recitation  following,  the  points  are  more  thoroughly  impressed  than  they  are 
when  the  answers  are  written  before  coming  to  class,  while  having  direct  access 
to  the  text. 

A  key,  giving  the  answer  to  each  question,  together  with  its  value  on  the 
scale  of  100,  will  be  found  underneath  the  question  sheet  when  it  is  removed. 
By  means  of  this  key,  students  can  correct  their  own  or  another's  work  in 
a  few  minutes  of  class  time,  in  case  the  librarian  or  teacher  cannot  give 
extra  time  to  do  so. 

Schools  which  ask  a  leading  reference  question  in  final  examinations  find 
that  students  give  more  attention  to  the  work  and  therefore  learn  to  value  its 
importance. 

The  follotving  paragraphs  are  taken  from  the 
Foreword  of  the  First  Edition 

Possibly  the  best  way  of  presenting  the  points  which  it  is  hoped  this  series  of 
lessons  may  emphasize  is  to  quote  directly  from  the  preface  of  a  Bulletin  oa 
"Library  instruction  in  universities,  colleges  and  normal  schools,"  from  the 
United  States  Bureau  of  Education,  1914 — No.  34. 

Many  educators  of  note,  as  well  as  college  and  university  librarians, 
have  emphasized  the  urgent  necessity  of  instruction  and  training  in 
"book-using  skill." 

The  place  of  the  library  in  the  work  of  all  departments  is  one  of 

increasing  importance.     The  library  is  a  resource  or  reservoir  from  which 

the  student  should  draw  constantly  for  information  and  inspiration. 

Every  month  of  delay  in  instructing  him  in  the  meaning 

and  use  of  the  library  lessens  the  efficiency  of  his  course. 

Every  new  student  should  be  required  to  take 
some  course  in  which  is  given  definite  practical  instruction  in  the 
handling  of  library  tools Such  a  course,  more- 
over, should  not  only  be  required,  but  it  should  constitute  a  definite  part 
of  the  work  required  for  a  degree. 

2 


Comniercial  Indexes 

One  usually  thinks  of  reference  work  as  being  confined  to  a  search  for  infor- 
mation on  some  scholarly  subject;  it  is,  nevertheless,  just  as  truly  reference  work 
to  try  to  find  the  publisher  of  a  newspaper,  or  the  manufacturer  of  a  typewriter, 
or  any  other  desired  information,  as  it  is  to  look  for  the  date  of  the  life  of  Shake- 
speare,  for  example. 

We  therefore  have  a  great  variety  of  guides  both  for  commercial  and  academic 
needs.  Many  commercial  guides  relate  to  purely  technical  fields,  and  are  used 
only  by  those  whose  interests  require  them.  Many  of  the  general  commercial 
and  civic  guides,  however,  should  be  known  by  every  intelligent  person.  Those 
to  be  studied  in  the  following  pages  will  serve  to  give  a  comprehensive  idea  of 
the  kind  of  information  which  can  easily  be  found,  and  also  how  to  find  other 
guides  which  will  give  details  when  they  are  needed. 

City  and  State  Business  Directories 

Telephone  and  City  Directories 

A  telephone  directory  or  a  city  directory  is  simply  a  business  reference  book. 
At  the  back  of  most  telephone  and  city  directories  a  list  of  firms  engaged  in  any 
kind  of  business  in  the  city  can  be  found,  arranged  alphabetically  under  the 
name  of  the  business  or  profession.  Most  city  directories,  at  the  front,  give  a 
guide  to  valuable  miscellaneous  information  pertaining  to  the  city,  such  as:  city 
offices,  schools,  churches,  hospitals,  etc.  The  alphabetical  arrangement  of  streets, 
sub-arranged  by  house  numbers,  in  the  back  of  a  city  directory,  is  an  essential 
guide  when  one  needs  to  find  between  what  streets  a  certain  house  number  comes. 
The  index  of  streets  on  the  city  map  is  also  indispensable,  guiding  one,  as  it  does, 
to  the  location  of  the  street  on  the  map  bj^  suggesting  that  the  street  could  be 
found  at  the  intersection  of  imaginary  lines  drawn  from  a  certain  letter  on  one 
margin  of  the  map  to  a  certain  number  on  the  margin  at  right  angles  to  it,  fol- 
lowing the  general  method  used  by  atlases. 

State  Gazetteers 

For  many  states  a  gazetteer  is  published  which  gives  information  for  the 
towns  in  the  state  corresponding  to  that  given  for  cities  in  city  directories.  In 
some,  but  not  in  all  of  these  state  gazetteers,  miscellaneous  information  regarding 
the  state  as  a  whole  is  given  at  the  front,  such  as:  State  Boards, State  institutions. 
State  officials.  The  main  portion  of  these  gazetteers  is  taken  up  with  an  alpha- 
betical list  of  the  towns  in  the  state,  giving  a  brief  description  of  each  one,  the 
population,  and  an  alphabetical  list  of  important  residents.  At  the  back  of 
these  gazetteers,  an  alphabetical  list  of  the  kinds  of  business  carried  on  in  the 
state  is  given,  indicating  what  towns  have  firms  carrying  on  each  business.  (A 
fuller  description  of  city  and  state  directories,  with  specimen  pages,  is  given  in 
the  pamphlet  on  atlases.) 


Business  Under 
City;  County;  State;  Federal  Governments 

A  large  amount  of  the  business  of  the  country  is  carried  on  under  the  govern- 
ment. Most  of  our  educational  institutions  are  under  local  or  state  control;  the 
parcel  post  has  displaced  much  of  the  express  business;  many  city  water  and 
lighting  plants  are  under  the  city  government;  railway  and  telegraph  systems 
are  largely  owned  by  the  Federal  government.  Some  branches  of  the  government 
business  are  self-supporting,  such  as  the  postal  or  telegraph  service,  while  many 
others  are  supported  by  taxation,  such  as  education,  fire  and  police  protection. 
The  expenses,  extent  of  work  done,  names  of  officials  and  other  items  con- 
nected with  a  business  which  is  under  any  branch  of  the  government  are  reported 
by  that  branch  as  an  official  report.  The  most  important  of  such  reports  are 
kept  in  public  libraries,  and  also  in  the  office  of  the  department  reporting. 

Business  Under 
Private  Firms  in  the  United  States 

Lists  of  the  most  important  leading  firms  in  the  United  States  are  published 
and  are  frequently  revised.  Information  of  this  nature  is  arranged  under  two 
headings: 

Alphabetically  under  the  name  of  the  firm. 

Alphabetically  under  the  name  of  the  business  or  of  the  article  manufactured. 

Each  of  these  methods  of  indexing  are  illustrated  by  specimen  pages  follow- 
ing this  general  outline. 

Alphabetically  Under  the  Name  of  the  Firm 

Three  leading  manuals  are  published  yearly  which  give  business  statistics 
under  the  names  of  the  firms: 

Moody:  Analyses  of  Investments. 
Moody  Manuals. 
Manual  of  Statistics. 

The  "Moody  Analyses  of  Investments^'  gives  ratings  for  the  purpose  of 
protecting  an  investor  as  well  as  for  the  purpose  of  protecting  credit.  It  is  as 
important  to  be  able  to  learn  whether  the  stocks  and  bonds  in  which  one  is  think- 
ing of  investing  are  safe,  as  it  is  to  know  whether  a  check  received  is  good.  The 
"Moody  Investors'  Service"  issue  three  large  volumes  as  follows: 

Analyses  of  Railroads  (called  the  "Green  Book"). 

Analyses  af  Public  Utilities  and  Industrials  (called  the  "Red  Book"). 

Analyses  of  Government  and  Municipal  Securities  (called  the  "Blue  Book"). 

These  books  can  be  found  in  most  large  libraries.  Under  each  firm  or  cor- 
poration mentioned  in  any  volume,  such  items  as  the  following  are  given:  State 
laws  under  which  the  business  was  incorporated;  brief  history  of  the  firm;  capital 
stock;  business  managers;  equipment,  rating,  and  a  per  cent  suggesting  safety  for 
investment. 

Details  will  be  illustrated  later  by  means  of  specimen  pages. 

4 


The  "Moody  manuals"  give  most  of  the  items  included  by  the  Moody  In- 
vestors' Service,  but  they  omit  the  item  of  margin  of  safety  for  the  investor. 
The  Moody  manuals  are  issued  in  three  large  yearly  volumes,  and  current 
quarterly  supplements,  as: 

Industrials;         Public  Utilities;         Railroads. 

The  Manual  of  Statistics,  known  as  the  Stock  exchange  hand  book,  condenses 
into  one  volume  selected  information  similar  to  that  contained  in  the  three 
volumes  of  the  Moody  manuals. 

Alphabetically 
Under  the  Name  of  the  Business  or  of  the  Article  Manufactured 

Two  leading  manuals  are  published  yearly  which  give  business  information 
under  the  name  of  the  business  or  of  the  article  manufactured: 

Hendricks:     Commercial  Register. 

Thomas:  Register  of  American  Manufacturers.  (This  book  gives  names  of  firms  in 
an  appendix  on  blue  paper,  but  gives  information  under  articles  manufactured,  in  the  body  of 
the  register.) 

Details  will  be  illustrated  later  by  means  of  specimen  pages. 

Business  Under 
Private  Firms  in  the  World 

Alphabetically 
Under  the  Name  of  the  Business  or  of  the  Article  Manufactured 

A  very  large  volume  of  nearly  3,000  pages  of  exceedingly  fine  print  gives  the 
leading  firms  in  the  entire  world,  arranged  under  business.     It  is  known  as: 
Kelly:    Directory  of  Merchants,  Shippers  and  Manufacturers  of  the  World. 

A  specimen  page  from  the  index  to  this  book  will  be  studied  later. 

Credit  Rating  Books 

It  is  thoroughly  understood  in  the  business  world  that  no  firm  gives  credit  to 
an  unknown  firm  without  first  finding  to  what  extent  its  credit  is  good;  that  is, 
its  "rating." 

The  two  best  known  rating  agencies  issue  the  following  publications,  which 
give  the  financial  standing  of  firms  in  the  United  States  and  Canada: 
Bradstreet:     Book  of  Ratings. 
Dun:     General  Reference  Book. 

Both  of  these  publications  are  confined  to  private  subscriptions;  neither  of 
them  can  be  found  in  public  libraries.  There  are  many  other  general  credit 
rating  agencies  in  the  United  States;  most  cities  have  their  local  agencies. 

Business  Magazines;  Newspapers 

Almost  every  profession  or  business  in  existence  has  its  own  magazine,  or 
special  publication.  A  list  of  the  general  and  special  magazines  and  newspapers 
which  are  published  in  the  United  States  is  issued  every  year  in  a  directory 
entitled: 

Ayers:     Newspaper  Annual  and  Directory. 

This  publication  will  be  illustrated  by  specimen  pages  later. 

5 


Mailing  Lists 

A  large  amount  of  business  is  carried  on  through  the  mail,  such  as  the 
sending  of  bills,  checks,  announcements.  For  the  purpose  of  advertising,  it  is 
desirable  to  have  lists  of  persons  or  firms  especially  interested  in  the  articles  or 
business  to  be  announced.  It  is  very  important,  therefore,  to  know  where  to 
find  classified  lists  which  can  be  depended  upon  to  be  kept  up  to  date  regarding 
addresses,  positions,  firm  names  or  other  items  subject  to  change.  Permanent 
lists  of  the  most  important  professions  and  business  in  the  United  States  are 
printed  in  regular  book  form,  and  frequently  revised.  Amongst  the  many 
directories  or  registers  issued  are  the  following:  Medical  directory;  Dental 
register;  Directory  of  the  legal  profession;  Educational  directory;  Furniture 
dealers;  Crockery  dealers;  Engineers;  Insurance;  Motion  pictures;  Hotels. 

Mailing  lists  for  many  purposes  can  be  secured  from  R.  L.  Polk  and  Company, 
publishers  of  city  directories  and  state  gazetteers.     Detroit,  Mich. 

The  following  mentioned  book  gives  valuable  information  regarding  obtain- 
able lists  for  almost  any  purpose: 

W.  S.  Thompson:    Directory  of  Mailing  Lists:     Putnam.     New  York. 

This  book  is  full  of  suggestions  as  to  where  to  find  society  lists,  lists  of  offi- 
cials, lists  in  year-books,  and  lists  in  many  out-of-the-way  plaAes.  It  also  gives 
a  guide  to  credit  rating  books. 

Laws  of  Business 

Though  only  a  lawyer  knows  the  details  of  legal  transactions,  every  intelligent 
person  should  know  something  about  the  forms  and  the  legal  requirements 
relating  to  such  general  items  as  the  drawing  up  of  contracts,  the  formation  of 
partnerships,  the  giving  or  taking  of  a  mortgage,  and  many  other  items.  A 
reliable  book  which  has  been  prepared  by  a  Harvard  University  professor  of 
commercial  law  for  just  such  needs,  is: 

Parsons:     Laws  of  Business.     Scranton,  Hartford,  Conn. 

Details:     Illustrated  by  Specimen  Pages 

The  first  specimen  entry,  on  page  9,  is  taken  from  the  index  of 
Thomas:    Register  of  American  Manufacturers. 

Glance  over  the  page  to  gain  an  idea  of  the  vast  number  of  items  which  such 
a  register  must  include.  Find  a  note  under  the  word  "nails"  and  tell  how  many 
kinds  of  nails  are  manufactured.  Note  the  long  list  of  articles  manufactured  for 
use  in  connection  with  nails,  and  tell  how  the  list  is  sub-arranged.  How  many 
kinds  of  needles  are  manufactured?  What  column,  instead  of  page,  is  referred 
to  for  the  list?  A  part  of  one  of  the  pages  devoted  to  needles  in  the  body  of  the 
Register  is  reproduced,  and  follows  the  specimen  entry  from  the  index.  Consult 
it,  and  name  a  firm  manufacturing  hoot  and  shoe  needles  in  South  Framingham, 
Mass.  What  is  the  letter  at  the  outer  margin  opposite  the  name?  The  capital 
letters  following  each  firm  name  indicate  an  estimation  of  the  amount  of  money 
invested.     The  following  schedule  is  given  on  the  inside  of  the  front  cover: 


AAAA 

over  $1,000,000 

B    over  $50,000 

F    over   $2,500 

AAA 

500,000 

C        "       25,000 

G        "       1,000 

AA 

300,000 

D        "       10,000 

H       "         500 

A 

100,000 

E        "        5,000 

X   no  estimate 

A  rating  of  "H,"  in  this  Register,  therefore,  does  not  mean  an  unreliable 
firm,  but  simply  a  firm  with  a  small  capital.  Give  the  exact  address  of  a  firm 
manufacturing  hand  sewing  needles.  Which  firm,  manufacturing  crochet  needles, 
has  the  largest  capital  invested? 

The  specimen  entry  on  page  11  is  from  a  part  of  one  page  of  the  index  of 
Hendricks:     Commercial  Register. 

Consult  it  and  tell  what  number  is  referred  to  for  the  manufacturers  of  slate 
pencils.  Turn  to  the  page  following  the  index,  which  is  a  reproduction  of  part 
of  one  of  the  pages  devoted  to  pencils,  and  give  the  address  of  a  firm  in  Tennessee 
which  manufactures  slate  pencils.  Glance  a  little  above  the  slate  pencil  manufac- 
turers, find  the  lead  pencil  manufacturers  and  give  the  address  of  the  Eagle  Pencil 
Company.  Under  Pens,  steel,  find  the  address  of  the  Spencerian  Pen  Company. 
Does  Hendricks  Register  indicate  the  ratings  of  the  firms? 

Both  the  Thomas  and  the  Hendricks  registers  are  valuable  as  mailing  lists. 

The  specimen  entry  on  page  13  is  taken  from  a  section  of  one  of  the  pages 
in  the  index  of 

Kelly:     Merchants,  Shippers  and  Manufacturers  of  the  World. 

Consult  it  and  tell  on  which  page  in  the  directory  the  names  of  firms  handling 
pencils  in  the  following  cities  could  be  found:  Calcutta;  Milan;  Warsaw;  Phila- 
delphia. Which  is  the  larger  industry,  the  manufacturing  of  pencils  or  of  per- 
fumery? How  many  pearl  button  manufacturers  are  listed?  What  is  the  only 
city  in  the  world  listed  as  manufacturing  pencil  sharpeners? 

The  specimen  entry  which  follows  Kelly  is  from  the  first  page  of  the  index 
to  the  Class  and  trade  publications  in 

Ayers:     Newspaper  Annual  and  Directory. 

Consult  it  and  note  the  variety  of  subjects  on  this  one  page.  On  what  page 
in  the  annual  could  one  find  a  list  of  publications  devoted  to  the  following  in- 
terests: Bee  keeping;  aviation;  coal  and  coke;  confectionery  and  ice  cream;  deaf; 
blind;  business  and  office  methods;  commercial  and  industrial;  advertising? 

The  second  specimen  entry  from  this  newspaper  annual  is  taken  under 
Missouri  in  the  body  of  the  book.  Consult  it  under  Joplin,  and  give  the  editor 
of  a  paper  published  there  by  the  name  of  "News  Herald."  In  what  year  was 
this  paper  established?  How  large  is  the  circulation  of  the  Sunday  edition? 
Which  paper  in  Joplin  has  the  largest  circulation?  When  was  the  paper  es- 
tablished in  Jefferson  City  called  "Capital  News"?  Notice  that  a  brief  descrip- 
tion of  each  town  is  given.  In  what  county  of  Missouri  is  Jerico  Springs  located? 
What  paper  is  published  there?     Is  the  alphabetical  arrangement  of  the  page 

7 


with  reference  to  towns  or  names  of  the  papers?  The  main  directory  is  arranged 
under  states;  under  each  state  the  towns  in  it  are  sub-arranged  alphabetically. 
Could  one  find  the  editor  of  a  paper  called  the  "Courrier,"  for  example,  without 
first  knowing  where  the  paper  is  published? 

The  specimen  entry  on  page  16  is  taken  from 
Moody:  Analyses  of  Investments 

Consult  it  under  '^Johnston  Telephone  Company,"  at  the  paragraph  headed 
"History,"  and  tell  when  the  firm  was  incorporated,  and  under  which  state  laws. 
How  many  telephones  does  the  company  own?  How  many  miles  of  wire  are 
required?     What  is  the  population  served? 

Under  Management,  find  who  is  the  president  of  the  company.  When  and 
where  is  the  annual  meeting  held? 

Under  Comparative  Income  Account  tell  what  was  the  amount  for  the  gross 
revenues  in  1917:  What  per  cent  was  earned  on  the  stock  in  1917?  Compare 
these  items  with  those  for  1912  as  given  in  the  last  column. 

Under  Table  A,  Bond  records,  give  the  date  for  the  maturity  of  the  bonds. 
The  interest  is  payable  in  what  months?  What  is  the  average  income  available? 
What  per  cent  represents  a  very  high  safety  of  investment?  (A  very  much  lower 
per  cent  for  this  item  would  still  be  considered  good  under  the  schedule  adopted 
by  this  company.)  Is  the  security  and  the  salability  of  these  bonds  considered 
good?     What  is  the  net  rating? 

The  significance  of  the  letters  for  rating  in  the  Moody  Investors  Service 
is  not  the  same  as  that  for  the  Thomas  Register.  All  the  bonds  and  stocks  are 
classified  and  rated  in  accordance  with  their  position  and  security.  Thus,  the 
highest  grade  issues  receive  an  "Aaa"  rating,  the  next  grade  "Aa,"  then  "A," 
"Baa,"  "Ba,"  "B,"  "Caa,"  etc.,  until  the  very  poorest  securities  are  reached. 
A  security  given  an  "Aaa"  rating  is  to  be  regarded  as  practically  ideal  in  both 
security  and  market;  one  given  a  "Baa"  rating  is  slightly  speculative,  but  general- 
ly good  as  a  "business  man's  investment;"  a  "Ba"  rating  means  a  "speculative" 
investment;  a  "B"  rating  means  a  speculation,  while  a  "Caa"  rating  is  almost 
exclusively  speculative.  The  user  of  the  books  is  thus  able  to  ascertain  at  a 
glance  the  exact  character  and  standing  of  any  security  he  holds  or  contemplates 
purchasing. 


A  Specimen  Entry  from  the  Index  of 
Thomas:  Register  of  American  Manufacturers 


.-        <  w  eo  CO 


SSil^'^'^®^^ 


"III; 

t>    .   .   .   . 

^  :  :  :  : 
®  '  I  ;  ! 

S  tu  :  •  : 
„-2  -^  • 

M  -w      a 
2!  a  an-  ?? 


"•J^ 


SS^$£ 


4W         -"f 

^2 


•2S  "t-^  "-^  <D         .^ ::z  —  t»> E"  =  ■! 

t-      (MO      C-I       t^-*      00®lfl      O'I'Ifib-  M 

^     ioth     ootme-i"     -tt-(M     T-^ooi-i  -^ 


6  : 


5  0-" 


'UU2 


55  5CS§'&S5'S'Si'g^2^'^    5 

O  OCT       ;    » 


;    ;    ;      CJ 


^  a  "'  ^ 


b  bo 


XMgjooeooHjM     <moo 
2  e^rH'i.in  £SinP- 


iH>0"r-10 


-isr- 


55  ;5 

..-(00!-Httir 


o 
Ese 


■■2  :^i 


iw^ 


S,^"E 


:-T.?     H. 


««  o  or::  o  =  *  oU  ©  o  o  *  «m  3  or  &  >  t.©  r-* 

' "S S. . .  ^   i&sis-s-si. 


OD  or; 


t- i-i  00 1-1 15 


aS'g 


•<»<     loioiac 


0,— 


2  4) 


2|^ 


■  a 


"•M  c 


■■'ati 


Eh 
c;  O 

cj  P  o  aj 
«     -a— ^—     — 


o     006 

o 

S 


S    fi 


20.>«<o 


500  ,  CO  •^ 


M  3  m  m  ..  01  0)  >-  ..  OrnT!  o  5      -Pxi  r  C— . 


e^  *  00  CM  < 


-re-as 


K.2" 

o  s  i ||l=  sl=l i|L III |2|l i"-«  ie>llf «.|S||I i  i 


5  cj  e<3  0>  f 


05000000       .-i-T-C)       COr 
•*C0t-05       OCOt-t-       l-C 


*  HO  *i  ?     • 

a  c~     S   : 

S»«5  : 

•5*.2gOHM, 


*2  0 


o  di  af 


3<wift»     WW     i-oni-ieo     oOMt-?o     ©Niftt-ecwe^WM     «         oo 


U- 
a>  « 


t,  >  o  >> 


n  b  o  0) 

o 

o 
O 


:«^J 


o  °5 .. 


I     ^  «  «  S.2.S  ^ii  o  £  pE=<  SiSiiS  o-o  3^S— «£t:t:W  a  oim'^  <U4)  osji  S  £  o  3  sOh  B  ©■!;^-"-S-);'*r      «   -Wo 


5S§ 


OOOO05    e<5< 
in  If:  a  t-  iH     eo  < 

oiocScc©     »« 


5f2       g§    £^ 


H  •*  <M  <D  Ift  W  T 
30WIM-*©? 


S«     ■•■§ 


„  »  00 

S0i5       3    ■ 
4>      o  cog   :  ^ 


: »  3  ID  ®  •  a  , 


*5   r?   S"      •   ^   S    S 


-2 


IffM       OClftt-iHO 
€■11-00  00^ 


00     <Meo     ecoe^i 


:z  : 


llg 


►•6 


?Soo" 


n^ 


i=i|l|i|Mpp~l=-seiiili|sli"is||^^^^^^ 

«««5©Sp0i«a(SoC;fc©oU©o  CO  o*oocs«i2SS-r  ca-i-J     U%S^°xo  <B<    zz     :  :  :  T^Eht; 


O^OhO. 


(1h    oi»p^K       « 


s  » 


l"§ 


A  Specimen  Entry  from  the  Body  of 
Thomas:  Register  of  American  Manufacturers 


PA.:  SCRANTON: 
Electric  City  Silk  Co.  (Silk) * 

R.  I.:   PROVIDBNCi;: 
Anderson  &  Brant  Co.,  129  Summer  (Ladies'). F 
Hope  Webbing  Co.,  Inc.  (Tubular  Wash  Ties) 

A  A  A  A 

THNN.:  CHATTANOOGA: 

Mason  &  Wingers K 

WASH.:   SEATTLE: 

Washington  Neckwear  Mfg.  Co.,  Mutual  Life 

Bldg X 

WIS.:  MILWAUKEE: 

Friedman,  L.,  326  B'way C 

Scheftels  &  Simson  Co.,  B.  S.,  353  B.  Water.. D 

NECKWEAR:  KNIT. 

MASS.:  SHELBURNK  FALLS: 

Orange    Knitting    Co A 

R  Y.:  ALBANY: 

Stoneman,   Geo.   T.    (Silk)    D 

N.  T.:   BROOKLYN: 

Bernstein   &  Nlchthauser   (Knitted   Neckties). 

381  Myrtle  Ave D 

Mayhew,    Francis   H.,    397   Bridge D 

N.  T.:  NEW  YORK  CITY: 

Alden  Mills,  346  Bway F 

Artistic  Neckwear  Co.,  79  E.  130th X 

Church,  Webb  &  Close,  20  W.  37th F 

Colonial  Mfg.  Co.  (Ladies'  Knit),  200  5th  Ave.X 

Dorfman   Bros.,  55  W  3d D 

Franklin   Knitting   Mills,   511   E.   72d D 

Glickman-Miller  Co.,  65  W.   Houston F 

Keys  &  Lockwood   (Tieu),  33  E.  17th C 

Leinkram    Knitting    Mills,    Harry    N.    (Men's 

Ties),   88    Walker B 

Samuels  &  Co.,  F.  H.  (Ties),  141  W.  36th X 

Trabulski,  N.  &  J.,  &  Co.,  475  B'way K 

Weber   &    Co.,    M.,   79   Fifth   Ave B 

N.  Y. :  WOODHAVEN: 

Nusbaum  &  Co.,  D".  (Knitted  Ties) A 

OHIO:  CLEVELAND: 
Welsenberg-Guggenhelm  Co.  (Knit),  224  High 

Ave B 

PA.:  HANOVER: 

O'Neill  Silk  Co.  (Tubular  Silk) X 

PA.:  PHILADELPHIA: 
Belmont  Mfg.  Co.,  1302  W.  Columbia  Ave.    ...B 

Carney   &   McLaughlin,   1021   Callowhill    X 

Clark  Mfg.  Co.  (Ties),  Pastorius  and  Osceola, 

G't'n    D 

Colonial   Knitting   Mills   Co.    (Silk   Neckties). 

1011    Chestnut    E 

Edwards  &  Troth  Co.,  27  N.  10th   P 

Federal  Knitting  Co.  (Silk  Neckties),  1015  Dia- 
mond   D 

Glen  Knitting  Co.   (Ties),  2d  and  Westmore- 
land   B 

Globe  Knitting  Mills,  27  S.  7th   St E 

Largman  Bros.    (Silk),  10th  &  Berks   C 

Largman,    Oppenhelm    &    Co.    (Neckties),   428 

N.  13th  A 

Laurel  Knitting  Co.  (Silk),  73  Laurel C 

McCutcheon  &  Bro..  T.  P.  (Silk),  1027  Arch...B 
Minoru  Hosiery  Mills  (Neckties),  420  N.  Mar- 
shall  B 

Pioneer  Knitting  Mills,  40  N.  3d E 

Quaker   Knitting  Co.,    115  N.  Carnac F 

Sheplan  &  Sabul,  15th  &  Wallace B 

Bteln  &  Sondhelmer,  112  N.  12th C 

Tlllyer,  Albert,  &  Co.,  1221  Arch   (Ladies')...   E 
United      States      Trimming      Co.      (Crocheted 

Neckties),    1410    6th    B 

WIS.:  MILWAUKEE: 

Phoenix      Knitting     Works      (Cotton,     Wool, 
Worsted  and   Silk),  216  B'way AA 

NECKYOKES  (see  Yokes:  Neck). 
NEEDLES:  MISCELLANEOUS. 

MASS.:    SOMERVILLE: 
Paty    Needle  Co B 

MASS.:  WEST  MEDWAY: 
United   Awl   &   Needle   Co C 

N.  J.:  NEW  BRUNSWICK: 
New  Brunswick  Noedle  Co X 

K.  T.:  NEW  YORK  CITY: 

BOKEB.    H.,    &    CO.,    INC.,    Bway    ft    I>aan© 

AA.AA 
Dleckerhoft,  Raffloer  &  Co.,  564  B'way.. AAAA 

Find  &  Co..  A.  (Imp.).  93  Chambers A 

Oreene,    Frank   P.,   39   Broad D 

Irving  Mfg.  Tool  Co..  1B7  Chamber« X 

Lederer.  F   E.,  71  Greene  (International  Needle 
Co.)    B 

5422 


NEEDLES:  BOOT  &  SHOE. 

MASS.:    HAVERHILL:— Keith,    Irving    L F 

MASS.:    SOUTH    FRAMINGHAM: 
Long  Machinery   Co.,   K.   H A 

NEEDLES:  BROOM  MAKERS. 

CONN.:     WATERVILLE: 

Berbecker    &    Rowland    Mfg.    Co A 

MASS.:    NORTH    HADLEY: 

Dickinson   &   Son,    C ..D 

NEEDLES:  CARPET. 

CONN.:   WATERVILLE: 
Berbecker  &   Rowland   Mfg.   Co A 

NEEDLES:  COMBER. 

MASS.:    BOSTON: 

Leigh  &  Butler,  232  Summer  (Imptrs.) .C 

MASS.:    LOWELL: 

Bagshaw,   W.   H.,   Co .A 

N.    J.:    NEWARK: 

Crabb  &  Co.,   Wm.,  3d,  cor.  4th    A 

PA.:   PHILADELPHIA: 

Hood  Co.,   R.   H.,   1842  G't'n  Ave C 

R.   I.:    PROVIDENCE: 

Bragg,   John  I.,   24   Atwood Q 

Townsend,    Tho^.,    157    Orange B 

R.    L:    WOONSOCKBT: 

Woonsocket    Comb     Co O 


NEEDLES:  CROCHET. 

CONN.:    CHESTER: 

BATES,   C.   J..   &   SON B 

CONN.:    DEEP   RIVER: 

Potter  &  Snell    C 

CONN.:    ESSEX: 

Tiley    Pratt    Co C 

N.  Y.:  NEW  YORK  CITY: 

American  Hard  Rubber  Co.,  11  Mercer  (Hard 
Rubber)     AAAA 

Brabant  Needle  Co.,  47  Great  Jones  St....D 

NEEDLES:  DARNING. 

CONN.:    WATERVILLE: 
Berbecker  &  Rowland  Mfg.  Co A 

NEEDLES:    DENTISTS   HYPODERMIC. 

N.  Y.:   NEW  YORK  CITY: 

Consolidated   Dental   Mfg.   Co.,   134   Washing- 
ton    PI B 

OHIO:    CLEVELAND: 

United  States  Dental  Mfg.  Co.,  6505  Conrad 
Ave D 

NEEDLES:  DIPPING. 

WIS.:    MILWAUKEE. 
White,  David,   Co.,  421   E.   Wat^r D 


NEEDLES:  ENGRAVING. 

N.  y.:   NEW   YORK  CITY: 

SENEFELDEK      LITKO.      STONE      CO.,     187 
Washington     1 


NEEDLES:  FLOUR  BAG. 

CAL.:   OAKLAND: 

Barr  Bros.  Co.,  Inc 


NEEDLES:  HAND  SEWING. 

ILL.:  CHICAGO: 
Boye   Needle  Co.,   4343   Raveuswood   Ave B 

NEEDLES:  HARNESS. 

CONN.:    WATERVILLE: 

Berbecker    &     Rovviand    Mfg.    Co A 

NEEDLES:    HOSIERY    (see   also   Needles, 
Knitting  Machine). 

PA.:  MONT  CLARE: 
Mont   Clare    Needle    Co D 

NEEDLES:  HYPODERMIC  (see  also  Need- 
les, Dentists;  also  Syringes). 

MASS.:    BOSTON: 

Randall-Faichney  Co.,  76  Atherton   X 

Wilson  &  Wilson  X 

5423 


A  Specimen  Entry  from  the  Index  of 
Hendricks:  Commercial  Register 


No. 

Peanut  planters 11033 

roasters    12536 

roasting   machines 8067 

separators     13308 

threshers  &  cleaners.  .15550 

Pear  canners  (see  canned 

goods)     1829 

Pearl     ash 260 

button      machinery      & 

tools    8760 

button    turning    lathes.. 7288 

buttons    1739 

shells     13499 

Peat  fuel  machinery 8761 

moss     9947 

Peavey    handles 5821 

picks    10859 

sockets    13836 

Peavtes   10777 

Pebble    dryers    (see    sand 
&    gravel    heaters    & 

dryers)    12908 

mills     9761 

surface    roofing 12716 

Pebbles,     flint 4873 

Pedals,  automobile 

horn    10778 

bicycle     10779 

motor    cycle 10779 

mufller    cut-out 10780 

Pedestals,     ornamental.  .10781 

radiator    107S2 

sun     dial 10783 

wooden    10783a 

Pedometers    10784 

Peeling    tables 14654 

&  seeding  machines, 
pumpkin     8871 

Peg    awls 338 

boards    983a 

tooth    harrows 5953 

&  lace  hole  cutters,  au- 
tomatic      15099 

Pegs,   dental  polishing.  .10784a 

dobby    3865 

husking     10785 

shoe     10786 

wood    10787 

Pen    cases 2121 

clips     2713 

grinders    5633 

&  ink  artists,  architec- 
tural      1264 

Pencil    boxes 234 

box    locks 1264 

cases    2121 

clips   2713 

composition  mixing  ma- 
chines     87fila 

holders    6260 

sharpeners     13389 

timber    10788 

Pencils,    advertising 10789 

camel's    hair 10790 

chalk.       propelling        & 

repelling     10791 

clutch    10792 

copying    Ink 10793 

crayon  (see  crayons  & 
pencils,  metal  work- 
ers,   etc.) 3414 

drawing    10795 

French    chalk 10796 

graphite    10797 

lead    10798 

lumber     10799 

metal    workers' 3414 

slate     10800 

talc    &    soapstone 10801 

water    color 10802 

Pendant    switches 14598 

telephones    14935 

Pendants,    wiring 10803 

Pendulameter     10804 

Penholders     10805 

Pennant    felts 4625 

mfrs 10806 

Pens,    bull 10807 

calf     10807 

cow     10807 

fountain     4995 

gold    10808 

gold    plated 10809 

ruling    10810 

show   card   printing. .  .10811 


No. 

Pens,     steel 10812 

Pensticks    10812a 

Penstocks     10813 

Pepper    shakers 13377 

Perch    plates 11113 

Perches,     examining 10814 

Perchloride.   iron   6700a 

Percolators.       c  h  e  m  ical 

works    10815 

coffee 10816 

garbage,    grease,   etc..  10816a 

pharmaceutical     10817 

Percussion  caps   (see  am- 
munition)         155 

Perforated     belting 747 

metals     9696 

music     rolls 12685 

radial    block    chimneys.2456 
screens   for   coal,   etc.. 13148 

slat    settees 13325 

Perforating     machines 8762 

presses    11602 

rule,     cutting    &    creas- 
ing     12805 

Perforators,     check 2427 

postage    stamp 10818 

Perfume     dresser     stands 

&  bottles  10818a 

Perilla    oils 10324b 

Permanent    magnets 9515 

tracks   &   switches 15847a 

Permanganate       of       pot- 
ash     11414 

Permissible     explosives.  .  .4489 

Peroxide,    barium 517 

of    hydrogen 10819 

of     manganese 10820 

of   sodium    10821 

Pestles    10821a 

Petrol  depth  gauges 5308a 

Petrolatum     10822 

Petroleum        can        ma- 
chinery     8763 

coke     2865 

&   its  products 10823 

Pevey     cards 15046 

Pew   end   mfrs 10824 

plates     11114 

racks     12081 

Phaetons    1972 

P  h  a  r  maceutical      appa- 
ratus     8764 

machinery    8764 

percolators     10817 

stills     14320 

Pharyngoscopes    10825 

Phase  rotation  indicators. 6568 

shifters    13523 

Phenol    10825a 

apparatus    lOSMb 

stills     14320a 

Phenolphthalein     10826 

Phonograph    horns 6438 

needles    10116 

record    holders,    wire.. 12227 

reproducers    10826a 

springs    14026a 

Photographic      film      ma- 
chinery     S770a 

Phonographs     (see     talking 

machines)     9244 

Phosphate,    acid 43 

carriers 1977 

of    ammonia 10827 

mill    machinery 8765 

rock    10S28 

rock    dryers 4135 

sodium    13857 

Phosphine    10829 

Phosphor     bronze 10830 

bronze  alloys    125a 

bronze    balls 467 

bronze    bushings 1716 

bronze     castings 2184 

bronze    ingots 6596 

bronze    nuts 10213 

bronze  rivets 12517 

bronze  rods 12575 

bronze  rolling  mills.  .  .12651 

bronze  screws 13215 

bronze  sheets 10831 

bronze    springs 14027 

bronze   washers 16646 

bronze  wire 16956 

bronze    wire    rope 16973 

11 


No. 

Phosphor     copper 10832 

shafts    13373 

tin    10833 

Phosphoric    acid 44 

Phosphorizers 10834 

Phosphorous   10836 

ferro    4654 

melting  bars,   low 575 

Phosphorum  copper 10835 

Photo-engravers'      lining- 
beveling   machines.  .  .8557 
-engravers'    machinery . 8766 

-engravers'  nails 10085 

-engravers'   outfits    ...10419 
-engraving  arc  lamps..  7151 
-micrographic     appara- 
tus     10840 

mount       beveling      ma- 
chines     8767 

Photograph  card  beveling 

machines    8768 

machines    8769 

Photographers,     architec- 
tural     10837 

Photographic    copying 

machines    8770 

glass    5461 

mounts    10021 

paper   10699 

squibs    14081 

Photomailers    10838 

Photometer    lamps 7204 

meters     9728 

Photometers    10839 

Photo-micrographic       ap- 
paratus     10840 

Instruments     6635a 

transferrmg    machines.  8767a 

Physical    apparatus 10S41 

laboratories    7092 

Piano    action    machinery. 8771 

actions    63 

benches    773 

cases    2122 

casters    2141 

felts    4626 

hammer  shank  tongs.  .15680 

hammers    5782 

hardware 5933 

hinges    6113 

locks    7551 

machines    15307 

makers'    clamps 2601a 

makers'    pliers 11169 

makers'  tweezers 16188 

motors,  automatic 9985 

mouldings   10001a 

plates    11115 

player    hardware   mfrs.. 5932 
player  parts,  wood.. .  .10841a 

varnishes    16454 

wire 16957 

Pianos   10842 

Pick  clocks 2729 

eye    forging   machines. .8772 
eye   forging  presses.  .  .11603 

handles   5843a 

-up   carts 2100 

-up    fire    tongs 15681 

-ups,   trolley  wire 10860 

Pickaroons 10842 

Picker   leather 15308 

parts     15309 

pins    15310 

sticks   15311 

teeth    15312 

Pickers,  bean 10844 

burr 15313 

coffee  10845 

corn  10848 

cotton    15314 

cotton  filled 15315 

fruit     10846 

grape      (see      pickers, 

fruit)    10S46 

hair   15316 

hair    pickers 11863 

loom    15317 

mixing  15318 

pea 10847 

peanut   10845 

rag  or   shoddy 15319 

&   cleaners,   stock 15320 

&    buskers,    corn 10848 


A  Specimen  Entry  from  the  Body  of 
Hendricks:  Commercial  Register 


10796— Pencils  (French  Chalk) 

Nevins   Saml.    Co..    109    S    2d,    Phlla.,   Pa. 

10797—  *Pencils  (Graphite) 

DIXON         JOSSPH         CRrCIBLE         CO. 

"Dixon's"    Office    &    Drawing  Pencils), 

Jersey  City,   N.   J. 

iSee  adv  index  at  end  of  book 

10798—  Pencils    (Lead) 

American  Lead  Pencil  Co.  ("Venus,"  "Vel- 
vet"),   220    5th   av.   New   York 

Best   Richard,    54   Lafayette,   New  York 

Blaiadell  Paper  Pencil  Co.  (Paper),  141 
Berkeley.   Phila.,   Pa. 

Brown  Gordon   (Paper),  25  Elm,  New  York 

DIXON  JOSEPH  CRUCIBLE  CO..  Jersey 
City,    N.    J.      See  adv  index  at  end  of  book 

Eagle  Pencil  Co.,  E  13th,  New  York 

Faber  A.  W.  (Castell"),  41  Dlckerson, 
Newark,  N.  J. 

Faber  Eberhard  Pencil  Co.,  39  Green- 
point    av,    Brooklyn,    N.    Y. 

Faber  Johann  (Imp.),  54  Lafayette,  New 
York 

Hardtmuth  L.  &  C.  ("Kooh-I-Noor"),  34 
E    23d.    New   York 

Keeran  &  Co.  (Ever-Sharp  Pencil), 
Bloomlngton,   111. 

National    Pencil   Co.,    Atlanta,   Ga. 

10799—  *Pencils  (Lumber) 

Adams    D.    C.    Crayon    Co.    (Crayons),    125 
Market,   St.   Louis,   Mo. 
See  adv  index  at  end  of  book 

DEKON  JOSEPH  CRUCIBLE  CO.   (Graph- 
ite),  Jersey  City,   N.   J. 
See  adv  index  at  end  of  book 

10800—  Pencils    (Slate) 

Doggett  Stanley  (Artificial),  11  CUfC,  New 
York 

Illf elder  B.  &  Co.  (Artificial),  29  Union 
sq.  New  York 

Steward  D.  M.  Mfgr.  Co.  ("Compo."),  Chat- 
tanooga,   Tenn. 

10801— Pencils  (Talc  &  Soapstone) 

ADAMS  D.   C.   CRAYON  CO.,   125   Market, 

St.    Louis.    Mo. 
f>ee  adv  index  at  end  of  book 
Cohutta  Talc  Co.  (Soapstone;  also  Crayon), 

Dalton.    Ga. 
DIXON   JOSEPH   CRUCIBLE   CO.,   Jersey 

City,     N.     J.     See  adv  index  at  end  of  book 
Dcggett    Stanley,    11    Cliff,    New    York 
Steward     D.     M.     Mfg.     Co.,     Chattanooga, 

Tenn. 

10802— Pencils  (Water  Color) 

AMERICAN  CRAYON  CO..  1300  Hayes  av, 
Sandusky,    O.    See  adv  index  at  end  of  book 

10803—   Pendants   (Wiring) 

Fletcher   Mfg.   Co.    ("Etherldge"),   Dayton, 


1 080-1 —         Pendulameter 

Norton   Grinding  Co.,   Worcester,   Mass. 


10805 


Penholders 


Amer.    Lead   Pencil   Co.,    220    5th   av.    New 

York 
Center   Shaft  Penholder   Co.,   Hanover,   Pa. 
Dixon    Joseph    Crucible    Co.,     Jersey    City, 

N.  J.      Sf.e  adv  index  at  end  of  book 
Esterbrook    Steel    Pen    Mfg.    Co.,    Camden, 

N.  J. 


ESTABLISHED    1847 

E.  B.  ESTES  (Si  SONS 

Manufacturers    of 
PENHOLDERS — Commercial,  School  and  Advertising 
PLAIN,  POLISHED  AND  ENAMELED  IN  ANY  STYLE 


358  5th  AVENUE   "^  NEW  YORK  CITY 


Faber  Eberhard  Pencil   Co.,   37   Greenpolnt 

av,    Brooklyn,    N.    Y. 
Pencil    Printing    Co.     (Advertising),    140    S 

4th,  Phila.,   Pa. 
Union    Pearl    Works    (Pearl),    43    W    27th, 

New    York.      Works:    Brooklyn,    N.    T. 


10S05—        Pennant  Mfrs. 

See   also   Flag    Mfrs. 

Annin  &  Co.,   99  Fulton,  New  York 

Art   Graphic   Co.,    129   Fulton,   New   York 

Beverly  Mfg.   Co.,   Stanton,   Va. 

Bradford    &    Co.,    St.    Joseph,    Mich. 

Chicago  Pennant  Co..  6142  Cottags  Orov* 
av,   Chicago,  111. 

Donaldson  Art  Sign  Co,,  21st  &  L.  N.  R.  R. 
Cov,   Cincinnati,   O, 

Hoffmann-Corr  Mfg.  Co..  313  Market. 
Phlla.,  Pa. 

Moiteiison  Samuel  &  Co.,  833  W  Jackson 
l)lvd.    Chlcaijo.    III. 

Pacific  Pennant  &  Novelty  Co..  Los  An- 
geles, Cal. 

Pennant  Novelty  Co.,  322  B'way,  New 
York 

Rod  Pennant  Mfjr.  Co.,  S  Watklns,  Brook- 
lyn, N.  Y. 

Sternthal  F.  (Felt).  217  W  Madison,  Chi- 
cago,   IlL 

Triangle  Pennant  Co.,  160  N  5th  av,  Chi- 
cago,   111. 

Wales  H.  A.  Co.  (Who.  Dlrs.),  Bridgeport. 
Conn. 

10807— Pens  (Calf,  Cow  &  BuU) 

James   Mfg.    Co.    ("James"),    Ft.   Atkinson. 

Wis. 
Llbby  C.  A.  Co.   ("Llbboy"),  Oshkosh.  Wis. 
Louden    Machinery    Co.,    Fairfield,     la. 
Rassmann  F.   Mfg.   Co..  Beaver  Dam.  Wis. 

Pens  (Fountain) 
See  Fountain  Pen  Mfrs. 

10808—  Pens   (Gold) 

Acme   Gold   Pen   Co.,    17   Vandewater,   New 

York 
Gaydoul  Gold  Pen  Co.,    50  John,  New  York 
Hicks    Wm.    Mather,    235    Greenwich,    New 

York 
Horn  M.  T.  Co.,  114  Park  pi.  New  York 
Pearce  F.   T.   Co.,   85   Sprague,   Providence. 

R.    I. 
Todd   Edw.   &  Co..   1   W  34th.   New  York 
Willard  Pen  Co.,   Bayonne,  N.   J. 

10809—  Pens   (Gold  Plated) 

Hunt  C.  Howard  Pen  Co.  (For  Foun- 
tain Pens),  Camden,   N.  J. 

Turner  &  Harrison  Pen  Mfg.  Co.  (For 
Fountain  Pens),  1211  Spring  Garden, 
Phila.,   Pa. 

10810—  Pens  (Ruling) 

Alteneder    Theo    &    Sons,     945    Ridge    av. 

Phila.,  Pa. 
Dredge   A.    Kuling  Pen   Co.,    75   Gold.   New 

York 
Hickok  W.  O.  Mfg.  Co.,  Harrlsburg,  Pa. 
KeufCel    &    Esser,    Hoboken,    N.    J. 

10811— Pens  (Show  Card  Printing) 

Keuffel    &    Esser    ("Payzant"),    Hoboken. 


10812— 


Pens  (Steel) 


Esterbrook    Steel    Pen    Mfg.    Co.,    Camden, 

N.    J. 
Graft   Geo.   B.  Co.    ( "Graff co  Silver  Steel"), 

294  Washington,   Boston,   Mass. 
Hunt   C.    Howard   Pen   Co.,    Camden,   N.    J. 
Mason    W.    L.    &   Co.    ("Mason's"),    Keene, 

N.   H. 
JTiller   Bros.   Cutlery  Co.,   Merlden,  Conn. 
Spencerian  Pen  Co.,   349  B'way,   New  York 
Turner     &     Harrison     Pen     Mfg.     Co., 

("Isaacs"),  1211  Spring  Garden,  Phlla., 

Pa. 

10812a—  *Pensticks 

Estes  E.  B.  &  Sons.  35S  5th  av.  New  York 
Bee  adv  index  at  end  of  book 

10813—  Penstocks 

Atlantic  Works,  80  Border,  East  B,  Bos- 
ton,   Mass. 

BIGGS  BOILER  WORKS  CO.  (Steel). 
Case  av  &  Williams.  Akron.   O. 

See  adv  index  at  end  of  book 
Brennan  John  &  Co..  24th  &  M.  C.  R.  R., 

Detroit,    Mich. 
Casey-Hedges   Co.,    Chattanooga.    Tenn. 
Connery  &   Co.,    2d  &  Luzerne,   Phlla.,   Pa 
Cox    &    Sons    Co.,    5th   &   Chestnut,    Phli».» 

Pa. 


A  Specimen  Entry  from  the  Index  of 
Kelly:  Merchants,  Shippers  and  Manufacturers  of  the  World 


Wtstpotfc 

-     271 

Wheeling  • 

-  1822 

Wi.Kisor    .        .        -    272 

WiiiDipeff. 

.     287 

Wiuona     - 

-  1S2.) 

Wiiiston-Salem 

-  1826 

Yarmouth         -        •    2>i2 

Yonkcrs    - 

-         -  1S2S 

Yp?ilanti  - 

.  1S29 

Patent  Solicitors  :— 

Hamilton - 

-     236 

Mojitreal  - 

-     247 

Toronto    - 

-     26S 

Vaucouver 

-     291 

\Viniiii>eg- 

-     2^7 

Pat<i8  de  Chartrcs  :— 

Chartr.-s    - 

-     612 

Pat6s  do  Foieo  Cras  :- 

Paris 

.fi82 

Schiltigheim 

.     899 

Sti'a>.^burg 

•     !»00 

Touiouso  - 

-    607 

Pattern  Card  Makers  :- 

Aaolieii— iix    - 

la 

Chrvpelle 

-     637 

Bcrliu 

ct;3 

Pattern  Makers 

;_ 

Chicago    • 

1577 

Dc'Uoit 

ICOC 

ilanover  (Pa.) 

1626 

Milwaukee 

-  1G02 

New  Glasgow 

280 

RoohesU-rcX.Y 

)          1773 

Pattern  Makers' 

Supplies : 

Dresden     - 

•     708 

Pavement  Light  Mtrs.  :- 

Loudon 

22-'»8 

Brussels 

441 

Paris 

582 

Philadelphia 

17.';2 

Svdney      - 

■      120 

Paving:  Companies  :— 

Guulph      .        . 

-     235 

Kansas  City 

-  163'» 

Melbourne         -             }46 

New  York 

1721 

Newark  (X.  J.) 

1671 

Oklahoma  City 

1738 

Simcoe 

260 

Topeka 

-  1814 

Pavlngf  Tile  Manufotrs.— 

See     also     Tile    Manu- 

facturers—Paving :— 

London 

-  220G 

Provinces- 

2828 

Aubague  - 

4!'6 

Brazil        - 

-  1C.I8 

Bicscia 

967 

EdwanJsville     - 

-  ](!10 

Galesburg 

-  1619 

Ghent 

-     415 

Huntington  (W 

.  Va.)1631 

M.-.astricht 

-    934 

Mai  ona.io 

-2022y 

Kaniur 

-     454 

Pisa 

-   l')05 

Streator 

-  1808 

Touruai 

457  &  4.i8 

Treviso      - 

•  1015 

Pea-Soup  Sausages  :— 

H-il  .ronn-        ■ 

-     787 

Peanut  Dealers : 



CambridK-e  City 

-  3660 

Cleveland  -        - 

-  16!i0 

New  York 

-  1721 

Norfolk    .       - 

-  1736 

Oiiklflnd     - 

.  1737 

Paris  (Tex.)      - 

-  1741 

Penri;.        -        - 

-  1744 

Petersburg 

-  1745 

San  I'raucisco  - 

•  1794 

Tvx..rkiua        • 

-  1812 

Peanut  Butter  M 

anfrs.:  - 

.  1668 

.NatKk       - 

New  ^^•cstInin■^t 

or    •    28:. 

Peanut  Roaster  i 

k  Vending 

Wagon  Manu 

frs.:- 

Cincinnati 

.   loS5 

Pearl  Beads  :- 

Vienna      -        - 

3^8 

Pearl  Cutters  :- 

Mar  -        -        . 

792 

Nixdorf     -        - 

-     365 

P»*rt  ifterohanU 

—See  also 

Precious  btOB 

e  DIr.-.:- 

JUrcoiM 

Kursk  -  -  -  1131 
Menoniouie  -  -  1658 
Mohileff-o.-Dniepr  -  1133 
Mohilefl-o.-Dniestr  -  1133 
Morschansk  -  -  1133 
Pensa  -  -  -  1147 
Poltawa  -  -  -  1163 
Szombathely  -  -  424 
Wormerveer  -  -  946 
Worouesch  -  -  1167 
Zaai.dam  -        -         -     947 

Pearl  Button  Manuf  rs. : 
LaOiOsse-        .        -  l(j42 
Moline       -         -        -  1664 
Muscatine-  -  106  i 

Peek^klll   -        -        -  1743 

Pearl  Goods  Manufrs.  :— 
Neuukirchen  -  am  - 

.'^tciuMde  -    364 

New  York  -  -  1721 
Providence        -        -  1706 

Pearl  Handle  &  Scale  Cut- 
ters—See Cutlery 

Pearlers:— 
Broome  179 

Onslow      -        -  1,-1 

Thurtdiy  IsKnd       -     171  ' 

Pebble  Flints  Mors.  :  — 
Arnstadt-        -        -     642 
Copenhagen  474 

Dieppe  516 

Jemappes  449 

Le  Treport  -  -  530 
ViHentrois-        -         -     612 

Peels  (Lemon,  Orange  & 
Citron)  in  Brine:— 
BaBtia       -        -         -     613 
Mcsiina  ■   1027 

Palermo  -  1029 

Syracusa   -        -        -  1029 

Pen  &  Peniiolder  Manu- 
facturers —  See  Steel 
Peu  &  Penholder  Mufrs. 

Pencil  Importers  :— 
Osaka        -        -        -  1410 

Pencil  Manufacturers:— 
LotJ<lon      -  -  22,9 

.Provinces  -  2938 

AJtheide  867 

Broach  13 

Budw«is  345 

Calcutta  19 

Copenhagen  476 

Delhi  -      24 

Frtibefg  -    733 

Furih  735 

Givet  -  -  -  522 
Eauibnrg  (slate;  -  "77 
Jersey  City        -  1636 

Mahrisch.Neustadt  -  362 
Milan  -  -  -  994 
Moscow  -  1140 

Munich  -  -  -  834 
New  York-  -  -  1710 
Niirnberg  (slate)  --  84-> 
Oeslau  (slate)  •  -  847 
Paris-  -  ,  -  -  582 
Philadelphia  -  -  1750 
Probstzella  (Blate)  -  856 
Regensburg  -  -  8)8 
Riga-        -  -  1156 

Stein  -        -    874 

Steiuach    -  •    874 

Szirazv:im-  -  -  423 
Turin  -  -  -  1015 
Vaso  (slate)  -  -  3i 
Vienna      -  •    4iiO 

Vysocan  -  -  -  3 13 
Warsaw  -  -  -1190 
Zagreb       -         -         -     425 

Pencil  (Lead  &   Colored) 

Manufacturers  :— 

NUrnlxjr!^  -        -        -    844 

Pencil  Case  Manufrs.  :— 
Londou      -         -        -  2259 
Provinces  -        -        -  29  8 
Marlaschein      -        •    363 
New  York  -  1721 

Niirnberg-  -  -  844 
Prague       -        -        -     372 

Pencil  Machinery  Kfrs.  :— 
NeA-  Yo  k  -  -  1721 
Nurnbcrg-  -  -  f^44 
Saginaw    -        -         .  1777 

Penoll  Sharpener  Manf rs : 
New  York-        -        -  1721 

Pendant  M&nufaotra, :— 


Szeged 

-    423 

Perfumery     Mfenufotrs.- 

Pepper  Plantations 

See  also Eau  de  Cologne : 

Coimbatore 

T    83 

London     - 

.  2259 

Dnmbara  - 

•      61 

Provincefl  • 

•  S9S8 

Qalle-        -        - 

-      6S 

Isle  of  Man       - 

-  3078 

Hantaue  - 

-       69 

Aimeria    - 

-  1202 

Mysore 

-       36 

Altona-Ottcaisen 

•    640 

P.nak        -        - 

•    335 

AJtstetten- 

.  133« 

Sabaug      - 

-     !i52 

Amsterdam 

-     925 

Sebattik    - 

-    303 

Andernach-on-Rhine    641 

Watiegama 

-       55 

Argenteuil 

-     495 

Wynaad    - 

-       44 

Baltimore - 

-  1529 

Peppermint  Manufrs.  :— 

Barcelona 

•  1307 

Lyons 

-     639 

Basle- 

-  1338 

Paris  - 

-     .'.82 

Berlin        -        - 

-     6t,3 

St.  Etienne 

-     600 

B  aiikenburg-Harz 

-     670 

Saint  Oueu 

-     589 

*odeubach 

•     341 

Peppermint  (Oil  of)  Mfrs.: 

Boun-ou-Rhiue- 

-     671 

Kalamazoo 

-  I.i37 

Bordcaux  - 

-    803 

Mishawaka      - 

-  lK.i3 

Boston 

-  154& 

Newark  (N.  T.) 

-  1672 

Braga        -        - 

-  1081 

Yokohama 

-  1421 

Bremen     - 

-     67ft 

Perambulator  Manufrs.— 

Breslau ,    - 

.    67S. 

See  also  Baby  Carriage 

Brunswick 

-     684 

Manufrs.  ;     also 

Child- 

BuPBOs  Aires    - 

-  2014 

reu's   Cart   &.    Carriage 

Cadiz         -        - 

-  12U 

Manufacturers : 

— 

Cairo 

.    317 

London 

2259 

Cannes      - 

■    509 

Provinces 

Cartagena 

.2023c 

Ansbach 

.,41 

Cassel 

.    685 

Auckland 

194 

Chicago    -       - 

.  1678 

Bozkov 

367 

Cleveland - 

.  1588 

Brattlehoro"     - 

1548 

Cologne    - 

•    6S3,, 

Christchurch    - 

-     1m8 

Copenhagen 

■     476 

Deynze 

443 

Dessau 

-    702 

Eilenburg 

-     717 

Detroit     - 

.  1606 

Finsterwalde    - 

-     724 

Dresden    - 

.     709 

Hamm      -        - 

-.    780 

DUsseldorf 

-    714 

Hobart     - 

-     176 

Finaterwalde    - 

-     724 

Krai  Vinohrady 

-     40". 

Florence   - 

-    976 

Lenzburg  - 

•  1349 

Frankfort  -  on  -  the 

• 

Lichtenfels 

-    813 

Main      -        - 

.    730 

Lieguitz    ■ 

.    813 

Purruckabad    - 

-      26 

Malmo 

1266 

Gefie- 

-  1262 

Melbourne 

-    146 

Geneva      -        - 

-  1347 

Milwaukee 

-  16til 

Genoa 

-    981 

Murgenthal 

-  1351 

Gera 

.    736 

Nymegea  - 

-     935 

Ghazipur  - 

-      25 

Oederau 

-     847 

GolfeJuau-Val-Lanris  622 

Paris 

-    682 

Gothenburg      • 

.  1257 

Pe-fth        - 

-     186 

Grasse 

-    622 

Rothenburg  -  ob  -  der- 

Graz  - 

.    349 

Tauber  - 

-    863 

Guadalajara      - 

-  1602 

Sydney 

-     120 

Halle 

.     746 

Tiiburg 

-     944 

Hamburg  - 

.     774 

Tours 

-     609 

Hanover   - 

-     784 

Troyes 

-     609 

Harburg-on-the  Elbe    785 

Utrecht    - 

-     945 

Heilbronn- 

.    788 

Vienna      - 

-     400 

Hildesheim       - 

.    780 

Wellington 

-     217 

Jackson    - 

.  1634 

Zeitz          -        - 

.  m 

Jamnagar 

-      27 

Perborate  of  Soda  Mfrs. : 

Jersey  City       - 

-  1636 

Provinces- 

-  2938 

Jungbuuzlaa    - 

-    363 

Percussion  Cap  Mfrs.  :- 

Karlsruhe 

-    795 

London     - 

-  2259 

Kazanlik  - 

.    464 

Provinces 

-  2938 

KJschineff 

.  1129 

Barmen     • 

617 

Klaeenfurt 

-  ^364 

Lajta-Ujfalu     - 

-     423 

Koniggrartz 

.     355 

Prague      - 

-     372 

Kbnigsberg 

.     7a9 

Biga- 

-  11.56 

Krakow     -        - 

-    366 

Vieuna 

-     400 

Leipzig     • 

-    810 

Voshiu 

-     405 

Lemberg   - 

-    858 

Perforated  Plate  Mfrs.  :- 

As.chen  —  Ajx  -  la  - 

Leyden 
Linkoping 

•     934 
-  1263 

Ghapelle 
Chicago    ■ 
Cologne     - 
Cologne-Kalk   • 
Hanover  - 

-  637 
1578 

-  693 

-  69, 

•     784 

Lisbon      - 

Logansport 

LoweU       -       • 

Lyons 

M.alaga      •        - 

1087 
-  1646- 
.  1651 
.    539 
.  1225 

Leiuzig 
Maubeuge- 
Munich     - 

-     810 

Manila 

.  1997 

-     649 

Marseilles  - 

.    648 

-     834 

Melbourne 

-    146 

New  York 

-  1721 

Mexico 

1608 

Prague      - 
Ragulin 
Saiiit-Di6  - 

-  .373 

-  857 
.      5   9 

Milan 

Montpellier 
Moscow     .       - 

994 
662 
1140 

Siegcu-on-tbe-Sieg   •    870 
Perforating          Machine 

Munich      • 
Naples 
New  York 

834. 
1000. 
1721 

Manufacturers 

— 

Newark  (N.J.)  - 

1671 

Loudon      - 

•  2259 

Newburgh 

1674 

Provinces- 

-  2938 

Nice 

556 

Berlin 

-    6..3 

Norwich  (N.Y.) 

1737 

Leipzig      - 

-    811 

Niirnberg. 
OfTenbach 

844 

Paris 

-    882 

848 

Perforators-Metal 

-See 

giympia    • 
Orebro      •        • 

17M 

also  Metal  Pcrforatoret 

U<» 

Fr*nkfort-oD-tbe- 

OMka        -        • 

HU 

A  Specimen  Entry  from  Index  to 

Glass  and  Trade  Publications  in 

Ayers:  Newspaper  Annual  and  Directory 


Page 

AccoDNTS— »e«  Butinei)  and  Office  Method! 1245 

Advketisins 1240 

Akronadtic 1240 

ASKNTS 1249 

Agnostic.  Fbek  Thought,  etc 1240 

Agricultural 1229 

American  Indian 1240 

Anti-Clerical— see  Patriotic,  etc 1284 

Anti-Pkohibition— »e«  Liquor  and  Anti-Prohibi- 
tion   1274 

Antiquarian— i««  Collectors,  etc 1246 

Anti-Tuberculosis 1210 

Akchitectub*  and  Buildiko 1241 

ART 1242 

Astrological 1242 

Athletics  and  Physical  Ccltubb 1242 

auctioneers  1242 

Authors— »«e  Books,  etc 1244 

Automobile,  Gas  Enginks,  btc 1242 

AVIATION— we  Aeronautic 1240 

Awningb.Shadks,  Tents,  etc 1243 

Baking 1243 

Banking- see  Financial  and  Batiking 1260 

Barbers  and  Hairdressers 1243 

Barrels,  Boxes  and  Packages 1243 

Bee  Keeping 1243 

Blacksmiths  and  Horse  Shoers 1244 

Blind,  The 1254 

Bookkeeping— see  Business,  etc 1245 

Books, Book  Trade  and  Writers 1244 

Botanical— see  Scientific 1291 

Bottling 1244 

Boxes— see  Barrels,  Boxes  and  Packages 1243 

Boy  Scouts 1244 

Brewing- see  Liquor  and  Anti- Prohibition 1274 

Brick,  Tile,  etc 1244 

Brushes    and    Brooms— see   House   Furnishing 

Goods 1267 

Building  and  Building  Materials— see  Archi- 
tecture and  Building 1241 

Building  Associations— see  Miscellaneous 1299 

Building  Management 1244 

Business  and  Office  Methods 1245 

Butchers  and  Meat  Packers 1245 

Canning  and  Preserving 1245 

Carpets— see  Purniture,  Upholstery  and  Carpels... 1262 

Carriages  and  Harness 1 

Catering— see  Hotel,  etc 1266 

Cats— see  Dogs,  etc 1255 

Cement  and  Concrete 1245 

Cemetery- see  Landscape  Gardening,  etc 1272 

CHACTAuauA— see  Entertainment,  etc 1258 

Chemicals  and  Chemistry 1245 

Chess  and  Checkers 1245 

Children,  Care  of 1246 

China— see  PoHerj/ and  Glass 1286 

China  Decoration— see  Art 1242 


Page 

Civil  Service 1248 

Clay— se«  Brick,  etc 1244 

Cleaning  and  Dyeing 1246 

Clothing  and  Furnishing  Goods 1248 

Coal,  Coke,  etc 1246 

Cold  Storage- see  Ice,  etc 1267 

Collectors,  Numismatic,  Philatelic,  etc 1246 

Collegiate 1247 

Coloring  Materials— see  Painting,  etc.  1284 

—also  Cleaning  and  Boeing,  etc 1246 

Coming  Conventions 1253 

Commercial  and  Industrial 1253 

Commercial  Travelers 1254 

Concrete— see  Cement  and  Concrete 1245 

Confectionery  and  Ice  Cream 1254 

Contracting,  Excavating,  etc 1254 

Contracts  (Public) 1254 

Co-operative  Trading 1254 

Cordage— see  Miscellaneous 1299 

Cosmetics— see -Soap,  ete 1293 

Cotton  1264 

Cotton  Goods— see  Textile 1297 

County  Government— see  J>fumcipo«,  etc 1280 

Country  Life- see  Suburban,  etc 1295 

Creamery— see  Milk,  etc 1279 

Crockery— see  Pottery  and  Glass 1288 

Culinary— see  Food  and  Culinary 1262 

Dairy— see  Milk,  etc 1279 

Dancing 1254 

Deaf,  The 1254 

Decorating— see  Painting,  etc 1284 

Dental 1255 

Department  Stores— see  Miscellaneous 1299 

Dogs  and  Pets 1255 

Dramatic  and  Theatrical 1256 

Drugs  and  Drug  Trade 1255 

Dry  Goods 1256 

Dyeing— see  Cleaning  and  Dyeing 1246 

Educational 1256 

Electrical 1258 

Engineering— see  Mechanical  and  Engineering— V2n^ 

also  Contracting,  etc 1254 

Entertainment,  Lyceum,  Chautauqua,  etc...1258 

Esperanto 1259 

Excavating— see  Contracting,  etc. 1254 

Export  Trade 1259 

Express 125  it 

Fancy  Goods— see  iVbtions  and  JbiJtcj/  Goods 1284 

Farm  Implements,  Tractors,  etc 1259 

Fashion 12.59 

Ff.ed— see  Hay  and  Feed 1265 

Fertilizer 12B0 

Financial  and  Banking 1260 

Firemen  and  Police 1261 

Fish,  Fisheries  and  Fish  Culture 1261 

Five  AND  Ten  Cent  Goods 1261 

Florist  and  Floriculture 1261 


14 


A  Specimen  Entry  from  Body  of 
Ayers:  Newspaper  Annual  and  Directory 

tstaD,  '^Col,    'SIza,       Siil).        Qro, 
JACKSON  t,  pop.  2,ia5  (N8);  Cape  Girardeau  Co.  (S.E.),  pop.  27,621.    lo  m.  N.W.  of 
Cape  Girardeau.    St.  L.,  Iron  Mtn.   <fe  S'thrn  ;  Cape  Girardeau    N'thrn  R.Rs.  Tel.    Kxp. 
Banks.    Flour  mills,   tile  factory,  brick  yards,  poultry  dressing  and  refrigerating  plant. 
Ships  wheat,  live  stock,  etc.    Active  trade  center. 

DeutscherVolksfreund  (German)  Thursday Republican 1886  13    13ixl9i  1.50       1,100 

Fkkdertck  E.  Kiks  <fe  Bro.,  Kditorsand  Publishers. 

Missouri  Cash-Book  (;7se«mn«.s). .Thursday Democratic 1870  13    13ixl9J  1.00      11,240 

C.  C.  Oliver,  Editor  and  Publisher. 

JACKSONVILLE,  pop.  *300  (H  3);  RANDOLPH  Co.  (N.C.),  pop.  26,182.  14  m.  N.  of 
Moberly.    Wabash  R.R.  Tel.  Exp.    Bank.  Coal  mining,  general  farming  and  stock  raising. 

Times Friday Independent..  13      llxl7J  1.00 

E.  C.  Lankenau,  Editor  and  Publisher. 

JAMESON,  pop.  *400  (E  2%);  Daviess  Co.  (N.W.),  pop.  17,605.  30  m.  NW.  of  Chillicothe. 
Wabash  R.R.    Tel.    Exp.    Banks.    Farming,  stock  raising,  fruit  growing. 

Gem Thursday Independent..  1913  13      llxl7a  1.00        {500 

Allen  F.  Wade,  Editor  and  Publisher. 

J  AMESPORT,  pop.  611  (E  3) ;  Daviess  Co.  (N.W.),  pop.  17,605.    20  m.  N.  W.  of  Chillicothe 

Chic,  R.  I.    <fe  Pac.  R.R.    Tel.    Exp.    Banks.    Mineral  spring  of  medicinal   value.    Live 

stock  and  gram  shipped. 
Gazette Thursday  Democratic 1877  13    13ixl9J  1.00  650 

Thomas  K.  Shaw,  Jr.,  Editor  and  Publisher. 
JASPER,  pop.  664  (D  8);  JASPER  Co.  (S.W.),  pop.  89,673.  23  m.  N.E.  of  Jopliu.    Mo.  Pac.  R.R. 

Tel.  Exp.   Banks.  Flour  mill,  grain  elevators.  Agricultural  district.  Large  stock  shipments. 
News Thursday Local 1898  13      llxI7|  1.50        700 

Arthub  F.  Drake,  Editor  and  Publisher. 
JEFFERSON  CITY  t,  pop.  *12,780  (H  5) ;  COLE  Co.  (C),  pop.  21,957.    The  State  Capital.     On 

Missouri  R..  110m.  W.  of  St.  Louis.    Mo.,  Kans.  &  Tex.;  Mo.  Pac;  Chic&Alton  R.Rs.    Tel. 

Exp.    Banks.  Flour  mills,  foundry  and  machine  shops,  breweries,  shoe,  paper  box.  bottling, 

wagon, ice,  overalls,  broom,  saddle  tree  and  motor  factories  and   other  industries.      Coal 

and  limestone  exist  in  vicinity.    General  trade  center.    State  House,  .State  Library,  Lincoln 

Institute  (a  negro  normal  school),  the  State  Penitentiary,  etc. 
Capital  News Morn.  ex.  3fon... Independent..  1910  13    15^x191  4.80     2,875 

Charles  H.  Bcchanan,  Editor  ;  Capital  News  Printing  Company  (Inc.),  Publishers. 

Democrat-Tribune Evg.  ex.  Sun Democratic 1902  13    15ix21|  4.80     1,825 

Democrat-Tribune Thursday  Democratic 1875  13    13Jxl9|  1.00     2,100 

Joseph  Goldman.  Editor;  Cole  County  Democrat  Pbintins  Company,  Publishers. 
Missouri  School  Journal Monthly Educational ...  1882  15       5x8J    1.25      {2,000 

Walker  &  Harris,  Editors;  Missouri  School  Journal  Publishing  Company. 
Missouri  Volksfreund  (German)..Thursday Ind.Dem 1876  13    I5ix20    LOO       2,235 

John  F.  Koester,  Editor  and  Publisher. 
Mother's  Appeal Monthly Philanthropic  1914  15       5x8    1.00*12,000 

JuLLA  A.  Baker,  Editor;  Baker  Publishing  Corporation. 

Post Evg.  ex.  Sun Republican 1908  13    15ix2I    4.80       1,750 

Post Saturday Republican 1894  13    I5ix2I    1.00       1,500 

Joseph  Sailer,  Editor  and  Publisher. 
Western  Messenger  (Negro) Friday Baptist 1899  13    13Jxl9i  1.00       1,500 

Jno.  Goins,  D.D.,  Editor  and  Publisher. 
JERICO  SPRINGS,  pop.  395  (D  7);  Cedar  Co.  (S.W.),  pop.  16,080.    48  m.  N.W.  of  Spring- 
field.   Nearest  railroad  sta.,  Sheldon.     Mo.  Pac.  R.R.    Tel.    Exp.     Banks.    Coal,  lead  and 

zinc.    Mineral  spring.    Fire  clay  mines.    Farming  and  grazing  district. 
Optic  Friday Independent..  1888  13    15ix21J  LOO     *460 

A.  M.  Heifnek,  Editor;  H.  T.  Heifner,  Publisher. 

JONESBURG,  pop.  456(K5);  Montgomery  Co.  (E.),  pop.  15,604.  71  m.W.N.W.of  St.  Louis. 
Wabash  R.R.    Tel.    Exp.    Bank.    Mill.    Farming. 

Journal  Thursday Democratic 1879  13    15ixl9|  1.00  782 

J.  T.  <fe  Mrs.  J.  T.  Jones.  Editors  and  Publishers. 

JOPLIN,  pop.  *32,848  (D  8);  JASPER  Co.  (S.W.),  pop.  89,673.  68  m.  S.  of  Springfield.  Mo. 
&  N.  Ark.:  Mo.,Okla.  <feGulf ;  St.  L.  &  S.  Fran.;  Mo.  Pac;  K.  City  S'thrn;  Mo.,  Kans. 
<fe  Tex.  R.Rs.  Tel.  Exp.  Banks.  Rich  lead  and  zinc  mines ;  coal  abundant.  Manufac- 
tures include  large  lead  works,  cooperage  works,  large  flour  mills,  eight  foundries  and  ma- 
chine shops,  and  various  minor  industries.    Agriculture. 

Afro-American  Leader  (Negro)  ...Saturday Republican 1915  13    13ixl9i  L50 

Melkssa  Fuell-Cuther,  Editor  ;  C.  W.  Cuther,  Publisher. 

American  Zinc  and  Lead  Journal  Monthly Mining*  Mfg.  1915  17      81x11^1.00      {4,400 

Frank  Eberle  <fe  Company,  Publishers. 

(Morn.  ex.  J/ow... Democratic 1896  12^  17Jx20    5.20 

GlobeiUses  mats) <  A.  B.C.  Statement  (tveek-days) ,   22,577 

(  Sunday  edition A.  B.  C.  Statement,  26,896 

P.  R.  CoLDBEN,  Editor;  Joplin  Globe  Publishing  Company  (Inc  ). 

Labor  Tribune Friday Labor 1915  13  I5ix21|    1.00 

Joplin  Labob  Union  Association,  Publishers. 

Missouri  Trade  Unionist Wednesday Labor 1907  13    13Jx20    1.00       2,500 

Chablks  W.  Fkab.  Editor  and  Publisher. 

(Evg.  ex.  Sat.  <fe)  Ind.  Rep 1872  12i  17^x20    5.20 

News  Herald   J.  Su7i.  (San.         y       A.  B.  C. Statement  (week-days),  14.319 

(Morn.)    j  Sunday  edition.... A. B.C.  Statement,   13,938 

L.  M.  Davis.  Editor;  Joplin  News-Hebald  Newspaper  Company,  Publishers. 

Southwestern  Automobilist Monthly {  Good  Roads.  }  ^^^^  ^     ^i'^^"    ^'^      ^'^^ 

Charles  W.  Feab,  Editor  and  Publisher. 
World Friday Independent..  1915  13    13ixI9J  LOO 

Chablks  E.  Brown,  Editor  and  Publisher. 


Circulation:  Bold  face— sworn.    :j(c  Detailed  statement,    t  Publisher's  report.    Plain  figures    estimated. 
Population:    U.  S.  Census,  1910.  *Estimated.  t  County  Seat.  ♦Width  (pica  ems).  »Type  page  (inches). 

15 


specimen  Entry  from 
Moody:  Analyses  of  Investments 


r*5    ceo 

He'd" 
>  > 


c  c 
<u  o 


^S 


(A    . 

t—  to 

12 


.  r       M 


CO      < 

•di 
Q        • 


..     t-» 

f^  =4  C 

M  '-CQ 
S  o     . 

„    2.2.2  « 


NO 

NO 

■^o 

t-o 

t>io 

00  t- 

««• 

ee- 

CO  CO 


oo 

oo 

oo 

Tj<0 

too 

tCr}. 

0.-H 

CiOO 

«^ 

e^ 

CO         eoeo 

.-HO 


U        e<ieo 

ect- 

(0    to  o-^ 


e 

P         oo 

O     to   lOlO 


oo 

OO 

(NO 

coo 

kmc- 

ooo 

<>9- 

w- 

W-  69-  ««- 


OO 

ICO 
T!<0 
t^O 


oo 
wo 

rfio 


N  tH 


s 

o 

u 

C 

■^  "^CO 

SJ    t>  oc» 

a 

g 
o 

U>  w 
•   Q> 


a  o 


oo 

OO 

oo 

oo 

ooo 

oo 

09- 

6* 

o^ 

Oi-I 


oo 
c-fco 


^O 

rHO 

oo 

OO 

CO  o 

C<IO 

OO 

OOO 

OJy~> 

T-HO 

«/> 

«/5- 

■JS-.     -S-o 


c3  » 
O  CD 


2.S     4^' 


o  « 

oo 


w  ft 
1-1  c 

"I 

Q 


CO    03 

—  C 
rt  o 

.S-o 
CO 


bD 

t-9 

«u 

^1 

< 

>, 

1 

5 

bj 

c5? 

^ 

« 

b. 

^ 

,a 

^ 

1 

IC 

•< 

w 

a 

o: 

« 

1.1 

s 

1 

OT 

O 

5 

1 

pi 
III 

00 

t-T 

e 

o 

M 

10 

a 

1 

s 

CQ 

3 

o 

** 

cA 

"C 

te 

s 

g 

c 

t; 

o 

1 

c: 

69 

TJ 

>> 

CO 

2 

V) 

*S 

UI 

0 
O 

S 

<; 

|8|l 

<5 

to 

13 

iC 

fi  ; 

to 

o 

CQ 

6 

1 

« 

o 

< 

.§ 

a 
o 

tx 

o. 

© 

O 

^ 

<x> 

M 

< 

H 

(2 

i 

1 

a 

M 

o 

<-> 

J 

<-*      1 

©4- 

1 

^ 

..r 

o 

C 

i 

§ 

fc4 

^ 

n> 

3 

«  2  «  « 

C    g    05.2 

'"  a>  S  M 


>  o3^   300 

£    ^■" 

O     .   C«twr-( 

C  5  <» 

,,  O  oj  I)  P 

>=  «  c  2  p- 

Q)   (I>  ^   CS   O 


.2  1-^  ^S 


•2   QJ   O   _.   O 

1-2  :^'^ 
ftx3*'  ft 

OJ  03   to   X 
^    i~    CS    » 


16 


Questions  for 
Commercial  Indexes 

Student's  name Per  cent 

Teacher's  name Hour  reciting Date 

Have  you  read  the  directions  on  the  first  page  of  this  sheet?     Answer  j-es  or  no.        "S 

l^In  what  part  of  a  city  directory  could  a  list  of  local  hotels  be  found?  ^ 

e 
s 

2 — If  a  list  of  the  hotels  in  each  town  of  a  state  is  desired,  what  publication  should  be  consulted?         ^ 
3 — If  a  list  of  the  hotels  in  the  United  States  is  desired,  what  special  directory  should  be  consulted?  ^ 

CO 

4 — What  book  is  devoted  especially  to  indicating  where  mailing  lists  of  business  firms  engaged         J^ 
in  almost  any  kind  of  business  can  be  found?  a; 

'Zm 

5 — a.      Does  the  rating  of  "A"  in  the  Thomas  register  indicate  the  reliability  of  the  firm,  or  a         "^ 
certain  capital  invested?  eu 

b.  Does  the  rating  of  "A"  in  the  Moody  Investors  Service  indicate  capital  invested  or         ^ 

safety  of  purchase  of  stocks  and  bonds? 

c.  Does  the  Hendricks  register  give  ratings? 

6 — Which  of  the  publications  mentioned  in  the  last  question  would  give  the  name  of  the  president 

of  the  Shredded  Wheat  Biscuit  Company,  and  a  brief  history  of  the  firm?  « 

7 — Which  of  the  publications  mentioned  in  question  5  would  give  a  list  of  firms  engaged  in  the  « 

manufacturing  of  tvpewriters  in  the  United  States  under  the  word  "typewTiters"?  ^ 

8 — Give  the  surname  for  each  of  the  credit  rating  books  which  are  not  open  to  the  public,  and         — 
can  be  consulted  only  by  subscribers.  g. 

9 — Give  tie  surname  of  the  book  which  classifies  the  leading  firms  of  the  world  under  the  article         ^ 
manufactured  or  the  business  conducted,  the  title  of  which  is,  Directory  of  merchants,  "^ 

shippers,  and  manufacturers  of  the  world.  ^ 

I 

10 — a.      Give  the  surname  of  the  Newspaper  annual  a7id  directory  explained  in  the  text.  i^ 

O 

b .      Is  this  directory  arranged  under  the  names  of  the  papers  and  magazines,  or  under         -o 
the  states  and  towns  in  which  they  are  issued?  .£ 

c       Should  the  body  of  this  directory,  or  an  index  to  an  appendix,  be  consulted  to  find  Jo 

what  papers  are  devoted  to  certain  interests;  drugs,  for  example?  C 

V 

Xi 

d.  To  what  word  should  one  first  turn  in  this  directory  to  find  the  name  of  the  editor         ^ 

of  the  Republican,  published  in  Springfield,  Massachusetts? 

e.  Give  the  second  word  which  should  be  consulted  alphabetically  for  question  "d" 

above,  and  after  it  the  third  word. 

11 — a.      The  reports  of  what  city  department  should  be  consulted  to  determine  the  expense  of 
policing  a  city? 

b.     Name  two  places  where  such  reports  are  usually  filed. 


Directions  for  Using 
Perforated  Page  of  Questions  and  Key 

Which  appear  on  the  reverse  side  of  this  cover 

The  questions  which  appear  on  the  reverse  side  of  this  cover,  on  a  perforated 
colored  sheet,  are  not  difficult,  detailed  or  "catchy."  They  are  intended  to 
emphasize  important  points  and  to  systematize  the  work  for  class  records.  The 
answers,  which  can  easily  be  given  after  the  text  has  been  carefully  read,  should 
be  written,  from  memory,  in  the  blank  spaces  under  the  questions,  preferably  in 
class  time  unless  directed  to  do  otherwise  by  the  one  in  charge  of  the  work. 

The  perforated  sheet  should  be  torn  out  in  the  presence  of  the  one  conduct- 
ing the  class  and  only  after  it  has  been  filled  in.  When  directed  to  remove  the 
questions,  insert  pencil  in  the  hole  and  rip  around  the  perforated  edges. 

A  key,,  by  means  of  which  the  work  can  be  checked,  is  printed  on  the  cover 
under  the  question  page,  but  is  not  revealed  until  after  the  question  page  is 
removed.  This  key  consists  of  the  same  questions,  with  the  correct  answer 
to  each  printed  below  it. 

The  value  of  each  question,  on  the  scale  of  100,  is  indicated  after  the  answer 
in  the  key.  By  means  of  this  key,  students  could  correct  their  own  or  each 
other's  work  in  a  few  moments,  in  case  the  librarian  or  teacher  could  not  take 
the  extra  time  to  do  so. 

If  the  one  who  corrects  the  paper  finds  an  incorrect  answer,  the  amount  to  be 
deducted  should  be  placed  on  the  outer  right-hand  margin,  near  the  mistake. 
These  amounts  should  be  added,  the  sum  subtracted  from  100,  and  the  result 
placed  after  the  word  "Per  cent."  at  the  top  of  the  sheet. 

The  questions  are  asked  in  such  a  way  as  to  admit  of  very  little  variety  in  the 
wording  of  the  answers.  However,  if  the  wording  of  a  written  answer  is  mani- 
festly correct,  and  perfectly  clear,  but  not  exactly  like  the  printed  answer,  of 
course  no  deduction  should  be  made.  Do  not  deduct  for  spelling,  nor  for 
abbreviated  statements  if  they  are  perfectly  clear. 

If  the  one  who  corrects  a  paper  marks  a  question  wrong  which  the  writer 
considers  correct,  the  two  should  examine  the  key  together,  or  ask  advice  from 
the  one  in  charge  of  the  class. 


Reference  Guides 

That  Should  be  Known  and 
How  to  Use  Them 


By 
Florence  M.  Hopkins 

Librarian 

Central    High   School   and   Junior   College 

Detroit,  Michigan 


This  Pamphlet  Pertains  to 

Important  Publications  of  City,  State  and 

Federal  Governments 


TIME  REQUIRED 

Two   class    periods    and 
Preparation  of   one  lesson 


THE    WILLARD     COMPANY 

479  SIXTH  STREET 

DETROIT  '  MICHIGAN 


Copyright 

by 

FLORENCE  M.  HOPKINS 

1919 


Foreword 


This  pamphlet  is  one  of  a  series  on  the  use  of  reference  books.  The  complete 
series  constitutes  a  second  edition  of  "Reference  guides  that  should  be  known  and 
how  to  use  them,"  wtich  first  appeared  in  1916  as  a  text  book  for  high  and  normal 
schools. 

The  revision  treats  important  phases  of  reference  work  in  separate  pamphlets, 
thus  making  it  possible  to  grade  the  work,  or  to  select  the  pamphlets  best  fitted  to 
meet  individual  needs.  Generally  speaking,  any  one  of  the  pamphlets  can  be 
completed  in  two  class  periods  plus  time  for  the  preparation  of  one  lesson  be- 
tween recitations. 

The  entire  course  could  be  completed  by  advanced  students  in  five  or  six 
weeks  of  one  class  and  study  period  per  day.  The  work  can  also  be  scattered 
in  different  years.  If  one  subject  per  term  were  given  in  consecutive  order  to 
English  classes,  in  high  schools,  beginning  with  the  B8  of  junior  high  and  ex- 
tending through  the  A12  of  senior  high,  the  work  could  be  covered  in  two  or 
three  class  and  study  periods  per  term;  or,  if  familiarity  with  reference  books  is 
desired  early  in  the  school  course,  the  most  important  subjects  could  be  crowded 
into  the  early  high  school  grades.  The  order  in  which  the  subjects  of  the  pamph- 
lets are  listed  below  suggests  a  logical  sequence,  whether  the  work  is  given 
slowly  or  rapidly  or  to  lower  or  to  upper  grade  students. 

1 — Webster's  New  International  Dictionary 

2 — New  Standard  Dictionary 

3 — Encyclopaedias 

4 — Parts  of  a  book 

5 — ^Atlases;  city  directories;  gazetteers 

6 — Concordances 

7 — Library  classification  and  card  catalogue 

8 — Indexes  to  periodical  literature;  debates 

9 — Year-books 
10 — Commercial  indexes 
11 — Important  publications  of  city,  state  and  federal  governments 

The  inclusion  of  specimen  pages  from  the  reference  books  studied  makes 
it  possible  for  each  student  to  follow  all  illustrative  examples  without  making  a 
trip  to  a  library  and  waiting  to  have  access  to  the  complete  reference  work. 
No  library  will  furnish  a  sufficient  number  of  copies  of  expensive  reference 
books  to  supply  large  classes  adequately  for  detailed  study;  neither  could  a 
library  afford  to  have  pages  in  expensive  reference  books  as  badly  worn  and 
marked  as  they  would  become  if  many  students  were  required  to  consult  them  for 
prepared  lessons. 


Experience  has  proved  that  the  best  results  can  be  obtained  if  the  work  is 
begun  in  regular  class  reciiaiioas  by  a  librarian  or  a  teacher  reading  the  text 
with  the  class.  If  conducted  in  this  way,  no  previous  preparation  will  be  neces- 
sary, either  by  the  class  or  by  the  one  who  conducts  it.  As  the  reading  of  the 
text  proceeds,  it  will  be  seen  that  important  features  of  the  reference  books  studied 
are  emphasized  by  referring  to  the  sample  pages  embodied  in  the  text.  With  a 
little  class  direction  of  this  kind  the  students  can  readily  see  the  plan  of  the  text, 
and  can  finish  any  unread  pages  independently  as  an  assigned  lesson  for  the  next 
recitation.  In  classes  composed  of  advanced  students,  or  in  cases  of  absence, 
the  entire  work  could  be  done  independently. 

The  questions  on  the  colored  page  fastened  on  the  inside  of  the  last  cover 
are  designed  to  emphasize  important  points  and  to  systematize  the  work  for 
class  records.  Blank  spaces  are  left  under  the  questions  for  the  answers. 
When  the  questions  are  assigned  as  a  lesson  to  be  prepared  out  of  class,  and 
the  answers  are  written  from  memory  in  the  blank  spaces  during  the  class 
recitation  following,  the  points  are  more  thoroughly  impressed  than  they  are 
when  the  answers  are  written  before  coming  to  class,  while  having  direct  access 
to  the  text. 

A  key,  giving  the  answer  to  each  question,  together  with  its  value  on  the 
scale  of  100,  will  be  found  underneath  the  question  sheet  when  it  is  removed. 
By  means  of  this  key,  students  can  correct  their  own  or  another's  work  in 
a  few  minutes  of  class  time,  in  case  the  librarian  or  teacher  cannot  give 
extra  time  to  do  so. 

Schools  which  ask  a  leading  reference  question  in  final  examinations  find 
that  students  give  more  attention  to  the  work  and  therefore  learn  to  value  its 
importance. 

The  fotlotving  paragraphs  are  taken  from  the 
Foreword  of  the  First  Edition 

Possibly  the  best  way  of  presenting  the  points  which  it  is  hoped  this  series  of 
lessons  may  emphasize  is  to  quote  directly  from  the  preface  of  a  Bulletin  on 
"Library  instruction  in  universities,  colleges  and  normal  schools,"  from  the 
United  States  Bureau  of  Education,  1914 — No.  34. 

Many  educators  of  note,  as  well  as  college  and  university  librarians, 
have  emphasized  the  urgent  necessity  of  instruction  and  training  in 
"book-using  skill." 

The  place  of  the  library  in  the  work  of  all  departments  is  one  of 

increasing  importance.     The  library  is  a  resource  or  reservoir  from  which 

the  student  should  draw  constantly  for  information  and  inspiration. 

Every  month  of  delay  in  instructing  him  in  the  meaning 

and  use  of  the  library  lessens  the  efficiency  of  his  course. 

Every  new  student  should  be  required  to  take 
some  course  in  which  is  given  definite  practical  instruction  in  the 
handling  of  Hbrary  tools Such  a  course,  more- 
over, should  not  only  be  required,  but  it  should  constitute  a  definite  part 
of  the  work  required  for  a  degree. 

2 


Public  Documents 

Public  Documents  include  publications  of  the  nation,  state,  county  and  city. 
Many  reports  and  special  pamphlets  issued  by  these  governing  bodies  contain 
much  very  valuable  material,  the  general  nature  of  which  should  be  familiar  to 
every  person,  though  most  of  the  reports  pertain  to  statistics,  detailed  local 
matters,  laws,  and  other  interests  by  far  too  cumbersome  for  examination  except 
by  those  personally  concerned.  Reference  work  among  public  documents  is  a 
branch  by  itself.  However,  the  plan  on  which  they  are  issued  should  be  un- 
derstood, and  a  few  of  the  main  publications  made  familiar. 

The  affairs  of  government  are  usually  managed  by  "Boards"  or  "Com- 
missions" having  charge  of  different  needs,  within  limited  districts,  such  as 
Education;  Health;  Fire;  Police;  Lighting;  Water;  and  many  others.  A  city, 
for  example,  has  its  own  local  Board  of  Education;  a  county  its  County  Commis- 
sioner of  Education;  and  a  state,  its  State  Board  of  Education.  The  United 
States  sustains  a  Bureau  of  Education,  which  receives  reports  from  each  state, 
issues  valuable  pamphlets,  and  serves  as  a  center  for  unifying  the  educational 
interests  and  statistics  of  the  entire  country. 

A  corresponding  sequence  is  true  for  health  reports;  labor  reports,  and  many 
others.  A  very  close  study  is  made  of  agricultural  interests  through  state  and 
United  States  Boards  of  Agriculture.  The  Agrictdtural  Year-book,  which  is 
issued  by  the  United  States  government  in  larger  numbers  than  any  other  one 
book  in  the  country,  contains  articles  selected  from  the  many  publications  of 
the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture.  This  year-book,  which  is  of 
great  value  for  agricultural  subjects,  can  be  found  in  most  public  libraries. 

Each  individual  Board  in  these  vast  numbers  of  cities,  counties,  and  states 
is  making  a  special  study  of  conditions  under  its  own  care,  and  the  United  States 
government  a  corresponding  study  for  the  interests  of  the  country  as  a  nation. 
Even  nations  of  the  world  interchange  their  documents.  The  great  machinery 
of  government  is  kept  in  operation  through  taxes  which  are  collected  by  tax 
commissions  under  local,  county  and  state  control.  Since  public  documents  do 
not  have  to  make  money  and  are  never  advertised,  we  are  apt  to  forget  them, 
and  thereby  miss  much  valuable  reference  material. 

City  Publications 

Many  cities  publish  a  manual,  free,  which  indicates  how  the  city  is  managed, 
who  the  officials  are  in  different  departments,  and  many  other  items.  Each  de- 
partment makes  a  yearly  report  of  expenses  and  of  the  work  which  it  has  ac- 
complished. These  reports  are  usually  kept  on  file  in  local  public  libraries,  as  well 
as  in  the  offices  of  the  city  departments  themselves.  It  is  interesting  to  examine 
local  reports  occasionally.     The  number  of  gallons  of  water  pumped  for  one's 

3 


own  city,  the  miles  of  water  pipe  needed  to  deliver  them,  and  many  other  items 
connected  with  the  water  supply  could  be  found  in  the  report  of  the  Water  Com- 
mission. The  number  of  fires,  their  causes,  the  amount  of  loss,  and  other  items 
can  be  found  in  the  reports  of  the  Fire  Commission.  The  number  of  pupils  in 
each  grade  in  the  city  schools,  the  value  of  school  property,  the  cost  per  pupil  for 
instruction  could  be  found  in  the  report  of  the  Board  of  Education.  Almost  any 
item  in  connection  with  the  government  of  a  locality  can  be  found  by  consulting 
the  reports  of  the  Board  under  whose  management  it  falls.  The  report  of  what 
local  Board  or  Commission  should  be  consulted  for  such  information  as  the  fol- 
lowing : 

Number  of  cases  of  scarlet  fever; 

Number  of  arrests  made  or  of  licenses  granted; 

Value  of  the  city  parks; 

Number  of  books  in  the  Public  Library. 

State  Publications 

Most  states  publish  a  volume  each  legislature  giving  a  general  survey  of  the 
work  carried  on  by  the  state  issuing  it.  The  titles  of  these  books  vary  in  different 
states,  but  one  of  the  following  words  is  usually  found  in  connection  with  the 
name  of  the  state — "Manual,"  "Blue  Book,"  "Red  Book,"  "Directory,"  "Register." 
Every  citizen  should  be  familiar  with  the  publication  issued  for  his  own  state. 
The  items  included  differ  slightly  in  different  states,  but  each  one  would  probably 
contain : 

a.  Constitution  of  the  United  States. 

b.  Its  own  state  constitution. 

c.  Members  of  the  United  States  Congress. 

d.  Members  of  its  own  state  legislature. 

e.  Items  of  concern  in  each  of  its  own  counties. 

f.  State  institutions. 

g.  Officials  in  prominent  state  positions, 
h.     Index  at  back. 

Reports  and  publications  from  such  state  boards  and  commissions  as  the 
following  should  be  recognized  as  sources  for  much  valuable  information: 

Labor  Commission;  Library  Commission;  Bank  Commission;  Dairy  and  Food 
Commission;  Insurance  Commission;  Fish  Commission;  Board  of  Agriculture; 
Board  of  Education;   Board  of  Health;   Board  of  Corrections  and  Charities. 

Each  state  has  its  own  laws  published  separately,  and  indexed. 

Monthly  List  of  State  Publications 

Aside  from  their  regular  official  reports,  most  of  these  Boards  or  Commis- 
sions publish  pamphlets  containing  special  investigations  made  in  their  own 
fields.  In  order  to  create  a  center  from  which  such  reports  can  be  made  known, 
they  are  sent  to  the  Library  of  Congress,  in  Washington,  for  record  and  cata- 
loguing. They  are  listed  every  month  under  the  title,  "Monthly  list  of  state 
publications,"  and  are  indexed  at  the  end  of  the  year  under  author  and  subject. 
These  reports  and  publications  have  a  wider  range  than  is  generally  supposed,  as 
could  be  seen  by  consulting  this  index  under  such  words  as  "milk,"  "flies," 
"birds,"  "music,"  "books." 


United  States  Publications 

The  work  of  the  United  States  government  is  divided  into  ten  departments 
as  follows: 

1.  Agriculture  6.  Interior 

2.  Commerce  7.  Navy 

3.  Justice  8.  Post  Office 

4.  Labor  9.  Treasury 

5.  State  10.  War 

Most  departments  are  subdivided  into  bureaus  and  divisions,  each  branch 
of  which  publishes  valuable  reports  and  statistics  pertaining  to  its  own  subject. 

Reports  of  investigations;  resolutions;  petitions;  journals,  etc.,  which  are 
closely  related  to  the  immediate  work  of  Congress,  are  issued  in  a  series  as 
"House"  and  "Senate"  documents.  These  documents  when  bound  are 
numbered    consecutively  from  Congress  to  Congress. 

The  publications  from  departments,  bureaus,  Senate  and  House  fill  between 
three  and  four  hundred  large  volumes  for  each  Congress. 

It  is  manifestly  impossible  to  give  more  than  a  suggestion  of  this  vast  field 
of  work  in  a  brief  outline.  The  following  statement,  taken  from  the  "Price 
lists,"  is  a  description  by  the  government  itself  of  its  own  publications: 

''The  government  of  the  United  States  is  the  greatest  of  all  publishers  of  scientific 
works.  It  employs  thousands  of  scientists,  who  are  engaged  the  year  round  in  making 
researches  and  investigations  in  all  branches  of  agriculture,  in  geology,  in  mining,  in 
electricity,  in  chemistry,  in  astronomy,  in  engineering,  in  aviation,  in  preventive 
medicine,  in  forestry,  in  irrigation,  and  in  almost  all  other  branches  of  scientific 
inquiry. 

The  results  of  all  these  activities,  from  the  most  comprehensive  and  effective 
organization  ever  known,  are  constantly  reduced  to  print  and  poured  out  in  an  inces- 
sant flood  from  the  LARGEST  PRINTING  WORKS  IN  THE  WORLD. 

The  greater  number  of  them  are  sold  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents, 
located  in  the  government  printing  office.  The  government  did  not  establish  this  sales 
office  for  the  purposes  of  profit,  but  as  a  public  convenience.  The  prices  charged  cover 
only  paper  and  printing,  no  charge  being  made  for  the  services  of  the  statesmen  and 
scientists  who  are  the  authors  of  the  astonishingly  varied  books,  pamphlets,  periodicals, 
and  maps,  and  no  commissions  being  allowed  to  anybody.  The  documents  even  have 
the  freedom  of  the  mails  and  are  sent  without  cost"  {postage). 

The  Superintendent  of  Documents  is  not  authorized  to  supply  free  copies 
of  the  documents  themselves,  and  it  is  useless  to  ask  him  to  do  so.  Frequently, 
however,  individuals,  libraries,  schools,  and  other  bodies  that  need  these  docu- 
ments for  public  use  can  secure  certain  ones  free,  from  a  congressman  or  from 
the  bureau  or  department  issuing  the  pubUcation,  so  long  as  the  "free  list"  lasts; 
thereafter  they  must  be  paid  for,  at  cost  of  production,  and  ordered  through  the 
Superintendent  of  Documents. 


Price  Lists 

In  order  to  inform  the  public  as  to  what  pubhcations  are  for  sale,  the  Super- 
intendent of  Documents  issues  small  classified  catalogues,  known  as  "Price  lists." 
Each  "Price  list"  enumerates  United  States  government  publications  pertaining 
to  some  one  subject,  and  indicates  the  price  for  which  each  publication  can  be 
secured.  These  prices  range  from  a  few  cents  to  several  dollars.  A  reproduc- 
tion of  the  subjects,  as  numbered  for  the  "Price  Lists,"  is  given  herewith.  Price 
Lists  will  be  sent  free  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents  at  Washington  upon 
application.  As  time  goes  on,  no  doubt  much  exceedingly  valuable  information 
on  the  recent  war  will  be  classified  under  Price  lists.  Much  of  the  material 
issued  by  the  Public  Information  Committee  will  be  of  permanent  value. 

To  gain  some  idea  of  the  range  of  subjects  included  in  Price  lists,  read  the 
subjects  on  the  accompanying  specimen  page  for  the  numbers  mentioned  below. 
Lists  can  be  asked  for  by  subjects  if  the  numbers  are  not  known. 

21;     24;    31;    33;     39;     53;     54. 

The  paragraph  below  on  Milk  is  taken  from  Price  number  11,  on  Foods 
and  Cooking,  to  illustrate  details.  What  is  the  title  of  the  article  first  men- 
tioned under  Milk?  It  was  prepared  in  what  year?  How  many  pages  are  de- 
voted to  it?  It  appeared  as  what  number  in  what  publication?  The  full  article 
can  be  secured  for  what  price  from  the  Superintendent  of  Documents?  (The 
number  at  the  end  of  the  line  (A  1.  9:  413)  is  the  classification  number.)  What 
three  articles  are  listed  in  the  contents? 

In  what  year-book  for  what  year  does  the  second  mentioned  article  appear? 
It  can  be  secured,  separately,  for  what  price?  What  other  Price  Lists  are  referred 
to  for  other  articles  on  Milk? 

MILK. 

Care  of  milk  and  Its  use  in  home.    1910.    20  pages.    (Farmers'  Bulletin  413.) 
Paper.  5c.  A  1.9:  413 

Contents. — Care   of   milk    m   tbe   home. — Flome   pasteurization    of   milk. — Food 
value  of  milk. 

Condensed  and  desiccated  milk.    Pages  335  to  344.     [From  Agriculture  Year- 
book. ]  912.]     Paper,  5c.  •  A  1.10' :  595 

Digestibility  of  raw.  pasteurized,  and  cooked  milk.     (In  Fiirmers'  Bulletin 
149,  pages  27  and  28.    Reptint  1909.)     Paper.  5c.  A  1.9: 149 

Use  of  milk  as  food.    1909.    44  pages,  illus.     (Farmers'  Bulletin  363.)     Pa- 
per. 5c.  A  1.9:  303 

See  also  Price  lists  38.  Animal  Industry,  and  51,  Health.  Disease,  and  Sanita- 

tiOD. 


PRICE  IISTS  AND  LEAFLETS 

Descriptive  lists  of  United  States  public  documents  relating  to  special  sub- 
jects that  are  for  sale  by  tbe  Superintendent  of  Documents  at  Washington  are 
eent  on  application.    The  numbers  and  subjects  of  the  lists  available  follow : 

PRICE  LISTS 


10.  Laws  of  United  States. 

15.  Geological  Survey  publications. 

It!.  Secretary's  Office  Agriculture 
Dept.  List  of  Farmers'  bulle- 
tins. Agriculture  Department 
Reports,  and  Yearbooks,  includ- 
ing publications  on  miscellane- 
ous agricultural  subjects. 

18.  Engineering:  Mechanics.     Publica- 

tions relating  to  mining,  fuel- 
testing,  electricity,  river  and 
harbor  improvements,  etc. 

19.  Army  and  Navy.     Publications  of 

War  and  Navy  Departments  and 
documents  relating  to  the  Army 
and  Navy. 

20.  Lands.      Publications    of    General 

Land  Office,  and  other  documents 
relating  to  conservation,  drain- 
age, forest  reservations,  and  irri- 
gation. 

21.  Fishes. 

24.  Indians. 

25.  Transportation.      Publications    of 

Interstate  Commerce  Commis- 
sion, and  other  documents  relat- 
ing to  -.roads,  railroads,  inland 
waterways,  and  shipping. 
28.  Finance.  Publications  of  the 
Treasury  Department  and  Na- 
tional Monetary  Commission,  and 
other  documents  on  banking,  cur- 
rency, etc. 

31.  Education. 

32.  Noncontiguous  territory.     Publica- 

tions on  Alaska,  Canal  Zone. 
Cuba.  Guam,  Hawaii,  Philippine 
Islands,  and  Porto  Rico. 

33.  Labor  questions. 

35.  Geography  and  explorations.    Pub- 

lications of  Coast  and  Geodetic 
Survey,  and  Government  explora- 
tions in  the  West  and  in  foreign 
countries. 

36.  Periodicals    published    by    various 

Government  bureaus. 

37.  Tariff. 

38.  Animal  Industry  Bureau.    Publica- 

tions relating  to  domestic  ani- 
mals, poultry,  and  dairy  industry. 


48. 


50. 


57. 


Biological  Survey.  Publications 
relating  to  birds  and  harmful 
animals. 

Chemistry  Bureau.  Publications 
on  chemical  analyses  of  food  and 
drug  products. 

Entomology  Bureau.  Publications 
on  insects. 

Experiment  Stations  Office.  Pub- 
lications relating  to  nutrition, 
drainage  and  irrigation  investi' 
gations,  and  agriculture  exten- 
sion work. 

Forest  Service.  Publications  ou 
trees,  lumber,  wood  preservation^ 
and  forest  management. 

Plant  Industry  Bureau.  Publica- 
tions on  seed  selectloii,  breeding, 
and  diseases  of  economic  plants. 

Public  Roads  Office.  Publications 
on  experiments  with  road  mate- 
rials and  in  road  building. 

Soils. 

Statistics  Bureau,  Agriculture  De- 
partment. 

Weather  Bureau.  Publications  on 
weather  forecasts  and  statistics 
of  temperature,  rainfall,  and 
river  stages. 

American  History  Publications  on 
politicil  and  military  history  of 
the  United  States  and  diplomatic 
relations  with  foreign  countries. 

Health  and  hygiene.  Publications 
on  dietary  studies,  milk  supply, 
food  adulteration,  sanitation,  and 
disease. 

Poultry:   Birds. 

Mai)s  published  by  various  Govern- 
ment bureaus. 

Political  economy.  Publications  on 
immigration,  corporations,  initi- 
ative and  referendum,  recall,  etc. 

National  Museum  publications. 

Smithsonian  Institution  publica- 
tions, including  publications  of 
Ethnology  Bureau  and  American 
Historical  As.sociation. 

Astronomical  papers  of  the  Naval 
Observatory. 


The  foregoing  by  no  means  embrace  all  the  subjects  treated  in  public  docu- 
ments. If  you  fail  to  see  here  what  you  want,  send  your  inquiries  to  tbe^ 
Superintendent  of  Documents  and  they  will  be  answered. 

WMhington:  Government  Printing  Ofllce:  Xay,  1913.. 


Document  Catalogue:    Monthly  Catalogue:    Check  List 

Every  other  year  since  1895,  each  Congress  has  prepared  a  complete  cata- 
logue of  all  publications  issued  during  its  sessions,  under  the  title  Document 
catalogue.  Each  one  of  these  catalogues  is  a  large  volume  over  half  the  size  of  a 
Webster  dictionary.  Each  one  gives  in  alphabetical  order  by  subject  and  author 
a  guide  to  what  has  been  published  by  the  United  States  government  for  the 
Congress  indicated  on  the  back.  These  catalogues  are  to  the  United  States 
government  publications  what  the  Readers'  guide  and  other  magazine  indexes 
are  to  magazine  articles.  Their  great  value  is  not  understood  as  fully  as  it  should 
be.  As  the  catalogues  index  practically  everything,  by  subject  and  author,  they 
necessarily  contain  much  material  which  is  of  little  or  no  service  to  the  general 
public,  as  well  as  much  that  is  of  great  value. 

Each  month  all  of  the  current  reports  are  indexed,  under  departments,  in 
the  "Monthly  catalogue,"  which  keeps  the  Document  catalogue  up  to  date. 

A  publication  known  as  Check  List  gives  a  complete  list  of  documents  ar- 
ranged by  departments. 

The  Following  Specimen  Entry  Under  Mosquitoes,  in  Volume  10  of  the 
Document  Catalogue,  is  Used  as  an  Illustration 

Mosquitoes. 

Currie,  D.  H.  Mosquitoes  in  relation  to  transmission  of  leprosy  (with 
bibliography).  (In  Public  Health  and  Marine  Hospital  Service. 
Public  health  bulletin  39.     Sept.,  1910,  p.  3-19.) 

What  is  the  title  of  the  article?  What  office  issues  it  as  a  bulletin  number 
what?  What  date?  How  many  pages  does  it  contain?  Articles  are  also  indexed 
under  author;  under  what  name,  therefore,  would  this,  and  any  other  articles  for 
this  catalogue  by  this  author,  appear?  "With  bibliography"  means  that  it  con- 
tains a  list  of  references. 

The  next  article  under  "mosquitoes"  gives  as  one  of  the  references  the  fol- 
lowing : 

S.  doc.  822,  p.  239-'450.     61st  Cong.,  3rd  sess.,  in  v.  61;  5919. 

This  refers  to  Senate  document  number  what?  Pages?  Congress  and  session? 
Volume  for  this  Congress?  5919  is  the  large  serial  number  on  the  back  of  the 
volume,  regardless  of  the  Congress. 

One  of  the  entries  under  "Beans"  reads  as  follows: 

Beans. 

Dubois,  W.  L.  Analyses  of  canned  peas  and  beans,  showing  compo- 
sition of  different  grades.  Mar.  28,  1910.  9  p.  (Chemistry  Bureau. 
Circular  54.) 

Under  what  Bureau  was  it  issued?  As  circular  number  what?  And  at  what 
date?  How  many  pages  in  the  article?  What  subject  is  of  as  much  importance 
in  the  article  as  "beans"?  It  would,  therefore,  be  entered  again  under  what 
other  word?  What  entry  will  it  have  besides  subject;  and,  therefore,  under 
what  name? 


Miscellaneous  Publications  Which  Should  Be  Known 

From  the  almost  limitless  number  of  United  States  Public  Documents,  at 
least  those  mentioned  below  should  be  known  for  purposes  of  general  reference. 
Read  the  description  of  each  one  carefully. 

Congressional  Directory 

Directory  of  the  members  of  Congress;  official  duties  of  the  depart- 
ments of  the  government;  foreign  consuls;  many  other  items  connected 
with  the  government. 

Contents  in  the  front,  arranged  alphabetically,  to  serve  as  an  index. 

Congressional  Record 

A  daily  record  of  the  speeches  and  proceedings  of  Congress  while 
it  is  in  session. 

Indexed  every  two  weeks;  index  fully  cumulated  every  Congress. 

Action  taken  regarding  Senate  or  House  bills  can  be  traced  by 
the  numbers  of  the  bills  at  the  back. 

Statistical  Abstract 

A  valuable  one  volume  yearly  abstract  of  many  volumes  of  statis- 
tics, compiled  from  the  different  departmeni  s. 

Census  Abstract:    Statistical  Atlas 

A  complete  census  of  the  United  States  is  taken  every  ten  years.  The  re- 
turns of  each  census  are  issued  in  many  large  volumes.  For  general  reference, 
the  many  details  are  condensed  in  two  ways;  by  tables,  in  the  Census  abstract; 
and  by  a  color  and  chart  scheme  for  showing  statistics,  in  the  Statistical 
atlas. 

Selected  Publications  Indexed  in  Magazine  Indexes 

The  publications  mentioned  below  are  of  such  value  that  the  H.  W.  Wilson 
Co.  index  them  in  their  different  guides  as  regularly  as  they  do  magazines.  Read 
the  lists  carefully,  as  they  indicate  the  publications  which  are  the  most  practical 
for  general  needs,  and  those  which  every  citizen  should  know  about. 

In  the  Readers'  Guide  are  indexed : 

Farmers'  Bulletins;  Agricultural  Year-book;  Bureau  of  Education  Bulletins; 
Bureau  of  Labor  Bulletins. 

In  Industrial  Arts  are  indexed : 

Department  of  Agriculture  Bulletins;  Bureau  of  Foreign  and  Domestic  Com- 
merce, Special  Agents  Series;  Bureau  of  Mines — Bulletins,  Miners'  Circular, 
Technical  Papers;  Bureau  of  Standards — Bulletins,  Circulars,  Technical  Papers; 
Special  Consular  Reports. 

In  Public  Affairs  Information  Service  are  indexed : 

Miscellaneous  publications  too  varied  to  mention. 


National  Library  Service 

It  is  proposed  to  create  a  National  Library  Service,  for  progressive  readjust- 
ment and  for  the  purpose  of  making  more  available  the  educative  resources  of 
the  Government.  Headquarters,  National  Library  Service,  Bureau  of  Educa- 
tion, Washington,  D.  C. 

National  Manuals 

Many  nations  publish  a  kind  of  government  year-book  or  manual  giving 
the  names  of  those  employed  in  army,  navy,  post  offices,  and  other  positions, 
together  with  miscellaneous  information.  In  Great  Britain,  the  publication  is 
called  the  Blue  Book;  in  France,  the  Yellow  Book;  in  Italy,  the  Green  Book;  in 
United  States,  the  Official  Register  {Blue  Book). 

Study  of  Specimen  Entries 

The  specimen  pages  following  are  taken  from  a  Statistical  abstract,  to  illus- 
trate the  variety  of  items  included  in  that  publication.  A  Statistical  abstract  is 
issued  each  year. 

Consult  the  table  headed  "Education"  and  give  the  following: 
Total  expenditures  for  schools  in  the  United  States  for  the  years  1871  and 
1916. 

Total  number  of  teachers  in  1900. 

Number  enrolled  in  the  public  schools  in  1875. 

Consult  the  table  headed  "Annual  Average  Export  Prices  of  Leading  Articles 
of  Domestic  Production,"  and  find  the  following: 
Price  of  butter  per  pound  at  ports  in  1893;  1917. 
Price  of  anthracite  coal  per  ton  in  1893;  1896. 
Price  of  bacon  per  pound  in  1907;  1917. 

Consult  the  table  headed  "Cities  Having  60,000  Inhabitants  or  Over  in  1917  " 
and  find  the  following: 

Cities  which  had  50,000  inhabitants  or  over  in  1850. 

Between  what  decades  the  following  cities  jumped  from  under  50,000  in- 
habitants to  over:     Washington;  Omaha;  Tampa,  Duluth;  Denver;  Berkeley. 

Consult  the  table  headed  "Summary  of  Strikes  in  Coal  Mines"  find  the 
following : 

Number  of  men  on  strike  in  bituminous  mines  in  1910  and  in  1916. 

Consult  the  table  headed  "Fire  Losses  in  the  United  States,"  and  find  the 
following : 

Amount  of  loss  by  fire  in  1875;  in  1916;  in  1806. 

Compare  the  last  mentioned  table  with  the  one  headed  Education  and  tell 
whether  education  or  fires  represent  the  greater  amount  for  the  following  years: 
1879;  1906. 

The  last  page  is  a  map  of  the  United  States  showing  the  increase  of  popu- 
lation by  states  for  the  census  of  1900,  as  represented  in  the  Statistical  atlas 
of  that  census.  Consult  the  key  in  the  lower  left  hand  corner,  find  the  shading 
which  represents  an  increase  of  less  than  ten  per  cent,  and  name  the  most 
western  state  so  shaded.  Name  the  largest  state  which  increased  between  30 
and  50  per  cent.  What  was  the  per  cent  of  increase  for  California?  For 
Montana? 

10 


EDUCATION. 


No.  71.— STTMMASY  OF  SCHOOL  POPULATION,*  1871  TO  191G:  Enrollment, 
Attendance,  Superintendents  and  Teachers  Employed  in,  and  Expenditures 
FOR,  Public  Schools.^ 

[Source:  Bureau  of  Education,  Department  of  the  Interior.] 


Population, 

6  to  18 

years  of 

age.» 

Pupils. 

Teachers. 

School 
year. 

Number 

enrolled  in 

public 

schools. 

Average 

daily 

attendance. 

Male.. 

Female. 

Total. 

Salaries  of 
superintend- 
ents and 
teachers. 

Total 
expendi- 
ture. 

Dollars. 

Dollars. 

1871 

1872 

1873 

1874 

1875 

12,305,600 
12,565,600 
12. 833, 700 
13,112,900 
13,405,200 

7,561,582 
7,815,30? 
8,003,614 
8,444,251 
8,785,678 

4,545,817 

4,668,844 
4,745,459 
6,050,840 
6,248,114 

90,293 
94,992 
97,790 
103,465 
108,791 

129, 932 
134,929 
139,723 
144,982 
149,074 

220,226 
229,921 
237, 613 
248,447 
257,865 

42,580,853 
46,935,681 
47,932,050 
50,785,656 
54,722,250 

69,107,612 
74,234,476 
76, 238, 464 
80,054,286 
83,504,007 

1876...... 

1877 

1878 

1879 

1880 

13,708,000 
14, 026,£00 
14,350,000 
14,702,800 
15,066,-?67 

8,869,115 
8,965,006 
9,438,883 
9,604,458 
9,867,605 

5,291,876 
6,426,59& 
6,783,065 
5,876,077 
6, 144, 143 

109,780 
114,312 
119,404 
121,490 
122,795 

149, 838 
152, 738 
157,743 
158,840 
163,798 

259,618 
267,060 
277,147 
280,330 
286, 593 

55,368,166 
54,973,776 
56,155,133 
64,639,731 
65,942,972 

J83, 032,578 
79,439,826 
79,083,260 
76,192,375 
78,094,687 

1881 

3882 

1883 

1884...... 

1885 

15,379,290 
15,704,660 
16,044,410 
16,401,280 
16,773,ia0 

10,000,896 
10, 211, 678 
10,651,828 
10,982,364 
11,398,024 

6,145,932 
6, 331, 242 
6,652,892 
7,065,696 
7,297,629 

122,611 
118,892 
116, 388 
118,905 
121,702 

171,349 
180, 187 
188,001 
195, 110 
204,164 

293,860 
299, 079 
304, 389 
314,015 
325,916 

58,012,463 
60,594,933 
64,798,859 
68,384,275 
72,878,993 

83,642,964 
88,990,486 
96,750,003 
103,212,837 
110,328,376 

1886 

1887 

1888...... 

1890::::" 

17,122,060 
17,482,020 
17,827,310 
18, 168, 580 
18,513,201 

11,664,460 
11,884,944 
12,182,600 
12,392,260 
12, 722, 581 

7,626,351 
7,681,806 
7,906,986 
8,005,969 
8,163,635 

123, 792 
127,093 
126,240 
124, 467 
125,625 

207, 601 
212, 367 
220, 894 
232,110 
238,397 

331,393 
339, 400 
847,134 
356,577 
363,922 

76, 270, 434 
78, 639, 964 
83,022,562 
87, 568, 306 
91,836,484 

113, 322, 545 
115,783,890 
124,244,911- 
132,539,783 
140,506,715 

1891 

1892 

1893 

1894 

1895 

18,897,076 
19,194,233 
19, 620, 964 
20,137,521 
20,440,479 

13, 060, 132 
13, 255, 921 
13,483,310 
13,996,357 
14,243,765 

8,408,323 
8, 660, 603 
8,837,199 
9,263,360 
9,648,722 

123,360 
121,673 
122, 472 
126,402 
129,706 

245,028 
252, 053 
260,278 
263,547 
268,336 

368, 388 
374,226 
382, 750 
388,949 
398,042 

96,303,069 
100,298,2.56 
104,560,3.39 
109,202,405 
113,872,388 

147,494,809 
155,817,012 
164,171,057 
172,502,843 
17.5,809,279 

1890 

1897 

1898 

1899 

1900 

20, 863, 807 
21,114,812 
21,572,114 
21,917,865 
21,404,322 

14,498,956 
14,823,059 
15,103,874 
15,176,219 
15,503,110 

9, 781, 475 
10,052,654 
10, 356, 458 
10, 328, 396 
10,632,772 

130,873 
131, 221 
132,257 
181,207 
126,588 

269,923 
273,737 
278,-556 
283,065 
^>96,474 

400,296 
404,958 
410,813 
414,272 
423,062 

117,139,641 
119,310,503 
124,192,270 
129,345,873 
137, 687, 746 

183, 498, 965 
187,682,269 
194,292,911 
200,154,597 
214, 964, 618 

1901 

1902 

1903 

1904 

1905 

21,982,797 
22, 278, 693 
22, 055, 001 
23, 028, 748 
23,410.800 

15,688,602 
15,917,385 
15,  999, 717 
16, 256, 038 
16,468,30q 

10,714,613 
11,064,164 
11,053,158 
11,318,256 
11,481,531 

126,491 
120,883 
116, 72a 
113,744 
110,682 

805,292 
320,936 
833,144 
841,498 
349, 737 

431,783 
441,819 
449,864 
456,242 
460,269 

143,286,204 
151,443,081 
157,635,732 
167, 824, 753 
177,462,981 

227,465,664 
238,262,299 
262,804,081 
273,216,227 
291,616,660 

1906 

1907 

1908....... 

1909 

1910 

23,  792, 723 
24,262,936 
24,613,708 
24,239,820 
24,360,888 

16,641,970 
16,890,818 
17,061,962 
17,606,175 
17,813,862 

11,712,300 
11,925,672 
12, 154. 172 
12,684,837 
12,827,307 

109,179 
104,414 
104,495 
108,800 
110,481 

356,884 
376,902 
390, 968 
398, 153 
412,729 

.  466,063 
481,316 
495,  463 
606,453 
623,210 

186,483,464 
202,047,814 
219, 780, 123 
237,013,913 
«263,916,470 

807,765,659 
336,898,333 
371,344,410 
401,397,747 
426,250,434 

1911 

1912 

1913 

1914 

1915 

1916..... 

24,745,562 
25,167,446 
2.5,587,331 
26,002,153 
26,425,100 
26,846,976 

18,035,118 
18,182,937 
18,609,040 
19,153,786 
19,693,007 
20,351,687' 

12,871.980 
13,302.303 
13,613,656 
14,216,459 
14,964,886 
15,358,927 

110,328 
114,559 
113,213 
114,602 
118,435 
1^,038 

423,278 
432, 730 
452,270 
465,3% 
485,506 
499,333 

633,606 
647,289 
665,483 
680,058 
604,001 
622,371 

'266,678,471 
<  284,^5, 162 
<.-^04, 431,681 
« 323, 610  915 
< 344, 668, 690 
<364,789,265 

446,726,929 
482,886,793 
621,546,375 
655,077,146 
605,460,785 
640,717,003 

•  Includes  public,  graded,  and  high  schools,  hut  excludes  private  schools. 
».Alaska  and  Hawaii  not  included.    Indian  Territory  not  Included  prior  to  1901. 
» Estimated^  except  United  States  census  years. 
« Includes  salaries  of  teachers  and  principals  only. 


32951°— s  A  1917- 


-8 


113 


11 


ANNUAL   AVEEAGE    DOMESTIC    EXPORT   PRICES. 


547 


H 

P? 

r 

S 

(U 

e^ 

s 

0 

^ 

{10 

o 

0 

s 

J3 

1 

p 

•3 

e8 

' 

P4 

^ 

H 

JU 

^ 

• 

09 

s 

M 

g 

•?i 

0 

0 

0.. 

H 

PnS 

■3 

O-t 

?! 

0 

H 

M  H 

3 

Wco 

•0 

►^ci 

Oifi 

t. 

H.. 

8 

1 

S 

Q 

oi 

^Q 

HM 

■^ 

Sh 

§g 

.b 

r^l?! 

5 

1^ 

P^ 

2 

(I4 

!;t 

H 

2 

P4 

ft 

0 

OS 

(X4 

J,.^ 

M 

J3 

H 

V, 

H 

3 

0 

<S 

P^ 

ii 

00 

3    I 


5    I 


CO 


•panod  J9d  ';u3i  'ooa^qox 

.oi«r->oot-Mt-o<Nco<ooioou5a>oort.ca>rHco-it- 

iJa>coo6<oododo5o6cio;o>a>cioioocJO".-<r-icicicNT^      1 

•punod  jad  'pauyai  'juSng 

Cts. 
4.7 
4.4 
4.6 
4.9 
4.7 
5.0 
4.4 
4.5 
5.0 
4.1 
3.4 
8.5 
4.1 
3.8 
8.9 
3.8 
3.5 
4.3 
4.1 
4.6 
3.8 
3.6 
4.7 
4.9 

•punod  J9d  'qojB-(S 

gmcoco<N<^>rtMC^■(NC^i«ej^ic^■^^<N■^^c^^c^^^oicj(^ic^« 

«• 
0 

j'nonn^  jad  'paDs 
-uonoo— a[qB»»SdA 

a^§?^S^^S3^S?SS§?!S§^§*^'^'*^^^~S 

•iiotiBS  jad  '2ut 
-IBCttnnui— lUiaiiiH 

5T)l^V<a«;^iOt^<oo<ot^^cD«>«i«;«Si0.otd<oo<oo 

0? 
1 

1 

p. 

g 

1 
2 

•punod  jad  'asaaqo 

9.4 
9.7 
9.1 
8.4 
9.1 
8.6 
8.6 
0.2 
9.9 
0.1 
1.9 
0.5 
0.7 
1.7 
1.6 
2.9 
2.6 
5.5 
2.4 
4.2 
7.0 
7.1 
5.3 
0.7 
23.1 

^                                                                  ,-.            ,-,1-,.-,^,-,,-,^^,-^            r^^nr^^. 

•punod  jod  'aa»na 

GSJ:;S2S2SS^S^S;SS2?i?iasSS?5^^SJ 

,-punodjad'pac5i 
-Old    JO    paj[Bs   'jaaff 

.T,t-.-o«>nMt-t-cic^t->coooooi-ot-Trooo«50co 

SuiiOiOi00iraiOidirftot--'>ooio«jix)t«"'r^odr-"oioiQO-H 

•punod  jad'pai:!! 
-Old    JO    pajiBS   '^JOj 

.oOO.-<t-a.<£>«)(N<Nr->o*a>iN,^<T.oo^ooo^«)oo«5oo 

»2c^(x5r.;Ld■<rlr540to^^o6oo6^•"ooc>oood•--'00>oooo■* 

•punod  lad  ••pivj 

goJo>r-'«dio.n<c«dt-a;oo6t>:odoioio-;j.qo>r^rHj^--r-. 

•punod 
aad  '8uiBi(  puB  uooug 

^  _  ^  0  t- <«^  t-.  0>  TJ.  0  0  ■<)•  S  «  0  S  S  S8 -..  M  rH  ,-,  CO  C»  to 

G  c»  oi  o>  eb  00 1>  t- r- 00  oi  oi  r^  0  0  0  0  0  0  c;j  eo  c;!  M  CO  m  ^ 

puB  ' 

•jaaj  i<i  jad  'STju^id 
si-Bop  'spjTsoa  uaqninT 

•a 
a 

•JIBd 

jad  'saoqs  puB  ejoog 

^^^.•^^^^^^^^^.•.•.•^.■^^^.•.•^.,.- 

•punod 
lad    'a[os   'jaq^Baq 

CU. 
16.0 
15.1 
15.3 
17.9 
16.9 
17.6 
16.8 
18.9 
18.7 
18.0 
18.5 
18.9 
21.4 
20.2 
22.0 
21.1 
20.9 
21.7 
21.. 5 
2'2.0 
24.0 
25.6 
29.7 
34. R 
43.6 

a 

1 

•qOBa 
'uisa^s  'saAponioaoq 

pHSgiiSsigHiiiiifg§igii§s 

(§ oTt^  oToi  a>'oo 05  ooToo^  o"i-  oj'oT^  o-.  t^  o> oi'oooTiocj 

•punod  jad  'siibh  ajjA^ 

aS    '.    j    j    I    j  c^i  r-i  eJ  IN  <n'  c^  c-i  <N  c4  c^  rJ  cj  (>4  e-i  (N  c^'  c^i  N  c<  CO 

•punod  jad  'su'sn  ^nj 

g  C^'  C^'  .-;  iM'  C^  rn"  r^  «  oi  C^  Ci  Ci  C^  <N  CJ  C^  C-i  cJ  r.;  M  r^  r^  -H^  oi  CO 

•punod  jad  'ajiA^ 

gcMoio)oioir^.-ioioio)oioioioioioioioioicioioicioico 

•uazop  jad  'sSSg 

6as2;^2S2ssSo:gioJo36j§?sa§g}?3Ssgss 

II 

SI 

a 

m 

525 

•pj«i  jad 
'pajoioDun 

e5  0iT-ctor~-roOinotooioio>Or-t^t-o>r~SM2J^SS" 

Cooto^>OTi:T^^^o^ooto^«5«i>d«5t^«5t^t^t^oio6 

•pjT?X 
jad     'pajoioo 

6.5 
6.3 
5.9 
5.8 
5.7 
5.2 
4.8 
6.5 
5.7 
5,0 
5.0 
6.0 
5.7 
6.9 
6.2 
7.2 
5.9 
6.18 
6.88 
6.14 
6.55 

9^40 

•puno4  jed 'pn^l 
-dQ— pajn  jOBjnu'Bra  nfl 

.oooao-^o,^t.^coo.oooo^^^8^S§S:SS?=: 

Q«3i»u3QOr^ioifit>^oic6odoJco.-iOr-<oico-TO^oioQoio6 

•pnn 
'sjuq 

od  jad  'pio  puB  'sa-jTiid 
'eioSut   'sSij  tjaddoo 

as. 
11.1 

19.9 
9.4 
.6 
11.0 
11.1 
13.5 
16.7 
16.3 
13.6 
12.6 
13.0 
13.8 
16.6 
21.4 
14.3 
13.19 
13.08 
12.46 
18.52 
16.30 
14.86 
14.21 
22.44 
28.64 

1 

•uo)  jad  'snoutuinna 

gg522SS8S5;SSt£SgS§3$$SS?:S5S 

(§  oi  oi  oi  oj  oi  oi  oi  oi  oi  oi  oi  oi  oi  oj  oi  oi  oi  oj  oj  oi  oi  oi  oi  oi  oi 

•uoi  jad  'aipBjq^uv 

4.52 
4.63 
4.24 
4.10 
4.46 
4.45 
4.12 
4.26 
4.41 
4.53 
4.85 
'4.93 
4.99 
4.93 
4.90 
4.88 
4.97 
4.94 
4.99 
5.11 
5.30 
5.27 
5.27 
5.25 
5.56 

•qoBa  '8U1B0 

c^S5§S'-SSK§gSS:SSSf2SggSS2?i2SS 

o8§S5gggSS5§SaS§8SSS^fe£S^SS2S 

3 

1 

•lajjBq  jad'jnogjBaqM 

SSS??SSSSgSg?:8SSgSS?3§82S53gSg 

§^^^c6ain^4fc6c6c6t6'«'-ii-^n^^>a^^^^'H^t^ 

•pqsnq  jad  'i^qM 

;§S5SSi2gl2g2SP!^Sgg3?:gggg?S:SSSSg 

^0                                                          rtrt                ^.-.« 

•laqsnq  aad  'ojoo 

SS^S§?§SS§^^^SSSSSS58gSSSS{5SS2 

qo                                                                                                   r" 

f 

pi 

1893... 
1894... 
1896... 
18%... 
1897... 

1899!!! 
1900... 
1901... 
1902... 
1903... 
1904... 
1905... 
1906... 
1907... 
1908... 
1909... 
1910... 
1911... 
1912... 
1913.-.. 
1914... 
1915... 
1916... 
1917... 

12 


P0PX7LATI0N    OF   PRINCIPAL   CITIES.  53 

No.  30.— CITIES  HAVING  60,000  OB  MORE   INHABITANTS  IN  1917: 
Population  at  Each  Census,  1850  to  1910,  with  Estimates  for  July  1,  1917. 

(Source:  Reports  of  the  Bureau  of  the  Census,  Department  of  Commerce.] 


City. 

1850 

,1860 

1870 

1880 

1890 

1900 

1910 

1917 

3,266 

3,477 

10,006 
69,422 

16,512 
90,758 

27,601 
94.923 

42,728 
94,151 

69,067 
100,253 

93,604 
106,632 

Albany,  N.Y 

60,703 

62,367 

Allentowu,  Pa...' 

3,779 

8,025 

13,884 

18,003 

25,228 

35,416 

51,913 

65,109 

3,591 
9,554 

10,610 
21,789 

19, 710 
37,409 

30,337 
65,533 

38,973 
89, 872 

59,712 
190,144 

Atlanta,  Ga ..... 

2,572 

154,839 

Atlantic  City,  N.J... 

1,043 

5^,477 

13,055 

27,838 

46, 150 

59;515 

Augusta,  Qa 

(') 

12,493 

15,389 

21,891 

33,300 

39,441 

41,040 

50  642 

Baltimore,  Md 

Bavonne,  N.  J  .  .... 

169,054 

212,418 

207,354 

332,313 

434,439 

508, 957 

558.485 

594,637 

9,372 

19,033 
5,101 

32, 722 
13,214 

55.545 
40,434 

72,204 
60,427 

Berkeley,  Cal 

8,325 

17,317 

3.086 

35,005 
26, 178 

39,647 
244,000 

48,443 
132,085 

54,864 
189,716 

Birmingham,  Ala 

,^ 

Boston,  Mass 

136,881 

177,840- 

250,526 

302,839 

448,477 

500,892 

670,585 

767,813 

Bridgeport,  Conn.... 

3  7,500 

3 13, 299 

18,  %9 

27,643 

48,806 

70,996 

102,054 

124,724 

Brockton,  Mass 

3,939 

6>584 

8,007 

13,608 

27,294 

'10,003 

50,878 

69,152 

Buffalo,  N.Y 

42,201 

81,129 

117,714 

155, 134 

255, 604 

352,387 

423,715 

475,781 

Cambridge,  Mass 

Camden,  N.J 

15,215 

26,060 
14,358 

39,634 

52,609 

70,028 

91,880 

104,839 

114,293 

9,479 

20,045 

41,659 

58,313 

75,935 

94,538 

108,117 

Canton,  Ohio 

2,603 

4,041 

8,660 

12, 258 

26, 189 

30, 007 

50,217 

02,566 

Charleston,  S.  C 

42,985 

40,522 

48,956 

49, 984 

54,955 

55,807 

68,833 

61,041 

Chattanooga,  Tenn.. 

6,093 

12,892 

29,100 

30, 154 

44,004 

61,575 

Chjcago,Ill.. 

29,903 
115,435 

109,260 
161,014 

298,977 
210,239 

503  185 

1  099  850 

1,098,575 
<331,8G6 

2,185,^ 
363,591 

2,547,201 
414,248 

Cincinnati,  Ohio 

255, 139 

296, 90S 

Cleveland,  Ohio 

17,034 

43,417 

92, 829 

160, 146 

261,353 

6384,111 

500, 603 

692,259 

Columbus,  Ohio 

17,882 

18,554 

31,274 

51,047 

88,150 

125,560 

181,511 

220, 135 

Covkigton,  Ky 

9,408 

10,471 

24,505 

29, 720 

37,371 

6  46.975 

53,270 

59, 623 

Dallas,  Tex 

10,358 

38,007 

' 46, 268 

92, 104 

129, 73S 

Dayton,  Ohio j: 

10,977 

20,081 

30,473 

38,078 

61,220 

85,333 

116,577 

128,939 

4,759 
12,035 
79,577 

35,629 
22,408 
116,  .340 

106,713 
50,093 
205,870 

« 140, 472 

213,381 
80,308 
405,706 

208,439 
104,052 
619,048 

3,965 
45,619 

Detroit,  Mich 

21,019 

2  290,277 

Duluth,  Mmn 

80 

3,131 

»838 

33,115 

52,  %9 

78,466 
58,547 

EastSt.  Louis,  111... 

5,644 

9,185 

15,109 

»0  30,710 

77  312 

Elizabeth,  N.  J 

11,567 

20,832 

28,229 

37, 764 

52, 130 

73,409 

88,830 

EI  Paso,  Tex 

^"^.S 

(») 

(") 

730 

10,338 

15,906 

39,279 

09,149 

9,419 
11,484 

19,646 
21,830 

60,525 
69,047 

76,592 
76,981 

Evansville,lnd 

3,235 

29,280 

50, 756 

69, 007 

Fall  River,  Mass 

11,524 

14,026 

20, 706 

48,961 

74,398 

104,803 

119,295 

129,828 

38,550 
03,933 

57,386 
73,014 

FortWavne.Iud.... 

4,282 

(") 

17,718 

26,880 

35^393 

45,115 

Fort  Worth,  Tex.... 

6,663 

23,076 

26, 688 

73,312 
112,571 

Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 

2,686 

8,085 

16,507 

32,016 

60,278 

87,565 

132,861 

Harrisburg,  Pa 

Hartford,  Conn 

7,834 

13,405 

23,104 

30, 702 

39,385 

50, 107 

04, 186 

73, 276 

3  17,966 

3  29,152 

37, 180 

42,015 

53,230 

79,850 

98,915 

112,831 

20, 297 
10, 733 

43,648 
35,037 

59, 304 
45,712 

70,324 
57,730 

78,324 
66,503 

Holyoke,  Mass 

3,245 

4,997 

21,915 

Houston,  Tex 

2,396 

4,845 

9,382 

10,513 

27,557 

44, 633 

78,800 

116,873 

Indiauapolis,  Ind 

8,091 

18,011 

48,2)4 

75,056 

105,430 

12170,963 

233, 050 

283,622 

Jacksonville,  FJa 

1,045 

2,118 

6,912 

7,650 

17,201 

28,429 

57,699 

79,065 

Jersey  City,  N.  J 

6,856 

29,220 

82,540 

120, 722 

163,003 

206,433 

267, 779 

312,557 

Johnstown,  Pa 

1,209 

-.,185 

6,028 

8,  .380 

21,805 

1^36,744 

55,482 

70,473 

Kalamazoo,  Mich.... 

2,507 

6,070 

9,181 

11,937 

17,853 

24,404 

39,437. 

50,408 

.38,316 
132,710 

82,331 
248,381 

102,096 
305,816 

Kansas  City,  Mo 

4,418 

32, 200 

55,785 

"164.745 

Knoxville,  Tenn.... 

2,076 

(") 

8,682 

9,093 

22,535 

32,637 

36,340 

59,112 

Lancaster,  Pa 

12,309 

17,603 

20,233 

25, 769 

32,011 

41,459 

47,227 

51,437 

Lawrence,  Mass . 

8,282 

17,039 

28, 921 

39, 151 

44,054 

62, 559 

85,892 

102.923 

Little  Rock,  Ark.... 

2,107 

3,727 

12,380 

13, 138 

25,874 

1«33,556 

45,941 

58,716 

Los  Angeles,  Cal 

1,010 

4,385 

5.728 

11,183 

50,395 

"104,266 

319,198 

535,485 

Louisville,  Ky 

43, 194 

08,033 

100, 753 

123, 758 

161,129 

18  205,173 

223,928 

240,808 

'  Not  returne  \  separately  in  1850;  in  1852,  according  to  a  local  census,  Augusta  had  a  population  of 

'2  Includes  population  of  Ensley  city  and  Pratt  City  town,  annexed  in  1910. 

s  Population  of  town;  town  and  city  not  returned  separately. 

<  Includes  adjacent  territory,  annexed  in  1903  and  1909. 

s  Includes  South  Brooklyn  village  annexed  in  1905. 

•Includes  Central  Covington  and  Latonia  towns,  annexed  in  1906  and  1907,  respectively. 

'Includes  Oak  Cliff  town,  annexed  in  1903. 

e  Includes  Delray  village,  annexed  in  1906. 

9  E.xcludes  Duluth  village  (population  2,645)  set  apart  by  act  of  legislature  Feb.  23, 1877,  but  which 
again  became  part  of  the  city  by  the  act  of  Mar.  2, 1887. 

10  Includes  Wmstanley  Park  village,  annexed  in  1902. 
iiNot  returned  separately. 

>2  Includes  Irvington  town,  annexed  in  1902. 

>3  Includes  Roxbury  Borough,  annexed  in  1901. 

"Includes  Argentine  city,  annexed  in  1910. 

>5  Includes  that  part  of  Kaw  Township  outside  of  Kansas  City,  annexed  in  1909. 

i«  Includes  ward  8,  taken  to  form  a  part  of  Argenta  City  in  1904. 

"  Includes  San  Pedro  city,  annexed  in  1904. 

w  Includes  Crescent  Hill  town,  annexed  in  1900. 


13 


64 


POPULATION    OF    PRINCIPAL    CITIES. 


No.  30. — CiTiE3  Havinq  50,000  or  More  Inhabitants  in  1917:  Population  at 
Each  Census,  1850  to  1910,  with  Estimates  fohTJuly  1,  1917— Continued. 


Lowell,  Mass 

Lynn, Mass , 

Maiden,  Mass , 

Manchester,  N.  H.... 

Memphis,  Tenn , 

Milwaukee,  Wis , 

Minneapolis,  Minn. . . , 

Mobile,  Ala  .• , 

Nashville,  Tenn , 

Newark,  N.J 

New  Bedford,  Mass... 
New  Britain,  Conn. . . 
New  Haven, Conn..., 

New  Orleans,  La 

New  York,  N.Y.^.., 

Manhattan 

Bronx 

Brooklyn 

Queens , 

.  Richmond 

Norfolk, Va 

Oakland,  Cal 

OklahomaCity,  Okla. 

Omaha.  Nebr 

Passaic,  N.  J 

Paterson,  N.  J. ... 

Pawtucket,  R.I 

Peoria,  111 

Philadelphia,  Pa 

Pittsburgh, Pa.s...  . 

Portland,  Me 

Portland,  Greg 

Providence.  R.  I 

Pueblo,  Colo ^.. 

Beading,  Pa 

Richmond,  Va , 

Rochester,  N.  Y 

Rockford.Ill , 

Sacramento,  Cal 

Saginaw,  Mich 

St.  Joseph,  Mo 

St.  Louis,  Mo 

St.  Paul,  Minn 

Salt  LakeCity,  Utah., 

^an  Antonio,  Tex 

Ban  Diego,  Cal 

San  Francisco,  Cal 

Savannah,  Ga , 

Schenectady,  N.  Y.., 

Scranton.  Pa 

Seattle,  Wash 

Sioux  City,  Iowa 

Somerville,  Mass... . 

South  Bcnd.Ind 

Spokane,  Wash 

Springfield,  111 

Springfield,  Mass 

Springfield,  Ohio  . . . 

Syracuse,  Nt  Y 

Tacoma,  Wash 

Tampa,  Fla 


33,333 
14,257 

3,620 
13,932 

8,841 
20,061 


20,515 
10,105 


18,443 


36,827 
19,083 

5,865 
20,107 
22,623 
45,246 

2,564 
29,258 
16,988 
71,941 
22.300 


*  20,345 
116,375 
696,115 
515,547 
8.032 
138,882 
18,593 
15,C01 
14,326 


3,753 

5,095 

121,376 

67,863 
20, 815 


41,513 


15, 743 
27,570 
3d,  403 


6,820 


3,488 

(10) 

"34,776 
15,312 
8,921 


3,540 
1,652 


4,533 
11,766 

5,108 
22,271 


'974 


*  39, 267 

168,675 
1,174,779 

813,669 
23,593 

279,122 
32,903 
25, 492 
14,620 
1,543 


l,i 


19,586 
4,200 

14, 045 
565,529 

77,923 

26,341 
2,874 

SO,  600 


23,162 
37,910 
48,204 
6,979 
13,785 

8^932 
160,773 
10, 401 
8.236 
8,235 
731 
56, 802 
22. 292 
9,579 
9,223 


9,320 
15, 199 

7,002 
28, 119 


(10) 


40,928 
28,233 
7,367 
23,536 
40,226 
71,440 
13,066 
32,034 
25,865 
105,059 
21,320 


♦  50, 840 

191,418 
,  478, 103 

942,292 
37,393 

419,921 
45,468 
33,029 
19,229 
10,500 


10,083 


33,579 
6,619 
22,849 
074,022 
139.256 
31,413 
8,293 
68,904 


33,930 
51,038 
62,380 
11,049 
16,283 

7,460 
19,505 
310,864 
20,030 
12,854 
12,256 

2,300 
149,473 
28,235 
11,026 
35,092 

1,107 

3,401 
14,685 

7,206 


17,364 
20,703 
12,652 
43,051 


59, 475 
38,274 
12,017 
32,630 
33,592 
115,587 
46,887 
29,132 
43,350 
136,508 
26,845 
11,800 
♦  62,882 
216,090 
1,9U,698 
1,164,673 
61,980 
599, 495 
56,559 
38,991 
21,966 
34,555 


30,518 
6,532 
51,031 
19,030 
29,259 

847,170 

2.35,071 
33,810 
17,577 

104,857 
3,217 
43,278 
63, 600 
89,366 
13,129 
21,420 
10,525 
32,431 

360,518 
41,473 
20,768 
20,550 
2,637 

233, 959 
30,709 
13,655 
45,850 
3,533 
7,306 
24,933 
13,280 


19,743 
33,340 
20,730 
51,792 


720 


77,696 
65,727 
23,031 
44,126 
64,495 

204,468 

1M,738 
31,076 
76,168 

181,830 
40,733 
16,519 
81,298 

242,039 

2.507,414 

1,441,216 

83,908 

838,547 
87,050 
51,693 
34,871 
48,082 
4,151 

140,452 
13,028 
78,347 
27,633 
41,024 
1,046,964 

343,904 
36,425 
46,385 

132, 146 
24,558 
53, 661 
81^388 

133,890 
23,584 
26,386 
46,322 
62, 324 

451,770 

133, 156 
44,843 
37,673 
16,159 

298,997 
43, 189 
19, 902 
75,215 
42,837 
37,806 
40,152 
21,819 
19, 922 
24,  %3 
44, 179 
31,895 
88, 143 
36,006 
5,532 


94,969 
68,513 
33,664 
56,987 
1102,647 
285,315 

202,  ns 

342,008 
80, 805 
3  248,849 
62, 442 
28,202 

108,027 

287, 104 
3,437,202 
1,850,093 

200,507 
1,166.582 

152, 999 
67,021 
•51,612 
66, 900 
10,037 

102,555 
27,777 

105,171 
39,231 

'58,458 

I  293  697 

'462! 801 

50,145 

90,426 

175,597 
28,157 
78,901 

♦94,765 

162, 608 
31,051 
29,282 
42,345 

102,979 

575,2.38 

163,065 
53,531 
53,321 
17,700 

342,782 
54, 244 
31,682 

102,026 
•2  86,146 
33,111 
61,643 
35,999 
36.  .343 
»3  35,328 
62,059 
38,253 

108,374 

37.714 

« 16,387 


105,294 
89,336 
44,404 
70,063 
131,105 
373,857 
301,408 
51,521 
110,364 
347,469 
96,652 
43,916 
133,605 
339,075 
4,766,883 
2,331,542 
430,980 
,634,351 
284,041 
85,909 
67, 452 
150, 174 
64,205 
124,006 
54,773 
125,600 
51,622 
66,950 
,549,008 
533, 905 
58,571 
207,214 
224,326 
44,305 
90,071 
127, 628 
218, 149 
45,401 

so'sio 

77,403 
687,029 
214,744 
92,777 
96,614 
39,578 
416,912 
65,064 
72,826 
129,867 
237, 194 
47,828 
77,236 
53, 084 
104,402 
51,678 
88,926 
46,921 
137,249 
83.743 
37,782 


114,366 
104,534 
52,243 
79,607 
151,877 
4;5,003 
373,448 
50,201 
118,136 
41,3,783 
121,622 
55.383 
152,275 
377,010 
5,737,492 
2,682,978 
599,215 
1,976,103 
379,396 
99,803 
91,148 
206,4C>5' 
97,533 
177,777 
74,478 
140,512 
60,666 
72,13-1' 
1,735,51-4: 
586,103 
64,720 
308,3G'3 
259,895 
50,084 
111,607 
158,702 
261,714 
56,739 
63,984 
56,409 
86,498 
768,630 
252,465 
121,623 
128,215 
56,412 
471.023 
69,250 
103,774 
149,541 
366,445 
68,563 
88,618 
70,967 
157,655 
62,623 
108,663 
52,296 
158,559 
117,446 
56,251 


I  Includes  Lenox  town,  annexed  in  1909. 

« Includes  precinct  27,  Garrity's,  and  other  territory  annexed  in  190S. 

« Includes  Vails  Borough,  annexed  in  1905. 

*  Population  of  town;  town  and  city  not  returned  separately. 

»  Population  of  New  York  &nd  its  boroughs  as  now  constituted. 

«  Includes  Berkley  town,  annexed  in  1906. 

'  Includes  North  Peoria  village,  annexed  in  1900. 

•Includes  population  of  Allegheny:  1850,21,202;  1860,  28,702;  1870,  53,180;  1830,  78,682;  1890,  105,287; 
1900, 129,896;  and  otlier  adjacent  territory  annexed  in  1905, 1906,  1907,  and  1908. 

0  Includes  population  of  Manchester  city,  annexed  in  1910. 

>o  Not  separately  returned. 

»'  Population  as  reported  by  State  census  of  1852;  the  returns  for  1850  for  San  Francisco  were  destroyed 
by  fire. 

1=  Includes  Ballard  city,  Columbia  town,  and  We^>.  Seattle  precinct,  annexed  in  1907. 

'^  Includes  Ridglcy  village,  annexed  in  I9n. 

><  Tampa  town. 

*'  Includes  a  part  of  precinct  6,  comprising  a  portiou  0!  Brook  town,  anne.Ted  (n  1307. 


14 


POPULATION,    BY   COUNTRY   OF   ORIGIN. 


55 


No.  SC-CmES  Having  50,000  or  More  Inhabitants  in  1^17:  Population'  at 
Each  Census,  1-850  to  1910,  with  Estimates  for  July*  1,  1917--€ontinued. 


City. 

1860 

1860 

1870 

1880 

1890 

1900 

1910 

1917 

Terre  Haute,  Ind 

Toledo,  Ohio 

4,051           8,594 

16, 103 
31,584 
22,874 
46,465 
28,804 
109, 199 
10,826 

26,042 
50,137 
29,910 
56,747 
33,914 
177,624 
17,806 
4,911 
23,339 
42,478 
58,291 
18,892 
13,940 
15,435 

30,217 
81,434 
57, 458 
60,956 
44,007 
230,392 
28,646 
23,853 
37,718 
61, 431 
84,655 
32,033 
20,793 
33,220 

36, 673 

131,822 
73,307 

»  75,057 
56,383 

278,718 
51,139 
24,071 
61,721 
76,508 

118,421 
47,931 
33,708 
44,886 

58. 157 
168, 497 
96,815 
76,813 
74,419 
331,069 
73,141 
52,450 
67, 105 
87,411 
145,986 
79,803 
44,750 
79,006 

67.361 

Trenton,  N.J 

Troy,N.Y 

Utica,N.  Y 

Washington,  D.C.2... 
Waterburv,  Conn 

6,461 
28,785 
17,565 
40,001 

17,228 
39,235 
22,529 
61,122 

202,010 
113,974 
78,094 
89,272 
369,282 
89,201 

Wichita,  Kans 

Wilkes-Barre.Pa 

WUmington,  Del 

Worcester,  Mass 

Yonkers,N.  Y 

2,723 
13,979 
17,049 

4.253 
21,258 
24,960 

10, 174 
30,841 
41,105 

73,597 
78,334 
95.369 
166. 106 

York,  Pa 

Youngstown,  Ohio. . . 

6,863 

8,605 
2,759 

11,003 
8,075 

1C3.065 
52,770 

112,282 

•Includes  territory  ,£ 

inncxed  in 

1901. 

«Ssiv'e!°°  ^'  '^''^'^  '™™  ^^  ^^  ^^^°  ^°'  *^  ^^*™*  °^  Colombia,  with  which  the  city  is  now 


No.  172.— SUMMARY 'OF  STRIKES  IN  COAL  MINES:  Number  op  Men  on 
Strike,  Days  Lost,  and  Average  Days  Lost  per  Man,  Calendar  Years  1905 
TO  1916. 

[Source:  Reports  of  the  Geological  Survey,  Department  of  the  Interior-! 


Year. 

Men  on 

strike. 

Working 
days  lost. 

Average 
days  lost 
permau. 

Year. 

Men  on 
strike. 

Working 
days  lost. 

Average 
davs  lost 
per  man. 

1905 

37,542 
372,343 

32,540 
145,145 

24,763 
218,493 

796,735 
19,201,348 

462,392 
6,449,938 

723,634 
19,250,524 

21.0 

51.5 
14.0 
38.0 
29.0 
88.0 

1911 

41,413 
311,056 

135,395 
161,720 
67,190. 
170,633 

983,737 
12,527,305 
3,049,412 
11,013,667 
2,467,431 
3,344,586 

24.0 
40.0 
22.5 
68.0 

37;  0 

1900 

1912 

1907' 

1913 

19081 

1914 

19091 

1915 

1910 

1916 

'Bituminous  mines  only. 


No.  358.— FIRE  LOSSES  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES 

endar  Years  1875  to  191G. 


Estimated  Value,  Cal- 
(Source:  Annual  reports  of  the  National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters,] 


Year. 

Loss. 

Year. 

Loss. 

Year. 

Loss. 

1875 

Dollars. 
78,102,285 
64,630,600 
68,265,800 
64,315,900 
77,703,700 
74,643,400 
81,280,900 
84;  505, 024 
100,149,228 
110,008,611 
102,818,796 
104,924,750 
120,283,055 
110,885,665 

1889. 

Dollars. 
123,046,833 
108,993,792 
143,764,967 
151,516,098 
167,544,370 
140,006,484 
142, 110, 233 
118,737,420 
116,354,575 
130,693,905 
163,597,830 
160,929,805" 
165,817,810 
161,078,040 

1903 

Dollars. 
145, 302, 155 

1890 

1904 

229,198,050 

1877 

1891 

1905.. 

105,221,650 

1878 

1892 

1906 

618,611,800 

1893 

1907 

215,084,709 

1880 

1894 

1908. 

217,885,850 

1895 

1909 

188, 705, 150 

1896 

1910 

214,003,300 

1883 

1897 

1911 ; 

217,004,575 

1898 

1912 

200,438,900 

1885 

1899 

1913 

203,763,550 

1900 

1914 

221,439,350 

1915 

172,033,200 

1888 

1902                ... 

1916 

214,530,995 

15 


o 
o 

T 
o 

CO 


CO 


00 


CO 


o 

I— 


Q- 

o 


o 


CO 


o 


o 
cc 

UJ 


16 


Questions  for  Public  Documents 


Rtudent's  name For  cent. 


Teacher's  name Hour  reoitinc; Date 

Have  you  read  the  directions  on  the  hack  of  this  cover?     An-^wer  yes  or  no. 

I 

1 — ^What  publications  should  be  cuasulted  for:  g 

a.  Leading  city  officials  (Xame  city  publication).  »§ 

S 

b.  Leading  state  officials  (Name  state  publication).  ,jg 

c.  lieading  United  States  officials  (Name  Uniterl  Stales  publication).  i^ 

so 

2 — WTiich  of  the  Wilson  periodical  indexes  includes  tlie  Farmers'  Bulletins,  the  Agricultural  M) 

Year-book,  and  the  Burfeau  of  Educatii^n   liuUetins?  *§ 

a 
•C 


3 — a.     From  what  office  in  Washington,  D.  C,  can  one  secure  small  classified  catalogues  cf  the 
United  States  government  publications,  free?       b.    Wiini  are  tliese  catalogues  called? 

4 — What  United  States  government  publication  gives  a  complete  daily  record  of  the  work  of 
Congress? 

f) — a.     What  is  the  catalogue  called  which  lists  all  United  States  publications  fur  each  congress, 
under  author  and  subject? 

b.      What  keeps  this  catalogue  up  to  date,  between  congresses,  under  departments? 

f. — What  yearly  United  States  government  publication  issues  c:;ndensed  tables  of  statistics  per- 
taining  to   all  deT)artments? 


! 


7— a.     All  reports  from  all  states  are  listed  monthly  by  what  library?  bA 

b.  Under  what  title?  £ 

a) 

c.  How  frequently  are  these  reports  inflexed  by  author  and  title?  ^ 

s 

S — What  is  the  largest  publishing  house  in  the  world?  ^ 

■♦- 

•O 

9 — What  United  States  directory  would  list  departments  cf  the  government,  and  mention  the  w 

bureaus  an-1  divisions  under  each,  together  with  the  officials  at  the  head  of  each  main  ^ 

division?  ^3 

S 

10 — Name  at  least  six  of  the  ten  departments  fif  the  United  States  government.  ^ 

11 — Give  a  rough  estimate  cf  the  number  of  large  volumes  required  for  the  pul>lications  of  each 
congress  in  the  form  known  as  "C'ongressi  .nal  documents." 

12 — a.     How  frequently  is  a  complete  census  of  tlie  ITnited  States  taken? 

b.      These  reports,  which  constitute  ten  or  twelve  very  large  volumes,  are  condensed  into 
one  large  volume  of  tables  imder  what  name? 


Directions  for  Using 
Perforated  Page  of  Questions  and  Key 

Which  appear  on  the  reverse  aide  of  this  cover 

The  questions  which  appear  on  the  reverse  side  of  this  cover,  on  a  perforated 
colored  sheet,  are  not  difficult,  detailed  or  "catchy."  They  are  intended  to 
emphasize  important  points  and  to  systematize  the  work  for  class  records.  The 
answers,  which  can  easily  be  given  after  the  text  has  been  carefully  read,  should 
be  written,  from  memory,  in  the  blank  spaces  under  the  questions,  preferably  in 
class  time  unless  directed  to  do  otherwise  by  the  one  in  charge  of  the  work. 

The  perforated  sheet  should  be  torn  out  in  the  presence  of  the  one  conduct- 
ing the  class  and  only  after  it  has  been  filled  in.  When  directed  to  remove  the 
questions,  insert  pencil  in  the  hole  and  rip  around  the  perforated  edges. 

A  key,  by  means  of  which  the  work  can  be  checked,  is  printed  on  the  cover 
under  the  question  page,  but  is  not  revealed  until  after  the  question  page  is 
removed.  This  key  consists  of  the  same  questions,  with  the  correct  answer 
to  each  printed  below  it. 

The  value  of  each  question,  on  the  scale  of  100,  is  indicated  after  the  answer 
in  the  key.  By  means  of  this  key,  students  could  correct  their  own  or  each 
other's  work  in  a  few  moments,  in  case  the  librarian  or  teacher  could  not  take 
the  extra  time  to  do  so. 

If  the  one  who  corrects  the  paper  finds  an  incorrect  answer,  the  amount  to  be 
deducted  should  be  placed  on  the  outer  right-hand  margin,  near  the  mistake. 
These  amounts  should  be  added,  the  sum  subtracted  from  100,  and  the  result 
placed  after  the  word  "Per  cent."  at  the  top  of  the  sheet. 

The  questions  are  asked  in  such  a  way  as  to  admit  of  very  little  variety  in  the 
wording  of  the  answers.  However,  if  the  wording  of  a  written  answer  is  mani- 
festly correct,  and  perfectly  clear,  but  not  exactly  like  the  printed  answer,  of 
course  no  deduction  should  be  made.  Do  not  deduct  for  spelling,  nor  for 
abbreviated  statements  if  they  are  perfectly  clear. 

If  the  one  who  corrects  a  paper  marks  a  question  wrong  which  the  writer 
considers  correct,  the  two  should  examine  the  key  together,  or  ask  advice  from 
the  one  in  charge  of  the  class. 


r^s 


%T2  318' 


F03 


ilBEARY  SCHOOL  LIBRAEt 


LD  21-50ni-4,'63 
(D6471sl0)476 


General  Library 

University  of  California 

Berkeley 


U.C.  BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


III 


C0E7m57aE 


